EARCH: A RECORD
OF SCHOLARSHIP
AND PUBLICATION
RECORD OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA
AT CHAPEL HILL
Published by THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA PRESS
Issued 13 Times A Year As Follows: 2 in January, 3 in February,
3 in March, 3 in April, 1 in May and 1 in June.
Second-Class Postage Paid at Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514
Send all undeliverable copies and change of addresses to Director of Undergraduate
Admissions, The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514
OCTOBER, 1971
NUMBER 768 EXTRA
Record of
The University of North Carolina
At Chapel Hill
RESEARCH:
A RECORD OF SCHOLARSHIP AND PUBLICATION
January, 1969-December, 1970
THE UNIVERSITY OP NORTH CAROLINA PRESS
CHAPEL HILL, N. C.
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2014
https://archive.org/details/recordofuniversi768univ_1
FOREWORD
Research: A Record of Scholarship and Publication re-
cords the scholarly and creative activities of the faculty and
graduate students at The University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. This forty-third issue covers the period from
January 1, 1969 through December 31, 1970.
The volume is divided into four sections, Part I, the larg-
est section of the book, reports the activities of the regular
academic staff. It is a record of the research publications
and other activities of the academic faculty and of the dis-
sertations and theses directed by the members of that fac-
ulty. Part II describes the nature of various research
organizations in the University — specialized laboratories,
institutes, and centers — which broaden the resources and
enrich the research activities of the various academic de-
partments and their faculties. In some cases, publications of
members of institutes are included here rather than under a
department. Part III summarizes the program of research
societies in which members from a number of different de-
partments participate. Part IV records the contents of a
number of publications sponsored wholly or in part by the
University and also lists the publications of the University
of North Carolina Press.
This volume was prepared in the Office of Eesearch Ad-
ministration with the valuable assistance of Mrs. Barbara
Bitter and Mrs. Jean Madonna. The editor also wishes to
acknowledge the assistance of Mrs. Mary Johnson whose
editorial skills aided greatly in the preparation of this
volume.
George R. Holcomb
Dean of Research Administration
CONTENTS
Page
Part I. Kesearch by Departments 1
Anatomy 1
Anthropology 4
Art 11
Bacteriology and Immunology 18
Biochemistry 22
Botany 32
Business Administration, School of 40
Chemistry 50
City and Regional Planning 64
Classics 73
Computer Science 78
Curriculum in
Comparative Literature 83
Genetics 85
Recreation Administration 87
Dentistry, School of 89
Dramatic Art 103
Economics 106
Education, School of Ill
Education, Physical 120
English 121
Extension Division Staff 151
Geography 152
Geology 155
Germanic Languages 164
History 169
Journalism, School of 191
Law, School of 196
Library Science, School of 199
Library Staff 219
Linguistics, and Non-Western Languages 223
Mathematics 226
Medicine, School of 230
Anesthesiology 230
Family Medicine 232
Medicine 232
vi
CONTENTS
Page
Obstetrics and Gynecology 252
Ophthalmology 255
Pediatrics 257
Physical Therapy 261
Psychiatry 262
Kadiology 273
Surgery 275
Music 281
Nursing, School of 285
Pathology 289
Pharmacology 298
Pharmacy, School of 307
Philosophy 311
Physics 315
Physiology 326
Political Science 330
Psychology 341
Psychometric Laboratory 351
Public Health, School of 355
Biostatistics 355
Environmental Sciences and Engineering 367
Epidemiology 375
Maternal and Child Health 380
Mental Health 382
Parasitology and Laboratory Practice 383
Health Administration 388
Health Education 392
Public Health Nursing 393
Radio, Television and Motion Pictures 395
Religion 397
Romance Languages 399
Slavic Languages 415
Social Work, School of 419
Sociology 434
Statistics 444
Zoology 450
CONTENTS Vii
Page
Part II. Research Organizations 458
Carolina Population Center 458
Center for Research in Pharmacology and Toxicology 460
Child Development Institute 462
Health Services Research Center 463
Institute of Marine Sciences 465
Institute of Government 468
Institute of Outdoor Drama 478
Institute for Research in Social Science 479
The Psychometric Laboratory 482
Social Research Section 484
Research Laboratories of Anthropology 485
Part III. Research Societies 486
The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 486
The Philological Club 486
The Society of the Sigma XI . . . 487
Part IV. Research Publications 489
The Chapel Hill "Workshop Reports 489
The High School Journal 493
Estudios de Hispanofila 498
Hispanofila 498
The James Sprunt Studies in History and Political Science 500
Journal Abstracts 501
Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 501
The North Carolina Law Review 504
Research Previews 506
Romance Notes 507
Social Forces 515
Southern Economic Journal 522
Southern Indian Studies 528
Studies in Philology 528
The University of North Carolina Press 532
University of North Carolina Graduate School of Business 535
Studies in Economics and Business Administration 535
viii
CONTENTS
Page
University of North Carolina Studies in
Comparative Literature 536
University of North Carolina Studies in the
Germanic Languages and Literature 536
University of North Carolina Studies in the
Romance Languages and Literatures 537
Parti
RESEARCH BY DEPARTMENTS
DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY
H. Stanley Bennett
' 1 The Cell Surface : Components and Configurations, ' ' in Hand-
look of Molecular Cytology, ed., A. Lima-de-Faria. Amsterdam:
North-Holland Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 1263-93.
' ' The Cell Surface : Movements and Recombinations, ' ' in Hand-
book of Molecular Cytology, ed., A. Lima-de-Faria. Amsterdam:
North-Holland Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 1295-1319.
"High-Voltage Electron Microscopy," Science, 168 (April 24,
1970), 506-7.
Ruth Ellen Bulger
(With B. F. Trump.) ' 1 Ultrastructure of Granulated Arteriolar
Cells (Juxtaglomerular Cells) in Kidney of a Fresh and a Salt
Water Teleost," American Journal of Anatomy, 124 (January
1969), 77-87.
(With B. F. Trump.) "A Mechanism for Kapid Transport of
Colloidal Particles by Flounder Renal Epithelium," Journal of
Morphology, 127 (February 1969), 205-24.
"The Use of Potassium Pyroantimonate in the Localization of
Sodium Ions in Rat Kidney Tissue," Journal of Cell Biology, 40
(January 1969), 79-94.
(With B. F. Trump.) "Ca2+ and K+ Ion Effects on Ultra-
structure of Isolated Flounder Kidney Tubules," Journal of Ul-
trastructure Research, 28 (August 1969), 301-19.
(With R. B. Nagle, P. W. Kohnen, G. E. Striker, and E. P.
Benditt.) "Ultrastructure of Human Renal Obsolescent Glomeruli,"
Laboratory Investigation, 21 (December 1969), 519-26.
(With F. Silverblatt and M. Turck.) ' 1 Cephaloridine Nephro-
toxicity; A Light and Electron Microscopic Study in Rabbits,"
Journal of Infectious Diseases, 122 (July- August 1970), 33-44.
(With F. J. Silverblatt.) 1 'Gap Junctions Occur in Vertebrate
Renal Proximal Tubule Cells," Journal of Cell Biology, 47 (No-
vember 1970), 513-15.
Andrew Derart Dixon
(See entries under School of Dentistry.)
2
RESEARCH
Charles Wright Hooker
"The Intertubular Tissue of the Testis," in The Testis, eds.,
A. D. Johnson and W. R. Gones. New York: Academic Press, 1970.
Pp. 483-550.
William Edward Koch
(With B. A. Koch and P. A. Ledbury.) 11 In Vitro Differentiation
of Tooth Rudiments of Embryonic Mice. II. Growth of Isolated
Thirds of Embryonic Mouse Incisors," Anatomical Record, 166
(March 1970), 517-28.
Eoyce Lee Montgomery
(With Michael K. Berkut.) "A Morphological Study of Viscera
in Aged Rats with Lesions in the Limbic System," Physiology and
Behavior, 5 (September 1970), 989-92.
Eoy Peach
(See entries under School of Dentistry.)
William Sprott Pollitzer
Editor, American Journal of Physical Anthropology.
(With D. S. Phelps, R. E. Waggoner, and W. C. Leysbon.)
" Morphology, Genetics, and History," in Evolutionary Anthropol-
ogy: A Reader in Human Biology, ed., H. K. Bleibtren. Boston:
Allyn & Bacon, 1969. Pp. 429-46.
(With C. H. Bostian, M. Wittinghill, and L. Muro.) " Evidence
of Iris-earlobe Linkage in a Mosaic Man, ' ' Journal of Heredity, 60
(January-February 1969), 3-9.
(With W. H. Brown.) ' 1 Survey of Demography, Anthropometry,
and Genetics in the Melungeous of Tennessee : An Isolate of Hybrid
Origin in Process of Dissolution," Human Biology, 41 (September
1969) , 388-400.
"Evaluation of the Contribution of Parental Populations to
Hybrids," Proceedings of the Eighth International Congress of
Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, 1 (1970), 233-34.
(With D. Rucknagel, R. Tashian, D. C. Shreffler, W. C. Leysbon,
K. Namboodiri, and R. C. Elston.) "The Seminole Indians of Flor-
ida: Morphology and Serology," American Journal of Physical
Anthropology, 32 (January 1970), 65-82.
(With K. Namboodiri, R. C. Elston, W. H. Brown, and W. C.
Leysbon.) "The Seminole Indians of Oklahoma: Morphology and
Serology," American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 33 (July
1970) , 15-30.
"Blood Groups and Anthropology," CRC Critical Reviews in
Clinical Laboratory Sciences, 1 (May 1970), 193-232.
ANATOMY
3
(With E. Boyle, J. Cornoni, and K. Namboodiri.) " Physical An-
thropology of the Negroes of Charleston, S. C," Human Biology,
42 (May 1970), 265-79.
Review of S. M. Gam, Readings on Race (Springfield: C. C.
Thomas, 1968), in American Journal of Human Genetics, 22 (July
1970), 487-89.
"Some Interactions of Culture and Genetics," Current Direc-
tions in Anthropology, A Special Issue, Bulletin of the American
Anthropological Association, ed., Ann Fischer, 3 (November 1970),
69-86.
Mary Clyde Singleton
(See entries under Division of Physical Therapy.)
Walter E. Stumpf
(With L. J. Roth.) Editor, Autoradiography of Diffusible Sub-
stances. New York : Academic Press, 1969. Pp. 371.
(With L. J. Roth.) "Autoradiography Using Dry-mounted
Freeze-dried Sections," in Autoradiography of Diffusible Sub-
stances, eds., L. J. Roth and W. E. Stumpf. New York: Academic
Press, 1969. Pp. 69-80.
(With E. V. Jensen, E. R. DeSombre, P. W. Jungblut, and L. J.
Roth.) " Biochemical and Autoradiographic Studies of 3H Estradiol
Localization," in Autoradiography of Diffusible Substances, eds.,
L. J. Roth and W. E. Stumpf. New York: Academic Press, 1969.
Pp. 81-97.
(With D. A. Brown, I. M. Diab, and L. J. Roth.) "Assessment
of Autoradiographic Resolution Using Soluble Extracellular Fluid
Indicators," in Autoradiography of Diffusible Substances, eds.,
L. J. Roth and W. E. Stumpf. New York: Academic Press, 1969.
Pp. 161-82.
(With L. J. Roth.) "Autoradiography of Drugs at Histologic
Levels," in Radioactive Isotopes in Pharmacology, eds., P. G. Waser
and B. Glasson. Sussex: John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., 1969. Pp. 135-
49.
"Tissue Preparation for the Autoradiography Localization of
Hormones," in Introduction to Quantitative Cytochemistry -II,
eds., G. L. Wied and G. F. Bahr. New York : Academic Press, 1970.
Pp. 507-26.
(With D. A. Brown and L. J. Roth.) "Location of Radioactively
Labelled Extracellular Fluid Indicators in Nervous Tissue by Auto-
radiography," Journal of Cell Science, 4 (January 1969), 265-88.
"Too Much Noise in the Autoradiogram ? " Science, 163 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 958-59.
4
RESEARCH
" Nuclear Concentration of 3H Estradiol in Target Tissues.
Dry-mount Autoradiography of Vagina, Oviduct, Ovary, Testis,
Mammary Tumor, Liver and Adrenal," Endocrinology, 85 (July
1969), 31-37.
(With S. P. Grossman.) " Intracranial Drug Implants: An
Autoradiographic Analysis of Diffusion," Science, 166 (December
1969) , 1410-12.
"Localization of Hormones by Autoradiography and other His-
tochemical Techniques, a Critical Review," Journal of Histochem-
istry and Cytochemistry, 18 (January 1970), 21-29.
(With M. Sar and S. Liao.) "Nuclear Concentration of An-
drogens in Rat Seminal Vesicles and Prostate by Autoradiography, ' '
Endocrinology, 86 (May 1970), 1008-11.
"Estrogen-Neurons and Estrogen-Neuron Systems in the Peri-
ventricular Brain," American Journal of Anatomy, 129 (October
1970) , 207-18.
Review of William D. Gude, Autoradiographic Techniques
(Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1968), in Journal of Histo-
chemistry and Cytochemistry, 17 (May 1969), 355.
DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY
Donald Leslie Brockington
1 ' Investigaciones Arqueologicas en la Costa de Oaxaca, ' ' Boletin
del Instituto Nacional de Antropologia e Historia, 38 (Deciembre
1969), 33-40.
Review of Roman Pina Chan and Carlos Navarette, Archaeolog-
ical Research in the Lower Grijalva River Region, Tabasco and
Chiapas (Provo: Brigham Young University and New World
Archaeological Foundation, 1967), in American Antiquity, 35
(July 1970), 398.
Noel David Burleson
"The Time is Now: Population Education," in International
Development 1969, Proceedings of the Eleventh World Conference
of the Society for International Development, ed., K. B. Madhava.
Dobbs Ferry, New York: Oceana Publications, 1970. Pp. 235-39.
JOFFRE LiANNING COE
Editor, Southern Indian Studies.
Editor, Newsletter, The Archaeological Society of North Car-
olina.
ANTHROPOLOGY
5
Associate Editor, Bulletin, Southeastern Archaeological Con-
ference.
Julia Gorham Crane
Review of Archibald W. Singham, The Hero and the Crowd in a
Colonial Polity (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1968), in
American Anthropologist, 72 (February 1970), 165-66.
Robert Edward Daniels
(With R. L. Munroe and R. H. Munroe.) ' 'Effect of Status and
Values on Estimation of Coin Size in Two East African Societies,'7
The Journal of Social Psychology, 77 (February 1969), 25-34.
(With R. L. Munroe, R. H. Munroe, and S. B. Nerlove.) " Effects
of Population Density on Food Concerns in Three East African
Societies," Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 10 (September
1969), 161-71.
' ' Cultural Identities Among the Oglala Sioux, ' ' in The Modern
Sioux: Social Systems and Reservation Culture, ed., E. Nurge. Lin-
coln: University of Nebraska Press, 1970. Pp. 198-245.
Peter Randall Goethals
" Sumatra," Encyclopedia Americana, 1970.
"Gayo," Encyclopedia Americana, 1970.
Review of M. B. Hooker, ed., A Source Book of Adat, Chinese
Law and the History of Common Law in the Malayan Peninsula,
Special Issue of Malaya Law Review (Singapore: University of
Singapore Press, 1967), in Journal of Asian Studies, 28 (April
1969), 905-6.
John Gulick
1 1 Village and City : Cultural Continuities in Twentieth Century
Middle Eastern Culture," in Middle Eastern Cities, ed., Ira
Lapidus. Berkeley and Los Angeles : University of California Press,
1969. Pp. 122-58.
" Village and City Field Work in Lebanon," in Marginal Na-
tives: Anthropologists at Work, ed., Morris Freilich. New York:
Harper and Row, 1970. Pp. 123-52.
"The Anthropology of the Middle East," Bulletin of the Middle
East Studies Association, 3 (1969), 1-14.
"The Material Base of a Lebanese Village," in Peoples and
Cultures of the Middle East, ed., A. Shiloh. New York: Random
6
RE SEARCH
House, 1969. Pp. 79-98. (Reprinted from a chapter in his Social
Structure and Cultural Change in a Lebanese Village, 1955).
" Conservatism and Change in a Lebanese Village," in Read-
ings in Arab Middle Eastern Societies and Cultures, eds., Abdulla
M. Lutfiyya and Charles W. Churchill. The Hague and Paris:
Mouton, 1970. Pp. 314-27. Reprinted from The Middle East Jour-
nal, 8 (Summer 1954), 295-307.
' ' Two Streams into One, ' ' in Readings in Arab Middle Eastern
Societies and Cultures, eds., Abdulla M. Lutfiyya and Charles W.
Churchill. The Hague and Paris: Mouton, 1970. Pp. 339-44. Re-
printed from Middle East Forum, 30 (1955), 12-13, 28-29.
Review of G. Breese, ed., The City in Newly Developing Coun-
tries (Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969), in Social Forces, 48
(March 1970), 429-30.
John Joseph Honigmann"
" [Anthropological Psychology]," Educational Encyclopedia
(published by the Ministry of Education and Culture and the
Bialik Institute, Jerusalem), 1969, pp. 80-82.
"Anthropology," Britannica Book of the Year, 1969, pp. 98-99.
"Culture Patterns and Human Stress — a Study in Social Psy-
chiatry," in Toward Self -Under standing : Studies in Personality
and Adjustment, ed., Lawrence C. Grebstein, Glenview, Illinois:
Scott Foresman and Company, 1969. Pp. 206-14. (A reprint.)
Kultur und Persoenlichkeit, " in Woerterbuch der Soziologie,
ed., Wilhelm Bernsdorf. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke Verlag, 1969.
Pp. 611-15.
" Middle- Class Values and Cross- Cultural Understanding," in
Culture Change, Mental Health, and Poverty, ed., Joseph C. Finney.
Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1969. Pp. 1-19. (Also
reprinted by Clarion Books, New York : Simon and Schuster, Inc.,
1970.)
"Psychological Anthropology," The Annals of the American
Academy of Political and Social Science, 383 (May 1969), 145-58.
' 1 Toward a Distinction Between Psychiatric and Nonpsychiatric
Judgments of Abnormality," in Readings in the Psychology of
Adjustment, 2nd edition, eds., Leon Gorlow and Walter Katkov-
sky. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1968. Pp. 46-53.
(Published in 1969.)
(With Irma Honigmann.) Arctic Townsmen. Ottawa: Canadian
Research Centre for Anthropology, Saint Paul University, 1970.
Pp. xx, 303.
ANTHROPOLOGY
7
"Education in the Modernization of Cultures," in Transactions
of the Sixth World Congress of Sociology, Evian, 4-11, September,
1966. Vol. 3 (1970), 369-84.
"Field Work in Two Northern Canadian Communities, ' ' in
Marginal Natives, ed., Morris Freilich. New York : Harper and Kow,
1970. Pp. 39-72.
Editor, Modernization and Tradition in Central European Rural
Cultures. (Special issue of Anthropologica, n.s. Vol. 12, No. 1.) Ot-
tawa: The Canadian Eesearch Centre for Anthropology, St. Paul
University, 1970. Pp. 148.
"Personality in Culture," in Readings in Introductory An-
thropology, Vol. 2, ed., Richard G. Emerick. Berkeley : McKutchan
Publishing Corp., 1970. Pp. 246-66. (Reprint.)
1 1 Rationality and Fantasy in Styrian Villagers, ' ' in Moderniza-
tion and Tradition in Central European Rural Cultures, ed., John
J. Honigmann. (Special issue of Anthropologica, n.s. Vol. 12, No. 1.)
Ottawa : The Canadian Research Centre for Anthropology, St. Paul
University, 1970. Pp. 129-39.
(With A. H. Maslow.) "Synergy: Some Notes of Ruth Bene-
dict," American Anthropologist, 72 (April 1970), 320-33.
Review of Craig Mac An drew and Robert B. Edgerton, Drunken
Comportment: A Social Explanation (Chicago: Aldine Publishing
Company, 1969), in Social Forces, 46 (June 1970), 559-60.
Review of 5 films produced by Quentin Brown, with Asen
Balikci and Guy Mary-Rousselier as consultants. Caribou Hunters
at the Crossing Place, Autumn River Camp, I, Autumn River Camp,
II, Winter Sea Ice Camp, I, Winter Sea Ice Camp, III. Photo-
graphed 1963-1965 (New York: Modern Learning Aids), in Amer-
ican Anthropologist, 72 (June 1970), 722-24.
Review of Judith Groch, The Right to Create (Boston: Little,
Brown and Company, 1969), in Growth and Change, 1 (October
1970), 51-52.
Review of Nelson H. H. Graburn, Eskimos without Igloos: So-
cial and Economic Development in Sugluk (Boston: Little, Brown
and Company, 1969), in American Anthropologist, 72 (August
1970), 886-87.
Guy Benton Johnson
(See entries under Department of Sociology.)
Bekton H. Kaplan
(See entries under School of Public Health, Department of
Epidemiology.)
s
RESEARCH
Dorothea Cross Leighton
(See entries under School of Public Health, Department of
Mental Health.)
Frederick Dean McEvoy
' ' Traditional and Contemporary Patterns in Sabo Labor Migra-
tion," Liberian Studies Journal, 2 (Fall 1970), 153-67.
Ralph Clinton Patrick
(See entries under School of Public Health, Department of
Epidemiology.)
James Lowe Peacock III
(With A. Thomas Kirsch.) The Human Direction: An Evolu-
tionary Approach to Cultural and Social Anthropology. New York s
Appleton-Century Crofts, 1970. Pp. xi, 334.
"Mystics and Merchants in Fourteenth Century Germany: A
Reconstruction of Their Psychological Bond and Its Implications
for Social Change," Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 3
(Spring 1969), 47-59.
"Religion, Communications, and Modernization: A Weberian
Critique of Some Recent Views, ' ' Human Organization, 28 ( Spring
1969), 35-41.
"Society as Narrative," in Forms of Symbolic Actions: Pro-
ceedings of the 1969 Annual Spring Meeting of the American Ethno-
logical Society. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1969.
Pp. 167-78.
"President Sukarno as Myth Maker," in E change et Communi-
cations: Melanges efforts ■ A Claude Levi-Stauss A L' Occasion De
Son 60 Erne Anniversaire, Vol. II, eds., Jean Pouillon and Pierre
Maranda. Hague-Paris: Mouton (Humanities Press, New York),
1970. Pp. 122-29.
Review of V. Kavolis, Artistic Expression — A Sociological
Analysis (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1968), in Social Forces,
47 (June 1969), 513.
Review of Hugh D. Duncan, Symbols in Society (New York:
Oxford University Press, 1968) and Communication and Social
Order (London and New York: Oxford University Press, 1968), in
American Anthropologist, 71 (August 1969), 790-92.
Steven Polgar
"Factors Affecting Contraceptive Behavior — Attitudes, Values,
Mores and Beliefs — A View from Anthropology, " in A Report for
Nurse Educators in Baccalaureate Schools of Nursing, ed., E. M.
ANTHROPOLOGY
9
Edmands. Chapel Hill: Carolina Population Center Monograph 7,
1970. Pp. 75-81.
(With R. A. Hatcher.) " Contraception : Sociocultural Factors
Affecting Practice in Patients and Personnel," in Manual of Con-
traceptive Practice, ed., M. S. Calderone. Baltimore : Williams and
Wilkins, 1970. Pp. 221-31.
(With F. Rothstein.) "Family Planning and Conjugal Roles
in New York City Poverty Areas/' Social Science and Medicine, 4
(July 1970), 135-39.
Comments on D. L. Hochstrasser and J. W. Tapp, Jr., "Social
Medicine and Public Health," in Anthropology and the Behavioral
and Health Sciences, eds., 0. von Mering and L. Kasdan. Pittsburgh :
University of Pittsburgh Press, 1970. Pp. 263-66.
Review of B. Berelson, ed., Family Planning Programs — An
International Survey (New York: Basic Books, 1969), in Family
Planning Perspectives, 1 (Spring 1969), 46.
Review of R. M. Prothero, Migrants and Malaria in Africa
(Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1968), in American
Anthropologist, 71 (October 1969), 992.
Review of S. J. Behrman et al., eds., Fertility and Family Plan-
ning— A World View (Ann Arbor : University of Michigan Press,
1969), in American Sociological Review, 35 (April 1970), 413-14.
William Sprott Pollitzer
(See entries under Department of Anatomy.)
Shirley Hill Witt
"Nationalistic Trends Among American Indians," in The
American Indian Today, eds., S. Levine and N. O. Lurie. Baltimore :
Penguin Books, Inc., 1970. Pp. 93-127.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Thomas Kay Fitzgerald
The Social Position of the Maori University Graduate : A Recon-
sideration of Some Theories of Acculturation and Identity. (1970,
under the direction of John Joseph Honigmann.)
Richard Howard Bobbins
Drinking Behavior and Identity Resolution. (1970, under the
direction of John Joseph Honigmann.)
10
RESEARCH
Evelyn Mary Todd
A Grammar of the Ojibwa Language: The Severn Dialect.
(1970, under the direction of John Gulick.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Paul Axelrod
A Social and Demographic Comparison of Two Nevada Shoshoni
Indian Reservations. (1970, under the direction of Steven Polgar.)
Walter Kenneth Barger
Adaptation to Town in Great Whale River. (1970, under the
direction of John Joseph Honigmann.)
Katherine Eleanor Blossom
Community and Leadership Among the Fort Chimo Indians of
Schefferville, Quebec. (1969, under the direction of John Joseph
Honigmann.)
James Torrence Bond
A History of Social-Cultural Adaption and Population in the
Sertao do Sao Francisco, Pernambuco, Brazil. (1969, under the
direction of Steven Polgar.)
Dorothy Caye Clement
Shango: A Modernizing Cult in Trinidadian Society. (1969,
under the direction of Frank Theodore Cloak.)
Boy Selman Dickents, Jr.
The Pisgah Culture and Its Place in the Prehistory of the
Southern Appalachians. (1970, under the direction of Joffre
Lanning Coe.)
James Young Greene
The Eole of the Group in the Folk Healing Practice. (1969,
under the direction of James Lowe Peacock III.)
Janet Carlson Holley
The Problem of Type in North American Archaeology. (1970,
under the direction of Joffre Lanning Coe.)
Thomas Cariell Loftfield
Shell Midden Sites of the Harkers Island-North River Area,
North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of Joffre Lanning
Coe.)
ART
11
Tkude Sellin Lowenbach
An Exploratory Study of Rural Mexican Health Practices in
Transition. (1970, under the direction of Peter Randall Goeth-
als.)
Olin Foss McCormick III
Archaeological Resources of the New Hope Reservoir Area,
North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of Joffre Lanning
Coe.)
Helen Lida Phillips
Shouting for the Lord: A Black Rite of Modernization. (1969,
under the direction of James Lowe Peacock III.)
James Nelson Riley
Family Organization in an Urban Port-of-Spain Community.
(1969, under the direction of Frank Theodore Cloak.)
Jeannette Runquist
Archaeological Skeletal Material: A Study in the Methods of
Excavation, Preservation, Reassembly and Analysis. (1970, under
the direction of William Sprott Pollitzer.)
Karen Li Simpkins
Terminology Used in Selected Local Settings. (1969, under the
direction of Mary Sanches.)
Carole Warlick Thorn
The Adaptation of the Montagnais-Naskapi Indians to Life in
Schefferville. (1970, under the direction of John Joseph Honig-
MANN.)
Gloria Jean Wentowski
Salt as an Ecological Factor in the Prehistory of the South-
eastern United States. (1970, under the direction of Joffre Lan-
ning Coe).
DEPARTMENT OF ART
Robert John Barnard
Review of Geoffrey Ashe, ed., The Quest for Arthur's Britain
(New York and London: Praeger, 1968), in Art Education, 23
(March 1970), 38.
12
RESEARCH
Review of Martin Hardie, Water-Colour Painting in Britain,
Volume 3, The Victorian Period (New York: Barnes and Noble,
1969) , in Art Education, 23 (April 1970), 39.
Review of A. J. Finberg, Turner's Sketches and Drawings
(New York: Schocken Books, 1968), in Art Education, 23 (June
1970) , 27.
Eighth Annual Exhibition, UNC School of Public Health,
Chapel Hill, February-December, 1970.
Award Winners Exhibition, North Carolina Museum of Art,
Raleigh, February, 1970.
John Wesley Dixon, Jk.
(See entries under Department of Religion.)
Jaboslav Folda
1 1 Kreuzzuge, ' ' Lexikon der christlichen Ikonographie, Vol. 2
(Freiburg in Breisgau: Verlag Herder, 1970), cols. 656-57.
"A Crusader Manuscript from Antioch," Bendiconti delta
Pontificia Accademia Bomana di Archeologia, 42 (1969-70), 283-98.
* 1 Helena, Mother of Constantinus Magnus," Ancient Portraits,
Ackland Art Center (Chapel Hill, April 5-May 17, 1970), entry 24.
"Manuscripts," First Decade of Collecting Exhibition, Ackland
Art Center (Chapel Hill, November 2-December 21, 1969), p. 11,
entries 106-11.
Review of T. S. R. Boase, Castles and Churches of the Crusading
Kingdom (London: Oxford University Press, 1967), in Journal
of the Society of Architectural Historians, 29 (March 1970), 64.
Review of Jon D. Longaker, Art, Style, and History (Glen-
view, Illinois: Scott, Foresman and Company, 1970), in South-
eastern College Art Beview and Newsletter, 4 (1969-70), 14-15.
Robert A. Howard
Art and the Artist, St. Andrews Beview, 1 (Fall- Winter 1970),
24.
Thirty-third Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, December- January, 1970-71.
Eighth Annual Exhibition, UNC School of Public Health,
Chapel Hill, February-December, 1970.
One Man Show, St. Andrews College, Vardel Building, Laurin-
burg, North Carolina, November 1969.
One Man Show, University Art Gallery, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia, October 1969.
North Carolina Sculpture Invitational, Duke University, Dur-
ART
13
ham, and University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, May- August,
1969.
Contemporary American Painting and Sculpture 1969, Kran-
nert Art Museum, University of Illinois, Champaign, Illinois,
March-April, 1969.
Saea Andeeson Immeewahe
Co-editor, Ancient Portraits, Ackland Art Center (Chapel Hill,
April 5-May 17, 1970), co-author of "Introduction," and author of
"Head of a Female Wearing Himation," entry 2.
"A New Greek Bronze Head in the Ackland Museum," Ees-
peria, 38 (1969), 150-56.
"The Pomegranate Vase: A Mycenaean-Geometric Link,"
American Journal of Archaeology, 74 (1970), 197.
"Ancient Portraits," Archaeology, 23 (1970), 345.
Review of C. W. Blegen and M. Rawson, The Palace of Nestor
at Pylos in Western Messenia (Princeton: Princeton University
Press, 1966), in American Journal of Archaeology, 73 (1969), 83-85.
Review of W. Cullican, The First Merchant Venturers: The
Ancient Levant in History and Commerce (London: Thames and
Hudson, 1966), in Archaeology, 23 (1970), 169.
Geoege Kacheegis
Thirty-third Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, North Carolina, December-
January, 1970-71.
One Man Exhibition, McDonald Art Gallery, Charlotte, North
Carolina, 1970.
Gene Kangas
Glass National II, Toledo Museum, 1968 : selected pieces in the
Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service, 1969-1971.
Young Americans, American Crafts Council, New York, New
York, 1970.
Group Show, Royal Marks Gallery, New York, New York, 1970.
Thirty-third Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, North Carolina, December-
January, 1970-71.
Two Man Show (with Herb Jackson), Garden Gallery, Raleigh,
North Carolina, November 1970.
Group Show, Weatherspoon Art Gallery, UNC, Greensboro,
North Carolina, May 1970.
One Man Show, Royal Marks Gallery, New York, New York,
February 1970.
14
RESEARCH
Inaugural Group Show, Pyramid Gallery, Washington, D. C,
January 1970.
UNO Faculty Show, Ackland Art Center, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, September 1969.
Group Show, Royal Marks Gallery, New York, New York,
Summer, 1969.
North Carolina Sculpture Invitational, Duke University, Dur-
ham, North Carolina, and University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, North Carolina, May-August, 1969.
ElCHAUD KlNNAHtD
Thirty-third Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, North Carolina, December-
January, 1970-71.
Invitational Group Show, Washington and Lee University, Lex-
ington, Virginia, 1970.
Eighth Annual Exhibition, UNC School of Public Health,
Chapel Hill, North Carolina, February-December, 1970.
Inaugural Group Show, Pyramid Gallery, Washington, D. C,
1970.
Thirty-second Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, North Carolina, 1969.
Group Show, Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C, 1969.
Invitational Small Group Show, Carleton College, Northfield,
Minnesota, 1969.
North Carolina Sculpture Invitational, Duke University, Dur-
ham, North Carolina, and University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, North Carolina, May- August, 1969.
Donald B. Kuspit
" Utopian Protest in Early Abstract Art," Art Journal, 29
(Summer 1970), 430-37.
Review of Ingeborg Heidemann, Der Begriff des Spieles (Ber-
lin: W. deGruyter, 1968), in Philosophy and Phenomenological Re-
search, 30 (March 1970), 472-73.
Paul Magennis
UNC Faculty Show, Ackland Art Center, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, September 1969.
Kenneth Ness
"Mona Lisa Rides Again," Two Star Award, Moviemakers Ten
Best Competition, London, England, 1970.
UNC Faculty Show, Ackland Art Center, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, September 1969.
ART
15
Marvin Saltzman
International Traveling American Print Exhibition, sponsored
by the Oregon State University, 1970-71.
Set Design for UNO Education Television, Channel 4, Chapel
Hill, North Carolina, "The Lion in Winter," 1970, "Cox and
Box," 1970, "Medium," 1969.
Purchase, National Collection of Fine Arts, Washington, D. C,
1970.
One Man Show, Davidson College, Davidson, North Carolina,
1970.
Print Techniques Exhibition, North Carolina Museum of Art,
Ealeigh, North Carolina, 1969-70.
One Man Show, Art Gallery of Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, 1969.
UNC Faculty Show, Ackland Art Center, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, September 1969.
G. Kenneth Sams
1 ' The Pottery Industry of Gordion at the time of the Kimmerian
Invasion," American Journal of Archaeology, 73 (1969), 244-45.
John Martin Schnorrenberg
Editor, The Southeastern College Art Review and Newsletter,
vols. 3 (1968-69) and 4 (1969-70).
Joseph Curtis Sloane
' ' Arts /Worth," A Project of the National Council of the Arts
in Education, Symposium: Journal of the College Music Society,
10 (Fall 1970), 21-30.
" David, Robespierre, and 'The Death of Bara,' " Gazette des
Beaux-Arts, 74 (September 1969), 143-60.
"Baudelaire as Art Critic," Bulletin Baudelairien, 5 (August
1969), 41-56.
Dennis Zaborowski
Thirty-third Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, North Carolina, December-
January, 1970-71.
Eighth Annual Exhibition, First Prize Purchase Award, UNC
School of Public Health, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, February-
December, 1970.
Thirty-third Semi-Annual Southeastern Exhibit, Gallery of
Contemporary Art, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, 1970.
16
RESEARCH
Fourth Annual James River Juried Art Exhibit, Mariners Mu-
seum, Newport News, Virginia, 1970.
Thirty-second Annual North Carolina Artists Exhibition, North
Carolina Museum of Art, Raleigh, North Carolina, 1969.
Spring Mills Art Exhibition, Lancaster, South Carolina, 1969.
Two Man Show, Art Gallery of Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, 1969.
UNC Faculty Show, Ackland Art Center, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, September 1969.
Art Festival of Atlanta, Purchase Prize Award, Atlanta, Geor-
gia, Summer 1969.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the
direction of the department :
Christine H. McCorkel
Page Space and Picture Space as Aspects of Naturalistic Style
in English Manuscripts of the Early Fourteenth Century. (1970,
under the direction of John Martin Schnorrenberg.)
Nancy Ann Rhyne
The Aegean Animal Style: A Study of the Lion, Griffin, and
Sphinx. (1970, under the direction of Sara Anderson Immer-
wahr.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Mayo Mac Boggs
The Development of My Sculpture. (1970, under the direction
of Robert A. Howard.)
John Crist Bott
Ideas and Concepts Important to My Work. (1969, under the
direction of Richard W. Kinnaird.)
John Shepard Cogswell
The Artist and the Law. (1969, under the direction of Joseph
Curtis Sloane.)
Joyce Marie Davis
Duerer's Animals: A Study of His Drawings. (1969, under the
direction of Philipp P. Fehl.)
ART
17
Frederick Dail Dixon, Je.
Notes on My Work. (1969, under the direction of Robert A.
Howard.)
Walter Heebeet Jackson
My Work 1965-1970. (1970, under the direction of Dennis
Zaborowski.)
Raymond Robert Kass
Some Notes on My Painting. (1969, under the direction of
George Kachergis.)
Sudie Katherine Lochridge
Japanese Art's Initial Manifestations and Presence in England
and France from 1850. (1970, under the direction of Joseph Cur-
tis Sloane.)
Kyung Sook Kim
Inherited Quality from My Background. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Paul Magennis.)
Harold Richard Mandell
Notes on the Development of My Style as a Painter. (1970, under
the direction of Kenneth Ness.)
Marguerite McPheeters McKee
The Portraiture of Sebastien Bourdon. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Frances Huemer.)
Gaillard Fitzsimons Ravenel II
The Burton Emmett Print Collection : Six Centuries of Graphic
Arts — An Exhibition Project. (1969, under the direction of Joseph
Curtis Sloane.)
Jean Stark Reuther
" Degenerate Art": An Annotated Translation of the Catalogue
of the Exhibition "Eutartete Kunst," Munich, 1937. (1969, under
the direction of Philipp P. Fehl.)
Jerry Brian Sawers
A Reexamination of Cubist Criticism: ' 'Analysis" and "Syn-
thesis." (1970, under the direction of Joseph Curtis Sloane.)
Arete Bernice Swartz
The Race Horse in French Nineteenth Century Art. (1970, un-
der the direction of Joseph Curtis Sloane.)
IS
RESEARCH
Nancy Michelle Wasell
Jean Louis Forain, the Painter. (1969, under the direction of
Joseph Curtis Sloane.)
Philip Waff Whitley
Introduction to My Sculpture. (1969, under the direction of
Robert A. Howard.)
DEPARTMENT OF BACTERIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Wallace Alexander Clyde, Jr.
(See entries under Department of Pediatrics.)
James Joseph Crawford
(See entries under School of Dentistry.)
William James Cromartie
(With S. H. Ohanian and J. H. Schwab.) ' ' Relation of Rheu-
matic-Like Cardiac Lesions of the Mouse to Localization of Group A
Streptococcal Cell Walls," Journal of Experimental Medicine,
129: 1 (January 1969), 37-49.
Washington Julio DeAngelis
(With E. G-. Janzen, J. B. Picket, and J. W. Happ.) "Electron
Spin Resonance Studies of Radical Formation in Nucleophillic
Addition Reactions." 1. Radical Formation and Chemiluminescence
in the Hydroxide Ion Addition to N,N'-Dimethyl-9,9'-biacridinium
Dinitrate (Lucigenin), Journal of Organic Chemistry, 35 (January
1970), 88-95.
Marshall Hall Edgell
(With C. A. Hutchison and R. L. Sinsheimer.) "Large Pore
'Disc' Electrophoresis in Progress in Separation and Purification,"
in Modern Separation Methods of Macromolecules and Particles,
Volume 2, ed., Theo Gerritsen. New York: Wiley-Interscience, 1969.
Pp. 1-22.
(With C. A. Hutchison and R. L. Sinsheimer.) "The Process of
Infection with Bacteriophage <£>X174," Journal of Molecular Biol-
ogy, 42 (June 28, 1969), 547-57.
(With H. Walter and C. A. Hutchison.) "Separation of Bac-
teriophage <£X174 Mutants by Countercurrent Distribution in a
Two-Polymer Aqueous Phase System," Biochimica et Biophysica
Acta, 204 (March 19, 1970), 248-51.
BACTERIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
19
Janet Jordan Fischer
(See entries under Department of Medicine.)
Harry Gooder
(With J. W. Lawson.) "Growth and Development of Com-
petence in the Group H Streptococci," Journal of Bacteriology, 102
(June 1970), 820-25.
(With J. R. King.) "Induction of Enterococcal L-forms by the
Action of Lysozyme," Journal of Bacteriology, 103 (September
1970), 686-91.
(With J. R. King.) "Reversion to the Streptococcal State of
Enterococcal Protoplasts, Spheroplasts and L-forms," Journal of
Bacteriology, 103 (September 1970), 692-96.
"Cell Wall Composition in the Classification of Streptococci,"
International Journal of Systematic Bacteriology, 20 (October
1970), 475-82.
Geoffrey Haughton
" Isoantigenic Complexity: A Speculative Essay," Folia Bio-
logica (Praha), 15 (March 1969), 239-44.
(With D. R. Nash.) "Specific Immunosuppression by Minute
Doses of Passive Antibody," Transplantation Proceedings, 1
(March 1969), 616.
(With D. R. Nash.) "Transplantation Antigens and Viral
Carcinogenesis," Progress in Medical Virology, 11 (1969), 248-
306.
(With M. P. McGehee.) "Cytolysis of Mouse Lymph Node Cells
by Alloantibody : A Comparison of Guinea-Pig and Rabbit Com-
plements," Immunology, 16 (April 1969), 447-61.
(With D. O. Adams.) "Specific Immunosuppression by Minute
Doses of Passive Antibody, ' ' II. The Site of Action, Journal of the
Reticuloendothelial Society, 7: 4 (April 1970), 500-17.
Clyde A. Hutchison
(With M. H. Edgell and R. L. Sinsheimer.) "Large Pore 'Disc'
Electrophoresis in Progress in Separation and Purification," in
Modern Separation Methods of Macromolecules and Particles,
Volume 2, ed., Theo Gerritsen. New York: Wiley-Interseience,
1969. Pp. 1-22.
(With M. H. Edgell and R. L. Sinsheimer.) "The Process of
Infection with Bacteriophage $X174," Journal of Molecular Biol-
ogy, 42 (June 28, 1969), 547-57.
(With H. Walter and M. H. Edgell.) "Separation of Bacterio-
phage <£X174 Mutants by Countercurrent Distribution in a Two-
20
RESEARCH
Polymer Aqueous Phase System." Biochimica et Biophysica Acta,
204 (March 19, 1970), 248-51.
Geoege Philip Maniee
(With G. Christoffersen.) "The Toxicity of Meningopneu-
monitis Organisms (Chlamydia psittaci) at Different Stages of De-
velopment," Journal of Immunology, 103: 5 (November 1969),
1085-88.
(With A. Matsumoto.) "Electron Microscopic Observations on
the Effects of Penicillin on the Morphology of Chlamydia psit-
taci," Journal of Bacteriology, 101: 1 (January 1970), 278-85.
(With A. Matsumoto.) "Electron Microscopic Observations on
the Fine Structure of Cell Walls of Chylamydia psittaci," Journal
of Bacteriology, 104: 3 (December 1970), 1332-37.
Meihan Nonoyama
(With Y. Watanabe and A. F. Graham.) "Defective Particles
of Reovirus," Journal of Virology, 6 (August 1970), 226-36.
(With A. F. Graham.) "Appearance of Defective Virions in
Clones of Reovirus," Journal of Virology, 6 (November 1970),
693-94.
John Haeris Schwab
(With S. H. Ohanian and W. J. Cromartie.) "Relation of
Rheumatic-Like Cardiac Lesions of the Mouse to Localization of
Group A Streptococcal Cell Walls," Journal of Experimental
Medicine, 129: 1 (January 1969), 37-49.
(With J. M. Jones.) "Effects of Streptococcal Cell Wall Frag-
ments on Phagocytosis and Tissue Culture Cells," Infection and
Immunity, 1: 3 (March 1970), 232-52.
(With J. M. Jones.) "Effect of Injury on Antigenic Composition
of Rabbit Skin (34888)," Proceedings of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, 134: 3 (July 1970), 807-11.
David Goedon Sharp
(With K. S. Kim and D. Dalton.) "Effect of Some Proteolytic
Enzymes on the Plaque Titer of Vaccinia and Rabbitpox Viruses, ' '
Virology, 38 : 4 (August 1969), 503-11.
(With K. S. Kim.) "The Influence of DEAE-Dextran on Plain
and Synergistic Plaque Formation by Two Poxviruses, ' ' Journal of
General Virology, 4 (November 1969), 505-12.
(With Peter M. McGuire.) "Spectrum of Physical Properties
Among the Virions of a Whole Population of Vaccinia Virus Par-
ticles," Journal of Virology, 5 (March 1970), 275-81.
BACTERIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
21
Myron S. Silverman
(See entries under School of Dentistry.)
Philip Frederick Sparling
(See entries under Department of Medicine.)
John Keith Spitznagel
(With H. I. Zeya.) "Cationic Protein-Bearing Granules of
Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes: Separation from Enzyme-Bich
Granules," Science, 163 (February 1969), 1069-71.
(With A. C. Allison.) "Mode of Action of Adjuvants: Effects
on Antibody Responses to Macrophage-Associated Bovine Serum
Albumin," Journal of Immunology, 104: 1 (January 1970), 128-39.
(With A. C. Allison.) "Mode of Action of Adjuvants: Retinol
and Other Lysosome-Labilizing Agents as Adjuvants," Journal of
Immunology, 104: 1 (January 1970), 119-27.
(With J. H. Arnold and A. V. Scott.) "Specificity of PPD
Skin Tests in Childhood Tuberculin Converters: Comparison with
Mycobacterial Species from Tissues and Secretions," The Journal
of Pediatrics, 76: 4 (April 1970), 512-22.
Akira Tamura
"Maturation of Chlamydia,' " Advances in Virology in Japan,
1969 edition, 200-21.
EOBERT TWAROG
(With G. L. Liggins.) "Enzymes of the Tryptophan Pathway
in Acinetooacter calco-acetious,^ Journal of Bacteriology, 104 (Oc-
tober 1970), 254-63.
William J. Yount
(See entries under Department of Medicine.)
Hasan I. Zeya
(With J. K. Spitznagel.) "Cationic Protein-Bearing Granules
of Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes: Separation from Enzyme-Rich
Granules," Science, 163 (February 1969), 1069-71.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Lawrence Addison Wilson, Jr.
The Molecular and Ultrastructural Damage to Escherichia coli
22
RESEARCH
Produced by Antibody, Complement and Lysozyme Systems. (1969,
under the direction of John Keith Spitznagel.)
Denise Joyce Dalton
The Effect of Multiple Infection on the Poxvirus-Cell Relation-
ship. (1969, under the direction of David Gordon Sharp.)
Christopher Cowham Field
Arginine Metabolism and Autolysis of Streptococcus faecalis
F24. (1969, under the direction of William Ringgold Straughn,
Jr.)
J oe Maxey Jones
Immunological Studies of Experimental Connective Tissue
Lesions. (1970, under the direction of John Harris Schwab.)
Peter Michael McGuire
Some Preliminary Analyses of the Physical, Chemical and Bio-
logical Properties of Whole Vaccinia Virus Populations. (1970,
under the direction of David Gordon Sharpe.)
Chang-Hsu Yang
Articular Reaction to Cell Wall Components of Group A Strep-
tococci and Some Related Organisms. (1970, under the direction of
William James Cromartie.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Michael Edwin Baumann
Drug-Induced Suppression of the Humoral Response to H-2
Antigens. (1969, under the direction of Geoffrey Haughton.)
Morris Talmage McMinn
A Consideration of Anaerobic Bacteria in Systemic Lesions
Isolated by Improved Techniques and the Anaerobic Bacteria of
the Oral Cavity. (1969, under the direction of William James
Cromartie.)
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
Carl Elmore Anderson
" Preparation of Basic Material on Nutritional Status of Pop-
ulation: India and Pakistan." A Brochure. Topical Investigation
BIOCHEMISTRY
23
and Analysis of Nutritional Supplements in Family Planning Pro-
grams in North Carolina Research Triangle Institute Publication,
Michael V. E. Rulison, Ph.D., Project Leader, 1970. Pp. iii-XIX,
1-53.
Review of L. 0. Krampitz, Thiamin Diphosphate and Its Cata-
lytic Function (Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1970), in The American
Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 19 (1970), 895.
Review of Geoffrey H. Bourne, World Review of Nutrition and
Dietetics, Volume 10 (S. Karger. Ag. Basel, Switzerland), in The
American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 19 (1970),
895-96.
(With Vidula Bangdiwala.) " Improved Method for the Isolation
of Ehrlich Ascites Tumor Cell Plasma Membranes," Journal of
the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, 86 (Winter 1970), 165.
Fred E. Bell
"Specificity of the Valyl Ribonucleic Acid Synthetase from
Escherichia coli in the Binding of Valine Analogues," Journal of
Biological Chemistry, 245 (November 1970), 5515-23.
Michael Kalen Beekut
(With R. L. Montgomery and H. E. Mayberry.) "Effects of
Limbic System Lesions on Testes of Rats," Journal of the Elisha
Mitchell Scientific Society, 86 (Winter 1970), 166.
(With R. L. Montgomery, D. Westbrook, and F. Grubb.) "A
Study of Humoral Substances in Plasma of Brain -Lesioned Rats,"
Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, 86 (Winter 1970),
166-67.
(With R. L. Montgomery.) "A Morphological Study of Viscera
in Aged Rats with Lesions in the Limbic System," Physiology and
Behavior, 5 (March 1970), 989-92.
Karl F. Blau
(With Harold H. Cameron and George K. Summer.) "Diagnosis
of Phenylketonuria by Gas Chromatography," in Methods in Med-
ical Research, ed., R. E. Olson. Chicago : Year Book Medical Pub-
lishers, Inc., 1970. Pp. 100-5.
"Aromatic Acid Excretion in Phenylketonuria Analysis of the
Unconjugated Aromatic Acids Derived from Phenylalanine,"
Clinica Chimica Acta, 27 (January 1970), 5-18.
Michael Caplow
"Carbamate Formation and Breakdown — Kinetics and Mech-
anism," in C02: Chemical, Biochemical and Physiological Aspects,
24
RE SEARCH
eds., J. T. Edsall, A. B. Otis, and F. J. W. Roughton. Washington:
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 1969. Pp. 47-52.
' ' Chyinotrypsin Catalysis — Evidence for a New Intermediate,"
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (June 1969), 3639-45.
"Biotin Basicity," Biochemistry, 8 (June 1969), 2656-59.
(With Vishnu.) "Substrate Structure Effects on the pH De-
pendence of Deacylation of Acyl-Chymotrypsins, " Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 91 (November 1969), 6754-58.
Chi-Bom Chae
(With A. Williams, H. Krasny, C. Dobbins, and J. L. Irvin.)
"Inhibition of Nucleic Acid and Protein Biosynthesis by a Pyri-
midine Aldehyde," Proceedings of the American Association for
Cancer Research, 11 (April 1970), 15.
(With A. Williams, H. Krasny, J. L. Irvin, and C. Piantadosi.)
"Inhibition of Thymidine Phosphorylation and DNA and Histone
Synthesis in Ehrlich Ascites Carcinoma," Cancer Research, 30
(November 1970), 2652-60.
Edward Glassman
"Discussion: Some Considerations of the Effects of Short Term
Learning on the Incorporation of Uridine into KNA and Polysomes
of Mouse Brain," in The Future of the Brain Sciences, ed., S. Bo-
goch. New York : Plenum Press, 1969. Pp. 281-91.
"The Use of Genetics in Behavioral Research," in Biological
Training in the Behavioral Sciences, ed., Gerald E. McClearn. Pro-
ceedings of the Second Program Directors Meeting, National Insti-
tute of Mental Health, May 23-24, 1969, Stanford University.
(With John E. Wilson.) "The Effect of Short Term Experiences
on the Incorporation of Uridine into RNA and Polysomes of Mouse
Brain, ' ' in Progress in Brain Research, Pituitary, Adrenal and the
Brain, Volume 32, eds., D. de Wied and J. A. W. M. Weijnen.
Amsterdam, London, and New York : Elsevier Publishing Company,
1970. Pp. 245-49.
(With John W. Zemp, Linda B. Adair, and John Eric Wilson.)
' ' The Effect of Training on the Incorporation of Radioactive Pre-
cursors into RNA of Brain," in Molecular Approaches to Learning
and Memory, ed., W. L. Byrne. New York : Academic Press, 1970.
Pp. 41-51.
(With John E. Wilson.) "The Effect of Short Experiences on
Macromolecules in the Brain," in Biochemistry of Brain and Be-
havior, eds., Robert E. Bowman and Surinder P. Datta. New York:
Plenum Press, 1970. Pp. 279-99.
"The Biochemistry of Learning: An Evaluation of the Role of
BIOCHEMISTRY
25
Protein and Nucleic Acids," Annual Review of Biochemistry, 38
(1969), 605-46.
(With James F. Collins.) "A Third Locus (Ipo) Affecting
Pyridoxal Oxidase in Drosophila melanog aster," Genetics, 61
(April 1969), 833-39.
(With Ann S. Henderson.) "A Possible Storage Form for
Tyrosinase Substrates in Drosophila melanogaster," Journal of
Insect Physiology, 15 (1969), 2345.
(With Ann S. Henderson, Myra Cordle, H. M. Moon, and John
E. Wilson.) "Brain Function and Macromolecules. V. Effect of
Cycloheximide and Actinomycin D on the Behavior of the Headless
Cockroach," Nature, 225 (March 1970), 967-68.
(With Barry E. Kahan, Martin E. Krigman, and John E. Wil-
son.) "Brain Function and Macromolecules. VI. Autoradiographic
Analysis of the Effect of a Brief Training Experience on the In-
corporation of Uridine into Mouse Brain," Proceedings of the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences (U.S.), 65 (February 1970), 300-3.
(With J. F. Collins and E. J. Duke.) "Nutritional Control of
Xanthine Dehydrogenase. I. The Effect in Adult Drosophila
melanogaster of Feeding a High Protein Diet to Larvae," Bio-
chimica et Biophysica Acta, 208 (1970), 294-303.
(With John E. Wilson.) "The Incorporation of Uridine into
Brain EN A During Short Experiences," Brain Research, 21 (July
1970), 157-68.
Jan Hermans
(With D. Ferro.) "Nonbonded Interatomic Potential Functions
and Crystal Structure : Non Hydrogen-bonded Organic Molecules, ' '
in Liquid Crystals and Ordered Fluids, eds., J. F. Johnson and E. S.
Porter. New York: Plenum Press, 1970. Pp. 259-75.
(With D. Puett and G. Acampora.) "On the Conformation of
Denatured Proteins," Biochemistry, 8 (1969), 22-30.
(With D. Lohr and D. Ferro.) "Unfolding and Hydrogen Ex-
change of Proteins: The Three-dimensional Ising Lattice as a
Model," Nature, 224 (1969), 175-77.
David James Holbrook, Jr.
(With C. E. Morris, L. V. Andrew, and L. P. Whichard.) "The
Binding of Antimalarial Aminoquinolines to Nucleic Acids and
Polynucleotides," Molecular Pharmacology, 6 (May 1970), 240-50.
(With L. P. Whichard.) "The Effect of Chloroquine on the
Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Nucleic Acids," Molecular Pharmacology,
6 (September 1970), 548-56.
26
RESEARCH
J. Logan Irvin
(With J. T. Bellair and K. K. Kuniaroo.) "Chromatin Fractions
of Liver as Templates for DNA Synthesis," Federation Proceed-
ings, 28 (April 1969), 836.
(With Piantadosi and S. C. Kim.) "Potential Anticancer
Agents V : The Synthesis and Biochemical Studies of 5-Flnorinated
Pyrimidine-6-carboxaldehydes and Derivatives," Journal of Phar-
maceutical Sciences, 58 (July 1969), 821-26.
(With H. Berger.) "Changes in Physical State of DNA During
Replication in Regenerating Liver of the Rat," Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences (U.S.), (January 1970), 152-59.
(With C-B. Chae, A. Williams, H. Krasny, and C. Dobbins.)
"Inhibition of Nucleic Acid and Protein Biosynthesis by a Pyri-
midine Aldehyde," Proceedings of the American Association for
Cancer Research, 11 (April 1970), 15.
(With H. W. Strobel and H. P. Morris.) "Effects of Exogenous
Histones Upon the Induction of Tryptophan Pyrrolase and Tyro-
sine Transaminase in Liver and Morris Hepatomas," Cancer Re-
search, 30 (April 1970), 1075-80.
(With C-B. Chae, A. Williams, H. Krasny, and C. Piantadosi.)
"Inhibition of Thymidine Phosphorylation and DNA and Histone
Synthesis in Ehrlich Ascites Carcinoma," Cancer Research, 30
(November 1970), 2652-60.
(With C. Hong and C. Piantadosi.) "Potential Anticancer
Agents. VI. 5-Substituted Pyrimidine-6-carboxaldehydes, " Journal
of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 59 (November 1970), 1637-45.
Mary Ellen Jones
"Carbamyl Phosphate," in Methods en der Enzymatischen
Analyse, ed., H-U. Bergmeyer. Weinheim: Verlag Chemie, 1969.
Pp. 1701-9.
"Vertebrate Carbamyl Phosphate Synthetase I and II. Separa-
tion of the Arginine-Urea and Pyrimidine Pathways, ' ' in Urea and
the Kidney, ed., Bodil Schmidt-Nielson. Amsterdam: Excerpta
Medica, 1970. Pp. 35-47.
(With M. Nakamura.) "Ornithine Transcarbamylase of Strep-
tococcus faecalis ATCC 8043," in Methods of Enzymology Me-
tabolism of Amino Acids and Amines, eds., C. W. and H. Tabor.
New York : Academic Press, 1970. Pp. 286-94.
(With M. Grassl and S. McKinley.) "Synthesis and Hydrox-
ylaminolysis of N-Carboxymethyl-N-Acetyl-L-Glutamic Acid Di-
methylester, " Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, 129
(1969), 98-105.
BIOCHEMISTRY
27
(With L. Peng.) "Effect of Avidin on Vertebrate Carbamyl
Phosphate Synthetase," Biochemical and Biophysical Besearch
Communications, 34 (1969), 335-39.
(With L. M. Prescott.) "The Effect of Temperature and Anions
on the Kinetic Characteristics of Streptococcus faecalis Aspartate
Transcarbamylase," Federation Proceedings, 28 (1969), 889.
(With M. R. Bethell.) "Molecular Size and Regulation Char-
acteristics of Bacterial Aspartate Transcarbamylase," Archives of
Biochemistry and Biophysics, 134 (1969), 352-65.
(With L. M. Prescott.) "Modified Methods for the Determina-
tion of Carbamyl Aspartate," Analytical Biochemistry, 32 (1969),
408-19.
(With W. T. Shoaf.) "Carbonic Anhydrase of Microorganisms,"
Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, 139 (1970), 130-42.
(With L. M. Prescott.) "Streptococcus faecalis Aspartate
Transcarbamylase. I. Purification and General Properties," Bio-
chemistry, 9 (1970), 3783-93.
Ralph Penniall
(With Nancy McC. Davidian and W. B. Elliott.) "Origin of
Mitochondrial Enzymes. III. Distribution and Synthesis of Cyto-
chrome c in Rat Liver Tissue," Archives of Biochemistry and
Biophysics, 133 (September 1969), 345-58.
(With Nancy McC. Davidian.) "Studies of Cytochrome Syn-
thesis in Rat Liver," Bioenergetics Bulletin, 2 (November 1970),
67.
(With Nancy McC. Davidian.) "Studies of Cytochrome c Syn-
thesis in Rat Liver," Journal of Cell Biology, 47 (December 1970),
155.
Luisa Raijman
(With R. L. Veech and H. A. Krebs.) "Disequilibrium in the
Triose Phosphate Isomerase System in Rat Liver," Biochemical
Journal, 115 (December 1969), 837-42.
(With R. L. Veech and H. A. Krebs.) "Equilibrium Relations
Between the Cytoplasmic Adenine Nucleotide System and Nico-
tinamide-Adenine Nucleotide System in Rat Liver," Biochemical
Journal, 117 (April 1970), 499-503.
Ronald C. Reitz
(With M. El Sheikh, W. E. M. Lands, I. A. Ismail, and F. D.
Gunstone.) "Effects of Ethylenic Bond Position Upon Acyltrans-
ferase Activity with Isomeric cis-Octadenoyl Coenzyme A Thiol
Esters," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 175 (1969), 480-90.
28
RESEARCH
Geoege Kendeick Summee
(With K. Blau and H. H. Cameron.) "Diagnosis of Phenyl-
ketonuria by Gas Chromatography," in Methods in Medical Re-
search, ed., R. E. Olson. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers,
Inc., 1970. Pp. 100-105.
(With M. D. Waters.) "Prednisolone Induction of Alkaline
Phosphatase in Human Skin Fibroblasts," Biochimica et Biophysica
Acta, 177 (January 1969), 650-52.
(With R. E. Exss and H. D. Hill.) "Computer Analysis of
Amino Acid Chromatograms," Journal of Chromatography, 22
(April 1969), 442-51.
(With R. E. Exss and H. D. Hill.) "Radioactive Markers in
Analysis of Amino Acid Chromatograms," Separation Science, 4
(August 1969), 259-300.
(With M. D. Waters.) "Regulation of Alkaline Phosphatase
in Human Skin Fibroblasts," Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 133 (March 1970), 926-30.
(With J. T. Cuttino, Jr. and H. D. Hill, Jr.) "Treatment of
Eruptive Xanthomas in Cori Type I Glycogenosis," Archives of
Dermatology, 101 (April 1970), 469-71.
(With J. T. Cuttino, Jr., H. D. Hill, Jr., and B. J. Mitchell.)
"Response to Medium Chain Triglycerides in von Gierke's Dis-
ease," Pediatrics, 46 (December 1970), 925-29.
James R. White
(With K. Ishizu, H. H. Dearman, and M. T. Huang.) "Interac-
tion of the 5-methylphenazinium Cation Radical with Deoxy-
ribonucleic Acid," Biochemistry, 8 (1969), 1238-46.
(With H. L. White.) "Hedamycin and Rubiflavin Complexes
with Deoxyribonucleic Acid and Other Polynucleotides," Bio-
chemistry, 8 (1969), 1030-42.
John Eeic Wilson
(With J. W. Zemp, L. B. Adair, and E. Glassman.) "The Ef-
fect of Training on the Incorporation of Radioactive Precursors
into RNA of Brain," in Molecular Approaches to Learning and
Memory, ed., W. L. Byrne. New York: Academic Press, 1970.
Pp. 41-51.
(With E. Glassman.) "The Effect of Short Experiences on
Macromolecules in Brain, ' ' in Biochemistry of Brain and Behavior,
eds., R. E. Bowman and S. P. Dutta. New York: Plenum Press,
1970. Pp. 279-99.
(With E. Glassman.) "The Effect of Short Term Experiences
on the Incorporation of Uridine into RNA and Polysomes of Mouse
BIOCHEMISTRY
29
Brain," in Progress in Brain Research, Pituitary, Adrenal and
Brain, Volume 32, eds. D. de Wied and J. A. W. M. Weijnen. Am-
sterdam, London, and New York: Elsevier Publishing Company,
1970. Pp. 245-49.
(With E. Glassman, A. Henderson, M. Cordle, and H. M.
Moon.) " Brain Function and Macromolecules. V. Effect of Cyclo-
heximide and Actinomycin D on the Behavior of the Headless Cock-
roach," Nature, 225 (March 1970), 967-68.
(With B. E. Kahan, M. K. Krigman, and E. Glassman.) "Brain
Function and Macromolecules. VI. Autoradiographic Analysis of
the Effect of a Brief Training Experience on the Incorporation
of Uridine into Mouse Brain," Proceedings of the National Acad-
emy of Sciences (U.S.), 65 (February 1970), 300-3.
(With E. Glassman.) "The Incorporation of Uridine into Brain
RNA During Short Experiences," Brain Research, 21 (July 1970),
157-68.
Eichaed V. Wolfenden
" Changes in Absorption Spectrum and Crystal Structure of
Triose Phosphate Isomerase brought about by 2-Phosphoglycollate,
a Potential Transition State Analogue," Journal of Molecidar
Biology, 47 (1970), 93-100.
(With L. Johnson.) "Reversible Changes in Triosephosphate
Isomerase Inducted by Inhibitors," Federation Proceedings, 29
(1970), 29.
(With L. N. Johnson and D. C. Phillips.) " Crystallographic
Studies of Triosephosphate Isomerase," Fifth Middle Atlantic Re-
gional Meeting of the American Chemical Society (1970), 20.
(With Yasuko Tomozawa.) "Binding of GTP and ATP by
Rabbit Muscle AMP Deaminase," Biochemistry, 9 (1970), 3400-3.
"Binding of Substrate and Transition State Analogs to Trio-
sephosphate Isomerase," Biochemistry, 9 (1970), 3404-7.
(With Ben Evans.) "A Potential Transition State Analog for
Adenosine Deaminase," Journal of the American Chemical Society,
92 (1970), 4751-52.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the
direction of the department :
Michael Victor Aylott
A Study of the Sodium-Potassium Activated Adenosine Tri-
phosphatase of the Rat Brain: Isolation and Reaction Kinetics.
(1969, under the direction of A. R. Krall.)
30
RESEARCH
Henry Berger
Studies on DNA Synthesis in Vivo and in Vitro in a Mammalian
System. (1970, under the direction of J. Logan Irvin.)
Mary Sue Coleman
Incorporation of Radioactive Precursors into Polysomes and
RNA of Mammalian Brain During Short Term Behavioral Ex-
periences. (1969, under the direction of John E. Wilson.)
J ohn Laurence Davis
Regulation of Mammalian Serine Metabolism. (1970, under the
direction of Harold J. Fallon.)
Eeinhard E. Exss
Biochemical and Morphological Studies on Neurofilaments of
Rabbit Brain. (1970, under the direction of G. K. Summer.)
John M. Happy
Studies on Factors Affecting the in Vivo and in Vitro Whole
Body, Brain Area and Subcellular Distribution of Chlorpromazine.
(1970, under the direction of A. R. Krall.)
Leonard J. Heere
Adenylate Polymerizing Enzymes from Rat Liver Cytoplasm.
(1970, under the direction of David J. Holbrook.)
Mou-Tuan Huang
Antibacterial Activity of 5-Methylphenazinium Methyl Sulfate.
(1969, under the direction of James R. White.)
Howard M. Jernigan
Hedamycin Complexes with Deoxyribonucleic Acid, Chromatin,
Reconstituted Histone-DNA Complexes, and Polyriboguanylic Acid.
(1970, under the direction of J. Logan Irvin and James R. White.)
Robert Brooke Jones
Effect of Hydrocortisone on Histone Synthesis and Acetylation
in Regenerating Rat Liver. (1970, under the direction of J. Logan
Irvin.)
K. K. Kumaroo
Studies on the Role of Histones in DNA Synthesis in Normal
and Regenerating Liver of the Rat. (1969, under the direction of
J. Logan Irvin.)
Robert G. Lamb
Studies on the Esterification of SN-Glycerol-3-P by a Rat Liver
BIOCHEMISTRY
31
Particulate Fraction. (1970, under the direction of Harold J. Fal-
lon.)
Dennis Evan Lohe
The Three Dimensional Simple Cubic Ising Lattice as a Model
for Globular Protein Denaturation. (1970, under the direction of
Jan Hermans.)
William Scot Morrow
Studies on the Proteins of Various Chromatin Fractions of
Normal and Regenerating Liver of the Rat. (1970, under the direc-
tion of J. Logan Irvin.)
Hin-Giok Oey
Effects of Potassium Ions on the Metabolism of Rat Liver
Mitochondria. (1969, under the direction of A. R. Krall.)
J. David Puett
Helix Formation in Proteins — an Investigation into the Relative
Importance of Primary and Tertiary Structure. (1969, under the
direction of Jan Hermans.)
Henry Willis Strobel, Jr.
Effects of Histones on Enzyme Induction in Liver and Hepa-
tomas. (1969, under the direction of J. Logan Irvin.)
Michael Dee Waters
Induction of Alkaline Phosphatase and Collagen Biosynthesis.
(1969, under the direction of G. K. Summer.)
Benjamin Chu-Ming Wu
Studies on the Turnover and Base Composition of Mouse Brain
RNA. (1969, under the direction of John E. Wilson.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Mary Catherine Dobbins
Studies on the Inhibition of the Ehrlich Ascites Carcinoma
Thymidylate Kinase by 5-Chlorobenzyl Pyrimidine in Vitro. (1970,
under the direction of C-B. Chae and J. Logan Irvin.)
Henry Shelton Earp III
Adenosine 3',5'-Monophosphate as the Mediator of ACTH-In-
duced Ascorbic Acid Depletion in the Rat Adrenal. (1970, under
the direction of Robert Ney and J. Logan Irvin.)
32
RESEARCH
Harvey Charles Krasny
Studies on the Mechanism of Inhibitory Action Derivatives of
Pyrimidine-6-Carboxaldehyde and Phthalimido Aldehydes. (1969,
under the direction of C-B. Chae, J. Logan Irvin, and C. Pianta-
dosi.)
Carl Roderick Morris
Primaquine and 8-Methyl Ether of Xanthurenic Acid: In-
teraction with Nucleic Acids and the Effect on Aminoacylation
of Transfer RNA. (1970, under the direction of David J. Hol-
brook.)
Robert K. Williams, Jr.
The Antibacterial Effects of Some Simple Quinones. (1970, un-
der the direction of James R. White.)
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
Edward Gail Barry
"The Diffuse Diplotene Stage of Meiotic Prophase in Neuro-
spora," Chromosoma (Berl), 26 (February 1969), 119-29.
(With D. D. Perkins.) "Position of Linkage Group V Markers
in Chromosome 2 of Neurospora crassa," Journal of Heredity, 60
(May-June 1969), 120-25.
' ' Internuclear and Intranuclear Allelic Complementation in
Neurospora crassa," Genetics, 64 (February 1970), s5.
C. Ritchie Bell
Editor, Basic Library List for the Biological Sciences. Wash-
ington: Commission on Undergraduate Education in Biological
Sciences, Publication 22, 1969. Pp. 48.
"Variation and Selection Pressure in Aquilegia caerulea James
(Ranunculaceae)," Association of Southeastern Biologists Bulletin,
16 (April 1969), 44.
"Pollination Vectors and Floral Variability in Aquilegia
caerulea and A. elegantula," Eleventh International Botanical Con-
gress Abstracts (August 1969), 12.
(With R. Ornduff and collaborators.) "Index to Plant Chromo-
some Numbers for 1967," Regnum Vegetabile, 59 (February 1969),
1-129.
(With R. J. Moore and collaborators.) "Index to Plant Chromo-
some Numbers for 1968," Regnum Vegetabile, 68 (April 1970),
1-119.
B 0 T A N T
33
"Fertility Patterns in Gerardia L. sensu Fernaid," Association
of Southeastern Biologists Bulletin, 17 (April 1970), 30.
''Seed Distribution (of Phytolacca) and Germination Experi-
ment." in A Tropical Bain Forest, eel.. H. T. Oduni. Oak Ridge:
Division of Technical Information, United States Atomic Energy
Commission. 1970. Pp. D177-82.
Review of F. P. Woodford, ed.. Science 'Writing for Graduate
Students, A CBE Manual (Xew York: Rockefeller University
Press, 1968), in Bioscience, 20 (May 1970), 576-77.
Eichaed Malcolm Browx, Je.
"Observations on the Relationship of the Golgi Apparatus to
Cell Wall Formation in the Marine Chrysophycean Alga. Pleuro-
chrysis scherfellii Pringsheim. Journal of Cell Biology, 41 (April
1969), 109-23.
(With W. W. Franke and S. Krien.) ••Simultaneous Glutar-
aldehyde- Osmium Tetroxide Fixation and Postosmication. An Im-
proved Fixation Procedure for Electron Microscopy of Plant and
Animal Cells," Hktochemie, 19 (July 1969 . 162-61.
"Burnishing Uncoated Grids before Mounting Iltrathin Sec-
tions : A Means of Assuring Adhesion." Stain Technology. 44 May
1969), 158.
(With R. J. McLean.) "New Taxonomic Criteria in Classifica-
tion of Chlorococcum Species. II. Pyrenoid Fine Structure.'* Jour-
nal of Phycology, 5 (1969). 114-18.
(With J. Stewart..) "Cytophaga That Kills or Lyses Al^ae."
Science, 164 (June 1969), 1523-24.
(With C. Van Baalen.) " The Ultrastructure of the Marine Blue-
Green Alga, Trichodesmium erythraeum, with Special Reference
to the Cell Wall, Gas Vacuoles, and Cylindrical Bodies," Archiv fur
Mikroliologie, 69 (December 1969), 79-91.
(With W. W. Franke, H. Falk, H. Kleinig. and P. Sitte.;
"Cellulosic Wall Component Produced by the Golgi Apparatus,"
Science, 166 (November 1969), 894-96.
"The Role of the Golgi Apparatus in Wall Formation in Pleuro-
chrysis scherfellii,''1 Eleventh International Botanical Congress
Abstracts (August 1969), 23.
(With H. J. Arnott.) "Structure and Function of the Algal
Pyrenoid. I. Ultrastructure and Cytochemistry during Zoosporo-
genesis of Tetracystis eccentrical Journal of Phycology, 6 (1970),
14-22.
(With W. W. Franke. H. Kleinig. H. Falk. and P. Sitte. )
"Scale Formation in Chrysophycean Algae. I. Cellulosic and Xon-
34
RESEARCH
cellulosic Wall Components Made by the Golgi Apparatus, ' ' Journal
of Cell Biology, 45 (May 1970), 246-71.
(With C. Van Baalen.) "Comparative Ultrastructure of a
Filamentous Mutant and the Wild Type of Agmenellum quad-
ruplicatum" Protoplasma, 70 (1970), 87-99.
' ' Protoplasmic Movements and Function of the Golgi Apparatus
in Cell Wall Formation," Journal of Cell Biology, 47 (November
1970), 237a.
(With D. L. Thomas.) "New Taxonomic Criteria in the Classi-
fication of Chlorococcum Species. III. Isoenzyme Analysis," Journal
of Phycology, 6 (1970), 293-99.
(With D. L. Thomas.) "Isoenzyme Analysis and Morphological
Variation of Thirty-two Isolates of Proto siphon," Phycologia, 9
(December 1970), 285-92.
William Campbell Dickison
"Comparative Morphological Studies in Dilleniaceae, V. Leaf
Anatomy," Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, 51 (January 1970),
89-113.
"Comparative Morphological Studies in Dilleniaceae, VI. Sta-
mens and Young Stems," Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, 51
(July 1970), 403-22.
(With E. M. Sweitzer.) "The Morphology and Relationships of
Barbeya oleoides," American Journal of Botany, 57 (April 1970),
468-76.
Aristotle J. Domnas
(With D. Chen.) "The Behavior of Arginine Cycle Enzymes
and Amidohydrolases in Ordinary Colorless and Pseudo-Resistant
Sporangial Cells of Blast ocladiella emersonii," Journal of the Elisha
Mitchell Scientific Society, 85 (Winter 1969), 135-40.
(With N. G. Grant.) "Cytochrome Composition of Some Mem-
bers of the Actinoplanaceae, " Journal of Bacteriology, 101 (Febru-
ary 1970), 652-53.
(With T. M. Mclnnis.) "Pigments of the Actinoplanaceae III.
A Spirillomycin-type Pigment from Spirillospora 1309-b," Zeit-
schrift fur Allgemeine Microbiologic, 10 (1970), 129-36.
Victor August Greulach
Editor, Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society.
Max Hoyt Hommersaot
(With S. Earle.) "A New Red Alga from Juan Fernandez
Islands, Eleventh International Botanical Congress Abstracts
(August 1969), 94.
B 0 T A N T
35
(With D. W. Ott.) "Development of the Carposporoeyte of
Kallymenia reniformis (Turner) J. Ag.," Journal of Phycology, 6
(December 1970), 322-31.
William Julian Koch
"Studies of the Motile Cells of Chytrids. 6. The Monoblephari-
dales and Blastocladiales Types of Posteriorly Uniflagellate Motile
Cell," Mycologia, 61 (March-April 1969), 422-26.
"Further Aspects of Flagellar Retraction in Fungi,'* As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists Bulletin, 16 (April 1969). 67.
(With C. J. Umphlett.) "Two New Dentigerate Species of
Phlyctochytrium (Chytridiomycetes)," Mycologia, 61 (November-
December 1969), 1021-30.
Review of John S. Karling, The Plasmodiophorales, 2nd edition
(New York: Hafner Publishing Company, 1968). in Mycologia, 62
(May- June 1970), 615-17.
Helmut Lleth
"Phenology in Productivity Studies," in Analysis of Temperate
Forest Ecosystems, ed.. D. Reichle. Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag,
1969. Pp. 29-46.
(With H. P. Blume, E. Zinnecker, and K. H. Papenfuss.)
"Ecological Investigations in the Mato Grosso. Comparisons of
Edaphic Factors in Various Natural and Cultivated Habitats in
the G-leba Arinos, " in Segundo Simposio De La Biologia Tropical
Amazonica, ed., J. M. Idrobo. Bogota : Asociacion Pro Biologia
Tropical, 1970. Pp. 437-82.
"El Analisis de un Ecosistema como Fue Propuesto en el PBI
Programa Internacional de Biologia Discutido con Datos Colec-
tados en Lugares Tropicales, " in Segundo Simposio De La Biologia
Tropical Amazonica, ed., J. M. Idrobo. Bogota : Asociacion Pro
Biologica Tropical, 1970. Pp. 483-91.
"Savanna," Encyclopedia of Science and Technology. 1970,
volume 12, pp. 60-62.
Paul Ceistoph Maxgelsdoef
"Donald F. Jones," Genetics. 65 (May 1970), 1-7.
Review of P. J. Ucko and G-. W. Dimbleby, eds.. The Domestica-
tion and Exploitation of Plants and Animals (London : Duckworth,
1969), in Nature, 224 (November 1969), 927-28.
J. Feaxk McCoealtck
"Growth and Survival of the Sierra Palm under Radiation
Stress in Natural and Simulated Environments." in A Tropical
36
RESEARCH
Rain Forest, ed., H. T. Odum. Oak Ridge : Division of Technical
Information, United States Atomic Energy Commission, 1970.
Pp. D193-99.
" Direct and Indirect Effects of Radiation on Seedling Diversity
and Abundance in a Tropical Forest, " in A Tropical Rain Forest,
ed., H. T. Odum. Oak Ridge: Division of Technical Information,
United States Atomic Energy Commission, 1970. Pp. D201-11.
' ' Patterns of Radiation Exposure in the Tropical Rain Forest, ' '
in A Tropical Rain Forest, ed., H. T. Odum. Oak Ridge : Division
of Technical Information, United States Atomic Energy Commis-
sion, 1970. Pp. C41-47.
(With H. T. Odum, G. Drewry, C. Schinhan, E. Morales, P.
Murphy, and J. A. Mclntyre.) "Effects of Gamma Irradiation on
the Forest at El Verde," in A Tropical Rain Forest, ed., H. T.
Odum, Oak Ridge : Division of Technical Information, United
States Atomic Energy Commission, 1970. Pp. D3-75.
' 1 Effects of Ionizing Radiation on a Pine Forest, ' ' in Symposium
on Radioecology, eds., D. J. Nelson and F. C. Evans. Oak Ridge:
Division of Technical Information, United States Atomic Energy
Commission, 1969. Pp. 78-87.
(With F. Cumming, C. Mellinger, and R. Sharitz.) "Experi-
mental Analysis of Community Structure," Association of South-
eastern Biologists Bulletin, 16 (April 1969), 59-60.
(With R. B. Piatt.) "A Half Century of Succession in an Ap-
palachian Forest Following the Chestnut Blight," Association of
Southeastern Biologists Bulletin, 17 (April 1970), 54.
Norton George Miller
"A New Species of Parietaria (Urticaceae) from Northeastern
Mexico," Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, 51 (October 1970),
529-33.
Lindsay Shepherd Olive
"Reassignment of Gymnomycota, " Science, 164 (May 1969),
854.
(With Y. Kitani.) "Genetics of Sordaria fimicola. VII. Gene
Conversion at the G Locus in Interallelic Crosses," Genetics, 62
(May 1969), 23-66.
(With C. Stoianovitch.) "Monograph of the Genus Protosteli-
um," American Journal of Botany, 56 (October 1969), 979-88.
(With J. S. Furtado.) " Ultrastructural Studies of Protostelids:
the Amoebo-flagellate Stage," Cytobiologie, 2 (September 1970),
200-19.
(With J. S. Furtado.) "Ultrastructural Studies of Protostelids:
BOTANY
37
the Cyst Stage of Cavostelium bisporum," Protoplasma, 70 (1970),
379-87.
(With J. S. Furtado.) " Ultrastructure of Ascospore Develop-
ment in Sordaria fimicola," Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scien-
tific Society, 86 (Fall 1970), 131-38.
(With Y. Kitani.) " Alteration of Gene Conversion Patterns in
Sordaria fimicola by Supplementation with DNA Bases, ' ' Proceed-
ings of the National Academy of Sciences (U. S.), 66 (August
1970), 1290-97.
"The Mycetozoa: a Revised Classification," Botanical Review,
36 (January-March 1970), 59-89.
Clifford Bobert Parks
"A Camellia Research Progress Report from Chapel Hill, North
Carolina," Camellia Journal, 24 (November 1969), 24-29.
(With S. S. Sandhu and K. R. Montgomery.) "The Influence
of Environment on Petal Flavonoids in Four Species of Gossypi-
um L," Association of Southeastern Biologists Bulletin, 17 (April
1970), 56.
(With K. F. Case.) "Chromatographic Evidence for the Genetic
Contamination of Camellia saluenensis in Cultivation," 1970, Amer-
ican Camellia Society Yearbook, pp. 124-34.
Albert Ernest Eadford
Vascular Plant Systematics Laboratory and Field Guide with
Lecture Supplements. Chapel Hill: The University of North Car-
olina Book Exchange, 1970. Pp. 95.
Thomas Keck Scott
(With M. B. Wilkins.) " Auxin Transport in Roots IV. Effects
of Light on IAA Movement and Geotropic Responsiveness in Zea
Roots," Planta (Berl), 87 (September 1969), 249-58.
(With M. B. Wilkins.) " Polar Transport of Auxin in Zea
Roots," Eleventh International Congress of Botany Abstracts
(August 1969), 194.
Clyde Jefferson Umphlett
(With W. J. Koch.) "Two New Dentigerate Species of Phlycto-
chytrium (Chytridiomycetes)," Mycologia, 61 (November-Decem-
ber 1969), 1021-30.
"Infection Levels of Coelomomyces punctatus, an Aquatic
Fungus Parasite, in a Natural Population of the Common Malaria
Mosquito, Anopheles quadrimaculatus," Journal of Invertebrate
Pathology, 15 (May 1969), 299-305.
38
RESEARCH
(With C. S. Huang.) " Lagenidium culicidum as an Agent of
Biological Control of Mosquitoes," Association of Southeastern
Biologists Bulletin, 17 (April 1970), 68.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Philip Carlton Baker
A Systematic Study of the Genus Vaccinium L., Subgenus Poly-
codium (Raf.) Sleunier, in the Southeastern United States. (1970,
under the direction of C. Ritchie Bell.)
Charles Everette Bland
Structure and Development in Some Genera of the Actino-
planaceae. (1968, under the direction of John Nathaniel Couch.)
Ross Carlton Clark
A Distributional Study of the Woody Plants of Alabama. (1969,
under the direction of Albert Ernest Radford.)
John Clay Clatjsz
Distribution of Propagules of Species of the Saprolegniaceae in
the North Carolina Botanical Garden Lake and Some Possible
Controlling Factors. (1969, under the direction of Clyde Jeffer-
son Umphlett.)
Donald Edward Culwell
A Taxonomic Study of the Section Hypericum in the Eastern
United States. (1970, under the direction of Albert Ernest Rad-
ford.)
Donald Joseph Drapalik
A Biosystematic Study of the Genus Matelea in the South-
eastern United States. (1969, under the direction of C. Ritchie
Bell.)
Frederick Charles James
The Woody Flora of Virginia. (1969, under the direction of
Albert Ernest Radford.)
Richard Carlton Leonard
A Physiological Study of Pilimelia terevasa (Actinoplanaceae) .
(1968, under the direction of Aristotle J. Domnas.)
BOTANY
39
Aeiel Emilio Lugo
Energy, Water and Carbon Budgets of a Granite Outcrop Com-
munity. (1969, under the direction of J. Frank McCormick.)
William Wallace Martin
A Morphological and Cytological Study of Coelomomyces punc-
tatus. (1970, under the direction of Clyde Jefferson Umphlett.)
Peter George Murphy
Ecological Effects of Acute Beta Irradiation from Simulated
Fallout Particles upon a Natural Plant Community. (1970, under
the direction of J. Frank McCormick.)
Scott West Nixon
Characteristics of Some Hypersaline Ecosystems. (1969, under
the direction of Howard Thomas Odum.)
Michael Novy Sears
A Study of Actinoplanes and Its Urease. (1970, under the di-
rection of Aristotle J. Domnas.)
Eebecca Reyburn Sharitz
Population Dynamics of Two Competing Plant Species. (1970,
under the direction of J. Frank McCormick.)
Donald Richard Windler
Systematic Studies in Crotalaria sagittalis L. and Related Spe-
cies in North America (Leguminosae). (1970, under the direction
of C. Ritchie Bell.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Fairman Preston Cumming
An Experimental Design for the Analysis of Community Struc-
ture. (1969, under the direction of J. Frank McCormick.)
Charles Ronald Dillon
Distribution and Production of the Macrobenthic Flora of a
North Carolina Estuary. (1968, under the direction of J. Frank
McCormick.)
Joan Reynolds Gibson
A Flora of Alder Run Bog, Tucker County, West Virginia.
(1969, under the direction of Albert Ernest Radford.)
40
RESEARCH
William Frederick Hinton
The Taxonomic Status of Physalis lanceolata in the Carolina
Sandhills. (1968, under the direction of C. Ritchie Bell.)
Kenneth Albert Meyer
Seasonal Fluctuation of Phytoplankton Composition, Diversity
and Production in a Freshwater Lake. (1969, under the direction of
J. Frank McCormick.)
Jerry Lee Michael
The Vascular Flora of Bullhead Mountain, Alleghany County,
North Carolina. (1969, under the direction of Albert Ernest Rad-
ford.)
Guy Lane Nesom
Variation in Erigeron flagellaris Gray and Its Presumed Rela-
tives Endemic to Southwestern Utah. (1970, under the direction of
C. Ritchie Bell.)
Margaret Green Nesom
Observations on the Distribution of Certain Aquatic Phycomy-
cetes in Granite Outcrop Soil. (1969, under the direction of Clyde
Jefferson Umphlett.)
George Perry Sawyer
The Vascular Flora of William B. Umstead State Park, Wake
County, North Carolina. (1969, under the direction of Albert
Ernest Radford.)
William Daniel Seaman
A Study of the Vascular Flora of Mecklenburg County, Vir-
ginia. (1969, under the direction of Albert Ernest Radford.)
Jerry Allen Snider
A Variation Study of Agalinis decemloba (Greene) Pennell and
Agalinis ootusifolia Raf. in the Carolinas. (1969, under the direc-
tion of C. Ritchie Bell.)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Jack Newton Behrman
National Interests and the Multinational Enterprise. Englewood
Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1970. Pp. 192.
Some Patterns in the Rise of the Multinational Enterprise. The
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
41
University of North Carolina Graduate School of Business Ad-
ministration Research Paper Series, No. 18. Chapel Hill: The
Graduate School of Business Administration, 1969. Pp. 180.
"An Essay on Some Critical Aspects of the International Cor-
poration," Background Study to the Interim Report on Competition
Policy, Economic Council of Canada, January 1970. Pp. 53.
"Multinational Enterprise: the Way to Economic Interna-
tionalism?" Journal of Canadian Studies, 4 (May 1969), 12-18.
Reprinted in International Business — 1970, ed., Etienne Cracco.
Michigan State University International Business and Economic
Series. Lansing: Michigan State University, 1970. Pp. 39-46.
"Assessing the Foreign Investment Control," Law and Con-
temporary Problems, 34 (Winter 1969), 84-94.
"International Divestment: Panacea or Pitfall?" Looking
Ahead, 18 (November/December 1970), 1-12. (Publication of the
National Planning Association.)
"Multinational Corporations and National Sovereignty," Co-
lumbia Journal of World Business, 4 (March- April 1969), 15-22.
Reprinted in World Business, ed., Courtney Brown. New York:
Macmillan, 1970. Pp. 114-26.
"Liscensing Abroad Under Patents, Trademarks and Know-
How by U. S. Companies," in Nurturing New Ideas: Legal Bights
and Economic Boles, ed., L. James Harris. Washington, D. C. : The
Bureau of National Affairs, 1969. Pp. 412-55.
Eugene H. Beooks, Jr.
(With C. T. Horngren and others.) "American Accounting
Association Report of Committee on Managerial Decision Models, ' '
The Accounting Beview, 44 Supplement (1969), 42-76.
Review of G.P.E. Clarkson, ed., Managerial Economics (Balti-
more: Penquin Books, 1968), in The Accounting Beview, 45 (July
1970), 600-01.
R. Lee Brummet
(With E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle.) "Human Resource
Management — A Challenge for Accountants," in Accounting and
Its Behavioral Implications, eds., W. J. Bruns and D. T. DeCoster.
New York: McGraw-Hill, 1969. Pp. 421-28. Reprinted from The
Accounting Beview, 43 (April 1968).
(With E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle.) "Human Resource
Accounting — A Tool to Increase Managerial Effectiveness," in
Topics in Managerial Accounting, ed., L. S. Rosen. New York: Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1970. Pp. 263-70. Reprinted from Management Account-
ing, 51 (August 1969), 12-15.
42
RESEARCH
(With E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle.) "Accounting for
Human Resources," Michigan Business Review, 21 (March 1969),
20-25.
(With E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle.) "Human Resource
Myopia," Monthly Labor Review, 92 (January 1969), 29-30.
(With E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle.) "Human Resource
Accounting in Industry," Personnel Administration, 32 (July-
August 1969), 34-46.
(With E. G. Flamholtz and W. C. Pyle.) "Accounting Recog-
nition for Human Resources," Synopsis (Brussels), 12 (January-
February 1970), 49-60.
"Accounting for Human Resources," New York Certified Public
Accountant, 40 (July 1970), 547-55. Reprinted in Journal of Ac-
countancy (December 1970), 62-66.
"Human Resource Management," in Exploring the Frontiers
of Administration, ed., G. A. Edwards. Distinguished Lectures in
Administration Series, 1969. Toronto, Canada : York University
Faculty of Administrative Studies, 1970. Pp. 25-32.
Richard Peecival Calhoon
"Factors That Attract and Repel Office Workers," The Of-
fice, 70 (December 1969), 41, 42.
(With Bernard D. Balas.) "Problems with College Graduates
in Business," Journal of College Placement, 30 (October-November
1969), 85-88.
"Components of An Effective Executive Appraisal System,"
Personnel Journal, 48 (August 1969), 617-22.
"Niccolo Machiavelli and the Twentieth Century Administra-
tor," Academy of Management Journal, 12 (June 1969), 205-12.
' 1 Is Supervisory Pay Keeping Pace With Inflation ? ' ' Michigan
Business Review, 21 (May 1969), 9-11.
Clyde Cass Carter
Legal Institutions and Business Policy: A Syllabus, revised
edition. Chapel Hill: School of Business Administration, 1969. Pp.
100.
Robert Wayne Clarke
"Financial Statements — Analysis and Interpretation," in Ac-
countants' Handbook, 5th edition, eds., Rufus Wixen, Walter G.
Kell, and Norton M. Bedford. New York: The Ronald Press Com-
pany, 1970. Pp. 3.1-3.44.
"Extending the Auditor's Role in Corporate Reporting,"
Michigan Business Review, 22 (January 1970), 12-19.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
43
11 Extending the Auditor's Role in Corporate Reporting,"
Michigan CPA, 21 (May- June 1970), 7-15.
Thomas Buskirk Crabill
Optimal Control of a Queue with Variable Service Bates. Tech-
nical Reports, No. 75. Ithaca, New York : Department of Operations
Research, Cornell University, 1969. Pp. 114.
(With W. J. Brown and B. V. Dean.) Futures Trading Using
Mechanical Trading Rules. Technical Memorandum No. 209. Cleve-
land, Ohio: Department of Operations Research, Case Western
Reserve University, 1970. Pp. 64.
(With W. L. Maxwell.) "Single Machine Sequencing with Ran-
dom Processing Times and Random Due-Dates," Naval Research
Logistics Quarterly, 16 (December 1969), 549-54.
Robert Bigelow DesJardins
Second Economic Analysis of the Data Processing Service In-
dustry. New York : Association of Data Processing Service Organ-
izations, Inc., 1969. Pp. 23.
(With R. I. Levin.) Theory of Games and Strategies. Scranton,
Pennsylvania : International Textbook Company, 1970. Pp. 132.
Third Annual Industry Study. New York: Association of Data
Processing Service Organization, Inc., 1970. Pp. 32.
(With W. B. Lee.) "A Corporate Simulation Model of a Small
Manufacturing Firm," in Corporate Simulation Models, ed., Al-
bert N. Schrieber. Seattle: Graduate School of Business Admin-
istration of the University of Washington, 1970. Pp. 264-91.
"The Objectives and Content of the Course in Management
Systems," The Southern Journal of Business, 34 (October 1968),
143-48.
Douglas Allen Elvers
"Determination of Optimal Monitoring Frequency for Critical
Path Schedules," in Proceedings of the First Annual Meeting of
the American Institute for Decision Sciences. Baton Rouge: Di-
vision of Research, College of Business Administration, Louisiana
State University, for the American Institute of Decision ScienceSj
1970. Pp. 204-12.
John Parkhill Evans
"Duality in Markov Decision Problems with Countable Action
and State Spaces," Management Science, 15 (July 1969), 626-38.
"On Constraint Qualifications in Nonlinear Programming,"
Naval Research Logistics Quarterly, 17 (September 1970), 281-86.
44
RESEARCH
(With K. 0. Kortanek.) " Asymptotic Lagrange Regularity:
Infimum not Assumed," Cahiers du Centre d'Etudes de Recherche
Operationelle, 12: 2 (1970), 76-94.
(With F. J. Gould.) ' 'Stability in Nonlinear Programming."
Operations Research, 18 (January-February 1970), 107-18.
Claude Swanson George, Jk.
Management for Business and Industry. Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1970. Pp. xiii, 642.
Thomas Harlan Jerdee
Review of Blair J. Kolasa, Introduction to Behavioral Science
for Business (New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1969), in
Personnel Psychology, 23 (Summer 1970), 289-91.
Review of Morrell Heald, The Social Responsibilities of Business:
Company and Community, 1900-1960 (Cleveland: The Press of
Case Western Reserve University, 1970), in Monthly Labor Re-
view, 93 (December 1970), 56-57.
Charles Atkinson Kirkpatrick
(With R. I. Levin.) Quantitative Approaches to Management.
Chinese Translation. Taipai, Formosa : The New China Publishing
Company, 1970. Pp. 357. Translation of Quantitative Approaches
to Management. New York : McGraw-Hill, 1965.
(With R. I. Levin.) PERT ve CPM He Planlama ve Denetim.
Ankara, Turkey: idari ilimler Fakultesi, Orta Dogu Teknik Uni-
versitesi, 1969. Pp. 184. Translation of Planning and Control with
PERT /CPM. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1966.
(With J. E. Littlefield.) Advertising : Mass Communication in
Marketing. 3rd edition. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1970. Pp. xii,
544.
Clifton Holland Kreps, Jr.
Associate editor, The Southern Journal of Business.
(With E. F. Gee.) Analyzing Financial Statements. 4th edition.
New York: American Institute of Banking, 1970. Pp. xiv, 578.
The New Consumerism: Implications for Business. Washing-
ton, D. C. : Chamber of Commerce of the United States, 1969. Pp. i,
26.
(With R. F. Wacht.) " State Banking Structure and Economic
Growth/' The Southern Journal of Business, 5 (July 1970), 11-20.
Harold Quentin Langenderfer
(With J. B. Bower.) Income Tax Procedure. 1969 edition. Cin-
cinnati : South- Western Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 406.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
45
(With J. B. Bower.) Income Tax Procedure. 1970 edition. Cin-
cinnati : South- Western Publishing Company, 1970. Pp. 434.
(With E. B. Yager.) C.P.A. Examination: A Comprehensive Re-
view— Problems. Columbus: Charles B. Merrill, 1969. Pp. 815.
(With E. B. Yager.) C.P.A. Examination: A Comprehensive
Review — Solutions. Columbus: Charles E. Merrill, 1969. Pp. 565.
(With J. C. Eobertson.) "A Theoretical Structure for Indepen-
dent Audits of Management," The Accounting Review, 44 (October
1969), 777-87.
Review of Glenn A. Welsch, Charles T. Zlatkovich, and John
Arch White, Intermediate Accounting, revised edition (Homewood,
Illinois: Richard D. Irwin, Inc., 1968), in The Accounting Review,
44 (July 1969), 663-65.
Henry Allen Latane
(With D. L. Tuttle.) Security Analysis and Portfolio Manage-
ment. New York : The Ronald Press, 1970. Pp. xiv, 752.
(With D. L. Tuttle and C. P. Jones.) "E/P Ratios v. Changes
in Earnings in Forecasting Future Price Changes," Financial
Analysts Journal, 25 (January-February 1969), 1-5.
" Interest Rates, Returns on Real Assets, and Returns on Fi-
nancial Assets," Southern Journal of Business, 36 (April 1970),
33-37.
(With 0. M. Joy and C. P. Jones.) " Quarterly Data, Sort-Rank
Routines, and Security Evaluation," Journal of Business, 43 (Oc-
tober 1970), 427-38.
"A Note on Monetary Policy, Interest Rates and Income Ve-
locity," The Southern Economic Journal, 36 (January 1970),
328-30.
(With W. E. Young.) "Test of Portfolio Building Rules,"
Journal of Finance, 24 (September 1969), 595-612.
Joseph Finley Lee, Je.
The Role of Investment Companies in Portfolio Planning.
Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania: The American College of Life Under-
writers, 1969. Pp. 22.
(With William M. Whitaker.) The Demand for Life Insurance.
Tallahassee: The Florida Insurance Education Foundation, 1970.
Pp. 38.
(With John R. Lewis.) Marketing Dynamics in Property-
Liability Insurance : The Florida Report. Tallahassee : The Florida
Insurance Education Foundation, 1970. Pp. x, 78.
(With William M. Whitaker.) The Demand for Life Insurance:
46
EESEARCH
An Annotated Bibliography. Philadelphia : The McCahan Founda-
tion, 1970. Pp. xi, 9.
(With Glenn L. Wood.) Mutual Funds: A Contemporary Anal-
ysis of Nature, Growth, Performance, and Environment. Bryn
Mawr, Pennsylvania : The American College of Life Underwriters,
1970. Pp. 26.
(With Glenn L. Wood.) " Mutual Funds and Variable An-
nuities: Consumer Purchase Decisions," The Journal of the Amer-
ican Society of Chartered Life Underwriters, 23 (January 1969),
8-15.
' ' The Major Conclusions of the Stanford Keport : Prospects for
the Property-Liability Industry," The Annals, 23 (March 1970),
61-71.
(With John R. Kerr.) "The Management of Innovation: Poten-
tial of Equity Products," The Journal of the American Society of
Chartered Life Underwriters, 24 (March 1970), 26-34.
"The Competitive Role of the Associated Factory Mutuals,"
The Journal of Risk and Insurance, 36 (September 1969), 401-19.
Richard Ivor Levin
(With R. B. DesJardins.) Theory of Games and Strategies.
Scranton, Pennsylvania: International Textbook Company, 1970.
Pp. 132.
The Turkish Administrator : A Cultural Survey. Ankara, Tur-
key: United States Department of State, The Agency for Inter-
national Development, 1969. Pp. 303.
(With R. P. Lamone.) Quantitative Disciplines in Management
Decisions. Belmont, California: Dickinson Publishing Company,
1969. Pp. 209.
(With C. A. Kirkpatrick.) Quantitative Approaches to Manage-
ment. Chinese Translation. Taipai, Formosa : The New China Pub-
lishing Company, 1970. Pp. 357. Translation of Quantitative Ap-
proaches to Management. New York : McGraw-Hill, 1965.
(With C. A. Kirkpatrick.) PERT ve CPM He Planlama ve
Denetim. Ankara, Turkey: idari ilimler Fakultesi, Orta Dogu
Teknik Universitesi, 1969. Pp. 184. Translation of Planning and
Control with PERT /CPM. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1966.
"Who's on First," in Sales Strategy, eds., E. M. Smith and
R. F. Gwinner. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969. Pp.
111-14.
"The Management Discipline, Direction for the '70 's," Southern
Journal of Business, 5 (Spring 1970), 37-41.
"Credit Scoring, Make It Flexible," Credit and Collection
Management, 309 (May 1969), 2-3.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
47
James Edward Littlefield
(With W. P. Glade, W. A. Strang, and J. G. Udell.) Marketing
in a Developing Nation. Lexington, Massachusetts: D. C. Heath
and Company, 1970. Pp. vii, 248.
(With C. A. Kirkpatrick.) Advertising : Mass Communication
in Marketing. 3rd edition. Boston : Houghton Mifflin, 1970. Pp. xii,
544.
(With W. A. Strang.) "The Marketing Concept: Problems of
Transferral to a Developing Economy," Mississippi Valley Journal
of Business and Economics, 5 (Winter 1970), 41-50.
Clement Searl Logsdon
Economic Development Indicators for North Carolina Counties
and Regions. University of North Carolina Graduate School of
Business Administration Technical Paper Series, No. 9. Chapel Hill :
Graduate School of Business Administration, 1969. Pp. 13.
Clarence Henry McGregor
(With P. C. Chakonas.) Retail Management Problems. 4th edi-
tion. Homewood, Illinois: Kichard D. Irwin, Inc., 1970. Pp. xii,
279.
Curtis Perry McLaughlin
(With A. P. Sheldon and F. Baker.) Editor, Systems and Med-
ical Care. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Massachusetts Institute of
Technology Press, 1970. Pp. 320.
" Systems Analysis for Health," in Systems and Medical Care,
eds., A. P. Sheldon, F. Baker, and C. P. McLaughlin. Cambridge,
Massachusetts: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, 1970.
Pp. 230-67.
1 1 Health Operations Kesearch and Systems Analysis Literature, ' '
in Systems and Medical Care, eds., A. P. Sheldon, F. Baker, and
C. P. McLaughlin. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology Press, 1970. Pp. 27-48.
(With S. S. Lee.) ' 'Changing Views of Public Health Services
as a System," in Systems and Medical Care, eds., A. P. Sheldon,
F. Baker, and C. P. McLaughlin. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology Press, 1970. Pp. 126-42.
(With E. S. Trainer.) Quantitative Evaluations of Family Plan-
ning Proposals and Programs: A Systems Approach. Carolina Popu-
lation Center Monograph Series. Chapel Hill : Carolina Population
Center, 1970. Pp. 32.
4S
RE SEARCH
" Medical Computing and the Process of Medical Care," Social
Sciences and Medicine, 4 (December 1970), 681-87.
Review of Martin S. Feldstein, Analysis for Health Service Ef-
ficiency (Amsterdam: New Holland Publishing Company, 1967), in
Social Science and Medicine, 3 (April 1970), 708-10.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the school :
Robert Ballard Conrad
Intermittent Interference with Pseudo-Repetitive Operations
and Its Effect on Standard Time and the Learning Curve. (1969,
under the direction of Richard Ivor Levin.)
Robert Austin Daily
A Study of the Feasibility of Reporting Forecasted Information
to the Investor. (1970, under the direction of Harold Quentin
Langenderfer.)
John Spears Ellett II
Interstate Corporation Income Taxation of Truckers and Movers.
(1969, under the direction of Harold Quentin Langenderfer.)
William Paul Green
A Study of Commercial Bank Size and Small Business Financ-
ing. (1969, under the direction of Clifton Holland Kreps, Jr.)
Herbert Ransom Hahn
The Effect of Interest Rate Restrictions on the Flow of Mort-
gage Funds. (1969, under the direction of Avery Berlow Cohan.)
John William Holsinger
EDP Implementation: An Analysis of Constraints. (1969, un-
der the direction of Richard Ivor Levin.)
Charles Packer Jones
The Value of Quarterly Information in Predicting Future Stock
Price Changes. (1969, under the direction of Henry Allen
Latan£.)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
49
Okie Maukice Joy
The Value of Limited Monthly Information in Forecasting Air-
line Price Relatives. (1969, under the direction of Henry Allen
Latane.)
Lawrence Albert Lang
A Heuristic Order Selection Allocation Procedure. (1969, under
the direction of Richard Ivor Levin.)
Robert Hermann Litzenberger
Allocation of Corporate Capital Under Uncertainty. (1969,
under the direction of Donald Latham Tuttle.)
Richard Wolcott McEnally
Seasonal Variations in Price Changes and Holding Period
Returns of Common Stocks. (1969, under the direction of Henry
Allen Latane.)
Lawrence Lee McNitt
Generating Decision Networks. (1969, under the direction of
Robert Bigelow DesJardins.)
Dennis Wayne Organ
Some Factors Influencing the Behavior of Boundary Role Per-
sons. (1970, under the direction of J. Stacy Adams.)
Jack Clark Robertson
A Theoretical and Structural Design for Independent Audits of
Management Representations. (1970, under the direction of Harold
Edgar Wyman.)
William Buchanan Seale
Certain Problems of Shopping Center Development. (1970,
under the direction of Clarence Henry McGregor.)
MOHAMED H. SELEIM
Technological and Human Factors as Determinants of Work-
Assignment in Multi-Machine Systems with Specific Application
to Loom- Assignment. (1969, under the direction of Robert Bige-
low DesJardins.)
Ergun Yener
Financial and Capital Market Development in Turkey: Prob-
lems and Prospects. (1970, under the direction of Clifton Hol-
land Kreps, Jr.)
50
RESEARCH
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Maurice Brookhart
(With H. G. Riehey, Jr., J. D. Nichols, P. G. Gassman, A. F.
Fentiraan, S. Winstein, and R. K. Lustgarten.) "A Classical
7-Norbornenyl Cation: Competition Between Aryl and Alkenyl
Functions in Stabilizing 7- Aryl-7-Norbornenyl Cations," Journal
of the American Chemical Society, 92 (June 1970), 3783-84.
(With R. K. Lustgarten, S. Winstein, P. G. Gassman, D. S.
Patton, H. G. Richey, Jr., and J. D. Nichols.) "Evidence for Sym-
metrical Bridging in Methylated 7-Norbornenyl Cations," Tetra-
hedron Letters (April 1970), 1699-1702.
(With E. R. Davis.) "Direct Observation of the Cyclooc-
tatrienyliron Tricarbonyl Cation and Its Electrocyclic Ring Clo-
sure," Journal of the American Chemical Society, 92 (December
1970), 7622-23.
Richard Pierson Buck
"Diffuse Layer Charge Relaxation at the Ideally Polarized
Electrode," Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry, 23 (Novem-
ber 1969), 219.
(With M. M. Bursey.) "An Assignment of Approximate In-
ternal Energy Distributions Through Substituent Effects of Ions
Produced by Electron Impact," Organic Mass Spectrometry, 3
(March 1970), 387-93.
(With E. C. Toren.) " Potentiometric Titrations," Analytical
Chemistry, 42:5 (April 1970), 284R.
Maurice Moyer Bursey
(With T. A. Elwood and P. F. Rogerson.) "Tetrahedral C4+R4
in the Mass Spectral Fragmentation of Thionessal Dioxide, ' ' Tetra-
hedron Letters, 25 (February 1969), 605-11.
"The Influence of Steric Inhibition of Resonance on Ion In-
tensities in Mass Spectra," Journal of the American Chemical So-
ciety, 91 (March 1969), 1861-62.
(With T. A. Elwood and P. F. Rogerson.) "A Comment on the
Generality of Mass Spectral Labeling Techniques. Scrambling of
the p-Fluoro Label in Tetraphenylfuran and Tetraphenylthio-
phene," Journal of Organic Chemistry, 34 (April 1969), 1138-39.
(With H. F. Holtzclaw, Jr., R. L. Lintvedt, H. E. Baumgarten,
R. G. Parker, and P. F. Rogerson.) "Mass Spectra of Metal Chelates.
I. Substituent Effects on Ionization Potentials and Fragmentation
Patterns of Some l-Methyl-3-alkyl-l,3-dione-Copper (II) Chelates,"
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (July 1969), 3774-78.
CHEMISTRY
51
(With T. A. Elwood, M. K. Hoffman, P. F. Rogerson, E. H.
Palczewski, and D. Rosenthal.) "Variable Apparent Charge Sep-
aration in Large Metastable Bipositive Ions in the Mass Spec-
trometer," Organic Mass Spectrometry, 2 (July 1969), 761-63.
(With T. A. Elwood.) ' ' Tetrahedral Structures of Unexpected
Stability. On Distinguishing Randomization Mechanisms in the
Mass Spectral Fragmentation of Substituted Cyclopentadienols, ' '
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (July 1969), 3812-16.
(With M. K. Hoffman.) "Some 'Steric Effects' of Methyl in
Mass Spectral Fragmentations," Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 91 (August 1969), 5023-27.
"The Steric Effect as a Mechanistic Tool in Mass Spectral De-
compositions. Comments on the Activated Complex for the Loss
of NO from Substituted Nitrobenzenes, " Organic Mass Spec-
trometry, 2 (September 1969), 907-14.
(With F. E. Tibbetts III, W. F. Little, M. D. Rausch, and G. A.
Moser.) "Alteration of the Benzene Molecular Ion and Substituted
Benzene Molecular Ions by Their Mode of Formation in the Mass
Spectrometer," Tetrahedron Letters (September 1969), 3469-72.
(With C. G. Pitt and P. F. Rogerson.) "Catenates of the Group
IV Elements. Correlation of a Electron Energies," Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 92 (February 1970), 519-22.
(With M. K. Hoffman and R. E. K. Winter.) "Selection Rules
for Mass Spectrometry. An Example of a Photochemical Analogy, ' '
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 92 (February 1970),
727-29.
"Labeling by Substituent Effects for Mass Spectral Fragmenta-
tions," American Chemical Society, Petroleum Division, Reprints,
15 (1970), D33-D40.
(With F. E. Tibbetts III, and W. F. Little.) "7r-Cyclobutadi-
eneiron Ions in the Mass Spectrometer. Evidence from Labeling,"
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 92 (March 1970), 1087-
89.
(With P. F. Rogerson.) "The Electron-Impact Ionization Po-
tentials of Successively Substituted Acetylacetonates of Chromium
(III)," Inorganic Chemistry, 9 (March 1970), 676-78.
(With T. A. Elwood.) "Fragmentation without Rearrangement
of the p-Fluoro Label in the Mass Spectra of Some Six-Membered
Heterocycles, " Journal of Organic Chemistry, 35 (March 1970),
793-96.
(With R. P. Buck.) "An Assignment of Approximate Internal
Energy Distributions through Substituent Effects to Ions Produced
by Electron-Impact," Organic Mass Spectrometry, 3 (March 1970),
387-93.
52
RESEARCH
(With P. T. Kissinger.) "The Significance of Hammett Corre-
lations in Mass Spectral Decompositions," Organic Mass Spec-
trometry, 3 (March 1970), 395-98.
(With F. E. Tibbetts III, W. F. Little, M. D. Rausch, and G. A.
Moser.) "Alteration of Eeaetivity of Arenes in the Mass Spec-
trometer by 7r Complexation to Chromium. Scrambling of Deu-
terium in Complexed Styrene," Tetrahedron Letters (April 1970),
1649-52.
(With C. E. Twine, Jr.) "The Additivity of Mass Spectral
Substituent Effects. Cleavage of Benzophenones, " Journal of Or-
ganic Chemistry, 35 (June 1970), 2012-14.
(With T. A. Elwood, K. H. Dudley, J. M. Tesarek, and P. F.
Rogerson.) " The Mass Spectra of Some Isomeric Naphthoquinones,
Lapachol, Isolapachol, and Related Compounds," Organic Mass
Spectrometry, 3 (July 1970), 841-61.
(With M. K. Hoffman, T. A. Elwood, J. M. Tesarek, P. F.
Rogerson, and D. Rosenthal.) "Fragmentation of Arylated Medi-
um-Ring Compounds. The Question of Rearrangement in Molecular-
Ion Precursors to C4R4+'," Organic Mass Spectrometry, 3 (July
1970), 891-98.
(With T. A. Elwood, M. K. Hoffman, T. A. Lehman, and J. M.
Tesarek.) "Analytical Ion Cyclotron Resonance Spectrometry.
Acetylation as a Chemical Ionization Technique, ' ' Analytical Chem-
istry, 42 (1970), 1370-74.
(With M. K. Hoffman, T. A. Elwood, and T. A. Lehman.)
"Mechanism of Acetyl Transfer to Oxygen Bases in Ion-Molecule
Reactions of 2,3-Butanedione, " Tetrahedron Letters (1970), 4021-
24.
(With T. A. Lehman, T. A. Elwood, and M. K. Hoffman.)
"Dehydration of the Protonated Butane-2,3-dione-ethanol Ion
[(CH3CO-CO-CH3)(C2H5OH)H+] in the Gaseous Phase," Jour-
nal of the Chemical Society, Section B (1970), 1717-19.
(With W. B. Nixon.) "Relative Nitryl Ion Affinities of Some
Gaseous Oxygen Lewis Bases by Ion Cyclotron Resonance, ' ' Tetra-
hedron Letters (1970), 4389-92.
(With S. A. Benezra and M. K. Hoffman.) "Electrophilic Aro-
matic Substitution Reactions. An Ion Cyclotron Resonance Study, ' '
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 92 (December 1970).
7501-2.
(With D. G. Whitten, M. T. McCall, W. E. Punch, M. K. Hoff-
man, and S. A. Benezra.) "Mass Spectral-Photochemical Correla-
tions. Persistent McLafferty Rearrangements in Defiance of Their
Photochemical Analogies," Organic Mass Spectrometry, 4 (1970).
157-63.
CHEMISTRY
53
(With P. F. Rogerson and J. M. Bursey.) "Quadruply Charged
Ions in the Mass Spectrum of Ovalene," Organic Mass Spectro-
metry, 4 (1970), 615-17.
James Logan Coke
(With F. B. McFarlane, M. C. Mourning, and M. G. Jones.)
"Carbonium Ions II. Mechanism of Acetolysis of 2-Phenylethyl
Tosylate," Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (Febru-
ary 1969), 1154-61.
(With M. G. Jones.) "Carbonium Ions III, Acetolysis of 2-
Arylethyl Tosylates," Journal of the American Chemical Society,
91 (July 1969), 4284-85.
Henry Hursell Dearman
(With F. T. Lang and W. C. Neely.) "Energy Transfer in
Polymer Films: The Nylon 66 — Proflavine System/' Journal of
Polymer Science, Part A-2, 7 (March 1969), 497-513.
(With K. Ishizu, M. T. Huang, and J. B. White.) "Interaction
of the 5-Methylphenazinium Cation Radical with Deoxyribonucleic
Acid," Biochemistry, 8 (March 1969), 1238-46.
(With K. Akasaka.) "Solubilization of a Neutral Phenazyl
Free Radical by DNA," Biochemical and Biophysical Research
Communications, 35 (1969), 377-82.
John Henry Harrison IV
(With Eugene Michael Gregory.) "Structural Studies of Por-
cine Malate Dehydrogenase: Selective Chemical Modification,"
Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 40 (July
1970), 995-1001.
William Emerson Hatfield
(With R. Whyman.) " Copper Complexes," in Transition Metal
Chemistry, Volume 5, ed., R. L. Carlin. New York : Marcel Dekker,
Inc., 1969. Pp. 47-179.
(With F. L. Bunger.) "Tridentate Schiff Base Complexes of
Copper(II)," Inorganic Chemistry, 8 (May 1969), 1194-95.
(With G. W. Inman, Jr.) " Spin-Spin Coupling in Magnetically
Condensed Complexes. IX. Exchange Coupling for Tetranuclear
Schiff's Base Complexes of Copper (II)," Inorganic Chemistry, &
(June 1969), 1376-78.
(With L. E. Warren and J. M. Flowers.) "Electron Paramag--
netic Resonance of Bis (thiosemicarbazone) copper (II) Complexes,"
Journal of Chemical Physics, 51 (August 1969), 1270-71.
54
RESEARCH
(With E. R. Jones, Jr.) "The Magnetic Properties of Hexa-
amminecobalt(III) Pentachlorocuprate(II)," Inorganic Chemis-
try, 9 (June 1970), 1502-4.
(With J. F. Villa.) "An Electron Paramagnetic Resonance
Study of Tetrakis- ( dimethylglyoximato ) dicopper ( II ) in Glasses,"
Inorganic and Nuclear Chemistry Letters, 6 (May 1970), 511-15.
(With D. J. Hodgson, P. K. Hale, and J. A. Barnes.) "A Five-
Coordinate Copper Dimer : The Structure and Magnetic Properties
of the /x?iL(.-dichloro-bis(trichlorocuprate(II) ) Anion, [Cu2Cl8]4-,"
Chemical Communications (1970), 786-87.
(With G. 0. Carlisle.) "The Importance of Out-of -Plane Bond-
ing in the Dimer N,N-Ethylenebis(salicylideneiminato) copper
(II)," Inorganic and Nuclear Chemistry Letters, 6 (July 1970),
633-37.
(With G. W. Inman, Jr.) "Exchange Coupling Constants for
Tetrametallic Complexes," Inorganic Chemistry, 9 (1970), 2379-80.
(With J. A. Barnes, D. Y. Jeter, R. Whyman, and E. R. Jones,
Jr.) "Triplet Ground State in the Dimer Bis (pyridine N-oxide)
copper (II) Nitrate," Journal of the American Chemical Society,
92 (August 1970), 4982-84.
(With J. F. Villa and J. M. Flowers.) "The Half Field Line of
Tetrakis (dimethyl-lyoximat glyoximato) dicopper (II) in Glasses,"
Spectroscopy Letters, 3 (August-September 1970), 201-5.
(With L. E. Warren.) "Low Temperature Magnetism and EPR
of Diacetylbis-(thiosemicarbazone) copper (II)," Chemical Physics
Letters, 7 (1970), 371-73.
(With J. A. Barnes and D. J. Hodgson.) "The Magnetic and
Spectral Properties of the Di-/x-chlorobis trichlorocuprate(II) An-
ion [Cu2Cl8]4-," Chemical Physics Letters, 7 (1970), 374-76.
(With J. A. Barnes and D. J. Hodgson.) "The Magnetic Prop-
erties to 4.2°K of the Complex Di-/x-hydroxybis(dipyridyl) copper
(II) Sulfate Pentahydrate, " Chemical Communications (1970),
1593-95.
Jait Josef Hermans
"The Application of Density Gradient Centrifugation to the
Problem of Compositional Distribution in Polymers," Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 164 (November 1969), 122-29.
(With T. S. Chow.) "The Elastic Constants of Fiber Reinforced
Materials," Journal of Composite Materials, 3 (July 1969), 382-96.
(With T. S. Chow.) "The Effect of Dry Friction on the Os-
cillatory Behavior of Fabrics," Textile Research Journal, 40 (No-
vember 1970), 982-85.
(With John H. Dumbleton.) "Capillary Instability of a Thin
CHEMISTRY
55
Annular Layer of Liquid Around a Solid Cylinder, " I & EC Funda-
mentals, 9 (August 1970), 466-69.
(With John H. Dumbleton.) " Capillary Stability of a Hollow
Inviscid Cylinder," The Physics of Fluids, 13 (January 1970),
12-17.
(With A. Nakazawa.) "The Width of the Molecular Weight
Distribution of a Polymer as Determined by Density Gradient Cen-
trif ugation, ' ' Proceedings of the Royal Academy of Amsterdam,
B73, No. 4, 334-41.
(With J. M. Peterson.) "The Dielectric Constant of Non-Con-
ducting Suspensions, " Journal of Composite Materials, 3 (April
1969), 338-54.
Richard Grant Hiskey
(With R. L. Smith, A. M. Thomas, J. T. Sparrow, and W. C.
Jones, Jr.) "Synthesis of a Tns-Cystine Peptide," Peptides. North-
Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1968 [1969]. Pp. 209-16.
(With A. M. Thomas, R. L. Smith, and W. C. Jones, Jr.) "Sul-
fur-Containing Polypeptides. XI. A Synthetic Route to fns-Cystine
Peptides," Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (Decem-
ber 1969), 7525-26.
(With J. T. Sparrow.) "Sulfur-Containing Polypeptides. IX.
The Use of the S-Isobutyloxy methyl Protective Group," Journal
of Organic Chemistry, 35 (January 1970), 215-20.
(With R. A. Upham, G. M. Beverly, and W. C. Jones, Jr.) "Sul-
fur-Containing Polypeptides. X. A Study of ^-Elimination of Mer-
captides from Cysteine Peptides," Journal of Organic Chemistry, 35
(February 1970), 513-15.
(With B. F. Ward, Jr.) "Sulfur-Containing Polypeptides. XII.
Studies on the Scope and Limitations of the Sulfenylthiocyanate
Method as a Route to Cystine Peptides," Journal of Organic Chem-
istry, 35 (April 1970), 1118-21.
Derek John Hodgson
(With P. K. Hale, J. A. Barnes, and W. E. Hatfield.) "A Five-
Coordinate Copper Dimer : The Structure and Magnetic Properties
of the ^-dichloro-bis (trichlorocuprate(II) ) Anion, [Cu2Cl8]4-,"
Chemical Communications (July 1970), 786-87.
(With J. A. Barnes and W. E. Hatfield.) "The Magnetic and
Spectral Properties of the Di-/x-chlorobis (trichlorocuprate(II) )
Anion, [Cu2Cl8]4-," Chemical Physics Letters, 7 (November 1970),
374-76.
(With J. A. Barnes and W. E. Hatfield.) "The Magnetic Prop-
erties to 4.2°K of the Complex Di-ja-hydroxybis(dipyridyl)dicop-
56
RESEARCH
per (II) Sulfate Pentahydrate, " Chemical Communications (No-
vember 1970), 1593-94.
Richard Calvin Jarnagin
(With Peter Holzman.) "Triplet Energy Migration in Pure
Fluids," Journal of Chemical Physics, 51 (August 1969), 2251-53.
(With Nathan Houser.) "Electron Ejection from Triplet State
in Fluid Solutions,' ' Journal of Chemical Physics, 52 (February
1970), 1069-77.
Charles Sidney Johnson, Jr.
(With Myong-Ku Ahn.) "Nuclear Spin Kelaxation in Acetylene
Gas," The Journal of Chemical Physics, 50 (January 1969), 641-
44.
"Some Comments on the Calculation of NME Line Shapes for
Exchanging AB Spin Systems," Journal of Magnetic Resonance, 1
(January 1969), 98-104.
(With Myong-Ku Ahn.) "Electron Spin Relaxation in the
N,N'-Dimethylpyrazine Cation Radial," The Journal of Chemical
Physics, 50 (January 1969), 632-40.
(With J. B. Holz.) "Errors in the Measurement of Electron-
Transfer Rates by Means of Electron Spin Resonance, " The Journal
of Chemical Physics, 50 (May 1969), 4420-24.
(With H. M. Mclntyre and T. B. Cobb.) "Intermediate Resolu-
tion NMR Spectra of Solids by Means of Magnetic Dilution,"
Chemical Physics Letters, 4 (January 1970), 585-86.
(With T. B. Cobb.) "Magnetic Resonance Line Shapes in Solids :
The Rotating Three-Spin Groups," The Journal of Chemical
Physics, 52 (June 1970), 6224-31.
(With T. B. Cobb.) "Erratum : Magnetic Resonance Line Shapes
in Solids: The Rotating Three-Spin Group," The Journal of Chem-
ical Physics, 53 (November 1970), 4122.
William Frederick Little
(With Maurice M. Bursey and Fred E. Tibbetts.) "tt-CvcIo-
butadiene-ion in the Mass Spectrometer, Evidence by Labeling,"
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 92 (March 1970),
1087-89.
(With Maurice M. Bursey and Fred E. Tibbetts.) "Alteration
of the Benzens Molecular Ion and Substituted Benzene Molecular
Ions By Their Mode of Formation in the Mass Spectrometer,"
Tetrahedron Letters, 40 (September 1969), 3469-72.
CHEMISTRY
57
Robert Lambert McKee
(With Kenneth H. Dudley, H. W. Miller, and Peter Schneider^
''Potential Naphthoquinone Antimalarials. 2-Acylhydrazino-l,4-
naphthoquinones and Related Compounds," Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 34 (September 1969), 2750-55.
(With Doug Han Kim.) "Synthesis of an Isomer of Pteroic
Acid. 4 [ (2-Amino-4-hydroxypyrimido [5,4-d] pyrimidin-6-ylmethyl) -
amino] benzoic Acid," Journal of Organic Chemistry, 35 (Febru-
ary 1970), 455-57.
Thomas Judy Meyer
(With E. C. Johnson and Neil Winterton.) "The Oxidation of
[(7r-C5H5)-Fe(CO)2]2 by Anhydrous Ferric Perchlorate in Ace-
tone: A General Route to Complexes of the Types [(7r-C5H5)Fe
(CO)2L]+ and (7r-C5H5)Fe(CO)2X," Chemical Communications,
(1970), 934-35.
(With John B. Godwin and Neil Winterton.) "The Reversible
Conversion of Co-ordinated Nitrosyl into Co-ordinated Nitrite in
2,2'-Bipyridyl Complexes of Ruthenium (II)," Chemical Com-
munications, (1970), 872.
John Charles Morrow III
(With C. C. Stephenson, R. L. Potter, and T. G. Maple.) "The
Thermodynamic Properties of Elementary Phosphorus. The Heat
Capacities of Two Crystalline Modifications of Red Phosphorus,
of a and /? White Phosphorus, and of Black Phosphorus from 15 to
300°K," Journal of Chemical Thermodynamics, 1 (January 1969),
59-76.
Eoyce Wilton Murray
Associate editor, Journal of Electrochemistry .
(With F. N. Collier, Jr. and R. H. Kherlopian.) Quantitative
Laboratory Experiments for General Chemistry. Dubuque, Iowa:
Kendall-Hunt Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 175.
(With L. K. Hiller, Jr., and J. R. Cockrell.) "Dilithium Com-
plexes of /?-Diketonates in Acetonitrile Solvent," Journal of In-
organic and Nuclear Chemistry, 31 (March 1969), 765-70.
(With J. N. Burnett and L. K. Hiller, Jr.) " Supporting Electro-
lyte Effects in Electrochemistry: Copper and Mercury Acetyl-
acetonates in Acetonitrile Solvent," Journal of Electrochemical
Society, 117 (August 1970), 1028-32.
(With T. E. Neal.) " Autocatalysis of the Kinetic Wave of
Acetylacetone in Acetonitrile Solvent," Analytical Chemistry, 42
(November 1970), 1654-56.
58
RESEARCH
Lee Grant Pedeesen
" Possible Contributing Structures of Polywater," Chemical
Physics Letters, 4 (November 1969), 280-82.
(With M. T. McCall and D. G. Whitten.) "Excited States in
N-Heteroeyclic Molecules," Chemical Physics Letters, 3 (August
1969), 569-72.
"The Barrier to Internal Rotation of O2F2," Journal of Mo-
lecular Structure, 3 (July 1969), 510-13.
(With R. Griffin.) "On the Structure of the Li-Naphthalenide
Anion," Chemical Physics Letters, 5 (May 1970), 373-76.
"The Structure of the Triatomic Free Radicals HCO, HON-,
and FCO," Journal of Molecular Structure, 5 (February 1970),
21-26.
Charles Norwood Beilley
Editor, Advances in Analytical Chemistry and Instrumentation.
(With R. W. Creekmore.) "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance De-
termination of Hydration: Numbers of Electrolytes in Concen-
trated Aqueous Solutions," Journal of Physical Chemistry, 73
(May 1969), 1563.
(With P. C. Jurs, B. R. Kowalski, and T. L. Isenhour.) "Com-
puterized Learning Machines Applied to Chemical Problems: In-
vestigation of Convergence Rate and Predictive Ability of Adaptive
Binary Pattern Classifiers," Analytical Chemistry, 41 (May 1969),
690-95.
(With B. R. Kowalski, P. C. Jurs, and T. L. Isenhour.) "Com-
puterized Learning Machines Applied to Chemical Problems : Mul-
ticategory Pattern Classification by Least Squares," Analytical
Chemistry, 41 (May 1969), 695-700.
(With Floyd F. L. Ho.) "Conformational Studies of Chelated
Ethylenediamines by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Paramagnetic
Nickel (II) Complexes of N-Alkylethylenediamines, " Analytical
Chemistry, 41 (November 1969), 1835^
(With Peter T. Kissinger.) " Specular Reflectance in Thin -Layer
Electrochemistry," Analytical Chemistry, 42 (January 1970), 12.
(With James D. Carr.) "Kinetics of Ligand Exchange Reaction
of Ethylenediaminetetraacetate Ion with Ethylenediaminetetra-
acetatonickel(II)," Analytical Chemistry, 42 (January 1970), 51.
(With Floyd F. L. Ho.) "Conformational Studies of Chelated
Ethylenediamines by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Tris-(ethyl-
enediamine) Nickel (II) Ion in Aqueous Solution," Analytical
Chemistry, 42 (May 1970), 600.
(With R. W. Creekmore.) "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Study
CHEMISTRY
59
of Ion-Exchange Resins/' Analytical Chemistry, 42 (May 1970),
570.
(With F. F. L. Ho, L. E. Erickson, and S. R. Watkins.) "Nu-
clear Magnetic Resonance Studies of Configuration and Ligand
Conformation in Paramagnetic Octahedral Complexes of Nickel
(II). Ill: Amino Acid and Mixed Ethylenediaminediacetic Acid-
Amino Acid Complexes," Inorganic Chemistry, 9 (May 1970),
1139.
(With L. E. Erickson and F. F. L. Ho.) "Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance Studies of Configuration and Ligand Conformation in
Paramagnetic Octahedral Complexes of Nickel (II). IV: Iminodi-
acetic Acid, N-Methyliminodiacetic Acid, and Nitrilotriacetic Acid
Complexes," Inorganic Chemistry, 9 (May 1970), 1148.
(With B. R. Kowalski, P. C. Jurs, and T. L. Isenhour.) "Com-
puterized Learning Machines Applied to Chemical Problems: In-
terpretation of Infrared Spectrometry Data," Analytical Chem-
istry, 41 (December 1969), 1945.
(With P. C. Jurs, B. R. Kowalski, and T. L. Isenhour.) "An In-
vestigation of Combined Patterns from Diverse Analytical Data
Using Computerized Learning Machines," Analytical Chemistry, 41
(December 1969), 1949.
(With R. W. Creekmore.) "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance
Study of Water Movement in an Ion Exchange Resin System,"
Analytical Chemistry, 42 (June 1970), 725.
"Computerized Learning Machines Applied to Chemical Prob-
lems: Molecular Structure Parameters from Low Resolution Mass
Spectrometry," Analytical Chemistry, 42 (1970), 1387-94.
Oscar Knefleb Eice
Electronic Structure and Chemical Binding, reprint, paperback.
New York: Dover Publications, Inc., 1969. Pp. xviii, 511.
(With Do-Ren Chang.) "The Thermal Decomposition of
Azomethene-d6, " International Journal of Chemical Kinetics, 1
(March 1969), 171-91.
"Some Remarks on the Foundations of Thermodynamics and
Statistical Mechanics," Journal of the Physical Society of Japan,
26 (Supplement 1969), 219-20.
' ' On the Motion of a Sphere in a Perfect Fluid, with Applica-
tion to Liquid Helium," Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences (U.S., 63 (August 1969), 1055-62.
"Statistical Thermodynamics of the A Transition in Liquid
Helium," Journal of the American Chemical Society. 91 (Decem-
ber 1969), 7682-84.
60
RESEARCH
Beuben Dennis Eieke
(With N. A. Moore.) "The Cyclic Addition of Alkoxyl Radicals.
I. Cyclic Additions of 4-Pentenoxyl Radical," Tetrahedron Letters,
(May 1969), 2035-38.
(With P. Hudnall.) " Benzocyclobutadiene Radical Anion,"
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (June 1969), 3678-
79.
(With W. E. Rich and T. H. Ridgway.) "Ring Strain Effects
on Half -Wave Reduction Potentials," Tetrahedron Letters (Oc-
tober 1969), 4381-84.
(With S. E. Bales, P. M. Hudnall, and C. F. Meares.) "Ben-
zocyclobutene Radical Anion," Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 92 (1970), 1418-20.
(With W. E. Rich.) "Ring Strain Effects on Spin Densities.
II. An Electronic Spin Resonance Study of the Anion Radicals of
a Series of Naphtho-l,4-quinones, ' ' Journal of the American Chem-
ical Society, 92 (December 1970), 7349-53.
Henry Carrison Thomas
(With Adrien E. Cremers.) "Electrical Conductivity of Sus-
pensions of Conducting Colloidal Particles," Journal of Physical
Chemistry, 74 (March 1970), 1072-75.
David George Whitten
(With T. L. Penner and G. S. Hammond.) "Radiation Induced
Reactions of 1,3-Cyclohexadiene, " Journal of the American Chem-
ical Society, 92 (May 1970), 2861-68.
(With P. D. Wildes and I. G. Lopp.) "Ligand Photoisomeriza-
tion in Metalloporphyrin Complexes. A Possible Case of Photo-
catalysis," Journal of the American Chemical Society, 91 (June
1969), 3393-95.
(With J. C. N. Yau.) "Photochemical Electron Transfer: Re-
duction of Tin Porphyrins in the Presence of Stannous Chloride,"
Tetrahedron Letters (August 1969), 3077-81.
(With L. G. Pedersen and M. T. McCall.) "Excited States of
N-Heterocyclic Molecules: Nitrogen Containing Analogs of Stil-
bene," Chemical Physics Letters, 3 (August 1969), 569-72.
(With M. T. McCall.) " Radiationless Processes in the Photo-
chemistry of Stilbazoles and 1,2-Bispyridylethylenes, " Journal of
the American Chemical Society, 91 (August 1969), 5097-5104.
(With M. T. McCall.) "Novel Photoaddition Reactions of
Acyclic Olefins. Nucleophilic Photohydration, " Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 91 (September 1969), 5681-82.
(With Y. J. Lee.) "Reactions of Hidden n,?r* Excited States in
CHEMISTRY
61
N-Heteroaromatics. Photoreduction and Photoaddition, ' ' Journal
of the American Chemical Society, 92 (1970), 415-16.
(With W. E. Punch.) " Excited State Carbonyl-Phenyl Inter-
actions in Non-Conjugated Aryl Ketones," Molecular Photochem-
istry, 2 (January 1970), 77-80.
(With M. M. Bursey, M. T. McCall, W. E. Punch, M. K. Hoff-
man, and S. A. Benezra.) ' ' Mass Spectral-Photochemical Correla-
tions. Persistent McLafferty Rearrangements in Defiance of Their
Photochemical Analogies," Organic Mass Spectroscopy, 4 (1970),
157-62.
(With J. W. Happ, G. L. B. Carlson, and M. T. McCall.)
1 1 Mechanisms of Excited State Deactivation. Quenching of Excited
Singlets by Nucleophiles, " Journal of the American Chemical So-
ciety, 92 (June 1970), 3499-3500.
(With I. G. Lopp, R. W. Hendren, and P. D. Wildes.) " Ex-
cited State Donor-Acceptor Complexes. Olefin Isomerization as a
Probe to Monitor Decay Processes," Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 92 (November 1970), 6440-47.
(With P. D. Wildes.) "Reversible Energy Transfer in Metal-
loporphyrin Complexes. A Mechanism for Photocatalysis, ' ' Journal
of the American Chemical Society, 92 (December 1970), 7609-10.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
James Aleord Barnes
Ferromagnetism in Multimetallic Clusters. (1970, under the di-
rection of William Emerson Hatfield.)
Lowrie Miller Beacham III
Synthetic Approaches to Insulin. A Synthetic Route to the
A6-i3 Sequence. (1970, under the direction of Richard Grant
Hiskey.)
George Harrison Britton, Jr.
Stereochemistry of Hofmann Eliminations in Substituted Cyclo-
pentyl Systems. (1969, under the direction of James Logan Coke.)
Fred Lee Bunger
The Magnetic Properties of Some Tridentate Setoff's Base
Copper (II) Complexes. (1970, under the direction of William
Emerson Hatfield.)
62
RESEARCH
J udith Ann Ceissman
A Study of Copper (II) Complexes of N,N'-ethylenebis(salicyl-
aldimines) and N-methylsalicylaldimines. (1969, under the direc-
tion of William Emerson Hatfield.)
Ingo Haetmut Doetsch
An Investigation of the Ionic Transport of Sodium and Cesium
in Equilibrated Agar Gels at 25° By Self-Diffusion, Conductance,
and Adsorption Studies. (1970, under the direction of Henry Gar-
rison Thomas.)
Feank Maeion Hausee IV
Mechanism of Chloride Elimination in Cyclic Systems. (1969,
under the direction of James Logan Coke.)
Nathan Housee
Photoejection of Electrons from Molecules in Liquid Solutions.
(1969, under the direction of Richard Calvin Jarnagin.)
Alice Chan Ho
Theoretical and Experimental Studies of Radiationless Transi-
tions. (1969, under the direction of Henry Hursell Dearman.)
William Book Huggins, Jr.
Temperature Dependence of Radiationless Transitions. (1970,
under the direction of Henry Hursell Dearman. )
Mills Godwin Jones
Acelolysis of 2-aeylethyl p-Toluenesulfonates. (1969, under the
direction of James Logan Coke.)
Waeeen Candlee Jones, Je.
Synthetic Studies of Model Insulin Peptides. (1969, under the
direction of Richard Grant Hiskey.)
Myeon Thomas McCall
Photochemistry of the Stilbazoles and Bispyridylethylenes and
Their Methyl Iodide Salts. (1969, under the direction of David
George Whitten.)
Hendeeson Michael McIntyee
NMR Lineshapes in Solids. (1970, under the direction of
Charles Sidney Johnson, Jr.)
CHEMISTRY
63
Robert Lewis McNeely
I. Inhibition of Electrochemical Reactions by Electrode Adsorp-
tion of Lead Halides. II. A Stopped-Flow Reaction Rate Determina-
tion of an Electrochemical Catalytic Reaction Model System. (1970,
under the direction of Royce Wilton Murray.)
Peter Jeffery Nassiff
The Structural and Bonding Variations in the Hexafluoro-
titanate(III) Ion. (1969, under the direction of William Emerson
Hatfield.)
Thomas Edward Neal
I. Non-Aqueous Electrochemistry of Acetylacetonate and An-
ionic Organic Bases. II. Transmission Spectra Determination of
First-Order Post-Kinetic Electrode Processes for Current Step
Semi-Infinite Diffusion Conditions. (1970, under the direction of
Royce Wilton Murray.)
Gerald Peter Pfeiffer
The Preparation of Some Dihydroxy-4-Quinazolones and Their
Oxidation to Quinazoline Quinones. (1969, under the direction of
Robert Lambert McKee.)
Pairoje Pojanagaroon
The Synthesis and Some Reactions of 2-Amino-5-cyano-6-hy-
droxy-3-pyridine-carboxylic Acid and the Synthesis of 6-Amino-2-
hydroxy-3-pyridinecarboxylic Acid. (1969, under the direction of
Robert Lambert McKee.)
Peter Freeman Rogerson
Ionization Potentials of Silicon Compounds and Substituted
Transition Metal Acetylacetonates. (1970, under the direction of
Maurice Moyer Bursey.)
Max Errol Safdy
Synthesis and Study of Cysteine Peptides. (1969, under the
direction of Richard Grant Hiskey.)
Alexander Walker Teass
The Synthesis of Some Pyrazino [2,3-6] quinoxalines. (1969, un-
der the direction of Robert Lambert McKee.)
Alford Mitchell Thomas
Synthesis of Tris-Gystme Peptides. (1969, under the direction
of Richard Grant Hiskey.)
64
RESEARCH
Katsuhiko Tomibe
Sulfur-Containing Polypeptide Bis-Cystine Peptide Derivatives.
(1970, under the direction of Richard Grant Hiiskey.)
Benjamin Franklin Ward, Jr.
Synthesis and Cleavage of Unsymmetrical Cystine Derivatives.
(1969, under the direction of Richard Grant Hiskey.)
Peter Drury Wildes
Reversible Intramolecular Energy Transfer. Metalloporphyrin
Triplets as Photocatalysts. (1970, under the direction of David
George Whitten.)
Edmond Brady Williams
Synthesis of &is-Cystine Peptides: An Active Esterase Model.
(1970, under the direction of Richard Grant Hiskey.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Judith Anne O'Connor
Purification and Kinetic Studies on TPN-Isocitric Dehydro-
genase from Porcine Heart. (1969, under the direction of John
Henry Harrison IV.)
Judith Johnston Scott
Reductive Cleavage of Some Cyclopropanes. (1970, under the
direction of James Logan Coke.)
Charles Frederick Smith
The Stereochemistry of Bimolecular Eliminations of Cyclopentyl
Tosylates. (1969, under the direction of James Logan Coke.)
Elizabeth Wilson Williams
Purification and Characterization Studies of Separated Iso-
zymes of Glyceraldehyde-3-Phosphate Dehydrogenase from Turtle
Heart. (1970, under the direction of John Henry Harrison IV.)
DEPARTMENT OF CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
Michael Paul Brooks
"Implications of Human Resource Planning on Current Plan-
ning Practice," in Regional Planning: Challenge and Prospects, ed.,
Maynard M. Hufschmidt. New York: Frederick A. Praeger, 1969.
Pp. 282-89.
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
65
1 'Advocate Planning and Social Policy Planning," in Proceed-
ings of the 1969 Frontiers of Urban Planning Conference, Bureau
of Government Research and University Extension Division, Rut-
gers University — The State University of New Jersey, March 25,
1969. Pp. 1-45.
Social Planning and City Planning, Planning Advisory Service
Report No. 261. Chicago: American Society of Planning Officials,
September 1970. Pp. 61.
Raymond Joseph Burby III
The Bole of Reservoir Owner Policies in Guiding Reservoir
Land Development. Report No. 29. Raleigh : Water Resources Re-
search Institute of the University of North Carolina, November
1969. Pp. iii, 56.
(With S. F. Weiss.) Public Policy and Shoreline Landowner Be-
havior. Report No. 38. Raleigh: Water Resources Research Institute
of the University of North Carolina, July 1970. Pp. ad, 126.
(With T. G. Donnelly and S. F. Weiss.) Factors Influencing the
Residential Utilization of Reservoir Shorelands in the Southeast.
Report No. 44. Raleigh: Water Resources Research Institute of
the University of North Carolina, December 1970. Pp. ix, 50.
"Environmental Aspects of Municipal Policy Outputs: Plan-
ning and Growth-Related Policies," The Review of Regional
Studies, 1 (1969), 103-16.
(With S. F. Weiss and E. J. Kaiser.) "Toward a Linked De-
cision Model of the New Town Development Process," Research
Previews, 16 (April 1969), 12-20.
(With T. G. Donnelly, S. F. Weiss, and E. J. Kaiser.) "Environ-
mental Innovation: Acceptance and Utilization by the Residential
Development Industry," Research Previews, 16 (November 1969),
21-28.
(With E. J. Kaiser, S. F. Weiss, and T. G. Donnelly.) "Neigh-
borhood Environment and Residential Satisfaction: A Survey of
the Occupants and Neighborhoods of 166 Single-Family Homes in
Greensboro, North Carolina," Research Previews, 17 (November
1970), 11-25.
Francis Stuart Chapiu, Jr.
(With E. W. Butler, G. C. Hemmens, E. J. Kaiser, M. A. Steg-
man, and S. F. Weiss.) Moving Behavior and Residential Choice:
A National Survey. National Cooperative Highway Research Pro-
gram Report 81. Washington, D.C. : Highway Research Board, Na-
tional Academy of Sciences, 1969. Pp. 129.
06
RESEARCH
(With T. H. Logan.) " Patterns of Time and Space Use," in
The Quality of the Urban Environment, ed., H. S. Perloff. Balti-
more : The Johns Hopkins Press, 1969. Pp. 305-32.
(With R. K. Brail.) "Human Activity Systems in the Metro-
politan United States," Environment and Behavior, 1 (December
1969), 107-30.
"Daily Activity Patterns and Moving Habits in the Black Com-
munity," Research Previews, 17 (April 1970), 8-12.
Sidney Cohn
"Simulating the Architectural Control Process," in Response
to Environment, eds., G. J. Coates and K. M. Moffet. Raleigh : North
Carolina State University, 1969. Pp. 11-37.
"Architectural Controls in Northern Europe," Exchange Bib-
liography No. 64. Monticello, Illinois: Council of Planning Li-
brarians, 1969. Pp. 9.
(With H. Sarnoff.) Edra I: Proceedings of the Environmental
Design Research Association Annual Conference. Raleigh: North
Carolina State University, 1970. Pp. 366.
Review of Clifford B. Moller, Architecture and Our Mental
Health (New York: Horizon Press, 1968), in Journal of the Amer-
ican Institute of Planners, 36 (September 1970), 367-69.
Review of Allison Smithson, Team 10 Primer (Cambridge:
Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, 1968), in Journal
of the American Institute of Planners, 36 (September 1970), 365-
67.
David Eobinson Godschalk
Editor, Journal of the American Institute of Planners.
(With W. E. Mills.) "A Collaborative Approach to Planning
through Urban Activities," reprinted in Urbanism, Urbanization,
and Change, eds., P. Meadows and E. H. Mizruchi. Reading, Mas-
sachusetts: Addison Wesley, 1969. Pp. 513-25.
Professional Bibliography: Selected Readings on Planning
Theory and Practice. Washington : American Institute of Planners,
1969. Pp. 36.
"NEGOTIATE: An Experimental Planning Game," in Edra
I: Proceedings of the Environmental Design Research Association
Annual Conference. Raleigh: North Carolina State University,
1970. Pp. 345-49.
Review of Edward Allen, Stone Shelters (Cambridge: Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology Press, 1969), in New York Plan-
ning Review (Winter 1970), B-8, B-21.
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
67
George Charles Hemmens
Urban Development Modeling. The George Washington Univer-
sity Program of Policy Studies in Science and Technology, Mono-
graph No. 6. Washington, D.C.: The George Washington Univer-
sity, 1970. Pp. 34. Also reprinted in Analytical Techniques in Plan-
ning. Chicago: American Society of Planning Officials, 1970. Pp.
45-60.
(With E. W. Butler, F. S. Chapin, Jr., E. J. Kaiser, M. A.
Stegman, and S. F. Weiss.) Moving Behavior and Residential
Choice: A National Survey. National Cooperative Highway Research
Program Report 81. Washington, D.C. : Highway Research Board,
National Academy of Sciences, 1969. Pp. 129.
"Models in Planning: Comment," in Edra I: Proceedings of
the Environmental Design Research Association Annual Confer-
ence. Raleigh: North Carolina State University, 1970. Pp. 292-93.
"Analysis and Simulation of Urban Activity Patterns," Journal
of Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, 4 (1970), 53-66.
Maynard Michael Htjfschmidt
Editor, Regional Planning: Challenge and Prospects. New York :
Praeger, 1969. Pp. xxv, 396.
"Perspectives and Goals for Water-Resource Planning,"
Journal, Water Pollution Control Federation, 41 (July 1969),
1353-57.
"Water-Resource Planning in the Urban-Metropolitan Con-
text," Proceedings, Seminar on Resource Systems Models in De-
cision Making. Lafayette : Purdue University School of Civil Engi-
neering, 1970.
(With J. Gerin.) "Systematic Errors in Cost Estimates for
Public Investment Projects," in The Analysis of Public Output,
ed., J. Margolis. New York: National Bureau of Economic Re-
search, 1970. Pp. 267-315.
(With H. W. Knox and F. H. Parker.) "A Policy Analysis
Approach to Coastal Zone Management," Symposium on Manage-
ment Systems for the Resources of the Coastal Zone. Clemson :
Clemson University, 1970. Pp. 149-66.
Contributor, Nuclear Power in the South. Report of the Gov-
ernors' Task Force on Nuclear Power Policy, Southern Governors'
Conference, Atlanta, 1970.
The Metropolitan Planning Process: An Exploratory Study.
Chapel Hill : Department of Housing and Urban Development Ur-
ban Planning Research and Development Project No. N.C. PD-3,
1970. Pp. 202.
/
68
RESEARCH
Edward John Kaiser
(With E. W. Butler, F. S. Chapin, Jr., G. C. Hemmens, M. A.
Stegman, and S. F. Weiss.) Moving Behavior and Residential
Choice: A National Survey. Washington, D.C.: Highway Research
Board, National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences,
1969. Pp. 129.
(With S. F. Weiss.) "Public Policy and the Residential De-
velopment Process," Journal of the American Institute of Planners,
36 (January 1970), 30-37.
(With S. F. Weiss and R. J. Burby.) "Toward a Linked De-
cision Model of the New Town Development Process," Research
Previews, 16 (April 1969), 12-20.
(With S. F. Weiss.) "Some Components of a Linked Model for
the Residential Development Decision Process, ' ' Proceedings of the
Association of American Geographers, 1 (August 1969), 75-79.
(With S. F. Weiss.) "Decision Agent Models of the Residential
Development Process," Traffic Quarterly, 23 (October 1969), 597-
632.
(With T. G. Donnelly, S. F. Weiss, and R. J. Burby.) "En-
vironmental Innovation: Acceptance and Utilization by the Resi-
dential Development Firm," Research Previews, 16 (November
1969) , 30-37.
"A Decision Agent Modeling Approach to Planning for Urban
Residential Growth," in Edra I: Proceedings of the Environmental
Design Research Association Annual Conference. Raleigh: North
Carolina State University, 1970. Pp. 280-91.
"The Natural Landscape and Housing Location Decisions,"
Landscape Architecture, 60 (January 1970), 105-8. Reprinted in
The Master Builder, 5 (May 1970), 8-9, 14.
(With S. F. Weiss, R. J. Burby, and T. G. Donnelly.) "Neigh-
borhood Environment and Residential Satisfaction: A Survey of
the Occupants and Neighborhoods of 166 Single-Family Homes in
Greensboro, North Carolina," Research Previews, 17 (November
1970) , 11-25.
Review of A. G. Wilson, ed., Environment and Planning (Lon-
don: Pion Ltd., 1969), in Journal of Regional Science, 40 (Decem-
ber 1970), 424-25.
Hugh Winants Knox
(See entries under Economics and School of Business Admin-
istration.)
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
69
Malcolm Douglas MacNair
(With F. Hendricks.) "Concepts of Environmental Quality
Standards Based Upon Life Styles," EJcistics, 30 (August 1970),
139-44.
Emil Ernest Malizia
Regional Wealth Accounting as a Means of Quantitative Eval-
uation of Regional Resources. Cornell University Dissertation Se-
ries, Department of City & Regional Planning. Ithaca, New York :
Cornell University, 1969. Pp. 439.
(With S. Czamanski.) "Applicability and Limitations in the
Use of National Input-Output Tables for Regional Studies," Pa-
pers and Proceedings, Regional Science Association, 23 (1969),
65-77.
David Humphreys Moreau
"Weekly and Monthly Flows in Synthetic Hydrology," Water
Resources Research, 6 (February 1970), 53-61.
"Concepts of Mathematical Models," in Modeling the Eutrophi-
cation Process. Gainesville : University of Florida, College of Engi-
neering. Pp. 1-21.
Francis Heywood Parker
Assistant editor, Journal of the American Institute of Planners.
(With M. M. Huf schmidt and H. W. Knox.) "A Policy Analysis
Approach to Coastal Zone Management: Objectives, Alternative
Development Strategies and Econometric Models," Proceedings,
Management Systems for the Resources of the Coastal Zone (June
1970), 149-66.
Michael Allen- Stegman
(With E. W. Butler, F. S. Chapin, Jr., G. C. Hemmens, E. J.
Kaiser, and S. F. Weiss.) Moving Behavior and Residential Choice:
A National Survey. National Cooperative Highway Research Pro-
gram Report 81. Washington, D.C.: Highway Research Board,
National Academy of Sciences, 1969. Pp. 129.
"Kaiser, Kerner and Douglas on Low Income Housing Policy,"
Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35 (November
1969) , 422-27.
"Accessibility Models and Residential Location," Journal of
the American Institute of Planners, 35 (January 1969), 22-29.
"The New Mythology of Housing," Trans-Action (January
1970) , 55-62.
70
RESEARCH
"The Myth of the Slumlord," Journal of the American Insti-
tute of Architects, 39 (March 1970), 45-49.
"Slum Housing: Cash Flow, Maintenance and Management,"
Proceedings of the Conference on American Real Estate and Ur-
ban Economics Association, December 1969. Pp. 231-52.
Shirley Feiedlandee Weiss
(With E. W. Butler, F. S. Chapin, Jr., G. C. Hemmens, E. J.
Kaiser, and M. A. Stegman.) Moving Behavior and Residential
Choice: A National Survey. National Cooperative Highway Re-
search Program Report 81. Washington, D.C. : Highway Research
Board, National Academy of Sciences, 1969. Pp. 129.
(With R. J. Burby.) Public Policy and Shoreline Landowner
Behavior. Raleigh : Water Resources Research Institute of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina, 1970. Pp. xi, 126.
(With R. J. Burby and T. G. Donnelly.) Factors Influencing
the Residential Utilization of Reservoir Shor elands in the South-
east. Raleigh : Water Resources Research Institute of the University
of North Carolina, 1970. Pp. ix, 48.
"New Town Development in the United States: Public Policy
and Private Entrepreneurship, " SAIPA Journal for Public Ad-
ministration, 4 (June 1969), 185-97.
"New Towns — Transatlantic Exchange," Town & Country Plan-
ning, 38 (September 1970), 374-81.
(With E. J. Kaiser.) "A Linked Model for the Residential
Development Decision Process," Proceedings of the Association
of American Geographers, 1 (1969), 75-79.
(With E. J. Kaiser and R. J. Burby) "Toward a Linked De-
cision Model of the New Town Development Process," Research
Previews, 16 (April 1969), 12-20.
(With E. J. Kaiser.) "Decision Agent Models of the Residential
Development Process," Traffic Quarterly, 23 (October 1969), 597-
632.
(With T. G. Donnelly, R. J. Burby, and E. J. Kaiser.) "En-
vironmental Innovation: Acceptance and Utilization by the Res-
idential Development Industry," Research Previews, 16 (Novem-
ber 1969), 21-28.
(With E. J. Kaiser.) "Public Policy and the Residential De-
velopment Process," Journal of the American Institute of Plan-
ners, 36 (January 1970), 30-37.
(With E. J. Kaiser.) "Decision Agent Models of the Residential
Development Process — A Review of Recent Research, ' ' The Review
of Regional Studies, 1 (Fall 1970), 73-101.
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
71
(With E. J. Kaiser, R. J. Burby, and T. G. Donnelly.) "Neigh-
borhood Environment and Eesidential Satisfaction: A Survey of
the Occupants and Neighborhoods of 166 Single-Family Homes in
Greensboro, North Carolina," Research Previews, 17 (November
1970), 11-25.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Richard Kenneth Brail
Activity System Investigations: Strategy for Model Design.
(1969, under the direction of Francis Stuart Chapin, Jr.)
Michael Paul Brooks
Social Policy in Cities : Toward a Theory of Urban Social Plan-
ning. (1970, under the direction of Michael Allen Stegman.)
Karl Douglas Elfers
Adapting Water Resource Planning. (1970, under the direction
of Maynard Michael Hufschmidt.)
Gerald Alfred Gutenschwager
Awareness, Culture and Change: A Study of Modernization
in Greece. (1969, under the direction of Francis Stuart Chapin,
Jr.)
George Harold Hagevik
Reducing Theory to Practice in Air Quality Management:
Selected Experience. (1969, under the direction of Maynard
Michael Hufschmidt.)
John Raymond Hitchcock
Urbanness and Daily Activity Patterns. (1969, under the di-
rection of Francis Stuart Chapin, Jr.)
George Adams McBride
A Plan Formulation Methodology for the Appalachian De-
velopment Highway System. (1969, under the direction of Maynard
Michael Hufschmidt.)
!
72
RESEARCH
Francis Haywood Parker
Strategy and Effectiveness of Planning in State Government.
(1970, under the direction of Maynard Michael Hufschmidt.)
Daniel Shefer
Economics of Urban Agglomeration: A Production Function
Analysis of Economics of Scale. (1969, under the direction of
Maynard Michael Hufschmidt.)
Stephen Sidney Skjei
Information for Collective Action. (1970, under the direction of
Maynard Michael Hufschmidt.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Earl Junior Cline
Community Facility Relationships: Studying Convenience, as
an Aspect of Liveability. (1969, under the direction of James
Murray Webb.)
James Anthony Daire
A Comparison of Two Methods for Estimating Outdoor Recrea-
tion Attendance at a Proposed Reservoir in the Minnesota River
Basin. (1970, under the direction of Maynard Michael Huf-
schmidt.)
Eonald Wayne Massie
A System of Linked Models for Forecasting Urban Residential
Growth. (1969, under the direction of Edward John Kaiser.)
Roger Allen Matson
The Use of Economic Projections in Water Resource Planning.
(1969, under the direction of Maynard Michael Hufschmidt.)
Harry Jack Palmer
The Planning Process and Community Conflict: Toward a
Theory of Reciprocal Process. (1969, under the direction of Pear-
son Haslam Stewart.)
George Anthony Reif
Old Salem North Carolina and the Preservation Movement:
A Case Study of Community's Decision to Preserve its Historic
Fabric. (1969, under the direction of James Murray Webb.)
CLASSICS
73
DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS
Waltee Allen, Je.
(With the Martial Seminar, Fall 1968.) "Martial: Knight,
Publisher, and Poet," Classical Journal, 65 (1970), 345-57.
(With the Horace Seminar, Fall 1967.) "The Addresses in
Horace's First Book of Epistles," Studies in Philology. 67 (1970),
255-66.
Thomas Eobeet Shannon Beottghton
"Ancient History," (Bibliographical lists of articles) Amer-
ican Historical Review, 74 (1968-69), 790-94. 1133-37. 1403-6. 75
(1969-70), 247-54, 628-33, 1217, 1221, 1823-28.
"Lily Ross Taylor," Gnomon, 42 (1970), 734-35.
Review of C. E. Brand, Roman Military Law (Austin: Univer-
sity of Texas Press, 1968), in American Historical Review. 74
(1968-69), 1591-92.
Review of B. Leviek, Roman Colonies in Southern Asia Minor
(Oxford: Clarendon Press), in Gnomon, 41 (1969), 210-12.
Review of H. H. Scullard, The Etruscan Cities and Rome (Lon-
don: Thames and Hudson, 1967), in Archaeology, 23 (1970), 358-
60.
Review of E. T. Salmon, Samnium and the Samnites (New York :
Cambridge University Press. 1967), in University of Toronto
Quarterly, 40 (1970), 105-7.
Review of J. P. V. D. Baldson, Life and Leisure in Ancient
Rome (New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1969), in Amer-
ican Historical Review, 75 (1969-70), 1707-8.
Review of Sir Ronald Syme, Ammianus and the Historia Au-
gusta (Oxford: Clarendon Press. 1968), in Classic-al Journal, 66
(1970-71), 187-88.
Peeston Heeschel Epps
Thoughts from the Greeks. Columbia: University of Missouri
Press, 1969. Pp. v, 166.
Heney Rudolph Immeewahe
Review of Ancient Society and Institutions. Studies Presented
to Victor Ehrenberg on his 75th Birthday (Xew York: Barnes and
Noble, 1967), in American Journal of Philology. 90 (1969), 469-73.
Review of H. D. Westlake, Individuals in Thucydides (New
York: Cambridge University Press, 1968). in American Historical
Review, 75 (1969-70), 825-26.
74
RESEARCH
Review of D. Kagan, The Outbreak of the Peloponnesian War
(Ithaca: Cornell University Press), in American Historical Re-
view, 75 (1969-70), 2022-23.
Review of H. F. Bornitz, Herodot-Studien: Beitrage zum Ver-
standnis der Einheit des Geschichtswerks (Berlin: de Gruyter,
1968), in Journal of Hellenic Studies, 90 (1970), 207-9.
George Alexander Kennedy
(With Juliette Ernst.) Co-editor, L'Annee Philologique.
Quintilian. New York : Twayne Publishers, 1969. Pp. 155.
Review of M. Fuhrmann, Anaximenis Ars Rhetorica (Leipzig:
B. G. Teubner, 1966), in American Journal of Philology, 90 (1969),
371-73.
Review of Richard F. Wevers, Isaeus: Chronology, Prosopog-
raphy, and Social History (The Hague and Paris: Morton and
Company, 1969), in Classical World, 63 (1969-70), 200.
Review of K. J. Dover, Lysias and the Corpus Lysiacum (Berke-
ley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1968), in
American Journal of Philology, 91 (1970), 495-97.
Review of Guilelmus Ballaira, Tiberii De Figuris Demosthenicis
Libellus cum Deperditorum Operum Fragmentis (Rome : Athenae-
um, 1968), in Classical World, 64 (1970-71), 87-88.
Gerhard Koeppel
(With Sara A. Immerwahr and Emeline H. Richardson.) An-
cient Portraits. A Show of Greek, Etruscan and Roman Sculptured
Portraits in Honor of the Seventieth Birthday of T. R. S. Brough-
ton, Paddison Professor of Classics. Ackland Art Center, Univer-
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, April 5-May 17, 1970.
"Profectio und Adventus," Bonner Jahrbucher, 169 (1969),
130-94.
Berthe Marie Marti
"The Structure of the Pharsalia," Entretiens sur Vantiquite
classique, IX (Fondation Hardt, Vandoeuvres-Genere, 1970), 3-38.
"Sinn und Bedentung des Pharsalia," Weg der Forschung,
Lucan (Darmstadt: Wisserschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1970), 103-
32.
Brooks Otis
' ' The Originality of the Aeneid, ' ' in Virgil, ed., R. Dudley. Lon-
don: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1969. Pp. 27-66.
Ovid as an Epic Poet. 2nd edition. Cambridge : Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 1970. Pp. 430.
CLASSICS
75
Keview of F. Klinger, ed., Virgili Bucolica, Georgica, Aeneis
(Zurich: Artemis- Verlag, 1967), in Gnomon, 41 (1969), 554-74.
Keview of E. J. Bembeck, Beobachtungen zur Darstellungsart in
Ovids Metamorphosen (Munich: Beck, 1967), in Gnomon, 42
(1970), 135-44.
Kenneth Joseph Beckford
Horace. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1969. Pp. 171.
Emeline Hill Kichardson
(With Sara A. Immerwahr and Gerhard Koeppel) Ancient Por-
traits. A Show of Greek, Etruscan and Roman Sculptured Portraits
in Honor of the Seventieth Birthday of T. B. S. Br ought on, Pad-
dison Professor of Classics. Ackland Art Center, University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, April 5-May 17, 1970.
Keview of Hugh Hencken, Tarquinia and Etruscan Origins
(Ancient Peoples and Places 62) (New York and Washington:
Frederick A. Praeger, 1968), in Classical World, 62 (1969), 285.
Review of Hugh Hencken, Tarquinia, Villanovans and Early
Etruscans (Cambridge: Peabody Museum), in American Journal
of Archaeology, 73 (1969), 483.
Review of H. H. Scullard, The Etruscan Cities and Borne. As-
pects of Greek and Roman Life (London: Thames and Hudson,
1967), in American Journal of Philology, 90 (1969), 481-82.
Philip Austin Stadter
Editor for Roman Studies, Greek, Boman and Byzantine
Studies.
William Custis West III
Collaborator, L'Annee Philologique, 39 (1968). Paris: Les
Belles Lettres, 1970. Pp. xxx, 776.
1 1 The Trophies of the Persian Wars," Classical Philology, 64
(1969), 7-19.
Review of H.-F. Bornitz, Herodot Studien. Beitrage zum Yer-
stdndnis der Einheit des Geschichtswerks (Berlin: Walter de
Gruyter, 1968), in Classical Journal, 65 (1969), 137-39.
Douglas C. C. Young
St. Andrews: Town and Gown, Boyal and Ancient. London:
Cassell and Company, 1969. Pp. viii, 264.
"Minoan Woolgathering: A Rejoinder," Kadmos, 8 (1969),
39-42.
76
RESEARCH
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Thomas B. Curtis
The Judicial Oratory of Hyperides. (1970, under the direction
of George Alexander Kennedy.)
Cynthia Kent King
Weapons and Warfare in Homer and on Attic Geometric
Vases. (1969, under the direction of Henry Eudolph Immerwahr.)
William J. King
Comparison and Contrast in the Short Poems of Catullus.
(1969, under the direction of Kenneth Joseph Reckford.)
Jane Phillips Packard
Official Notices in Livy's Fourth Decade. (1969, under the di-
rection of Thomas Robert Shannon Broughton.)
Daniel J oseph Sheerin
John of Salisbury's Entheticus. (1969, under the direction of
Berthe Marie Marti.)
Jane M. Snyder
Word Play in Lucretius' De Berum Natura. (1969, under the
direction of Kenneth Joseph Reckford.)
Lewis A. Sussman
The Elder Seneca as a Critic of Rhetoric. (1969, under the di-
rection of George Alexander Kennedy.)
Herman W. Taylor, Jr.
An Introduction and Commentary to Book III of Quintilian's
Institutio Oratorio. (1970, under the direction of Charles Hen-
derson, Jr.)
Donald W. Wade
The Roman Auxiliary Units and Camps in Dacia. (1969, under
the direction of Thomas Robert Shannon Broughton.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
CLASSICS
77
Karla K. Blakey
Building Imagery in Plays of Plautus. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Berthe Marie Marti.)
Waed Wright Briggs, Jr.
Aspects of Horace, Odes 3-19. (1969, under the direction of
George Alexander Kennedy.)
Susan Carlson
A Study of the Method of Adapting Borrowing from Ancient
History in the Faits des Bomains, Part I. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Berthe Maehe Marti.)
Nicholas Hanford Claud y
The Homeric Dual in the Embassy Scenes of the Iliad. (1970,
under the direction of Henry Rudolph Immerwahr.)
Brendan J. Curtin
Deception in Virgil's Aeneid. (1969, under the direction of
George Alexander Kennedy.)
Hugh McCommun Fincher III
The Pot Image in Persius' Third Satire. (1969, under the di-
rection of Kenneth Joseph Keckford.)
Anne Tesch French
The Cantica of Plautus. (1970, under the direction of Philip
Austin Stadter.)
Mary Smythe Goldsberry
Local Government in Eoman Sicily. (1969, under the direction
of Thomas Robert Shannon Broughton.)
Shirley Brad way Harmon
Popular Views of the Sophists in 5th Century Athens. (1969,
under the direction of Kenneth Joseph Reckford.)
Virginia N. Jones
A Study of the Book Endings of Virgil's Aeneid. (1970, under
the direction of James Robert Bradley.)
Hugh L. Mace
The Neolithic and Bronze Age Megaron, A Catalogue. (1970,
under the direction of Gerhard Koeppel.)
78
RESEARCH
Juliana Pendleton
Satirical Elements in Three Odes of Horace. (1969, under the
direction of Kenneth Joseph Reckford.)
Jolie Theeese Siebold
Alcyone and Ceyx in Greek and Latin Literature. (1969, under
the direction of Edwin Louis Brown.)
Sarah Margaret Ward
The Composition of the Banquet Scene in Etruscan Tombs.
(1970, under the direction of Emeline Hill Richardson.)
Ann Adams Zener
Plato's Phaedrus: Manifestations of an Heroic Journey. (1970,
under the direction of Henry Rudolph Immerwahr.)
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr.
(With K. E. Iverson.) Automatic Data Processing, System/360
Edition. New York : John Wiley, 1969. Pp. 466.
' ' Computer-Man Communication : Using Computer Graphics in
the Instructional Process, " in Advances in Computers, ed., W.
Freiberger. New York: Academic Press, 1970. Pp. 149-73.
"Mass Memory in Computer Systems," IEEE Transactions on
Magnetics, MAG-5 (September 1969), 635-39.
(With Paul Oliver.) "Evaluation of an Interactive Display
System for Teaching Numerical Analysis," AFIPS Conference
Proceedings, 35 (November 1969), 525-33.
(With James K. Ferrell and Thomas M. Gallie.) "Organiza-
tion, Financial, and Political Aspects of a Three-University Com-
puting Center, ' ' in Information Processing, 68. Amsterdam : North-
Holland Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 923-27.
(With Louis T. Parker, Jr., Thomas M. Gallie, and James K.
Ferrell.) "Introducing Computing to the Smaller Colleges and
Universities — A Progress Report," Communications of the ACM, 12
(June 1969), 319-23.
(With Jan S. Prokop.) "Decision Making with Computer
Graphics in an Inventory Control Environment," AFIPS Confer-
ence Proceedings, 37 (November 1970), 599-607.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
79
Peter Calingaert
Principios de Computacao. Rio de Janeiro : Ao Livro Tecnico,
1969. Pp. ix, 224.
Review of David F. Martin and Gerald Estrin, "Path Length
Computations on Graph Models of Computations," IEEE Trans.
Computers, C-18 (June 1969), in Computing Reviews, 11(2) (Feb-
ruary 1970), 115.
Erwin Martin Danziger
(With J. L. Parrish.) Review of William J. Carlin, "The Role
of EDP Equipment in the Accounting System of the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, ' 1 Computers and Automation, (August 1969), in
Computing Reviews, 11(12) (December 1970), 653-54.
Review of John a Guerrieri, "A Suggested University-Level
Curriculum for Business-Computer Systems, ' ' Computers and Auto-
mation (September 1969), in Computing Reviews, 11(2) (February
1970), 72.
Review of Donald L. Raun, An Introduction to COBOL Com-
puter Programming for Accounting and Business Analysis (Bel-
mont, California: Dickenson Publishing Company, 1966), in Com-
pleting Reviews, 11(1) (January 1970), 14-15.
Martin Dillon
(See entries under School of Library Science.)
Howard Anthony Elder
"On the Feasibility of Voice Input to an On-Line Computer
Processing System," Communications of the ACM, 13(6) (June
1970), 339-46.
James David Foley
"Evaluation of Small Computers and Display Controls for
Computer Graphics," IEEE Computer Group News (January
1970), 8-22.
"Optimum Systems Design of Computer Driven Graphics
Terminals," Proceedings of the 1970 International Symposium
on Computer Graphics (April 1970).
Gyula Mago
"Asynchronous Sequential Circuits with (2,1) Type State As-
signments," IEEE Conference Record of 1970 Eleventh Annual
Symposium on Switching and Automata Theory (Santa Monica,
October 1970), 109-13.
80
RESEARCH
Stephen M. Pizer
(With A. B. Ashare, A. B. Callahan, and G. L. Brownell.)
" Fourier Transform Analysis of Tracer Data," in Concepts and
Models of Biomathematics, eds., F. Heinmets and L. D. Cady. New
York: Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1970. Pp. 105-29.
("With H. G. Vetter.) "Processing Quantum Limited Images,"
in Picture Processing and Psychopictorics. New York: Academic
Press, 1970. Pp. 165-76.
(With Henri G. Vetter.) " Perception of Quantum Limited
Images," Photogrammetric Engineering (November 1970), 1179-
88.
(With S. Wilensky, A. Ashare, G. L. Brownell, and H. Little-
boy.) "Computer Processing and Display of Radioisotope Scienti-
graphs," Biomedical Science Instrumentation, 7 (1969), 262-65.
(With S. Wilensky, A. B. Ashare, B. Hoop, Jr., and G. L.
Brownell.) "Computer Processing and Display of Positron Scinti-
grams and Dynamic Function Curves," Medical Radioisotope Scin-
tigraphy, 1 (1969), 815-27.
(With A. G. Vetter.) "Processing Radioisotope Scans," Journal
of Nuclear Medicine, 101 (4) (April 1969), 150-54.
Victor L. Wallace
(With K. B. Irani and J. H. Jackson.) "Conversational De-
sign of Stochastic Service Systems from a Graphical Terminal,"
Proceedings of Computer Graphics 70 International Symposium.
Uxbridge, England: Brunell University, April 1970. Section 4,
Appendix B, 16-25.
Stephen Fredrick Weiss
"Syntax in Text Analysis," in Information Storage and Re-
trieval. Ithaca: The National Science Foundation, Scientific Re-
port No. ISR-16, September 1969. Pp. V-l-V-18.
"Template Analysis and its Application to Natural Language
Processing." Ithaca: The National Science Foundation, Scientific
Report No. ISR-16, September 1969. Pp. VI-l-VI-52.
Dissertations and Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Vijay Ahu JA
Signal Sampling Approximation and Display. (1970, under the
direction of Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr.)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
81
Hendrik Johannes Beaujon
An Interactive, Graphical Display System for Illustrating Ele-
mentary Properties of Statistical Distributions. (1970, under the
direction of Peter Calingaert.)
William Fred Beyer III
A Graphic System for Pole-Zero Map Analysis. (1970, under
the direction of Peter Calingaert.)
Rodger Charles Blair
A Parser for a Restricted Arbitrary Phrase Structure Grammar.
(1969, under the direction of David B. Benson.)
Thomas Carl Brown, Jr.
An Analysis of the Recognizer-Construction Problem for Two
Theories of Transformational Grammar. (1970, under the direction
of David B. Benson.)
Edward Hazelton Brownlee, Jr.
Pamela: An Interactive Assembler System for the IBM System/
360 Computer. (1970, under the direction of Peter Calingaert.)
George Lindsay Cleveland, Jr.
PL/I — Fortran Interface System. (1970, under the direction of
Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr.)
Mitchell Davis, Jr.
A Comparative Survey of Two Fast Fortran Compilers. (1970,
under the direction of David B. Benson.)
Griffith Askew Hamlin, Jr.
A Multicomponent Exponential Data Interactive Computer
System. (1970, under the direction of Stephen F. Pizer.)
Sharon Jamieson Harris
A Comparison of System Commands and Editing Facilities in
Conversational Time Sharing Systems. (1969, under the direction
of Peter Calingaert.)
William George Hickok
An Application of the MaGee-Boodman Model for Inventory
and Production Control. (1969, under the direction of Frederick
Phillips Brooks, Jr.)
82
RESEARCH
William Sands Holloway Hobgood, Jk.
A Three Dimension Computer Graphics Display Using a Vari-
focal Mirror. (1969, under the direction of Frederick Phillips
Brooks, Jr.)
William Jennings Jordan, Jr.
ISIS — Inquiry Servicing Information System. (1969, under the
direction of Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr.)
Pamela Ann McKee
Analysis of Job Management Functions in Multiprogramming
Computer Operating Systems. (1970, under the direction of Peter
Calingaert.)
Eobert James Scott, Jr.
An Adaption of A. L. Samuel's Checkers-Playing Program to
the Game of Generalized Tick-Tack-Toe. (1970, under the direction
of Donald F. Stan at.)
Katherine Soule
The Loop Traffic Simulator. (1970, under the direction of Don-
ald F. St AN AT.)
William Stephen Woodward
The Design Implementation of An On-Line Data Acquisition
and Analysis System. (1970, under the direction of David B. Ben-
son.)
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Henry William Buttelmann III
Syntax Semantics Systems as Structure Manipulation Systems :
Phrase Structure Grammars and Generalized Finite Automata.
(1970, under the direction of David B. Benson.)
Alfred Oliver
A Measurement of the Effectiveness of an Interactive Display
System in Teaching Numerical Analysis. (1969, under the direction
of Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr.)
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
83
Jan Stuart Prokop
An Investigation of the Effects of Computer Graphics on
Executive Decision Making in an Inventory Control Environment.
(1969, under the direction of Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr.)
CURRICULUM IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
William Joseph DeSua
(See entries under the Department of Romance Languages.)
Eugene Hannes Falk
(See entries under the Department of Romance Languages.)
Werner Paul Friederich
(See entries under the Department of Germanic Languages.)
Osborne Bennett Hardison, Jr.
(See entries under the Department of English.)
Robert Stephen Mayo
(See entries under the Department of Germanic Languages.)
Aldo Domenico Scaglione
(See entries under the Department of Romance Languages.)
Siegfried Wenzel
(See entries under the Department of English.)
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the Curriculum:
Diana Bronte
An Influence of Oscar Wilde in the Life and Prose Fiction of
Andre Gide. (1969, under the direction of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
Frederick A. DeArmas
The Four Interpolated Stories in the Roman Comiqae: Their
Sources, Purpose, and Influence. (1969, under the direction of
George Bernard Daniel.)
RESEARCH
Catherine Vreeland Broderick
A Comparative Thematic Study of Francois Mauriac 's Genitrix
and Anais Nin's The Four-Chambered Heart. (1970, under the di-
rection of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
Margaret Hart Cannon
The Sole Survivor: A Romantic Motif. (1970, under the direc-
tion of William Joseph DeSua.)
William James Cloonan
The Development of the Unity of Action in the Theater of
Eacine from La Thebaide to Berenice. (1970, under the direction
of George Bernard Daniel.)
Martha Kellogg- Clarke Day
Spee, Fleming, and Gryphius; Three German Baroque Poets.
(1970, under the direction of Werner Paul Friederich.)
Paul Lambert Priest
Dante and The Song of Songs. (1970, under the direction of
Aldo Domenico Scaglione.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the Curriculum:
Florine Burch
Destiny in the Works of Maeterlinck and Synge. (1970, under
the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Linda Sue Eubank
St. Francois de Sales' Introduction a la vie devote and Francisco
de Quevedo y Villegas: Another Instance of the Literary Interac-
tion Between France and Spain in the Seventeenth Century. (1970,
under the direction of George Bernard Daniel.)
Marcel Paul Fortin
The Sense of the Personal Voice in the Essay : Montaigne, Corn-
wallis and Bacon. (1969, under the direction of George Bernard
Daniel. )
Martha Carden Johnson
Variations on the Quest Theme in Selected Plays of Albee and
Ionesco. (1970, under the direction of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
GENETICS
85
Allan Edwaed Morgan, Jr.
Comic-pathos in Gide's Les Caves du Vatican and Salinger's
Catcher in the Bye. (1969, nnder the direction of Eugene Hannes
Falk.)
Linda Murren Reich
Jorge Luis Borges : The Mirror Motif, as Compared to the Mir-
ror Motifs of William Butler Yeats, Antonio Machado, Andre
Gide, Federico Garcia Lorca, and Hermann Hesse. (1970, under
the direction of Maria Antonia Salgado.)
AlJRELIA SeGHEZZO
Rafael Alberti's El Adefesio. (1970, under the direction of
Janet Winecofp Diaz.)
Randolph Preston Shaffner
Of Human Bondage and Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre : Two Steps
in an Apprenticeship to Life. (1970, under the direction of Eu-
gene Hannes Falk.)
CURRICULUM IN GENETICS
Edward Gail Barry
(See entries under the Department of Botany.)
Michael Alan Bleyman
(See entries under the Department of Zoology.)
Marshall Hall Edgell
(See entries under the Department of Bacteriology and Im-
munology.)
Bruce Kent Eckland
(See entries under the Department of Sociology.)
Robert Claude Elston
(See entries under the School of Public Health, Department of
Biostatistics.)
Edward Glassman
(See entries under the Department of Biochemistry.)
86 RESEARCH
Hakry Gooder
(See entries under the Department of Bacteriology and Im-
munology.)
Robert Andrew Goyer
(See entries under the Department of Pathology.)
John Borden Graham
(See entries under the Department of Pathology.)
Geoffrey Haughton
(See entries under the Department of Bacteriology and Im-
munology.)
Clyde A. Hutchinson
(See entries under the Department of Bacteriology and Im-
munology.)
Henry Neil Kirkman
(See entries under the Department of Pediatrics.)
Thomas Carlyle Long
(See entries under the Departments of Botany and Zoology.)
John Charles Lucchesi
(See entries under the Department of Zoology.)
Clifford Eobert Parks
(See entries under the Department of Botany.)
William Sprott Pollitzer
(See entries under the Department of Anatomy.)
Maurice Whittinghill
(See entries under the Department of Zoology.)
Dissertation
The following doctoral dissertation was completed under the di-
rection of the curriculum :
Baymond Joseph Kelleher, Jr.
Genetic, Physiological and Biochemical Studies in Bacillus
Subtilis. I. Competence for Deoxyribonucleic Acid-Mediated Trans-
formation. II. Enzymatic Pathway for the Be Novo Bioxynthesis
of Pyrimidines. (1969, under the direction of Harry Gooder.)
RECREATION ADMINISTRATION
S7
CURRICULUM IN RECREATION ADMINISTRATION
Hanson Douglas Sessoms
(With Harold D. Meyer and Charles K. Brightbill.) Com-
munity Recreation. 4th edition. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall,
1969. Pp. 456.
(With Herbert Brantley.) Editor, Recreation: Issues and
Perspectives. Columbia: Wing Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 173.
(With Peter J. Verhoven.) Recreation Program Leadership and
the Community College. Washington: American Association of
Junior Colleges, 1970. Pp. 32.
(With Sidney Oakley.) "Recreation, Leisure and the Alco-
holic," Journal of Leisure Research, 1 (Winter 1969), 21-32.
"The Emerging Roles of Recreation Leadership for Older
Americans," The Gerontologist, 9 (Summer 1969), 151-53.
"The Manpower Crisis: As Others See Us," Park and Recre-
ation, 5 (January 1970), 39-41, 55-56.
"Recreation, The Use of the Ocean," Vital Speeches, 36 (March
15, 1970), 349-52.
"The Impact of the RSA Recreation Trainee Program, 1963-
1968," Therapeutic Recreation Journal, 4 (April 1970), 23-29.
"Research and the Recreation Practitioner," North Carolina
Recreation and Park Review, 23 (July- August 1970), 13, 17.
"Human Values in a Leisure Society," Highlights, 1970 Con-
gress for Recreation and Parks (1970), 138-48.
"A Philosophy and Definition of the Recreation Movement,"
The Encyclopedia of Education, 1970.
"Recreation Provisions in Environmental Planning," Encyclo-
pedia of Social Work, 1970.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the curriculum :
Emma Lou Brown
An Analysis of the Manpower Needs for Recreation and Park
Personnel in Virginia for 1970, 1972, and 1975. (1970, under the
direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
Shirley Murray Campbell
Study of the Value of Theories of Play and Play Therapy in
Diagnosing and Treating a Child Emerging From Early Infantile
Autism. (1970, under the direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
ss
RESEARCH
Florence Pitts Fake
A History of the Recreation Department at Dorothea Dix Hos-
pital (1950 to 1969). (1970, under the direction of Hanson Doug-
las Sessoms.)
Jimmy Davys Hemphill
Comparative Study of Motor Skill Performance of Mongoloids
in the Community and the Institutional Setting. (1969, under the
direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
Bill Lee Knibbs
Social and Educational Factors Influencing the Choice of Rec-
reation as a Profession. (1969, under the direction of Hanson
Douglas Sessoms.)
Zella Mozel Michael
A Descriptive Study of a Cultural Recreation Center. (1970,
under the direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
Ronald Leslie Packabd
A Study of the Factors Affecting the Development of a Public
Recreation Program in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, from 1923-
1961. (1968, under the direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
James Lynn Ryan, Jk.
The Recreator and the Psychotic Child. (1970, under the
direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
SOMBATI SUEPSAMAN
Recreation Administration of the Bangkok Municipality. (1969,
under the direction of Hanson Douglas Sessoms.)
Kay Pbeston Petebs
An Analysis of the Components of Selected Recreation Ac-
tivities as Perceived by Alcoholics at the North Carolina Alcoholic
Rehabilitation Center. (1969, under the direction of Hanson Doug-
las Sessoms.)
DeWitt C. Thompson
A Study of North Carolina County Participation in Parks and
Recreation Activity. (1969, under the direction of Hanson Doug-
las Sessoms.)
DENTISTRY
89
Howard Pearson West
Perceptions of the Role of Recreational Therapy in Psychiatric
Facilities. (1970, nnder the direction of Hanson Douglas Ses-
SOMS.)
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
George Douglas Allen
" Temporal Structure in Speech Production," The Journal of
the Acoustical Society of America, 47 (January 1970), 58.
" Acoustic Intensity and Vocal Effort as Cues for the Loudness
of Speech," The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 48
(July 1970), 95.
Roger Evans Barton
(With Richard E. Richardson.) Co-editor, The Dental Assistant,
4th edition. New York : McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1970. Pp. xv,
617.
"Impression Materials, Dental Waxes, and Synthetic Resin
Materials," "Dental Cements," "Golds and Other Metals," "In-
vestments and Casting Procedures," and "Instruments, Equip-
ment, and Their Care," in The Dental Assistant, eds., R. E. Richard-
son and R. E. Barton. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company,
1970. Pp. 231-67, 277-350.
James Wyatt Bawden
(With E. G. Cranford, Jr., C. D. Greeson, and D. C. Chandler,
Jr.) "Evidence of Thyrocalcitonin in Guinea Pigs and its Effect
on Maternal-Fetal Calcium Relationships," Journal of Dental Re-
search, 48 (April 1969), 307-9.
(With D. C. Chandler, Jr., and D. E. Schrum.) "Fetal Death
Due to Vascular Shunting in Guinea Pigs," Journal of Dental
Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 238.
Doris Parker Bradley
(With H. S. Lillywhite.) Communication Problems in Mental
Retardation. New York: Harper and Row, 1969. Pp. 196.
"Congenital and Acquired Velopharyngeal Insufficiency," in
Cleft Lip and Palate, eds., William C. Grabb, Shelton W. Rosen-
stein, and Kenneth B. Bzoch. New York: Little and Company,
1970. Pp. 76-91.
(With M. T. Wood and D. W. Warren.) "Respiratory Volumes
90
RESEARCH
in Normal and Cleft Palate Speech/' The Cleft Palate Journal, 6
(1969), 449-60.
' ' Muscular Functions of the Dentof acial Milieu : Speech, ' ' Amer-
ican Speech and Hearing Association Reports, 5 (1970), 750-800.
(With D. W. Warren and D. J. Hall.) "Glottal Activity and
Intra-Oral Pressures During Stop-Consonant Production," Amer-
ican Speech and Hearing Association, 12 (1970), 43.
Ernest Jefferson Burkes
"In Vitro Growth Response of Cells to Changes in Light Ex-
posure," Journal of Dental Research, 49 (March 1970), 190.
(With R. M. Courtney.) "Carcinoma of the Maxillary Antrum:
Report of a Case," The Journal of the North Carolina Dental
Society, 53 (January 1970), 18-22.
(With D. A. Kerr and R. M. Courtney.) "Multiple Idiopathic
Root Resorption," Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathol-
ogy, 29 (1970), 552-65.
David William Chambers
"Managing the Anxieties of Young Dental Patients," Journal
of Dentistry for Children, 37 (September 1970), 363-67, 370-74.
James Cecil Coffey, Jr.
"The Incorporation of Tritiated Estradiol by Moniliformis
dubius Following its Administration to the Ovariectomized Rat
Host," Dissertation Abstracts, 31 (1970), 2448-B.
Clifton Earl Crandell
(With J. T. Whitlock, G. T. Lathrop, M. Davis, W. T. Blair,
M. E. Douglas, and F. Fernandez.) "Linear Programming and
the Total Patient Care Concept in Clinical Dental Education,"
Journal of Dental Research, 48 Supplement (March 1969), 185.
Editor, Proceedings of the Conference on Comprehensive Care
in Clinical Dental Education. Chapel Hill, North Carolina ; Univer-
sity of North Carolina Duplicating Department, 1969. Pp. 94.
(With J. S. Whitlock, G. T. Lathrop, W. T. Blair, and J. Fer-
nandez.) "Linear Programming and Total Patient Care: Clinical
Phase," Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970),
222.
"Linear Programming in Clinical Dental Education," Pro-
ceedings of the 1970 Joint Computer Conference, American Federa-
tion of Information Processing Societies, 36 (1970), 485-86.
"The American Academy of Dental Radiology Training Re-
DENTI STR Y
91
quirements in Radiology for the Dental Assistant," The Dental
Assistant, 39 (August 1970), 21-22.
''Training Requirements in Dental Radiology for Hygienists, ' '
Journal of the American Dental Hygienists Association, 4,4: (Fourth
Quarter 1970), 49-50.
James Joseph Crawford
"Sterilization and Disinfection," in The Dental Assistant, eds.,
R. E. Richardson and R. E. Barton. New York: McGraw-Hill Book
Company, 1970. Pp. 145-47.
(With M. T. McMinn.) "Recovery of Anaerobic Microorganisms
from Clinical Specimens in Prereduced Media vs. Recovery by Rou-
tine Clinical Laboratory Methods," Applied Microbiology, 19 (Feb-
ruary 1970), 207-13.
(With R. Shern and W. K. Swing.) "Prevention of Plaque
Formation by Organic Fluorides," Journal of Oral Medicine, 25
(July-September 1970), 93-97.
(With D. A. Woolweaver and R. L. Lundblad.) "Oral Leuko-
cytes— A Qualitative and Quantitative Study," Journal of Dental
Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 168.
(With W. K. Swing and R. J. Shern.) "Inhibition of Plaque-
Forming Streptococci by Organic and Inorganic Fluorides,"
Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 124.
Miles Aubrey Crenshaw
(With Jerry M. Neff.) "The Soluble Matrix from Clam Shell.
I. Chemical Characterization," Journal of Dental Research, 48
Supplement (March 1969), 51.
(With Jerry M. Neff.) "The Soluble Matrix from Clam Shell.
II. Calcium Binding Characteristics," Journal of Dental Research,
48 Supplement (March 1969), 51.
(With Jerry M. Neff.) "Decalcification at the Mantle-Shell
Interface," American Zoologist, 9 (1969), 881-85.
(With Norimitsu Watabe.) "The Muscle Attachment to the
Shell of Mercenaria mercenaria,' ' American Zoologist, 9 (1969),
1139.
(With Gerald L. Mechanic.) "The Intracrystalline Protein
Matrix of Mercenaria," Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supple-
ment (March 1970), 117.
Andrew Derart Dixon
(With J. C. Hart and G. R. Smiley.) "Sagittal Growth of the
Craniofacial Complex in Normal Embryonic Mice," Archives of
Oral Biology, 14 (August 1969), 995-98.
92
RESEARCH
"Fine Structure of Nerve Terminals in the Palate Epithelium,"
Anatomical Record, 163 (April 1969), 299-300.
"Fine Structure of Peripheral Nerve in the Palate Mucosa,"
Journal of Dental Research, 48 Supplement (March 1969), 145.
(With J. P. Mazza.) " Chromatolytic Cell Groups in the Tri-
geminal Ganglion," Journal of Dental Research, 48 Supplement
(March 1969), 62.
(With G. R. Smiley.) "Axon-Schwann Cell Relationships in
Developing Palatine Nerves," Journal of Dental Research, 49 Sup-
plement (March 1970), 210.
(With R. J. Vanek and G. R. Smiley.) "Coronal Growth of
the Craniofacial Complex During Secondary Palatal Formation,"
Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 158.
(With G. R. Smiley.) "Fine Structure of Trigeminal Nerve
Fibers in Neonatal Mice," Anatomical Record, 166 (February
1970), 299.
(With J. S. Hanker and L. Hammarstrom.) "Enzyme Histo-
chemistry of the Developing Nervous System of the Rat, ' ' Journal
of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 236.
(With J. P. Mazza.) "Distribution and Reactivity of Mast Cells
in the Trigeminal Ganglion," Journal of Dental Research, 49 Sup-
plement (March 1970), 145.
"Fine Structure of Trigeminal Sensory Receptors," Ninth In-
ternational Congress of Anatomists, Leningrad. Abstracts of pa-
pers, (August 1970), 31.
(With Dell Dorgan.) "Contractile Elements in Peripheral Sen-
sory Receptors," Journal of Cell Biology, 47 (November 1970),
50-51a.
"Myelin Sheath Formation in the Trigeminal Nerve," Micro-
scopic Electronique, 3 (September 1970), 743-44.
(With W. J. Babula and G. R. Smiley.) "The Role of the
Cartilaginous Nasal Septum in Mid-Facial Growth," American
Journal of Orthodontics, 58: 3 (September 1970), 250-65.
Claude W. Drake
"Dental Needs of the Cronically 111 and Aged," Journal of
PuUic Health Dentistry, 30 (Fall 1970), 239-43.
"Service and Cost Analysis of a Head Start Dental Program in
a Public Clinic," The Journal of the North Carolina Dental Society,
53 (August 1970), 19-21.
Jacob Sylvanus Hanker
Histochemical Demonstration of the Induction of Mitochondrial
Oxidative Enzymes by the Carcinogens 3,4-Benzpyrene and 3-
DENTISTRY
93
Methylcholanthrene. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms, 1969. Pp.
xvi, 101.
(With A. M. Rutenberg, H. Kim, J. W. Fischbein, H. L. Was-
serkrug, and A. M. Seligman.) ' ' Histochemieal and Ultrastructural
Demonstration of Gamma-Glutamyl Transpeptidase Activity,"
Journal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 17 (August 1969),
517-26.
(With L. B. Hammarstrom and A. D. Dixon.) " Enzyme Histo-
chemistry of the Developing Nervous System of the Rat, ' ' Journal
of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 236.
(With A. M. Seligman, T. Kawashima, H. Ueno, and L. Katzoff.)
" Histochemieal Demonstration of Acid and Alkaline Phosphatase
Using 2-Naphthylthiolphosphate as Substrate and Osmiophilic De-
rivatives as End Products," Acta Histochemica et Cytochemica, 3
(June 1970), 1-12.
(With A. M. Seligman, H. L. Wasserkrug, T. Seito, and R. E.
Plapinger.) "Membranous Ultrastructural Demonstration of
Aminopeptidase and Gamma-Glutamyl Transpeptidase Activities
With a New Diazonium Salt That Yields a Lipophobic, Osmiophilic
Azo Dye," Journal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 18 (Au-
gust 1970), 542-51.
(With C. J. Kusyk, D. H. Clapp, and P. E. Yates.) "Effect of
Dimethylsulf oxide (DMSO) on the Histochemieal Demonstration
of Dehydrogenases," Journal of Histochemistry and Cytochemis-
try, 18 (September 1970), 673.
(With S. U. Toverud and L. E. Hammarstrom.) "Anabolic
Acid Phosphatase Isoenzymes," Journal of Histochemistry and
Cytochemistry, 18 (September 1970), 679.
(With L. E. Hammarstrom and W. J. Waddell.) "Enzymatic
Activity in Ameloblasts at Different Stages of Enamel Formation, ' '
Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 108.
Earl Preston Hicks
(With C. W. Cooper and W. J. Waddell.) "Whole-Body Auto-
radiography of the Distribution of 125I-Thyrocalcitonin in Mice,"
Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 114.
Grover Cleveland Hunter, Jr.
"Microbiology" and "Dental Pathology," in The Dental As-
sistant, eds., R. E. Richardson and R. E. Barton. New York: Mc-
Graw-Hill Book Company, 1970. Pp. 123-144, 158-175.
94
RESEARCH
Ltttheb Hill Hutchens, Jk.
(With M. A. Clarke and E. W. Sagebiel.) ''Oral Epithelial
Dendritic Cells of the Macaca Mulatto," Journal of Dental Re-
search, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 143.
(With M. A. Clarke and R. W. Sagebiel.) "The Fine Structure
of Dendritic Cells in Monkey Oral Epithelium, ' ' Journal of Dental
Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 143.
Ealph Albeet Latham
"The Septopremaxillary Ligament and Maxillary Develop-
ment," Journal of Anatomy, 104 (1969), 584.
"The Pathogenesis of the Skeletal Deformity Associated with
Unilateral Cleft Lip and Palate," Cleft Palate Journal, 6 (1969),
404-14.
"Maxillary Development and Growth: the Septopremaxillary
Ligament," Journal of Anatomy, 107 (1970), 471-78.
"A Newly Postulated Factor in the Early Growth of the Human
Middle Face and the Theory of Multiple Assurance," Archives of
Oral Biology, 15 (1970), 1097-1100.
Roy Laweence Lindahl
"Federal Task Force on Medicaid," Ohio Dental Journal, 44
(May 1970), 182-84.
James Feedeeick Lubkee
1 1 Aerodynamic and Ultrasonic Assessment Techniques in Speech-
Den tofacial Research," ASH A Reports #5. Speech and the Dento-
facial Complex: The State of the Art (1970), 207-23.
"Velopharyngeal Orifice Area : A Replication of Analog Experi-
mentation," The Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 12
(March 1969), 218-22.
(With P. J. Parris.) "Simultaneous Measurements of Intraoral
Pressure, Force of Labial Contact, and Labial Electromyographic
Activity during Production of the Stop Consonant Cognates /p/
and /b/," The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 47
(1970), 625-33.
(With J. Lindqvist.) "Mechanisms of Stop Consonant Produc-
tion," Speech Transmission Laboratory Quarterly Progress Status
Report, 1/70 (1970), 1-2.
(With J. W. Schweiger.) "Nasal Airflow as an Index of Suc-
cess of Prosthetic Management of Cleft Palate," Journal of Dental
Research (May- June 1969), 368-75.
(With P. J. Parris.) "Simultaneous Measurement of Intraoral
DENTISTRY
95
Pressure. Labial Pressure, aud Labial Electromyographic Activity
During Production of the Bilabial Stoops ,/p f— /b/," The Journal
of the Acoustical Society of America. 47 (January 1970). 104.
(With J. W. Schweiger and H. L. Morris.) 1 1 Xasal Airflow Char-
acteristics during Speech in Prosthetically Managed Cleft Palate
Speakers." The Journal of Speech and Searing Research, 13
(1970), 326-38.
Roger L. Luxdblad
(With E. W. Davie and C. Hougie.) "Mechanisms of Blood
Coagulation," in Recent Advances in Blood Coagulation, ed. L. Pol-
ler. London - J and A Churchill Ltd., 1969. Pp. 13-28.
(With W. H. Stein.) "On the Reaction of Diazoacetyl Com-
ponents with Pepsin/' Journal of Biological Chemistry. 244 (Jan-
uary 10, 1969), 154-60.
(With F. A. Pitlick and E. W. Davie.; "The Role of Heparin
in Intrinsic Blood Coagulation." Journal of Biomedical Materials
Research, 3 (February 1969), 95-106.
(With S. Moore.) "Studies on the Solubilization of 2'.3'-Cyclic
Nucleotide 3'-Phosphohydrolase from Bovine Brain." Brain Re-
search, 12 (February 1969), 227-29.
(With G. M. Puryear.) "Studies on the Salivary Proeoag-
ulant," Journal of Dental Research. 49 Supplement (March 1970),
106.
(With D. A. Woolweaver, J. J. Crawford, and H. W. Shoulars.)
"Oral Leukocytes — A Qualitative and Quantitative Study,"' Jour-
nal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 168.
Walter T. McFall, Je.
"Oral Histology," in The Dental Assistant, eds., R. E. Richard-
son and R. E. Barton. Xew York: McGraw-Hill Book Companv.
1970. Pp. 112-22.
(With R. A. Came vale.) "Cytological Evaluation of Physio-
therapy After Gingivectomy, ' ? Journal of Dental Research. 48
(July- August 1969), 600.
(With J. H. Rosenbaum.) "A Histological Evaluation of Auto-
genous Marrow Transplants in Rat Maxilla.'" Journal of Dental
Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 103.
Frank Thomas McIveb
"The Effect of Head Positioning on Panoramic Radiograph
Tooth Image Width,"' Journal of Dental Research, 48 Supplement
(March 1969), 93.
96
RESEARCH
Gail Hagamait McLean
Eeview of Walter J. Pelton, John B. Dunbar, Russell S. Mc-
Mellan, Palmi Moller, and Albert E. Wolff, The Epidemiology
of Oral Health (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969),
in The Journal of the American Dental Hygienists' Association, 44
(Third Quarter 1970), 60.
Gerald L. Mechanic
' 1 Stable Intermoleeular Crosslinks in Collagen after Reduction, ' '
in Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the Intercellular Matrix,
ed., E. Balazs. New York: Academic Press, 1970. Pp. 305-11.
(With M. L. Tanzer.) "Isolation of Lysinonorleucine from
Collagen," Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications,
39 (April 1970), 183-89.
(With P. M. Gallop and M. L. Tanzer.) "Isolation of Hydro-
lylysinonorleucine and Its Lactone from Reconstituted Collagen
Fibrils," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 207 (June 1970), 548-52.
(With M. L. Tanzer.) "Biochemistry of Collagen Crosslinking :
Isolation of a New Crosslink, Hydroxylysinohydroxynorleucine,
and Its Reduced Precursor, Dihydroxynorleucine, from Bovine
Tendon," Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications,
41 (June 1970), 1597-1604.
(With O. de Luque and M. L. Tanzer.) "Isolation of Peptides
Containing the Crosslink, Hydroxylysinonorleucine, from Recon-
stituted Collagen Fibrils," Biochemistry, 9 (December 1970),
4987-93.
Jerry Michael Neff
"Mineral Regeneration by Serpulid Polychaete Worms," Bio-
logical Bulletin, 136 (1969), 76-90.
" infrastructure of the Ventral Shield Epithelium of the Ser-
pulid Pomatoceros caeruleus Schmarda," American Zoologist, 9
(1969), 613.
(With M. A. Crenshaw.) "Decalcification at the Mantle Shell
Interface in Molluscs," American Zoologist, 9 (1969), 881-85.
(With M. A. Crenshaw.) "The Soluble Matrix from Clam Shell.
I. Chemical Characterization," Journal of Dental Research, 48
Supplement (March 1969), 42.
(With M. A. Crenshaw.) The Soluble Matrix from Clam Shell.
II. Calcium-Binding Characteristics," Journal of Dental Research,
48 Supplement (March 1969), 43.
DENTI STRY
97
Eoy Peach
"The Fine Structure of Cell Types Within the Trigeminal
Ganglion," Journal of Dental Research, 48 Supplement (March
1969) , 118.
' ' The Existence of Light and Dark Cells Within the Trigeminal
Ganglion," Anatomical Record, 163 (February 1969), 319-20.
' ' Fixative Osmolality and the Fine Structure of the Trigeminal
Ganglion," Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March
1970) , 210.
"A Simple Apparatus for Vascular Perfusion of Fixative for
Electron Microscopy," Journal of Dental Research, 49 (July-
August 1970), 891.
Rechaed Edgewoeth Eichaedson
Co-Editor (with Roger E. Barton.), The Dental Assistant. 4th
edition. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1970. Pp. xv, 617.
Dixie C. S coles
" Dental Hygiene in Switzerland," The Canadian Dental Hy-
gienist, (Spring 1970), 13-16.
Hudson Wilson Shoulaes, Je.
(With D. A. Woolweaver, J. J. Crawford, and R. L. Lundblad.)
1 1 Oral Leukocytes — A Qualitative and Quantitative Study," Jour-
nal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 168.
Myeon S. Silveemaet
(With F. A. Hodge.) 1 'The Effects of a Radioprotective Drug,
n-Decylaminoethane Thiosulfuric Acid, on Susceptibility to Infec-
tion with Live Pasteurella tularensis Vaccine," Radiation Effects, 1
(1969), 145-49.
(With F. A. Hodge and W. Lief.) "Susceptibility to Infection
with Pasteurella tularensis and the Immune Response of Mice Ex-
posed to Continuous Low Dose Rate y Radiation," Journal of In-
fectious Diseases, 120 (1969), 356-65.
(With A. E. McGee, K. Hadley, V. Greenman, and F. A. Hodge.)
"The Cellular Response to Respiratory Infection with Pasteurella
tularensis (LVS) in Mice Exposed to Continuous Low Dose Rate y
Radiation," Journal of Infectious Diseases, 120 (1969), 366-71.
(With J. F. Pribnow.) "Studies on the Radiosensitive Phase of
Antibody Response in Rabbits. II. Recovery and the Secondary
Response," Journal of Immunology, 103 (1969), 276-81.
"The Macrophage in Cellular and Humoral Immunity," RES,
The Journal of the Reticuloendothelial Society, 8 (1970), 105-23.
9S
RESEARCH
Gary Ray Smiley
(With J. C. Hart and A. D. Dixon.) "Sagittal Growth of the
Craniofacial Complex in Normal Embryonic Mice," Archives of
Oral Biology, 14 (August 1969), 995-98.
* ' Fine Structure of the Developing Palate, ' ' Journal of Dental
Research, 48 Supplement (March 1969), 77.
(With J. C. Hart.) "Growth of the Craniofacial Complex in
Normal and Bilateral Spontaneous Cleft A/Jax Mice," Journal
of Dental Research, 48 Supplement (March 1969), 78.
(With R. J. Vanek.) "Width of the Oral Cavity During Closure
of the Secondary Palate in Mice," Anatomical Record, 163 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 329.
' ' Fine Structure of Embryonic Palatal Epithelium Prior to and
After Midline Fusion," Archives of Oral Biology, 15 (April 1970),
287-96.
(With W. J. Babula and A. D. Dixon.) "The Role of the Car-
tilaginous Nasal Septum in Midfacial Growth," American Journal
of Orthodontics, 58 (September 1970), 250-65.
(With A. D. Dixon.) "Fine Structure of the Trigeminal Nerve
Fibers in Neonatal Mice," Anatomical Record, 166 (February
1970), 299.
(With W. E. Koch.) "Fine Structure of In Vitro Palatal and
Palate-Tongue Fusion," Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supple-
ment (March 1970), 158.
(With A. D. Dixon.) "Axon-Schwann Cell Relationships in De-
veloping Palatine Nerves, ' ' Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supple-
ment, (March 1970), 210.
(With W. E. Koch.) "An Electron Microscope Study of Palate
and Glossopalatine Fusion in Organ Culture," Cleft Palate Journal,
7 Supplement, (April 1970), 14.
Review of S. L. Horowitz and E. H. Hixon, The Nature of Or-
thodontic Diagnosis (St. Louis: The C. V. Mosby Company, 1966),
in Cleft Palate Journal, 6 (April 1969), 175-76.
John Bright Sowter
(With J. J. Gorman and H. Q. Langenderfer.) "Orientation,
Ethics and Business Management, ' ? Dental Laboratory Technology.
Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 209.
William D. Strickland
"Operative Dentistry," in The Dental Assistant, eds., R. E.
Richardson and R. E. Barton. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Com-
pany, 1970. Pp. 420-69.
DENTISTRY
99
SVEIN U. TOVERUD
(With R. Oledzka.) ''Bone Mineral Dissolution in Vitro: Effects
of Cell Destruction Methods, " Journal of Dental Research, 49
Supplement (March 1970), 68.
(With J. S. Hanker and L. E. Hammarstrom.) " Anabolic
Acid Phosphatase Isoenzymes," Journal of Histochemistry and
Cytochemistry, 18 (September 1970), 67.
William Joseph Waddell
(With S. Ullberg and C. Marlowe.) "Localization of the Bi-
carbonate and Carbonate Pools by Whole-Body Autoradiography, ' '
Archives Internationales de Physiologie et de Biochemie, 77 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 1-9.
(With C. Marlowe.) "A Hydraulic Powered Microtome in a
Commercial Freezer; An Improved Cryostat for Large Sections."
Stain Technology, 44 (March 1969), 81-85.
(With C. Marlowe.) "Accumulation of Cortisone-14C in the
Uterine Lumen of Pregnant A/JAX Mice," Journal of Dental
Research, 48 Supplement (March 1969), 169.
(With R. G. Bates.) "Intracellular pH," Physiological Re-
views, 49 (April 1969), 285-329.
(With C. Marlowe.) "The Distribution of Teratogenic Agents
in Pregnant Mice," Teratology, 2 (August 1969), 273.
(With K. H. Palmer, M. S. Fowler, M. E. Wall, L. S. Rhodes,
and B. Baggett.) "The Metabolism of R ( + ) and RS Pentobar-
bital," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
170 (December 1969), 355-63. ~
(With H. E. Mayberry, J. L. Van den Brande, and J. J. Van
Wyk.) "Autoradiographic Distribution of 125I-Labeled Human
Growth Hormone in Immature, Hypophysectomized Rats," The
Anatomical Record, 166 (February 1970), 347.
(With L. Hammarstrom and J. S. Hanker.) "Enzymatic Ac-
tivity in Ameloblasts at Different Stages of Enamel Formation,"
Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 108.
(With E. P. Hicks and C. W. Cooper.) "Whole-Body Auto-
radiography of the Distribution of 125I-Thyrocalcitonin in Mice,"
Journal of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 77.
"Uses of Labeled Compounds; International Conference on
Radioactive Isotopes in Pharmacology," Science, 168 (April 1970),
241.
Donald W. Wareen
(With L. F. Dynay and N. D. Fischer.) "Nasal Airway Resis-
100
EE SEARCH
tance in Normal and Cleft Palate Subjects," Cleft Palate Journal,
6 (April 1969), 134-40.
(With M. T. Wood.) "Respiratory Volumes in Normal Speech:
A Possible Reason for Intraoral Pressure Differences Among Voiced
and Voiceless Consonants," Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 45 (February 1969), 466-69.
(With D. J. Hall and D. P. Bradley.) "Intraoral Pressure Dif-
ferences Among- Voiced and Voiceless Consonants," Journal of
Dental Research, 48 Supplement (March 1969), 135.
(With M. T. Wood and D. P. Bradley.) "Respiratory Volumes
in Normal and Cleft Palate Speech," Cleft Palate Journal, 6 (Oc-
tober 1969), 449-60.
(With D. J. Hall and D. P. Bradley.) "Glottal Activity and
Intraoral Pressures During Stop Consonant Productions, ' ' Journal
of Dental Research, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 225.
(With D. P. Bradley and R. Williams.) "Nasal Airway Tur-
bulence in Normal and Cleft Subjects," Journal of Dental Re-
search, 49 Supplement (March 1970), 154.
"Restorative Treatment of the Dento-Facial Complex," Amer-
ican Speech and Hearing Association Reports, 5 (October 1970),
132-45.
"William Phillip Webstek
(With G. D. Penick, E. E. Peacock, P. Hutchin, and C. F.
Zukoski.) "Organ Transplantation in Animal Hemophilia," in
Hemophilia and New Hemorrhagic States, ed., Kenneth M. Brink-
hous. Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 97-
105.
(With Erie E. Peacock, Jr., G. D. Penick. John W. Madden,
and Peter Hutchin.) "Transplantation of the Spleen," Transplan-
tation Proceedings, 1 (March 1969), 239-45.
(With H. R. Roberts.) "Dental Treatment of Patients with
Hemorrhagic Disorders," Bibliotheca Haematologica, 34 (1970),
139-48.
(With Campbell W. McMillan, Harold R. Roberts, and Wil-
liam B. Blythe.) "Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII
in Classic Hemophilia," British Haematology, 18 (1970), 659-67.
(With Charles F. Zukoski, Peter Hutchin, and G. Penick.)
"Synthesis and Control of Antihemophilic Globulin (Plasma Fac-
tor VIII)," Surgical Forum, 21 (1970), 370-71.
(With Campbell W. McMillan, Harold R. Roberts and William
B. Blythe.) "Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII in
Classic Hemophilia," Proceedings of 39th Annual Meeting of the
Society for Pediatric Research (1969), 158.
DENTISTRY
101
(With C. F. Zukoski and P. Hutchin.) " Multivisceral Control
of Factor VIII," Federation Proceedings, 29 (1970), 624.
(With C. F. Zukoski, P. Hutchin, and G. D. Penick.) "Hepatic
and Extrahepatic Synthesis of Factor VIII," Proceedings of Thir-
teenth International Congress of Hematology, Munich, Germany
(August 1970), 222.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the school :
Walter John Babula
A Comparative Study of Growth of the Nasal Septum in Normal
and Bilateral Cleft Lip/Palate Mouse Fetuses. (1970, under the
direction of Gary Ray Smiley.)
Cyrus William Bazemore, Jr.
Cephalometric Comparison of the Be org, Jarabak, and Tweed
Orthodontic Treatment Results. (1970, under the direction of
Robert Mellinger Nelson.)
John William Bradshaw, Jr.
A Comparison of Mandibular Dimensions in Class I and Class
II, Division 1 Malocclusion. (1969, under the direction of Lester
BODINE HlGLEY.)
Antonio Kafael Busquets, Jr.
Comparison of Radiation Resulting From Various Radiographic
Techniques Using Thermoluminescent Dosimetry. (1970, under the
direction of Theodore Richard Oldenburg.)
Edward Harvie Hill
Development of the Peripheral Trigeminal System. (1970, under
the direction of Andrew Derart Dixon.)
James Dudley Kaley
The Early Development of the Facial Suture System in the
Mouse. (1970, under the direction of Andrew Derart Dixon.)
James Charles Kelly
Gingival Recession Following Full Coverage Preparation. (1970,
under the direction of Duane Francis Taylor.)
102
RESEARCH
Rupert E. Kuhne, Jr.
A Comparison of the Oronasal Region in Normal and Cleft Lip
and Palate Neonatal A/Jax Mice. (1969, under the direction of
Gary Eay Smiley.)
Frederick Bland Lopp
Observations on the Strength of Secondary Healing Wounds.
(1970, under the direction of Walter Thompson McFall, Jr.)
George Eugene Lyman
An Autoradiographic Investigation of the Volumes of the
Water Compartments and pH Values in the Developing Teeth of
Young Mice. (1969, under the direction of William Joseph Wad-
dell.)
Jorge Huerta M.
Clinical and Microbiological Evaluation of the Oral Condition
of 23 Young Children — A Pilot Study for Dental Research at the
Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center. (1969, under the
direction of Roy Lawrence Lindahl.)
Frank Thomas McIver
Prediction of Unerupted Tooth Crown Width Employing
Panoramic and Long Cone Radiographs. (1970, under the direction
of William Frederick Via, Jr.)
George Ernest Monasky
A Study of the Effect of Variations in Porcelain Finishing
Techniques on the Amount of Wear Produced on Opposing Enamel
and Gold. (1970, under the direction of Duane Francis Taylor.)
James Boykin Newman
Effects of Masticatory Pattern Alteration on Central Tongue
Thrusting. (1970, under the direction of Doris Parker Bradley.)
Franklin D. Pattishall
A Comparison of the Mechanical Properties of Solder Joints
Formed on Stainless Steel and Green Elgiloy Wires using Electric
and Flame Soldering Techniques. (1969, under the direction of
Duane Francis Taylor.)
Thomas Harmon Sears, Jr.
A Graphic and Histologic Study of Differential Tooth Move-
ment in the Dog. (1970, under the direction of Gordon Bert Hel-
mers.)
DRAMATIC ART
103
Eoald John Sheen
Development of a Caries Activity Profile. (1970, under the
direction of James Joseph Crawford.)
Frederick Bowen Smith
Connective Tissue Keaction to a Porous Dental Implant Ma-
terial. (1970, under the direction of Duane Francis Taylor.)
Warren Kirkland Smith, Jr.
Overbite Relapse. (1970, under the direction of Gordon Bert
Helmers.)
Walter Pennington Witherspoon, Jr.
A Cephalometric Evaluation of Correcting Deep Anterior Over-
bite with the Begg Technique. (1969, under the direction of Robert
Mellinger Nelson.)
David Allen Wool weaver
Oral Leukocytes and Periodontal Disease: A Quantitative and
Differential Study. (1970, under the direction of James Joseph
Crawford).
DEPARTMENT OF DRAMATIC ART
Clark McCormack Rogers
"Appia's Theory of Acting," in Total Theatre, A Critical An-
thology, ed., E. T. Kirby. New York: E. P. Dutton and Company,
1969. Pp. 20-28.
"Dalcroze Eurhythmies," The Southern Speech Journal, 35
(Spring 1970), 225-37.
Review of John W. Zorn, The Essential Delsarte (Metuchen,
New Jersey: The Scarecrow Press, 1968), in The Southern Speech
Journal, 35 (Fall 1969), 95-96.
Samuel Selden
(Assisting Walter Spearman.) The Carolina Playmakers : The
First Fifty Years. Chapel Hill : The University of North Carolina
Press, 1970. Pp. ix, 178.
John Christopher Whitty, Jr.
1 'Carolina Playmakers Golden Anniversary," Southern Theatre,
13 (Spring 1969), 11-15.
104
RESEARCH
' 'The Half-Price Riots of 1763," Theatre Notebook, 24 (Autumn
1969), 25-32.
"Memoriam to Harry Ellerbe Davis," Unto These Hills Souve-
nir Program (Summer 1969), 2.
Theses
The following theses and full-length original plays were completed
under the direction of the department :
Richard Alan Baker
Harold Pinter — Research. (1969, under the direction of Kai
jurgensen.)
Douglas Lee Barger
Costumes — Henry VI, Part One. (1969, under the direction of
Tommy Anthony Rezzuto, Jr.)
Nelson Roberts Batson
Miramar. An original play. (1969, under the direction of John
William Parker.)
Chester Jay Burton III
The Staging of the Wakefield Pageants in the Towne Cycle.
(1970, under the direction of John Christopher Whitty, Jr.)
Guilbert Alfred Daley
So Help You God. An original play. (1969, under the direction
of John William Parker.)
Robert Rand Ihle
The Jester Song. An original play. (1969, under the direction
of Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
John Crawford Irvine
From Poetic Stylization to Realism: A Study of T. S. Eliot's
Dramatic Idiom. (1968, under the direction of Russell Brigg
Graves.)
Jim Gayle Lewis
An Annotated Calendar of the Augustus Thomas Manuscript
Collection in the University of North Carolina Library. (1970, un-
der the direction of Clark McCormack Rogers.)
DRAMATIC ART
105
Nancy Amanda Meiggs Loessin
The Association of Producing Artists : The First Five Years —
1960-1965. (1970, under the direction of John William Parker.)
Barbara West Page
The Growing Season. An original play. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
John B. Salz
Toe Nails in the Grass. An original play. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
Hitoshi Sato
A Hundred Minus Five. An original play. (1969, under the
direction of Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
Joseph Cole Simmons
Industrial Show Business. (1970, under the direction of John
Christopher Whitty, Jr.)
Bodnal Hunter Skaggs
A Study of Student Attitudes in the Department of Dramatic
Art and the Department of Radio, Television and Motion Pictures.
(1969, under the direction of Clark McCormack Rogers.)
Grace Evageline Tate
An Examination of Suspense in Harold Pinter's A Slight Ache.
(1970, under the direction of John Christopher Whitty, Jr.)
Betty Atchison Setzer
The Wonderful Wizard of Oz. An original play. (1970, under
the direction of Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
Jean Herring Spearman
Shakespeare 's Concept of Ideal Love as Exemplified By Rosalind
in As You Like It. (1970, under the direction of Kai Jurgensen.)
Elizabeth Thomas Tanner
69 Across. An original play. (1970, under the direction of
Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
Jeannie White Van Hulsteyn
The Storm. An original play. (1969, under the direction of
Thomas McEvoy Patterson.)
106
RESEARCH
J oseph Wayne Walkee
The Egg. An original play. (1969, under the direction of Kai
jurgensen.)
Linda Colleen Wright
Marriage Relationships in William Inge's Come Back Little
Sheba and Dark At The Top of the Stairs. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Clark McCormack Rogers.)
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Sydney N. Afriat
"Regression and Projection," in Economic Models, Estimation
and Bisk Programming : Essays in Honor of Gerhard Tintner, eds.,
Karl A. Fox, G.V.L. Narasmham, and Jati K. Sengupta. Berlin:
Springer- Verlag, 1969. Pp. 277-301.
"The Method of Limits in the Theory of Index Numbers,"
Metroeconomica, 21 (April 1969), 141-65.
"The Progressive Support Method for Convex Programming,"
Journal of Numerical Analysis, 7 (September 1970), 444-57.
Arthur Benavie
"The Economics of the Maximum Principle," Western Eco-
nomic Journal, 8 (December 1970), 426-30.
(With F. J. Gould.) "The Discrete Maximum Principle— A
Correction," Western Economic Journal, 8 (September 1970),
266-69.
Review of G. Natona and E. Mueller, Consumer Response to In-
come Increases (Washington, D. C. : The Brookings Institution,
1968), in Journal of Finance, 24 (September 1969), 746-48.
Dudley Johnstone Cowden
(With F. E. Croxton and B. W. Bolch.) Practical Business Sta-
tistics, revised. 4th edition. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969.
Pp. xvi, 444.
George Warren Douglas
"Risk in the Equity Markets: An Empirical Appraisal of
Market Efficiency," Yale Economic Essays, 9 (Spring 1969), 3-45.
Alfred Joseph Field, Jr.
(With Erik Thorbecke.) "Relationships Between Agriculture,
Nonagriculture, and Foreign Trade in the Development of Argen-
ECONOMICS
107
tina and Peru," in The Bole of Agriculture in Economic Develop-
ment, ed., Erik Thorbecke. New York: The National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1969. Pp. 165-218.
Robert Emil Gallman
Managing Editor, Southern Economic Journal (to July 1969).
Editor, Journal of Economic History (from September 1969).
"The Social Distribution of Wealth in the United States of
America,' ' in Third International Conference of Economic History,
Volume I. Paris: Mouton, 1968. Pp. 313-34.
"Trends in the Size Distribution of Wealth in the Nineteenth
Century : Some Speculations, ' ' in Six Papers on the Size Distribu-
tion of Wealth and Income, ed., L. Soltow. Studies in Income and
Wealth, Vol. 33. New York: National Bureau of Economic Re-
search, 1969. Pp. 1-30.
(With Thomas J. Weiss.) "The Service Industries in the Nine-
teenth Century,' ' in Production and Productivity in the Service
Industries, ed., V. R. Fuchs. Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 34.
New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, 1969. Pp. 287-
381.
" Self-Sufficiency in the Cotton Economy of the Antebellum
South," Agricultural History, 44 (January 1970), 5-23. Published
simultaneously in The Structure of the Cotton Economy of the
Antebellum South, ed., William N. Parker. Washington, D. C. : The
Agricultural History Society, 1970. Pp. 5-23.
George Eobert Iden
"Wage Increases in the Construction Industry," Western Eco-
nomic Journal, 8 (December 1970), 30-39.
"Perspectives on Wage Changes in the Construction Industry,"
University of Akron Business Review, 1 (Spring 1970), 431-36.
David Theodore Lapkin
Money, Banking and the Nation's Income. Austin, Texas : Busi-
ness Publications, Inc., 1969. Pp. xii, 420.
Henry Allen Latane
(With D. L. Tuttle.) Security Analysis and Portfolio Manage-
ment. New York : The Ronald Press, 1970. Pp. xiv, 752.
(With D. L. Tuttle and C. P. Jones.) "E/P Ratios v. Changes
in Earnings in Forecasting Future Price Changes," Financial
Analysts Journal, 25 (January-February 1969), 1-5.
"Interest Rates, Returns on Real Assets, and Returns on Fi-
nancial Assets," Southern Journal of Business, 36 (April 1970),
33-37.
108
RESEARCH
(With 0. M. Joy and C. P. Jones.) " Quarterly Data, Sort-
Bank Routines, and Security Evaluation, ' ' Journal of Business, 43
(October 1970), 427-38.
"A Note on Monetary Policy, Interest Bates and Income Ve-
locity/ ' The Southern Economic Journal, 36 (January 1970), 328-
30.
(With W. E. Young.) "Test of Portfolio Building Rules,"
Journal of Finance, 24 (September 1969), 595-612.
C. A. Knox Lovell
"Biased Technical Change and Factor Shares in United States
Manufacturing, ' ' Quarterly Review of Economics and Business, IX
(Autumn 1969), 17-34.
Review of George R. Feiwel, The Soviet Quest for Economic
Efficiency (New York: Frederick A. Praeger, 1967), in Kyklos, 22,
Fasc. 1 (1969), 175-77.
Review of John W. Kendrick, ed., The Industrial Composition
of Income and Product (New York: Columbia University Press,
1968) , in Kyklos, 23, Fasc. 2 (1970), 387-89.
James L. Murphy
"An Appraisal of Repeated Predictive Tests on an Econometric
Model," The Southern Economic Journal, 35 (April 1969), 293-307.
Thomas James Orsagh
"Lohne in Deutschland 1871-1913 : Neuere Literatur und weitere
Ergebnisse," Zeitschrift fur die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 125
(1969), 476-83.
(With P. J. Mooney.) "A Model for the Dispersion of the
Migrant Labor Force and Some Results for the United States,
1880-1920/ ' The Review of Economics and Statistics, 52 (1970),
306-12.
Ralph William Pfouts
' 'Measuring the Currents," Southern Journal of Business, 4
(January 1969), 65.
1 ' Beyond Full Employment," International Economic Review,
11 (June 1970), 349-65.
Review of Robert Theobald, ed., Committed Spending: A Route
to Economic Security (New York: Doubleday & Co., Inc., 1968), in
Monthly Labor Review, 92 (January 1969), 85-86.
Review of Laurence Klein, ed., Growth and Change: A Journal
of Regional Development (Lexington: University of Kentucky,
1969) , in Monthly Labor Review, 93 (August 1970), 89.
ECONOMICS
109
Thomas Ivan Ribich
' 1 Education and Poverty/' in Educational Investment in an
Urban Society: Costs, Benefits and Public Policy, eds., M. R. Levin
and A. Shank. New York: Columbia University Teachers College
Press, 1970. Pp. 172-204.
" Negative Income Taxes and Education," in A Comprehensive
Analysis of the Issues for Research, Demonstration, and Experi-
mentation in Income Maintenance, ed., R. Hollister. Volume 2.
Madison: The University of Wisconsin Institute for Research on
Poverty, 1969. Pp. 498-525.
Review of Charles Schultz, The Politics and Economics of Pub-
lic Spending (Washington, D. C. : The Brookings Institution, 1963),
in The Southern Economic Journal, 37 (July 1970), 112-13.
Charles Edward Eichter
"The Impact of Industrial Linkages on Geographic Associ-
ation," Journal of Regional Science, 9 (April 1969), 19-28.
"Systematic Relationships Between Industrial Linkages and
the Agglomeration of Manufacturing Industries," The Review of
Regional Studies, 1 (Fall 1970), 37-48.
Review of Walter D. Fisher, Clustering and Aggregation in
Economics (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1969), in South-
ern Economic Journal, 36 (January 1970), 340-41.
Robert P. Strauss
Discrimination against Negroes in the Labor Market: The Im-
pact of Monopoly Power on Negro Male Employment Patterns.
Institute for Research on Poverty Discussion Papers. Madison,
Wisconsin : Institute for Research on Poverty, 1970. Pp. 72.
Vincent Joseph Tarascio
Managing Editor, Southern Economic Journal.
' 1 Paretian Welfare Theory : Some Neglected Aspects, ' ' Journal
of Political Economy, 11 (January/February 1969), 1-20.
1 1 The Monetary and Employment Theories of Vilf redo Pareto, ' '
History of Political Economy, 1 (Spring 1969), 101-22.
"A Theoretical Integration of Production and Wage Theory,"
Western Economic Journal, 1 (December 1969), 371-78.
Review of Lord Robbins, The Theory of Economic Development
(New York: St. Martins Press, 1968), in Journal of Economic
Issues, 3 (September 1969), 75-77.
110
RESEARCH
Roger Neil Watjd
" Public Interpretation of Federal Reserve Discount Rate
Changes: Evidence on the 'Announcement Effect,' " Econometrica,
38 (March 1970), 231-50.
"The Demand for Real Money Balances and the Complete
Keynesian System: A Graphical Exposition," The Indian Eco-
nomic Journal, Special Number in Monetary Economics, 17 (April/
June 1970) , 438-53.
"Inflation, Unemployment, and Economic Welfare," American
Economic Review, 60 (September 1970), 631-41.
Douglas William Webbink
' 1 How Not to Measure the Value of a Scarce Resource : The Land
Mobile Controversy," Federal Communications Bar Journal, 23: 3
(1969), 202-09.
"The Impact of UHF Promotion: The All-Channel Television
Receiver Law," Law and Contemporary Problems, 34 (Summer
1969), 531-61.
James Andrew Wilde
Review of Tax Institute, Federal-State-Local Fiscal Relation-
ships (Princeton: Tax Institute, 1968), in Journal of Finance, 24
(June 1969), 795-97.
Review of James M. Buchanan, The Demand and Supply of Pub-
lic Goods (Chicago: Rand McNally and Company, 1968), in South-
ern Economic Journal, 35 (April 1969), 384-85.
Review of Selma J. Mushkin and John F. Cotton, Sharing Fed-
eral Funds for State and Local Needs: Grants-in-Aid and PPB Sys-
tems (New York: Frederic A. Praeger Publications, 1969), in
Journal of Finance, 25 (September 1970), 995-96.
Dissertations
The following' doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Ralph James Charkins
The Theory of Economic Integration in a Development Set-
ting: East Africa. (1970, under the direction of Dennis Ray Ap-
ple yard.)
William L. Hostetler
Speculation and Stability in a System of Flexible Exchange
Rates. (1970, under the direction of Dennis Ray Appleyard.)
EDUCATION
111
Thomas Joseph Mooke
Workmen's Compensation in North Carolina. (1970, under the
direction of Paul. Newman Guthrie.)
Gauri-Vrinda Govind Mudholkar
The Entrepreneurial and Technical Cadres of the Bombay Cot-
ton Textile Industry Between 1854 and 1914: A Study of the In-
ternational Transmission and Diffusion of Techniques. (1969, under
the direction of Kobert Emil Gallman.)
Charles Chau-Fei Ou
Commercial Banks' Demand for Short-term Foreign Assets and
the Monetary Dependence of German Economy, 1960-67. (1969,
under the direction of James Carlton Ingram.)
Arnold H. Packer
Adaptive Modeling Procedures. (1969, under the direction of
Arthur Benavie.)
Julius Carlyle Poindexter, Jr.
Asset Shifts Involving Currency and the Strength of Monetary
Controls. (1969, under the direction of Arthur Benavie.)
Jess Eugene VanDer walker
The Supply and Demand for Publicly Provided Goods and
Services. (1970, under the direction of James Andrew Wilde.)
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
John C. Brantley
"A Kepeated Estimate Effect in Line Drawing," Perceptual
Motor Skills, 24 (1969), 1054.
Richard H. Coop
An Instructor's Guide to Accompany McCandless' Adolescence:
Behavior and Development. Hinsdale, Illinois : The Dryden Press,
1970. Pp. 135.
(With L. D. Brown.) < 1 The Effects of Cognitive Style and Teach-
ing Method on Categories of Achievement, ' ' Journal of Educational
Psychology, 61 (October 1970), 400-405.
("With M. D. Wyne and D. Brookhouse.) "Information Process-
ing in Young Educable Mentally Ketarded Children," American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 75 (November 1970), 371-75.
112
RESEARCH
NoRFLEET HAEDY
' 1 Community Service Through 'Great Decisions,' " Junior Col-
lege Journal, 40 (1970), 41-44.
Eoy E. Hakkik
''The Principal as Mediator," High School Journal, 53 (March
1970), 333-43.
R. Sterling Hennis, Jr.
"Language: A New Emphasis," High School Journal, 52 (April
1969), 352-60.
Samuel M. Holton
Understanding the American Public High School. Boston:
Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 1969. Pp. 505.
"Education in the Changing South," High School Journal, 53
(October 1970), 41-54.
William Willis Kit chin
"Influences on Adult Learning in the Evening College," The
University of North Carolina Extension Bulletin, 49 (1970), 1-79.
"The Relevance of Some Recent Research in Sensory Depriva-
tion to Education," High School Journal, 52 (March 1969), 419-26.
Bobbie B. Lubker
(With R. L. Webster and S. Schumacher.) "Changes in Stut-
tering Frequency as a Function of Various Intervals of Delayed
Auditory Feedback," Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 75 (Febru-
ary 1970), 45-49.
Marlys Marie Mitchell
"A Graduate Level Practicum: A Practical Model," Education
and Training of the Mentally Retarded, 4 (February 1969), 17-19.
"Special Education Clinic: An Instructional Core," Education
and Training of the Mentally Retarded, 5 (October 1970), 146-50.
(With K. Cansler.) "Use of Color Cues in Teaching Reading,"
The Pointer, 15 (Winter 1970), 18-20.
(With G. Hyatt.) "Teacher-Pupil Verbal Interaction," Journal
for Special Educators of the Mentally Retarded, 7 (Fall 1970),
16-19.
Review of M. S. Karlin and R. Berger, Successful Methods for
Teaching the Slow Learner (West Nyack, New York : Parker Pub-
lishing Company, 1969), in High School Journal, 53 (May 1970),
455-57.
EDUCATION
113
Richard C. Phillips
"A New Sociology Course for Senior High Schools," The Social
Studies (March 1969), 125-28.
"Implications of Political Socialization Research for the Social
Studies Curriculum," High School Journal, 53 (November 1969),
99-111.
David H. Reilly
"School Psychology," High School Journal, 53 (March 1969),
344-53.
D wight Carroll Rhyne
Editor, Adult Education, A Journal of Research and Theory in
Adult Education.
Hanson Douglas Sessoms
(See entries under Curriculum in Recreation Administration.)
Gary B. Stuck
(With M. Wyne.) "How Children Learn the Concept of Weight :
S-R Training Versus Equilibration Training," Science Education,
54 (1970), 373-78.
Review of Robert D. Strom, Psychology for the Classroom
(Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969), in High School Journal,
53 (December 1969), 201-2.
Gerald Unks
"What College Professors of History Have to Say About the
High School History Course," Tar Heel Social Studies Journal,
17 (Spring 1970), 1-6.
Barbara Wasik
(With K. Senn, R. N. Welch, and B. R. Cooper.) "Behavior
Modification with Culturally Deprived School Children : Two Case
Studies," Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 2 (1969),
181-94.
"The Effects of Fixed Ratio and Contingent Time on Human
Lever-pressing Behavior," Psychological Record, 19 (1969), 95-104.
(With K. Senn and A. Epanchin.) "Sharing and Cooperation
in Culturally Deprived Children, " Psychonomic Science, 17 (1969),
371-72.
"The Application of Premack's Generalization on Reinforce-
ment to the Management of Classroom Behavior," Journal of Ex-
perimental Child Psychology, 10 (1970), 33-43.
114
RESEARCH
Eugene Ray Watson
" Encounter Groups and Sensitivity Training," North Carolina
Personnel and Guidance Journal, 1 (December 1970), 43-46.
' ' Group Communications and Developmental Processes," High
School Journal, 52 (May 1969), 431-40.
' ' Interpersonal Changes Through Immediate Feedback Ap-
proaches, ' ' Adult Education, A Journal of Research and Theory, 19
(Summer 1969), 251-67.
Kinnard Paul White
(With D. Owen.) " Locus of Evaluation for Classroom Work
and the Development of Creative Potential," Psychology in the
Schools, 7 (1970), 292-95.
(With J. Howard.) "The Relationship of Achievement Respon-
sibility to Instructional Treatments," Journal of Experimental
Education, 39 (1970), 78-82.
Marvin D. Wyne
(With P. Skjei.) "Counseling and Guidance for Exceptional
Pupils: A Critical Review," Personnel and Guidance Journal, 48
(1970), 828-35.
(With R. Coop and D. Brookhouse.) "Information Processing
in Young Mildly Retarded Children, ' ' American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 75 (1970), 371-75.
(With G. Stuck.) "How Children Learn Concepts of Weight:
S-R Versus Equilibration Training," Science Education, 54 (1970),
373-78.
Dissertations
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the school :
Harvey Addison Allen
A Study of Social Factors Related to the Educational Achieve-
ment of Elementary School Students in a Rural County in North
Carolina. (1970, under the direction of Samuel Melanchton Hol-
ton.)
Charles Alexander Asbury, Jr.
Factors associated with Discrepant Achievement in Rural Eco-
nomically Deprived White and Negro First Graders. (1969, under
the direction of Roy Elmer Sommerfeld.)
EDUCATION
115
Charlotte Stumph Bennett
Relationship Between Selected Personality Variables and Im-
provement in Academic Achievement for Underachieving Eighth
Grade Boys in a Residential School. (1969, nnder the direction
of William Decatur Perry.)
Elizabeth Ann Bordeaux
Auditory and Visual Readiness Factors Related to Reading
Achievement in First Grade Based on Three Methods of Instruction.
(1970, under the direction of Annie Lee Jones.)
Grier A. Bradshaw
Minimum Standards for Accreditation of Elementary Schools in
the Fifty States. (1970, under the direction of Donald Gentry
Tarbet.)
Vivian Mayo Bundy
An Analysis of Desegregation Activities Carried Out Under
Title IV of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 in Eight Selected North
Carolina Administrative School Units, 1960-1968. (1970, under the
direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
William Wade Burley
An Investigation and Comparison of Environmental Influences
at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill as Perceived by
the Student Body, the Faculty, and Various Student Groups.
(1970, under the direction of Luther Raymond Taef.)
David Stuart Butts
A Psycho-Sociological Comparison of Project Head Start Par-
ticipating and Nonparticipating Culturally Deprived and Non-
culturally Deprived First Graders in Durham, North Carolina.
(1969, under the direction of Donald Gentry Tarbet.)
Helen Louise Carter
An Investigation of Two Methods of Short-term Group Counsel-
ing with White Preadolescents Rated Low on Social Status by their
Peers. (1970, under direction of Luther Raymond Taff.)
Richard G. Coleman
An Operant Technique for Elementary Classrooms. (1970,
under the direction of David H. Reilly.)
116
RESEARCH
Benjamin Fleming Currin
A Survey and Comparison of the Views of Selected Groups on
Major Educational Issues in Xorth Carolina. (1970. under the
direction of Donald Gentry Tarbet.)
Leroy Joseph Dare
A Study of Remedial Programs in Public Two-Year Colleges.
(1970, under the direction of Samuel Melanchton Holton.)
Charles James Dyer
A Model for Supplementary Early Grade Assistance by Non-
professionals for the Culturally Disadvantaged Child. (1970, under
the direction of David H. Reilly.)
J ohn Alsa Eberhart
An Investigation of Secondary Teachers' and Principals' Role
Orientations and Their Expectations for the Principal's Role Be-
havior. (1970. under the direction of Xeal H. Tracy.)
Jenny Eose Ellis
Variables Related to the Identification of Underaehievers. (1969.
under the direction of Roy Elmer Sommerfeld.)
Zaher Erik Farag
The Intra-Organizational Diffusion of an Innovation: A Case
Study of the Itinerary of an Innovation Within a Public School
System. (1970, under the direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
Mary Evelyn Fortune
An Exploratory Study of the Personal and Professional Char-
acteristics of Park and Recreation Educators in Colleges and Uni-
versities. (1970, under the direction of William Decatur Perry.)
Melville W. Fuller, Jr.
The Development and Status of Science Centers and Museums
for Children in the United States. (1970. under the direction of
Paul Barryman Hounshell.)
Martha Howell Gourley
The Effects of Individual Counseling. Group Guidance, and
Verbal Reinforcement of the Academic Progress of Underaehievers.
(1970, under the direction of Luther Raymond Taff.)
EDUCATION
117
Rufus R. Hackney, Jr.
The History of the Dixie Conference and a Comparative Study
of the Athletic Departments of the Member Institutions. (1970, un-
der the direction of William H. Peacock.)
Edwina E. Hubert
The Development of an Inventory of Leisure Interests. (1969,
under the direction of William Decatur Perry.)
Ronald Wesley Hyatt
A Follow Up Study of High Potential Underachieving Students
at the North Carolina Advancement School from 1964-1965 to De-
termine Their Academic Progress and Persistance in North Car-
olina Public Schools and Their Future Academic Aspirations.
(1970, under the direction of William H. Peacock.)
Frankford Milam Johnson
An Experiment in the Teaching of Programming Language/
One Using Computer Assisted Instruction. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Samuel Melanchton Holton.)
Richard Hanna Kherlopian
Factors Influencing Faculty Attraction and Retention in North
Carolina Community Colleges. (1969, under the direction of Paul
Barryman Hounshell.)
William Willis Kitchin
Relationships of Autonomy and Succorance to Adult Students'
Preferences, Satisfactions, and Performance in University Evening
College Classes. (1970, under the direction of Eugene R. Watson.)
James Henry Knight
The Interpersonal Values and Aspiration Levels of Negro Sen-
iors in Totally Integrated and Segregated Southern High Schools.
(1970, under the direction of Luther Raymond Taff.)
Robert Austin Lassiter
The Growth of the Vocational Rehabilitation Program in North
Carolina. (1969, under the direction of William Decatur Perry.)
William Lee Latham
The Relationship of Limited Training in the Use of the Flanders
System of Interaction Analysis to Selected Factors in the Junior
Laboratory Program at Western Carolina University. (1969, under-
the direction of Luther Raymond Taff.)
118
RESEARCH
Geokge Smith McSwain, Jk.
A Study of Non-Wage Benefits Prescribed in the Written
Policies of Southern Association Accredited Junior Colleges. (1970,
under the direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
Jerome H. Melton
An Investigation of the Influence of Environmental Factors
in the Home on School Achievement among Grade Six Children.
(1969, under the direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
Jean Bellingrath Mobley
The Experimental Evaluation of the Modern Approach as Op-
posed to the Traditional in the Teaching of College Freshman
Mathematics (on the Level of College algebra). (1970, under the
direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
James Mack Morrow, Jr.
Satisfaction with Choice of College Major: A Test of Holland's
Theory of Vocational Choice. (1970, under the direction of Wil-
liam Decatur Perry.)
Frederick Otto Mueller
An Epidemiological Study Involving the Role of the Profes-
sional Educator with Injury Prevention in North Carolina High
School Athletic Programs. (1970, under the direction of Carl S.
Blyth.)
Boyd Lee Newnam
A Study of the Personality of Male College Freshman Students
in Adaptive Physical Education. (1970, under the direction of
William H. Peacock.)
Anne Spivey Paschall
The Preparation and Qualifications of Persons Involved in Bead-
ing Programs in the Public Elementary Schools of North Carolina.
(1970, under the direction of Donald Gentry Tarbet.)
Charles Crawford Poindexter, Jr.
Degrees and Dropouts: A Profile of Student Characteristics in
North Carolina Community Colleges. (1970, under the direction of
Donald Gentry Tarbet.)
James Milton Robey
An Epidemiologic Approach to the Study of Athletic Injuries.
(1970, under the direction of Carl S. Blyth.)
EDUCATION
119
Mohammad Yasin Saaed
A Comparison of the Views of Afghan and American Educators
on the Structure of the University. (1969, under the direction of
Samuel Melanchton Holton.)
Ernest William Schwaez
The Effects of a Movement Exploration Program on Educa-
tionally Retarded Boys and Girls in Grades One Through Four.
(1970, under the direction of William H. Peacock.)
Don Graves Shane
The Use of a Specific Instructional Treatment Method with
Young Educable Mentally Retarded Children. (1969, under the
direction of David L. Lillie.)
Ira George Shapiro
A History of the Professionalization of Recreation Administra-
tion from 1930-1970. (1970, under the direction of Samuel Me-
lanchton Holton.)
Samuel Ballou Skinner
A Study of the Effect of the St. Andrews Presbyterian College
Natural Science Course Upon Critical Ability. (1970, under the
direction of Paul Barryman Hounshell.)
Gilbert Elwood Smith
Unit Achievement Tests in Distributive Education. (1969, un-
der the direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
Grover A. Smith
A Study of Attitudes of a Sample Population of Chapel Hill,
North Carolina, on Racial Transition in the Local Public Schools,
Summer 1966. (1969, under the direction of Samuel Melanchton
Holton.)
Daniel N. Stallings
An Analysis of the Characteristic Differences Between Success-
ful and Unsuccessful Technical Mathematics Students. (1969, un-
der the direction of John Bryant Chase, Jr.)
William Lamont Stubbs
Equity Theory and Its Application in the Public Schools in
the Performance of an Academic Task of Short Duration. (1970,
under the direction of William Decatur Perry.)
120
RESEARCH
YUPHA SOOKCHAEOEN UdOMSAKDI
Thai Elementary School Teachers — A Study of Their Health
Knowledge and Attitudes Toward Teaching of Health. (1970, un-
der the direction of Roy Elmer Sommerfeld.)
Allen Peatt Wadsworth, Jr.
Social and Personality Factors Associated with Drop-out from
the Pastorate. (1969, under the direction of Luther Raymond
Taef.)
Carole Teplitz West
The Informal Education of Southern Children as Revealed in
the Literature of the Period 1830-1860. (1970, under the direction
of Samuel Melanchton Holton.)
Eobert Travis Williams
An Analysis of the Supply and Demand of Workers for Se-
lected Occupations in North Carolina, 1966-1970. (1970, under the
direction of Neal Herred Tracy.)
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Carl S. Blyth
(With D. H. Arnold.) "Thirty-Seventh Annual Survey of Foot-
ball Fatalities 1931-1968," The Proceedings of the American Foot-
hall Coaches Association (January 1969), 130-46.
(With D. H. Arnold.) "Thirty-Eighth Annual Survey of Foot-
ball Fatalities 1931-1969," The Proceedings of the American Foot-
hall Coaches Association (January 1970), 127-43.
"Sports Medicine — The Matrix," The Academy Papers, 4
(October 1970), 31-38.
Paul Dunham, Jr.
"Effects of Serial Versus Sequence Practice on Performance
Level," Perceptual and Motor Skills, 29 (March 1969), 554.
"Specificity and Extended Practice," The Research Quarterly
AAHPER, 41: 4 (December 1970), 384-88.
"Teaching Motor Skills to the Mentally Retarded," Exceptional
Children, 35: 9 (May 1969), 739-44.
ENGLISH
121
Ronald Wesley Hyatt
" Intramural Sports Program for Junior and Senior High,"
Coach and Athlete (June 1970), 34.
Theses
The following master's thesis was completed under the direction
of the Department of Physical Education :
John Barry Haynes
The Effects of Ability Grouping in Physical Education Upon
Self Concept. (1970, under the direction of William H. Peacock.)
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Christopher Mead Armitage
Keview of Stanley Cooperman, World War I and the American
Novel (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, 1969), in South Atlantic
Quarterly, 68 (Winter 1969), 123-24.
Keview of Michael Thorpe, Siegfried Sasson: A Critical Study
(London: Oxford University Press, 1967), in South Atlantic
Quarterly, 68 (Winter 1969), 140-41.
Daphne Athas
1 'Daphne Athas, an Interview with Leon Rooke," Anvil, 2
(March 29, 1969), 2, 6.
"The Hitchhiker," Carolina Quarterly, 21 (Spring 1969), 42-55.
"Ode to Vivien Leigh," The South Carolina Review, 2 (May
1970), 70.
Laurence Green Avery
A Catalogue of the Maxwell Anderson Collection. Austin : Uni-
versity of Texas Press, 1969. Pp. vi, 175.
"Addenda to the Maxwell Anderson Bibliography: The Mea-
sure/1 Papers of the Bibliographical Society of America, 63 (First
Quarter, 1969), 31-36.
"Maxwell Anderson and Both Your Houses," North Dakota
Quarterly, 38 (Winter 1970), 5-24.
James Osler Bailey
The Poetry of Thomas Hardy: A Handbook and Commentary.
Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. xxviii,
712.
122
RESEARCH
" Heredity as Villain in the Poetry and Fiction of Thomas
Hardy," The Thomas Hardy Yearbook (Mount Durad, St. Peter
Port, Guernsey, C. L, 1970), 9-19.
Review of H. C. Webster, After the Trauma: 'Representative
British Novels Since 1920 (Lexington: University of Kentucky
Press, 1970), in English Literature in Transition, 13: 4 (1970),
305-7.
Doris Betts
"The Glory of His Nostrils," Appalachian Harvest, 1 (Spring
1970), 40-55.
"Necromancer," Longview Journal (December 1970), 135-50.
"Still Life with Fruit," Bed Clay Reader, 7 (1970 Annual
Issue), 4-11.
"Arlington Program," Prairie Press Books (Winter 1970), 8.
"A Classic Case," United Poets (Winter 1970), 16.
"Put Them All Together, They Spell Mother," Greensboro Re-
view, 4 (Winter 1969), 4-20.
"The Bald Pigeon," Carolina Quarterly, 21 (Winter 1969),
27-44.
"Burning the Bed," The South Carolina Review, 1 (May 1969),
49-64.
"The Ugliest Pilgrim," Red Clay Reader, 6 (November 1969).
Joseph Leo Blotter
" 'Ivy Day in the Committee Room': Death Without Resurrec-
tion," in James Joyce's Dubliners: A Critical Handbook, eds.,
James R. Baker and Thomas F. Staley. Belmont, California : Wads-
worth Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 139-46.
"William Faulkner, Committee Chairman," in Themes and
Directions in American Literature: Essays in Honor of Leon How-
ard, eds., Ray B. Browne and Donald Pizer. Lafayette, Indiana:
Purdue University Studies, 1969. Pp. 200-19.
Review of William Faulkner, A Fable (New York: Random
House, 1954), in New York Times Book Review (May 25, 1969),
2 ff.
John Christopher Brookhouse
Scattered Light. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina
Press, 1970. Pp. 65.
"Imagery and Theme in Launcelot," in Edwin Arlington Rob-
inson Centenary Essays, ed., Elksworth Barnard. Athens: Uni-
versity of Georgia Press, 1969. Pp. 120-29.
ENGLISH
123
Georgia B. Christopher
"Homeopathic Physic and Natural Renovation in Samson
Agonist es," English Literary History, 37 (1970), 361-73.
James Ashton Devereux, S. J.
"The Object of Love in Ficino's Philosophy," Journal of the
History of Ideas, 30 (1969), 161-70.
"The Collects of the First Book of Common Prayer as Works
of Translation," Studies in Philology, 66 (1969), 719-38.
Dennis George Donovan
Editor, Renaissance Bibliography for 1968, Studies in Philology,
64 (May 1969), 225-569.
Editor, Renaissance Papers 1970.
Assistant editor, Renaissance Papers 1969.
Andrew Marvell, 1927-1968: A Checklist. Elizabethan Bibliog-
raphies Supprement, 12. London: Nether Press, 1969. Pp. 60.
John Evelyn 1920-1968: Samuel Pepys 1933-1968: A Checklist.
Elizabethan Bibliographies, 18. London : Nether Press, 1970. Pp. 64.
Norman Ellsworth Eliason
"Deor — A Beggin Poem?" in Medieval Literature and Civiliza-
tion, eds., D. A. Pearsall and R. A. Waldron. London : The Athlone
Press, 1969. Pp. 55-61.
"The Arrival at Heorot," in Studies in Language, Literature
and Culture of the Middle Ages and Later, eds., E. B. Atwood and
A A. Hill. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1969. Pp. 235-42.
Review of Robert D. Stevick, Supraseg mentals, Meter, and the
Manuscript of Beowulf (The Hague, Mouton, 1968), in Speculum,
45 (January 1970), 175-78.
Review of John C. Pope, Homilies of AElfric, A Supplemen-
tary Collection, II (London: Oxford University Press, 1968), in
Speculum, 45 (January 1970), 157.
Review of Edward B. Irving, Jr., A Reading of Beowulf (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1968), in Modern Philology, 67
(August 1969), 80-81.
Review of A. Cambell, ed., AEthelwulf : Be Abbatibus (Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1967), in Modern Language Review, 64 (April
1969), 381-83.
Joseph Martin Flora
William Ernest Henley. New York: Twayne Publisher, Inc.,
1970. Pp. 171.
124
RESEARCH
"The Structure of The Silver Stallion," Kalki: Studies in
Branch Cabell, 4 (1970), 38-41.
"Vardis Fisher and James Branch Cabell: A Postscript," The
Cabellian, 3 (Autumn 1970), 7-9.
"Vardis Fisher and Wallace Stegner : Teacher and Student,"
Western American Literature, 5 (Summer 1970), 121-28.
"Index," American Literary Scholarship: An Annual 1968,
ed., J. Albert Robbins. Durham : Duke University Press, 1970. Pp.
313-35.
"Index," Fifteen Modern American Authors, ed., Jackson E.
Bryer. Durham: Duke University Press, 1969. Pp. 463-93.
"Index," American Literary Scholarship: An Annual 1967.
Durham: Duke University Press, 1969. Pp. 311-29.
"Vardis Fisher and the Mormons," Dialogue: A Journal of
Mormon Thought, 4 (Autumn 1969), 48-55.
"Hemingway's 'Up in Michigan,' " Studies in Short Fiction, 6
(Summer 1969), 465-66.
"Vardis Fisher and James Branch Cabell: An Essay on In-
fluence and Reputation," The Cabellian, 2 (Fall 1969), 12-16.
Review of Helmut Gerber, ed., The English Short Story in
Transition, 1880-1920 (New York: Western Publishing Company,
1967), in Studies in Short Fiction, 6 (Spring 1969), 352-53.
Review of Roland Starke, Something Soft (New York: Double-
day and Company, 1966), in Studies in Short Fiction, 7 (Summer
1970), 484-86.
Richard Haeter Fogle
The Imagery of Keats and Shelley. Chapel Hill: University of
North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. x, 296.
Haivthorne's Imagery. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press,
1969. Pp. xv, 178.
"Literary History Romanticized," New Literary History, 1: 2
(Winter 1970), 237-47.
"Limericks in American Literature," Laurel Review, 10 (Fall
1970), 46-47.
"Keats' 'Ode to a Nightingale.' " in Englische Lyrik von
Shakespeare bis Dylan Thomas, ed., Willi Herzgraber. Darmstadt :
Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1969. Pp. 277-93.
"Nathaniel Hawthorne: The House of the Seven Gables," in
Landmarks of American Writings, ed., Hennig Cohan. New York
and London: Basic Books, Inc., 1969. Pp. 111-20.
"Beauty and Truth: John Middleton Murry on Keats," D. H.
Lawrence Review, 2 (1969), 68-75.
ENGLISH
125
"Hawthorne's Pictorial Unity," Emerson Society Quarterly
(Summer 1969), 71-76.
1 1 The Light and the Dark, ' ' The Recognition of Nathaniel Haw-
thorne, ed., B. B. Cohen. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan
Press, 1969. Pp. 211-18.
Eeview of K. N. Cameron, ed., The Shelley Circle, Volumes 3
and 4 (Cambridge: Harvard University Press), in Virginia Quar-
terly Review, 46 (Summer 1970), 525-28.
Review of Donald Reiman, Percy Bysshe Shelley (New York:
Twayne Publishers, 1969), in South Atlantic Quarterly, 69 (Au-
tumn 1970), 548-49.
Review of John F. Lynen, The Design of the Present (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1969) and Joel Porte, The Romance
in America (Middletown, Connecticut: Wesleyan University Press,
1969), in Nineteenth Century Fiction, 25 (June 1970), 109-10,
110-12.
Review of Albert Gerard, English Romantic Poetry (Berkeley
and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1968), in Keats-
Shelley Journal, 18 (1969), 111-12.
Robert Louis Haig
Review of Charles Child Walcutt, Man's Changing Mask:
Modes and Methods of Characterization in Fiction (Minneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press, 1966), in Modern Philology, 65
(February 1968-69), 279-80.
Review of Solomon Lutnick, The American Revolution and the
British Press, 1775-1783, in William and Mary Quarterly, 26
(1969), 305-6.
William Ruth Harmon
Treasury Holiday. Middletown, Connecticut: Wesleyan Uni-
versity Press, 1970.
"from William Tecumseh Sherman" and "Lady," Red Clay
Reader, 6 (1969), 61, 68-78.
"The Intussusception of Miss Mary America," Kayak, 18
(Spring 1969), 20-28.
"Four Poems," Carolina Quarterly, 22 (Fall 1970), 35-40.
"The Thresher," Hiram Poetry Review, 6 (Spring 1969), 10.
"Being Stung by a Bee," Southern Poetry Review, 9 (Spring
1969), 18-19.
"Junkfish by the Millions," Kayak, 22 (Spring 1970), 34-35.
"Contemporary Politics Blues," Kayak, 24 (Autumn 1970), 64.
"The House in the River Valley, " Folio, 6 (Summer 1970), 8.
126
RE SEARCH
C. Carroll Hollis
"The Oratorical Stance and Whitman's Early Poetry," Papers
on Walt Whitman. University of Tulsa Monograph Series, 1970.
Pp. 56-79.
C. Hugh Holman
Co-editor, The Southern Literary Journal.
Co-editor, Southern Literary Classics.
(With Walter Sullivan and Louis D. Rubin, Jr.) Southern Fic-
tion Today: Renascence and Beyond, ed., G. C. Core. Athens,
Georgia: University of Georgia Press, 1969. Pp. 16-32.
"Agrarian Dream and Industrial Nightmare," in American
Dreams, American Nightmares, ed., David Madden. Carbondale:
Southern Illinois University Press, 1970. Pp. 149-57.
"Steinbeck, John (Ernst)," The Americana Annual (1969),
653.
"General Works on Southern Literature," "William Crafts,"
"William Gilmore Simms," in A Bibliographical Guide to the
Study of Southern American Literature, ed., Louis Rubin, Jr.
Baton Rouge : Louisiana State University Press, 1969. Pp. 11-17,
182, 284-88.
"Thomas Wolfe," in Fifteen Modern American Authors: A
Survey of Research and Criticism, ed., J. R. Bryer. Durham : Duke
University Press, 1969. Pp. 425-56.
' ' Characterization, " " Classicism, " " Comedy, " " Conceit, 1 '
"Literary Criticism," "William Faulkner," The Encyclopedia
Americana, 1969. Volume VI, 291-292; VII, 23-24; VII, 263; VII,
497; VIII, 221-223; XI, 62-63
Arthur Palmer Hudson
Review of Thomas G. Burton and Ambrose N. Manning, eds.,
The East Tennessee State University Collection of Folklore: Folk-
song II (Johnson City, Tennessee, 1969), in North Carolina Folk-
lore, 17 (November 1969), 67-68.
Review of Herbert Shellans, ed., Folk Songs of the Blue Ridge
Mountains, in North Carolina Folklore, 17 (November 1969), 68-69.
Blyden Jackson
"The Negro's Negro in Negro Literature," in Black Literature
in America: A Casebook, eds., Peter Fellowes and Ramon K. Singh.
New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1970. Pp. 299-308.
"A Word about Simple," in Five Black Writers, ed., Donald
Gibson. New York : New York University Press.
ENGLISH
127
Wallace V. Kaufman
("With Jessie Bheder.) The Act of Writing. New York: Odyssey
Press, 1969. Pp. xvii, 333.
" A Road She Didn't Know," in A Duke Miscellany, ed., William
Blackburn. Durham: Duke University Press, 1970.
"Balance of Power," Abraxas, 2: 2 (June 1970), 14.
"Fire," and "Mid-Ocean Dark," Southern Review (Autumn
1970), 1144-45.
"Second Father," and "Song of Growing Up in Queens, N.Y.,"
Southern Poetry Review (Spring 1970), 25-26.
"Song of Growing Up in Queens, N.Y.," The Nation (April 13,
1970), 443.
"Mid-Ocean Dark," in A Duke Miscellany, ed., William Black-
burn. Durham : Duke University Press, 1970. P. 93.
"1944," "Ashes," "Sleep," "Leukemia, Age 3," "From Wind
and Storm," Agenda (Spring 1969), 16-22.
Edwaed Donald Kennedy
"Malory's Use of Hardyng's Chronicle," Notes and Queries, 16
(1969), 167-70.
"Arthur's Rescue in Malory and the Spanish 'Tristan,' " Notes
and Queries, 17 (1970), 6-10.
"Malory and the Marriage of Edward IV," Texas Studies in
Literature and Language, 12 (1970), 155-62.
James Kimball King
Editor, In Ole Virginia. Southern Literary Classics Series.
Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. ix-xxxvi,
230.
Editor, Southern Atlantic States, American Literary Manu-
scripts Project, Modern Language Association.
"Modern Southern Drama" and "Thomas Nelson Page," in
Bibliography of Southern Literature, ed., Louis D. Rubin, Jr. Baton
Rouge : Louisiana State University Press, 1970. Pp. 633-987 ; 100-
101.
"Recent Articles in American Literature" and "Research in
Progress," American Literature, 41 (January 1970), 42 (March
1970), 42 (May 1970), 42 (November 1970), 630-39; 125-237;
278-87 ; 445-55.
Lewis Leaey
Editor, Articles on American Literature, 1950-1968. Durham:
Duke University Press, 1970. Pp. xxii, 751.
128
RESEARCH
Editor, The Awakening and Other Stories by Kate Chopin.
New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1970.
Editor, The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin. New York:
Collier Books, 1969.
Editor, Motive and Method in the Cantos of Ezra Pound. 3rd
edition. New York: Columbia University Press, 1969. Pp. 123.
Mark Twain's Correspondence with Henry Huttleston Rogers,
1893-1909. Berkeley and Los Angeles : University of California
Press, 1969.
" Preface" to Anthology of New Netherland, ed., Henry C.
Murphy. New York: Garrett Press, Inc., 1970. Pp. iii-iv.
"Foreword" to American Short Fiction: Readings and Criti-
cism, eds., James K. Bowen and Richard Van De Beets. Indian-
apolis and New York: Bobbs-Merrill, 1970. P. iii.
"Foreword" to Hanker chief s from Paul, ed., Kenneth B. Mur-
doch New York: The Garrett Press, Inc., 1970. Pp. 3-4.
"Foreword" to The Literary Remains of Joseph Brown Ladd.
New York: The Garrett Press. Inc., 1970. Pp. 3-14.
"The First Published Poem of Thomas Paine of Boston: A
Note on the Generation Gap in 1786," New England Quarterly, 43
(March 1970), 130-35.
"More on the Quaker City," American Literature, 42 (May
1970), 197-203.
"Mark Twain Among the Malefactors," in Sense and Sensibility
in Twentieth-Century Writings, ed.. Brom Weber. Carbondale and
Edwardsville : Southern Illinois University Press, 1970. Pp. 109-17.
"Washington Irving." in Six Classic American Authors, ed.,
Sherman Paul. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1970.
Pp. 47-92.
"Samuel Low: New York's First Poet," Bulletin of the New
York Public Library, 74 (September 1970), 468-80.
"Pound- Wise, Penny Foolish: Correspondence on Getting To-
gether a Volume of Criticism," St. Andrews Review, 1 (Fall-Win-
ter 1970), 5-10.
"Kate Chopin. Liberationism?" Southern Literary Journal, 3
(Fall 1970), 138-44.
"Kate Chopin and Walt Whitman," Walt Whitman Review.
16 (December 1970), 120-23.
"Rhapsody for Two,'-' The Little Magazine, 4 (Spring 1970), 23.
"On a Half -Acre in North Carolina," The Thoreau Journal, 2
(July 15, 1970), 16.
"For Wallace Stevens," The Little Magazine, 4 (Fall 1970), 19.
"Sherwood Anderson: The Man Who Became a Boy Again,"
ENGLISH
129
Literature Und Sprache der Yereinigten Stoat en. Heidelberg: Carl
Winter, Universitatsverlag, 1969. Pp. 135-43.
"Introduction" to Apollo Handbook of Faulkner by Dorothy
Tuck. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell Company, 1969. Pp. vii-xx.
"Introduction," to Poems on Several Occasions by Nathaniel
Evans. New York: Garrett Press, 1970. Pp. vii-xiv.
Eeview of William Gilmore Simms. Centennial Edition, Volume
I, Voltmeier: or The Mountain Men (Columbia University of South
Carolina Press, 1969), in American Literature, 42 (March 1970),
100-102.
Eeview of P. W. Stallman, Stephen Crane: A Biography (New
York: George Braziller, 1968), in Sewanee Review, 76 (Spring
1969) , 294-300.
Review of Carlos Baker, Ernest Hemingway: A Life Story (New
York: Chester Scribers, 1969), in South Atlantic Quarterly, 68
(Autumn 1969), 556-58.
Geokge Stephan Lensing, Jr.
"Wallace Stevens' Letters of Rock and Water," in Essays in
Honor of Esmond Linworth Marilla, eds., Thomas A. Kirby and
John Olive. Baton Rouge : Louisiana State University Press, 1970.
Pp. 320-30.
"The Consistency of Robert Lowell," Southern Review (Win-
ter 1971), 338-44.
" 'Mere Facts' and the Biography of Wallace Stevens," The
Stevens Newsletter (October 1970), 17-18.
" 'Memorias of West Street and Lepke': Robert Lowell's As-
sociative Mirror," Concerning Poetry, (Fall 1970), 23-26.
Review of James Dickey, The Eye-Beaters, Blood, Victory, Mad-
ness, Buckhead and Mercy (New York: Doubleday, 1970), in Car-
olina Quarterly, (Spring 1970), 90-91.
Charles Townsend Ludin-gton", Jr.
"Protest and Anti-protest: Ralph Ellison," Southern Hu-
manities Review, 4 (Winter 1970), 31-39.
Review of Richard Weiss, The American Myth of Success (New
York: Basic Books, 1969), in American Quarterly, 22 (Summer
1970) , 325.
Review of James Burkhart Gilbert, Writers and Partisans: A
History of Literary Radicalism in America (New York: John Wiley
and Sons, 1968), in American Quarterly, 21 (Summer 1969), 370-71.
Clifford Pierson Lyons
"Shakespeare's Plays: 'devis'd and play'd to take spectators' —
130
RESEARCH
Some Critical Implications," in Renaissance Meeting in the South-
eastern States, Renaissance Papers 1968 (1969), 55-63.
Review of Robert H. West, Shakespeare and the Outer Mystery
(Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1968), in South At-
lantic Bulletin, 35 (March 1970), 59-62.
William Ashley McQueen
Editor, The Latin Poetry of Andrew Marvel. Reprint. New
York: The Johnson Reprint Corporation, Inc., 1969. Pp. 89.
" 'The Hateful Siege of Contraries': Satan's Interior Mono-
logues in Paradise Lost," Milton Quarterly, 4 (December 1970),
60-65.
Review of John M. Wallace, Destiny His Choice: The Loyalism
of Andrew Marvell (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1968), in Journal of English and Germanic Philology, 68 (1969),
699-701.
Jerry Leath Mills
Associate editor, Studies in Philology.
Contributing editor, The Spenser Newsletter.
"Satan as Cormorant, Paradise Lost, IV, No. 196," Notes and
Queries, New Series 17 (November 1970), 414-15.
"Symbolic Tapestry in The Faerie Queen, II. ix. 33," Philolog-
ical Quarterly, 49 (October 1970), 568-69.
Review of F. P. Wilson and G. K. Hunter, The English Drama,
1485-1585 (New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1969),
in South Atlantic Quarterly, 68 (1969), 441-42.
Eonald Wesson Moran
(With Vasa D. Mihailovich.) Translator of sixty-four poems by
various hands in The Bridge: Postwar Croatian Poetry, 19/20.
Zagreb, Yugoslavia, 1970.
"Lorraine and the Sirens: Courtesans in Two Poems by E. A.
Robinson," in Essays in Honor of Esmond Linworth Marilla, eds.,
Thomas Austin Kirby and William John Olive. Baton Rouge:
Louisiana State University, 1970. Pp. 312-19.
"The Jacket," Southern Poetry Review, 10 (Spring 1970), 38.
" 'Walt Whitman at Bear Mountain' and the American Il-
lusion," Concerning Poetry, 2 (Spring 1969), 5-9.
"The Octaves of E. A. Robinson," Colby Library Quarterly, 7
(September 1969), 363-70.
"The Octaves of E. A. Robinson," in Appreciation of Edwin
ENGLISH
131
Arlington Robinson, ed., Bichard Cary. Waterville, Maine : Colby
College Press, 1969. Pp. 315-21.
" Taking Leave," Laurel Review, 9 (Spring 1969), 19.
"Shift of Person, The Grammar of Disavowal," The Carolina
Quarterly, 21 (Winter 1969), 25.
"The Fine Art," Discourse, 12 (Spring 1969), 57.
"The Customer's Story," The South Carolina Review, 1 (May
1969), 47.
"The Tips of Her Fingers Were Dark with Print," The North
American Review, 254 (Summer 1969), 21.
"The Pickerel," The Arlington Quarterly, 2 (Summer 1969),
111.
Daniel Watkins Patterson
" 'Bearing for the Dead': A Shaker Belief and Its Impress on
the Shaker Spiritual," The Shaker Quarterly, 8 (1968-69), 116-28.
"Folklore," in A Bibliographical Guide to the Study of South-
ern Literature, ed., Louis D. Rubin. Baton Rouge : Louisiana State
University Press, 1969. Pp. 102-18.
Review of Sandy Paton and Lee B. Haggerty, The Traditional
Music of Beech Mountain, North Carolina, Vol. 1, The Older Bal-
lads and Sacred Songs, Vol. 2, The Later Songs and Hymns in
Ethnomusicology, 13 (May 1969), 413.
Julius Eowan Raper III
"Winter Wrappings," South Carolina Review, 1 (November
1969), 38-48.
Forrest Eead
Editor, Pound/ Joyce: The Letters of Ezra Pound and James
Joyce, with Pound's Essays on Joyce. London: Faber and Faber.
Ltd., 1969. Pp. 314.
"Pound, Joyce und Flaubert — Nacfaren des Odysseus," Ak-
zente, (June 1970), 266-86.
" '76: The Cantos of Ezra Pound," St. Andrews Review, (Oc-
tober 1970), 11-16.
"Pound, Joyce and Flaubert: The Odysseans," in New Ap-
proaches to Ezra Pound, ed., Eva Hesse. London : Faber and Faber,
Ltd. and UCLA Press, 1969. Pp. 125-44.
" 'Stoncamente Joyce' (1930: Ezra Pound's First Italian Es-
say," "Historically Joyce (and Censorship)," translated, Tri-
Quarterly, 15, (Spring 1969), 100-107, 108-14.
132
RESEARCH
Mark Lafayette Eeed
" Blake, Wordsworth, Lamb, Etc.: Further Information from
Henry Crabb Robinson," Blake Newsletter, 3: 4 (May 1970), 76-
84.
"Wordsworth's Contacts with America," in William Words-
ivorth 1770-1970. Dove Cottage Trustees, 1970. Pp. 32-36.
Review of J. A. W. Hefferman, Wordsworth's Theory of Poetry.
The Transforming Imagination (Ithaca: Cornell University Press,
1969), in Western Humanities Review, 24: 4 (Autumn 1970),
410-11.
Review of Jonathan Wordsworth, The Music of Humanity
(London: Thomas Nelson and Sons, 1969), in Journal of English
and Germanic Philology, 69 : 3 (July 1970), 528-33.
Louis Decimus Rubin, Jr.
Co-editor, Southern Literary Journal.
Editor, A Biographical Guide to the Study of Southern Lit-
erature. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1969.
Pp. 368.
Editor, The Yemassee Lands: Poems of Beatrice Ravenel.
Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 101.
Editor, The Experience of America: A Book of Readings. New
York: Macmillan, 1969. Pp. 429.
George W. Cable: The Life and Times of a Southern Heretic.
New York: Pegasus, Inc., 1969. Pp. 304.
(With Richard B. Davis and C. Hugh Holman.) Southern
Writings, 1585-1920. New York : Odyssey Press, 1970. Pp. 633-987.
"Southern Literature: A Piedmont Art," Mississippi Quar-
terly, 23 (Winter 1969-1970), 1-16.
"Everything Brought Out in the Open: Eudora Welty's Losing
Battles," Hollins Critic, 7: 3 (June 1970), 1-12.
' ' Black Poets in Search of a Language, ' ' The Bookmark : Friends
of the University of North Carolina Library, 40 (September 1970),
3-15.
"Southern Local Color and the Black Man," Southern Re-
view, 6, New Series (Autumn 1970), 1011-30.
"Introduction" to Mellowed by Time by Elizabeth O'Neill
Verner. Charleston, South Carolina: Tradd Street Press, 1970.
Pp. xi-xiv.
"Second Thoughts on the Old Gray Mare: The Continuing
Relevance of the Southern Literary Issue," in Southern Fiction
Today: Renascence and Beyond, ed., George Core. Athens: Uni-
versity of Georgia Press, 1969. Pp. 33-50.
ENGLISH
133
Review of George Core, ed., Regionalism and Beyond: Essays
of Randall Stewart (Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1968),
in Kenyon Review, 123 (1969), 135-36.
Review of Paul M. Gaston, "The New South Creed," in Vir-
ginia Magazine of History and Biography, 78 (October 1970), 492-
95.
Review of "Three Installments of Mark Twain," in Sewannee
Review, 78 (Autumn 1970), 678-84.
Richard Dil worth Rust
Glory and Pathos: Responses of Nineteenth-Century American
Authors to the Civil War. Boston: Holbrook Press, 1970. Pp. xxi,
291.
"Mark Twain's 'The Turning-Point of My Life,' " American
Literature, 40 (January 1969), 524-35.
Maxwell Steele
Board of Selectors, American Literary Anthology No. 3, eds.,
George Plimpton and Peter Ardery. New York : Viking Press, 1970.
Pp. xviii, 417.
The Cat and the Coffee Drinkers. New York: Harper and Row,
1969. Pp. 42.
"The Long Vacation," Cosmopolitan Magazine (November
1969), 160-68.
"Oratiuncula Pellecta et Pervulgata," Publications of the
Modern Language Association, 75: 4 (September 1970), 927.
"Introduction," to the letters of Mac Hyman, Love, Boy, ed.,
William Blackburn. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University
Press, 1969. Pp. xiii-xix.
"Color the Daydream Yellow," in Prize Stories 1969: The
O 'Henry Awards, ed., William Abraham. New York: Doubleday,
1969. Pp. 237-51.
Thomas Anthony Stumpf
"Pope's To Cobham, To A Lady and the Traditions of Incon-
stancy," Studies in Philology, 67 (July 1970), 339-58.
Ernest William Talbert
Editor, Studies in Philology.
(With S. H. Thomson, et al.) A Manuel of the Writings in
Middle English, 1050-1500, II, gen. ed., Burke Severs. Connecticut
Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1970. Pp. x, 339-668.
(With R. A. Kaske, et al.) Critical Approaches to Six Major
English Works: Beowulf through Paradise Lost, gen. eds., R. M.
134
RESEARCH
Lumiansky and Herschel Baker, reissue, paperback. Philadelphia:
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1970. Pp. viii, 266.
Weldon Thornton
"The Allusive Method in Ulysses," in Approaches to Ulysses,
eds., Thomas Staley and Bernard Benstock. Pittsburgh : University
of Pittsburgh Press, 1970. Pp. 235-43.
Siegfried Wenzel
"Two Notes on Chaucer and Grosseteste, " Notes and Queries,
New Series, 17 (December 1970), 449-51.
Review of F. Broomfield, ed., Thomae de Chobham Summa Con-
fessorum (Louvain: Analecta Mediaevalia Namurcensia, 1968), in
Medium Aevum, 39 (1970), 53-56.
Sylvia Wilkinson
"Growing Up in the South," Mademoiselle, (April 1969).
"A Maypop from Merton," Bed Clay Reader, 1969.
J oseph Sylvester Wittig
" 'Homiletic Fragment IF and the Epistle to the Ephesians,"
Traditio, 25 (1969), 358-63.
"The Aeneas — Dido Allusion in Cretien's Erec et Enide,"
Comparative Literature, 20 (1970), 237-53.
Charles David Wright
"Clearing Away," Southern Poetry Review, 9 (Spring 1969),
31.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Dock Wilson Adams
John W. De Forest and the Search for a Rational Order: A
Study in Ambiguity. (1970, under the direction of C. Carroll
Hollis.)
John Alexander Aleord
Piers Plowman and the Tradition of Biblical Imitatio. (1970,
under the direction of Siegfried Wenzel.)
Charles Altieri
Yeats and the Tradition of the Literary Ballad. (1969, under
the direction of Forrest Read.)
ENGLISH
135
Joanne Altleri
Shakespeare's Comic Prose Style. (1969, under the direction of
Peter G. Phial as.)
Eael Franklin Bargainnier
W. S. Gilbert and Nineteenth Century Drama. (1969, under the
direction of J. 0. Bailey.)
William Alfred Bauer
The Letter Device in the Early English Essay Journal. (1970,
under the direction of Richmond P. Bond.)
Lucy Moore Brashear
Character and Prosody in Shakespeare's Measure for Measure.
(1969, under the direction of Ernest W. Talbert.)
May Elizabeth Campbell
The Winter's Tale: A Study in Shakespeare's Late Plays with
Special Reference to Guarini's Theory of Tragicomedy. (1970, un-
der the direction of Ernest W. Talbert.)
Michael J. Campbell
Animals in the Works of Thomas Hardy. (1969, under the di-
rection of J. 0. Bailey.)
D. Allen Carroll
A Critical Edition of Everard Guilpin's Skialetheia or, A
Shadowe of Truth, In Certaine Epigrams and Sa-tyres (1958).
(1970, under the direction of O. B. Hardison, Jr.)
Janet Green Catlin
The Public Non-Parliamentary Speeches of Queen Elizabeth I :
An Annotated Bibliography and Commentary. (1969, under the di-
rection of Ernest W. Talbert.)
Robert Gene Coffeen
Naming Techniques in Whitman's Leaves of Grass: A Study
in Problems of Power. (1969, under the direction of C. Carroll
Hollis.)
Arthur Leroy Colby
Brian Melbancke's Philotimus (1583) : A Critical Edition.
(1969, under the direction of William Wells.)
136
RESEARCH
James Glenn Collier, Jr.
Thomas Hardy's The Famous Tragedy of the Queen of Corn-
wall: Its Artistry and Relation to his Life, Thought, and Works.
(1970, under the direction of J. 0. Bailey.)
Charles George Davis
Satire on the Reader in the Novels of Henry Fielding. (1970,
under the direction of Albrecht B. Strauss.)
William Sanford Doxey
Characterization in the Prose Fiction of Dr. Oliver Wendell
Holmes. (1970, under the direction of Daniel Patterson.)
Jean MacLean Edgerton
Woman Manquie and Woman Triumphant in the Poetry of Ran-
dall Jarrell. (1970, under the direction of Lyman A. Cotten.)
Elizabeth Evans
Alexander Hill Everett: Man of Letters. (1970, under the
direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Mary Davis Farnham
Henry James on Three Victorian Novelists: Concepts of the
Novel. (1970, under the direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Patricia Anne Pinch
Cape Fear County: The Novels of Guy Owen. (1970, under the
direction of Louis D. Rubin, Jr.)
Kenneth James Galbraith, S. J.
Henry More's Divine Dialogues: A Critical Analysis. (1969,
under the direction of William Wells.)
Nancy Lenz Harvey
The Morality Play and Tudor Tragedy: A Study of Certain
Features of the Morality Play and Their Relationship to English
Tragedy Through Marlowe. (1969, under the direction of Ernest
W. Talbert.)
Isabel Lockwood Hawley
Elizabeth Madox Roberts : Her Developments as Self-Conscious
Narrative Artist. (1970, under the direction of Daniel W. Pat-
terson.)
ENGLISH
137
Eugene Hollahan
Thackeray's Barry Lyndon: A Study of Genre, Structure,
Background, and Meaning. (1969, under the direction of H. K.
Russell. )
Eeid Deberry Huntley
Thomas Wolfe's Idea of the Imagination: Similarities to the
Views of the Nineteenth Century English Romantic Poets and
Critics. (1969, under the direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Donald Dodge Johnson
The Structure of Athelston. (1970, under the direction of Sieg-
fried Wenzel.)
Catherine Elizabeth Moore
The Literary Career of Anna Laetitia Barbauld. (1969, under
the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Deanna Collingwood Nash
The Webb as an Organic Metaphor in The Marble Faun, Middle-
march: A Study of 'Provincial Life, and The Golden Bowl: The
Growth of Contextualism as an Aesthetic Theory in the Nineteenth
Century. (1970, under the direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
J on Eric Nelson
Religious Experience in the Fiction of Ernest Hemingway.
(1969, under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
James Richard Nichols
Theme and Technique in Henry Handell Richardson. A Dis-
cussion of the Relationship between Theme and Technique in the
Major Novels of Henry Handel Richardson. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Charles Edge.)
Michael Ray Paull
The Figure of Mahomet in Middle English Literature. (1969,
under the direction of Siegfried Wenzel.)
William G. Provost
The Structure of Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde. (1969, under
the direction of Normon E. Eliason.)
J oel W. Ray
George Herbert: The Building of The Temple. (1969, under
the direction of Robert B. Yoitle.)
138
RESEARCH
Margaret Raynal
A Study of Sarah Fielding's Novels. (1970, under the direction
of Charles E. Edge.)
James Aldrich Wyman Rembert
Swift's Digression on Madness: A Metaphysical Cobweb Prob-
lem. (1969, under the direction of Dougald MacMilian.)
William Elford Eogers
Image and Abstraction: Six Middle English Religious Lyrics.
(1970, under the direction of Siegfried Wenzel.)
Charles D. Sherrer, C.S.C.
The Unity of Shakespeare's History Cycle. (1969, under the
direction of 0. B. Hardison.)
William Howard Shurr
The Symbolic Structure of Herman Melville's Clarel. (1969, un-
der the direction of Richard H. Fogle.)
Matthew V. Skulicz
A Descriptive Syntax of JElfric's First Series of Catholic
Homilies, MS Royal 7 C xii. (1970, under the direction of Norman
E. Eliason.)
John Bristow Smith
A Computer Assisted Analysis of Imagery in Joyce's A Por-
trait of the Artist. (1970, under the direction of Weldon Thorn-
ton.)
Patricia Carol Stephens
Jonathan Swift's Poetry. (1970, under the direction of Al-
brecht B. Strauss.)
Peter A. Stitt
The Poetry of Agrarianism: A Study of Donald Davidson,
John Crowe Ransom, Allen Tate, and Robert Penn Warren. (1970,
under the direction of Louis Rubin.)
David George Stratman
Matthew Arnold and Wallace Stevens: Imagination as Value.
(1970, under the direction of Richard H. Fogle.)
ENGLISH
139
George Andrew von Glahn
Natural Eloquence and the Democratic Gospel : The Idea of an
American Rhetoric from the Second Great Awakening to Cooper's
Natty Bumppo. (1969, under the direction of Daniel W. Patter-
son.)
Lawrence A. Walz
From the Heroic Age : The Theme of Decline Through Time in
the Fiction of Joseph Conrad. (1969, under the direction of Fred
C. Thomson.)
Thomas Clayton Ware
George Moore's Theory and Practice of the Novel. (1969, under
the direction of H. K. Russell.)
David Mardsen Wells
A Critical Edition of the Old English Genesis A With a Trans-
tion. (1969, under the direction of Norman E. Eliason.)
Mary Cameron Williams
Unifying Methods in Jonson's Early Comedy. (1970, under
the direction of Ernest W. Talbert.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Susan Henderson Abney
The Middle English Lullaby. (1969, under the direction of
Siegfried Wenzel.)
Janice Karen Albrecht
Elements of the Dramatic Monologue in John Donne's Songs
and Sonnets. (1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Hannah Wheeler Andrews
O'Neill's Morning Becomes Electro,: A Technical and Philo-
sophical Exploration. (1970, under the direction of Kimball
King.)
William Leake Andrews
Romeo and the Tragic Process. (1970, under the direction of
Peter G. Phialas.)
Christopher Paul Baker
The Conceit in Donne's Meditations. (1970, under the direction
of R. B. Voitle.)
i
140
RESEARCH
Beverly Lake Barge
A Catalog of the Collected Papers and Manuscripts of Robert
C. Ruark. (1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
David B. Bare
The Thematic Significance of Animal Imagery in the Miranda
Stories. (1969, under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
Walter Hartwell Bennett, Jr.
An Examination of William Stvron's The Confessions of Nat
Turner: Interpretation and Criticism. (1969. under the direction
of Louis Rubin.)
Susan V. Berman
A Reading of William Cowper's Task: A Detachment-Involve-
ment Dialectic. (1970, under the direction of Robert Haig.)
Sarah Louise Bernard
Melville's ' 'The Lightning-Rod Man" : A Happy Failure. (1969.,
under the direction of Daniel W. Patterson.)
Virginia Claire Blakeney
A Classification and Explanation of Similes and Metaphors in
Selected Novels of Daniel Defoe. (1969. under the direction of
Robert Haig.)
William H. Blanton
The Two Modes of Vision in Flannery O'Connor's Short Fic-
tion. (1969. under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
Elizabeth Ann Bodenheimer
The Birthday Party Motif in 20th Century Drama. (1969, un-
der the direction of Kimball King.)
Dorothy Hensley Bolch
Hardy's Jude and Dreiser's Clyde: The Spiritual and the
Materialistic Approach to Naturalism. (1970, under the direction
of J. 0. Bailey.)
Shirley B. Bourne
Joyce's Malachi Mulligan: His Roles and His Relationship with
Stephen Dedalus and Leopold Bloom. (1969, under the direction
of Howard Harper.)
ENGLISH
141
Fkances Douglass Bridgers
The Vocabulary of the Peterborough Chronicle, 1122-1154.
(1969, under the direction of Norman E. Eliason.)
Margaret Berer Bruckner
The Love Poetry of W. H. Auden. (1969, under the direction
of George S. Lensing.)
Cynthia Kay Wallace Bullock
Affirmation and Coherence in Virginia Woolf's The Years.
(1970, under the direction of Howard M. Harper.)
Dorothea D. Burkhart
An Analysis of D. H. Lawrence's "The Woman Who Rode
Away." (1969, under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
J OSEPH RoYALL CaRRAWAY
Character in Amelia. (1970, under the direction of Albrecht
Strauss.)
Clelia Stone Casey
Matthew Arnold and the French Revolution. (1970, under the
direction of J. 0. Bailey.)
Franklin Bradsher Chacey
Affective Structure in D. H. Lawrence's The Plumed Serpent
and Women in Love. (1969, under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Robert Leo Cherry
Browning's History of the Development of Religious Ideas.
(1970, under the direction of J. O. Bailey.)
Carolyn Marie Christensen
E. A. Robinson's Early Use of Fixed Form. (1970, under the
direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Thomas Arthur Clere
Joyce Cary's Philosophy as Exemplified in Charley Is My Dar-
ling. (1969, under the direction of Joseph M. Flora.)
Carole Petit Cole
The Role of the Artist: William Blake and Gulley Jimson.
(1969, under the direction of Richard H. Fogle.)
142
RESEARCH
William Eoy Colquitt, Jk.
This Great State of Fools: A Study of King Lear. (1969, under
the direction of Dennis Donovan.)
Maky Elizabeth Culp
A Critical History of "The Garden." (1970, under the direction
of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Margaret Gale Davis
The Emergence of the Image in Early Poetry of William Car-
los Williams. (1970, under the direction of George Lensing.)
Joseph William Dougherty
The Spiritual Journal of the Narrator in the Middle English
Poem, Pearl. (1970, under the direction of J. Christopher Brook-
house.)
Richard Howard Fabacher
Samuel Johnson and Satire. (1969, under the direction of Den-
nis G. Donovan.)
Nancy R. Finn
Modern Irish Drama: A Study of Irish Drama Since 1926.
(1969, under the direction of Kimball King.)
Bruce M. Firestone
A Study of Waiting for Godot. (1970, under the direction of
Kimball King).
Benjamin Sands Forkner III
Language and Character in Joyce's A Portrait of the Artist.
(1969, under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
John Edmund Foss
The Significance of the Sexual Act after the Fall in Paradise
Lost. (1969, under the direction of J. A. Devereux.)
Carole Lenore France
Saul Bellow's Eerzog: A Living Novel. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Howard Harper.)
James Dickson Gault, Jr.
A Structural and Thematic Analysis of Saul Bellow's Herzog.
(1969, under the direction of Howard Harper.)
ENGLISH
143
John C. Giacoletti
An Investigation of the Manuscript, The Most Auntient History
of God and Man. (1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Dono-
van.)
Arthur Edward Gowran
The Gradual Artistic Maturity of Milton, Humanist Poet.
(1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Mary Charmian Green
A Study of the Uses of Language in Thomas Wolfe 's A Portrait
of Bascom Eawke. (1969, under the direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Daniel V. Gribbin
William Faulkner's Portrait of Jason in The Sound and the
Fury. (1969, under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
Lucinda Clay Hardwick
George Eliot 's Moral Psychology : A Study of Method and De-
sign in Middlemarch. (1969, under the direction of Charles Edge.)
Elizabeth Johnson Hart
Approaches to Tragedy in Contemporary American Drama.
(1969, under the direction of Kimball King.)
Marion Lynne Hawkins
The Function of the Physicians in Macbeth. (1969, under the
direction of Peter G. Phialas.)
Carole Lynn Hecht
" Rabbit " Angstrom's Spiritual Homelessness. (1969, under
the direction of Howard Harper.)
Margaret Mary Heffernan
Late Sixteenth and Early Seventeenth Century Nativity Poems.
(1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Carol Eeed Holder
Red and Green in James Joyce's A Portrait of the Artist as a
Young Man. (1969, under the direction of Weldon Thornton.)
Clarence P. Huggins, Jr.
The Recurrent Situation as an Exploratory Device in Three
Works by D. H. Lawrence. (1969, under the direction of Weldon
Thornton.)
144
RESEARCH
Sandra Ann Hunt
John Barth: The Novel of Fiction. (1969, under the direction
of Howard Harper.)
David E. Ingold
The Sound and the Fury and Southern Romanticism. (1970,
under the direction of Howard Harper.)
Steven Lewis James
Rogue Personae in Sixteenth Century Drama: An Historical
Perspective. (1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Ben Hell Jennings
The Religious Themes in John Updike's Couples. (1970, under
the direction of Howard Harper.)
Marietta Lenear Julienne
Confrontation and Redemption in Flannery O'Connor's A
Good Man is Hard to Find. (1969, under the direction of Howard
Harper.)
Eichard Allen Keithley
The Dual Function of the City in Saul Bellow's Novels. (1969,
under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Margaret Lee Kent
The Novels of Walker Percy. (1969, under the direction of
Kimball King.)
Chung Sook Kim
Criticism of The Vicar of Wakefield in the Twentieth- Century.
(1970, under the direction of Charles E. Edge.)
Margaret Fontaine King
John Phillips Marquand and Ellen Glasgow : the Individual in
a Traditional Society. (1969, under the direction of Kimball King.)
Pamela Patterson Kirkpatrick
Some Aspects of the Fall in Andrew Marvell's Pastoral Lyrics.
(1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Katharine Northern Land
Poetry and Myth as Devices of Structure in Four Plays by
Archibald MacLeish. (1969, under the direction of Kimball King.)
ENGLISH
145
William Eveeett Lasher
A Grammar of the Subjunctive Mood in Dependent Clauses of
Edmund Spenser's Faerie Queene. (1969, under the direction of
James R. Gaskin.)
Margaret Ledford Lawson
Critics of Keats' Hyperion: 1820 to 1967. (1969, under the
direction of Richard H. Fogle.)
Thomas James Leach
Mysticism in Robinson Jeffers' Short Poems. (1969, under the
direction of Joseph M. Flora.)
Judith Ann Leary
The Plays of John Millington Synge: A Study in Dramatic
Development. (1969, under the direction of Kimball King.)
Tae Dong Lee
Hardy's Attitude Toward War as Expressed in The Dynasts.
(1970, under the direction of J. 0. Bailey.)
Barbara Ann Lilly
Stylistic Changes in Robert Lowell's Poetry. (1969, under the
direction of Ronald Moran.)
Erika Caroline Dorothea Lindemann
The Meter of Piers Plowman. (1969, under the direction of
Norman E. Eliason.)
Gayle Ponder Lloyd
A Study of D. H. Lawrence's Ideas in The Boy in the Bush.
(1969, under the direction of Charles E. Edge.)
Helen Heusner Lojek
Faulkner's Use of History in Absalom, Absalom! (1970, under
the direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Annie Fay Lomax
Arthur Miller's The Crucible: A Reassessment. (1969, under
the direction of Joseph M. Flora.)
Rosalyn Fleming Lomax
Metamorphosis in Robert Herrick's Hesperides. (1970, under
the direction of Robert Voitle.)
146
RESEARCH
Christopher Bruce Martin
Hemingway's In Our Time: 1 'Pretty Good Unity." (1970,
under the direction of Howard Harper.)
Elizabeth Lumsden Martin
"So Long!": An Extended Footnote on Walt Whitman's
Valedictory Poem. (1969, under the direction of Lewis Leary.)
James Eobert Martin
The Pilgrim's Regress: C. S. Lewis's Pathway to Belief. (1969,
under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Leroy Martin, Jr.
An Analyst of the Be + En Construction in Macbeth and Othel-
lo. (1969, under the direction of James R. Gasein.)
Daniel Graig Masters
"Looking Toward What We Are": A Study of Theodore
Roethke's Praise To The End. (1970, under the direction of George
Lensing.)
Nancy Jane McCaskey
Southwestern Humor: British and American Prose Styles.
(1969, under the direction of C. Carroll Hollis.)
Ronald Joseph Mikulak
A Study of the Narrative Structure of Lolita. (1970, under the
direction of Howard M. Harper.)
Horst Mueller
The Stage Plays of Harold Pinter. (1969, under the direction
of Kimball King.)
June Rhyne Mullen
F. Scott Fitzgerald's Flashback Technique: A Study of Six
Short Stories. (1969, under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Louise Trent Oliver
The Evolution of the Mailer Hero Figure. (1970, under the
direction of James Bryan.)
Geraldine Marie Otremba
Tennessee Williams: Techniques of Revision. (1969, under the
direction of Kimball King.)
ENGLISH
147
Phillip Lamar Owens
The Oedipal Conflict in the Novels of John Updike. (1969, un-
der the direction of Howard M. Harper.)
Bess Holland Oxendine
A Psychological Interpretation of Jack London's Martin Eden.
(1970, under the direction of Howard M. Harper.)
Eobert Anthony Page
Gerard Manley Hopkins and the Language of Poetry. (1969,
under the direction of J. 0. Bailey.)
Linda Susanne Pannill
Bad Boy and Satan : Cub and Pilot in Life On the Mississippi.
(1970, under the direction of Louis D. Kubin, Jr.)
Helen Nethercutt Parker
William Golding's The Brass Butterfly: An Analysis. (1970,
under the direction of Howard M. Harper.)
Michele M. S. Patterson
Keats' Fall of Hyperion as Tour-De-Force. (1970, under the
direction of K. H. Fogle.)
Linda Sellars Peavy
The Playwrights' Theater. (1970, under the direction of Lau-
rence G. Avery.)
Joan Evelyn Phillips
The Critical Keception of Henry James's The Princess Casa-
massima. (1969, under the direction of Lewis Leary.)
Ann Rose Plyler
A Study of Farquhar 's The Constant Couple and Sir Harry Wil-
dair. (1970, under the direction of Thomas A. Stumpf.)
Todd M. Poland
The Style of E. M. Forster's Howards End, (1970, under the
direction of C. Hugh Holman.)
Lynda Cole Price
The Family Face : A Study of Heredity in the Novels of Thomas
Hardy. (1970, under the direction of J. O. Bailey.)
148
RESEARCH
William McCrea Eamsey
Character Stereotypes in the Novels of Charles Waddell Ches-
nutt. (1969, under the direction of Louis Rubin.)
Inez Poe Ray
The Women in Shakespeare's Histories: A Study of His Chang-
ing Representation of the Female. (1970, under the direction of
Peter G. Phialas.)
Pamela G-. Richardson
Search for Identity in the Characters of James Baldwin's
Novels. (1969, under the direction of Kimball King.)
Ann McLarty Roberts
The Relationship Between Ben and Eugene in Look Homeward,
Angel. (1969, under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Patricia J. Robertson
Shelley and Hawthorne: A Comparison of Imagery and Sensi-
bility in Some Later Works. (1969, under the direction of Richard
H. FOGLE.)
Leonard W. Rogoff
The Untypical Typography of Tristram Shandy. (1969, under
the direction of Albrecht B. Strauss.)
Elizabeth Travis Rose
The Motif of Birds in A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man
by James Joyce. (1969, under the direction of Louis Rubin.)
Catharine Ellen Roth
Henry Roth's Call It Bleep: The Rhyme of Opposition. (1970,
under the direction of Lewis Leary.)
Anne Ervin Rowe
William Styron: Approaches to Violence. (1969, under the di-
rection of H. K. Russell.)
Donald Clinton Samson
Woe and Wonder in Hamlet. (1969, under the direction of
Ernest W. Talbert.)
Bonnie Kime Scott
Conrad's Techniques of Narration in Three Tales of Imitation.
(1969, under the direction of Charles E. Edge.)
ENGLISH
149
MaXINE MORGAN FuNDERBURK SCOTT
The Protest Novels of Chester Bomar Himes. (1969, under the
direction of Louis Rubin.)
Robert Thomas Self
The End of the Genteel Era : Barrett Wendell, Teacher, Critic,
Literary Historian. (1970, under the direction of C. Carroll
Hollis.)
Peter Kent Shea
Thomas Randolph's Conceited Pedler: Edited, with an Intro-
duction. (1969, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
Norma Kay Shellenberger
Boswell and the Novelists : Descriptive Techniques in The Life of
Johnson. (1969, under the direction of Albrecht B. Strauss.)
Judy Frances Shelton
Henry James and Jane Austen : A Comparison of The Portrait
of a Lady and Emma. (1969, under the direction of C. Carroll
Hollis.)
Joseph Michael Smith
Balthasar Gracian in the History of Criticism. (1969, under the
direction of 0. B. Hardison.)
Ronnie Kay Smith
Three Kinds of Golding Characters. (1969, under the direction
of Howard Harper.)
Janet Aucremann Snipes
The Function of Ideas in the Poetry of W. B. Yeats. (1969, un-
der the direction of Ronald Moran.)
John Clement Stalker
Sir John Cheke's Translation of the Gospel According to Mat-
thew. (1969, under the direction of 0. B. Hardison.)
William Anthony Stanton
Man Divided: The Dualistic Concept of Nature in the Poetry
of John Donne. (1970, under the direction of Dennis G. Donovan.)
J ames Edgar Tanner, Jr.
Anticipation of The Great Gatsly in All the Sad Young Men.
(1969, under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
150
RESEARCH
David Otis Tomlinson
Sidney Lanier and Agrarianism. (1969, under the direction of
Daniel W. Patterson.)
William Randolph Tukner
Mules, Horses, and Buggies in William Faulkner's The Earn-
let. (1969, under the direction of H. K. Russell.)
Marie-Louise Steinbach
The Use of the Infinitive in Beowulf. (1970, under the direction
of Norman E. Eliason.)
ROWENA C. TlLLINGHAST
Imagery, Event, and Reality in Pericles and The Tempest.
(1970, under the direction of Peter G. Phialas.)
Mary Poe Twitchell
The ' ' Storyteller ' ' in John Barth : The Floating Opera and The
Sot-Weed Factor. (1970, under the direction of Louis Rubin.)
James Van Cleave
Versions of Percy. (1970, under the direction of Kimball King.)
Milton Spangler Van Hoy
An Examination of Matthew Prior and Charles Montagu's The
Hind and the Panther Transvers'd to the Story of the Country
Mouse and the City Mouse. (1969, under the direction of Robert
Haig.)
James T. Watt
Blake's Use of Paradise Lost in Milton. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Robert Kirkpatrick.)
Christian William Willerton
Henry and William James on Consciousness. (1970, under the
direction of Robert A. Bain.)
Marvin Lynn Witherspoon
The "Other" Societies: A Study of William Golding's Lord of
the Flies and The Inheritors. (1970, under the direction of C. T.
Ludington.)
George Hubert Wolfe
The Structure of the Heraldic Universe and Its Relation to
Artistic Consciousness in Lawrence Durrell's Alexandria Quartet.
{1969, under the direction of Howard M. Harper.)
EXTENSION DIVISION STAFF
151
John Martin Woodside III
Buck Mulligan : The Structure and Significance of His Conflict
with Stephen in Ulysses. (1969, under the direction of Weldon
Thornton.)
Peter Lawrence Yeager
A Heading Sequence for the Sonnets of Sir Thomas Wyatt.
(1970, under the direction of James A. Devereux, S.J.)
EXTENSION DIVISION STAFF
Audiovisual Bureau
Kenneth Murchison McIntyre
Terminal Report on Institute in Educational Media for College
and University Personnel. University of North Carolina, Bureau of
Audiovisual Education, Chapel Hill, 1969. Pp. 40 and appendix.
Final TV Supplement for Institute in Educational Media for
College and University Faculty Personnel, TELEVISION PRO-
DUCTIONS: A SERIES OF ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
University of North Carolina, Bureau of Audiovisual Education,
Chapel Hill, 1969. Pp. 38 and appendix. An Overview: Applications
of Educational Technology to Higher Education; Multi-Media Tech-
niques for Instruction; 16 mm Films: Utilization and Curriculum
Examples; 16 mm Films: Sources and Selection; Overhead Trans-
parencies: Utilization and Curriculum Examples; Overhead Trans-
parencies: Production; Slides and Filmstrips: Production and
Utilization; Learning Laboratories and Dial Access; Media in Indi-
vidualized Instruction and the Continuous Progress Concept; 8 mm
Films and Loops: Equipment and Format; Closed Circuit Tele-
vision and Video Tapes for Instruction; Computer Assisted Instruc-
tion; Communication in the Professions and Industry.
D wight Carroll Ehyne
Editor, Adult Education.
"An Analysis of the Extension Division of the University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill," From the Dean's Desk. Association
of University Evening Colleges (February 1970), 1-17.
Norfleet Hardy
Editor, NCAEA Notes, North Carolina Adult Education As-
sociation.
1 ' Community Service Through ' Great Decisions, ' ' ■ Junior Col-
lege Journal, 40 (March 1970), 41-44 .
152
EESEARCH
"William Willis Kitchix
"The Relevance of Some Recent Research in Sensory Depriva-
tion to Education." The High School Journal 22 March 1969).
419-26.
Influences on Adult Lec-rr.ing in the Evening College. The Uni-
versity of Xorth Carolina Extension Bulletin. Volume XLIX. Xo. 2.
Chapel Hill: Creative Printers. 1970. Pp. 79.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Stephen Shaw Bledsall
"The Spatial Context for Research on Rural African Marketing
Patterns." in Besearch in Sural Africa, ed.. X. X. Miller. East Lan-
sinsr: African Studies Center. Michigan State University. 1969.
Pp. 291-96.
•"Preliminary Analysis of the 1965 Wallace Vote in the South-
east." Southeastern Geographer. 9 (Xovember 1969). 55-66.
Clyde Eugexe Beo w>oxg
A Bibliography of Dissertations in Geography : 1901 to 1969.
Studies in Geography Xo. 1. Chapel Hill: Department of Geog-
raphy. University of Xorth Carolina. 1970. Pp. 106.
"The State Capitals: Meaningful Geographic Analysis vs.
Memorization." Journal of Geography. 69 (January 1970'. 40-45.
Review of B. T. Robson. Zr: :.n Ana', y sis: A $:udy City Stn :-
::,t-- B efer -:y.:e :: > : : d e r. n a Ca:v_br::ige : Cambridge
University Press. 1969 . in The Prc 'essi: nal Geographer. 22 (March
1970}. 112.
Johx Douglas Eyee
Guest Editor. Southeastern Geographer, Xovember 1969.
•"Development Trends in the Japanese Electric Power Industry,
1963-65." The Professional Geographer. 22 (January 1970}. 26-30.
"City-County Territorial Competition: The Portsmouth. Vir-
ginia Case." Southeastern Geographer. 9 (Xovember 1969'. 26-35.
' *Keepinsr Up With Japan." Geographical Review. 60 April
1970}. 264-67.
Aetelte Johx Havtlet
Guest editor. Southeastern Ge:c ' v . \ Xovember 1970.
(With David W. Bunn.) •'Irrigation in the South. 1919-1964."
Soyitheastern Geographer. 10 (Xovember 1970}. 39-46.
GE 06EAPHY
153
Keview of Jen-Hu Chang, Climate and Agriculture: An Eco-
logical Survey (Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company, 1968), in
Geographical Review, 59 (July 1969), 455-57.
Richard Joseph Kopec
" Further Observations of the Urban Heat Island in a Small
City," Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 51 (July
1970), 602-6.
Richard Ellis Lonsdale
Editor, Southeastern Geographer.
(With James R. Anderson, et al.) Geography in the Two-Year
Colleges. Washington: Association of American Geographers, 1970.
Pp. 90.
" Rural Labor as an Attraction for Industry," A.I.D.C. Journal,
4 (October 1969), 11-17.
1 1 Barriers to Rural Industrialization in the South," Proceedings
of the Association of American Geographers, 1 (1969), 84-88.
Review of Emilo Stanley, Regional Distribution of Soviet Indus-
trial Manpower: 1940-60 (New York: Frederick A. Praeger, 1968),
in Economic Geography, 45 (July 1969), 280-81.
Barry Martin Moriarty
"A Test of Alternative Hypotheses of Urban Residential
Growth," Proceedings of the Association of American Geographers,
2 (1970), 97-101.
Peter J ohn Robinson
(With J. A. Davies.) "A Simple Energy Balance Approach to
the Moisture Balance Climatology of Africa," in Environment
and Land Use in Africa, eds,, M. F. Thomas and G. W. Whitting-
ton. London: Methuen, 1969. Pp. 23-56.
(With J. A. Davies and M. Nunez.) Radiation Measurement
over Lake Ontario and the Determination of Emissivity. Contract
No. HO 81276, Report 1. Ottawa: Department of Energy, Mines and
Resources, Canada, 1970. Pp. 85.
(With J. A. Davies and M. Nunez.) Grimsby Tower Radiation
Data. Contract No. HO 81276, Report 2. Ottawa : Department of
Energy, Mines and Resources, Canada, 1970. Pp. 148.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
154
RESEARCH
Hikmat Omar Al-Hadithi
Selecting New Plant Locations : A Case Study of Decision Mak-
ing by a Major Textile Firm. (1969, under the direction of Richard
Ellis Lonsdale.)
James William Clay
Water-Related Problems and Their Effects on the Spatial Ar-
rangement of Agricultural Production in the Mexicali-San Luis
Valley of Northwest Mexico. (1969, under the direction of David
Giovanni Basile.)
James Fredrick Hamburg
The Influence of Railroads on the Processes and Patterns of
Settlement in South Dakota. (1969, under the direction of Richard
Grey Smith.)
Douglas Milton Orr, Jr.
Congressional Redisricting: The North Carolina Experience.
(1969, under the direction of John Douglas Eyre.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Carroll Breyard Arndt
Locational Considerations in the North Carolina Broiler Indus-
try. (1969, under the direction of Dayid Giovanni Basile.)
Louise Dow Bailey
The Problems Associated with the Establishment of a Branch
Plant in a Largely Rural Area of the South. (1970, under the di-
rection of Richard Ellis Lonsdale.)
Dayid Eugene Bartlett
Local Development Corporations as a Factor in Industrial Lo-
cation. (1970, under the direction of Richard Ellis Lonsdale.)
Gabriel Franklin Buntzman
Negro Voting in the Electoral Geography of Raleigh, North
Carolina. (1970, under the direction of John Douglas Eyre.)
John Bledsoe Cole
A Regression Analysis Gravity Model Approach to Commuting
Behavior. (1970, under the direction of Richard Ellis Lonsdale.)
GEOLOGY
155
Robert Forsyth Ellis
A Spatial Analysis of the Potential Shift of Flue-Cured Tobacco
Allotments in North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of Ar-
thur John Hawley.)
Walter Joseph Gomez
The 1966 North Carolina Legislative Reapportionment: A
Geographical Appraisal. (1970. under the direction of John
Douglas Eyre.)
Jan Westerik
Urban Ethnic Enclaves and the Retail Business Structure: A
Study in Geographical Association. (1970, under the direction of
Clyde Eugene Browning.)
Roger Wiringa White
Commuting, Labor Supply, and Locational Equilibrium : A
Weberian Gravity Model for Plant Location, with a Partial Cali-
bration for Eastern North Carolina. (1969, under the direction of
Richard Ellis Lonsdale.)
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
James Robert Butler
' ' Origin of Precambrian Granitic Gneiss in the Beartooth Moun-
tains, Montana and Wyoming," in Igneous and Met amorphic Ge-
ology, eds., Leonard Larsen, Vincent Manson, and Martin Prinz.
Geological Society of America, Memoir 115, 1969. Pp. 73-101.
(With P. C. Ragland.) "Petrology and Chemistry of Meta-
Igneous Rocks in the Albemarle Area, North Carolina Slate Belt,"
American Journal of Science, 267 (1969), 700-726.
(With P. C. Ragland.) "A Petrochemical Survey of Plutonic
Intrusions in the Piedmont, Southeastern Appalachians, U.S.A.,"
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 24 (1969), 164-90.
"Field and Petrographic Relationships Among Intrusive Rocks
of the Carolina Piedmont," Geological Society of America, Ab-
stracts with Programs, 1: 4 (1969), 12.
(With P. C. Ragland.) "Differentiation Trends in the In-
trusive Rocks of the Carolina Piedmont," Geological Society of
America, Abstracts with Programs, 1 : 4 (1969), 66.
"Brevard Zone and Adjacent Rocks East of Asheville, North
Carolina," Geological Society of America, Abstracts with, Pro-
grams, 2 (1970), 198-99.
156
RESEARCH
John Manley Dennison
Tioga Bentonite and Other Isochronous Units in the Devonian
Oriskany to Tully Interval of the Appalachian Basin," Geological
Society of America, Abstracts With Programs, 1: 1 (1969), 13.
(With A. J. Boucot.) " Little War Gap at Clinch Mountain Has
Most Nearly Complete Devonian Section in Eastern Tennessee,"
Geological Society of America, Abstracts With Programs, 1 : 4
(1969) , 17-18.
(With W. A. Oliver, Jr., W. deWitt, D. M. Hoskins, and J. W.
Huddle.) "Correlation of Devonian Kock Units in the Appalachian
Basin," United States Geological Survey, Oil and Gas Investiga-
tions Chart, OC-64 (1969).
"Earth Sciences," 1970 Britannica Yearbook of Science and
the Future, 1969, 158-60.
"Statistical Meaning in Geological Field Work," Geological
Society of America, Abstracts With Programs, 1 : 7 (1969), 45-46.
(With D. A. Textoris.) "Devonian Tioga Tuff in Northeastern
United States," in Symposium on Volcanoes and Their Boots, Ox-
ford: International Association of Volcanology and Chemistry of
the Earth's Interior, 1969. Pp. 222-23.
(With R. W. Johnson.) "Effects of Tertiary Intrusions and the
Thirty-eighth Parallel Fracture Zone in Virginia and West Vir-
ginia," Geological Society of America, Abstracts With Programs, 2
(1970) , 205.
(With D. A. Textoris.) "Petrology of Devonian Tioga Ben-
tonite," Geological Society of America, Abstracts With Programs, 2
(1970), 243-44.
"Petroleum Related to Middle and Upper Devonian Deltaic
Facies in Central Appalachians," American Association Petroleum
Geologists Bulletin, 54 (1970), 844.
(With M. L, Jones.) "Oriented Fossils as Paleocurrent Indi-
cators in Paleozoic Lutites of Southern Appalachians, ' ' Journal of
Sedimentry Petrology, 40 (1970), 642-49.
" Stratigraphic Divisions of Upper Devonian Greenland Gap
Group ("Chemung Formation") along Allegheny Front in West
Virginia, Maryland, and Highland County, Virginia," Southeastern
Geology, 12 (1970), 53-82.
"Earth Sciences," 1971 Britannica Yearbook of Sciences and
the Future, 1970, pp. 175-78.
(With T. R,. Worsley.) " Sedimentology of Whites Creek Delta
in Watts Bar Lake, Tennessee," Geological Society of America,
Special Paper, 121 (1969), 476.
"Silurian Stratigraphy and Sedimentary Tectonics of South-
GEOLOGY
157
ern "West Virginia and Adjacent Virginia," Appalachian Geolog-
ical Society, Field Conference Guidebook (1970), 2-33.
(With D. A. Textoris.) "Devonian Tioga Tuff in Northeastern
United States," Bulletin Volcanologique, 34 (1970), 289-94.
Review of John I. Piatt and John Challinor, Simple Geological
Structures (London: Thomas Murby and Company, 4th ed., 1968),
in Journal of Geological Education, 17 (1969), 110.
David Evan Dunn
(With P. J. Roper.) Geology of the Tamassee, Satolah, Cashiers
Quadrangles, Oconee County, South Carolina. South Carolina De-
velopment Board, Division of Geology, MS-16. Columbia: South
Carolina Division of Geology, 1970. Pp. 55.
(With P. W. Weigand.) 1 ' Geology of the Pilot Mountain and
Pinnacle Quadrangles, North Carolina," North Carolina Division
of Mineral Resources, Geologic Map Series, 1 (1969).
(With J. R. Butler, P. W. Weigand, and P. S. Justus.) "Lithol-
ogy and Structural Style of the Brevard Zone, North Carolina,"
Geological Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 433-34.
(With J. E. Fish and W. R. Muehlberger. ) "Crustal Structure
of the Central Texas Gulf Coastal Plain," Geological Society of
America, Abstracts with Programs, 2 (1970), 284.
(With P. J. Roper.) " Structural Evolution of Northwestern
South Carolina," Geological Society of America, Abstracts with
Programs, 2 (1970), 284.
(With P. J. Roper.) "Structural Evolution of Northwestern
South Carolina," Geological Society of America, Abstracts with
Programs, 2 (1970), 239-40.
Paul David Fullagar
(With R. V. Dietrich and M. L. Bottino.) "K-Ar and Rb-Sr
Dating of Tectonic Events in the Appalachians of Southwestern
Virginia," Geological Society of America Bulletin, 80 (1969),
307-14.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Tertiary Rb-Sr Age of a Felsite In-
trusion in the Valley and Ridge Province, Virginia," Geological
Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 437.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Tertiary Felsite Intrusions in the Val-
ley and Ridge Province, Virginia," Geological Society of America
Bulletin, 80 (1969), 1853-58.
(With M. L. Bottino, H. W. Fairbairn, W. H. Pinson, Jr., and
P. M. Hurley.) "Rubidium-Strontium Study of the Blue Hills
158
RESEARCH
Igneous Complex and the Wamsutta Formation Rhyolite, Massa-
chusetts," Geological Society of America, Special Paper, 121
(1969), 423.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Rubidium-Strontium Age Study of
Middle Devonian Tioga Bentonite," Southeastern Geology, 10
(1969), 247-56.
"Whole-Rock Rubidium-Strontium Ages of the Liberty Hill
Pluton, South Carolina and the Salisbury Pluton, North Carolina, ' '
Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 1 : 4
(1969) , 26.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Sulfide Mineralization and Anomalous
Rb-Sr Whole-Rock Ages," Geological Society of America, Abstracts
with Programs, 1: 7 (1969), 72-73.
(With M. L. Bottino.) " Rudibium-Strontium Age Study of
Middle Devonian Tioga Bentonite," Geological Society of America,
Abstracts with Programs, 1: 4 (1969), 27.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Rb-Sr Whole-Rock Ages of Silurian-
Devonian Volcanics from Eastern Maine," Maine Geological Sur-
vey Bulletin, 23 (1970), 49-52.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Sulfide Mineralization and Rubidium-
Strontium Geochronology at Ore Knob, North Carolina, and Duck-
town, Tennessee," Economic Geology, 65 (1970), 541-50.
(With M. L. Bottino, H. W. Fairbairn, W. H. Pinson, Jr., and
P. M. Hurley.) "The Blue Hills Igneous Complex, Massachusetts:
Whole-Rock Rb-Sr Open Systems," Geological Society of America
Bulletin, 81 (1970), 3739-46.
(With M. L. Bottino.) "Weathering's Effect on Rb-Sr Whole-
Rock Ages," Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Pro-
grams, 2 (1970), 210-11.
(With M. L. Bottino and B. M. French.) "Rb-Sr Study of
Shock-Metamorphosed Inclusions from the Onaping Formation,
Sudbury, Ontario," American Geophysical Union Transactions, 51
(1970) , 433.
1 ' Age and Origin of Plutonic Intrusions in the Piedmont of the
Southeastern Appalachians," Geological Society of America, Ab-
stracts with Programs, 2 (1970), 556-57.
(With A. L. Odom.) "Isotopic Evidence for Late Devonian
Movement Along the Brevard Zone," Geological Society of Amer-
ica, Abstracts with Programs, 2 (1970), 638-39.
(With M. L. Bottino, C. C. Schnetzler, and J. A. Philpotts.)
"On the Cryptic Component of the Apollo 12 Soil," American
Geophysical Union Transactions, 51 (1970), 772.
GEOLOGY
159
Roy Lee Ingram
(With P. A. Thayer and D. S. Kirstein.) Stratigraphy, Sedi-
mentology, and Economic Geology of the Dan River Basin, North
Carolina. Field Trip Guidebook, Carolina Geological Society, 1970.
Pp. 44.
(With T. E. Pickett.) "The Modern Sediments of Pamlico
Sound, North Carolina/' Southeastern Geology, 11 (1969), 53-83.
(With D. E. Owens.) "A Practical Comparison of Methods of
Computing Grain-Size Parameters," American Association of Pe-
troleum Geologists Bulletin, 53 (1969), 735.
Benjamin Jeffry Korgen
(With G. Bodvarsson and L. D. Kulm.) "Current Speeds Near
the Ocean Floor West of Oregon," Deep-Sea Research, 17 (1970),
353-57.
Paul Clyde Ragland
(With J. R. Butler.) "A Petrochemical Survey of Plutonic
Intrusions in the Piedmont, Southeastern Appalachians, U.S.A.,"
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 24 (1969), 164-90.
(With J. R. Butler.) "Petrology and Chemistry of Meta-igneous
Rocks in the Albemarle Area, North Carolina Slate Belt," Amer-
ican Journal of Science, 267 (1969), 700-726.
(With G. K. Billings.) "Atomic Absorption Spectrometry:
Geochemical Techniques and Problems," Canadian Spectroscopy,
14 (1969), 1-7.
(With G. K. Billings.) "Geochemical and Mineralogical Aspects
of Modern Carbonate Sediments: British Honduras," Geological
Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 422.
(With J. R. Carpenter.) "Distribution of Transition Metals in
the Western Stock of the Farrington (North Carolina) Complex,"
Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 1 : 4
(1969), 13.
(With R. V. Dietrich and M. R. Hall.) "Differentiation within
the Mount Airy 'Granite,' " Geological Society of America, Ab-
stracts with Programs, 1: 4 (1969), 19.
(With J. D. Johnson and D. A. Dobbins.) "Chemical Interac-
tions between Solid and Aqueous Phases in an Estuarine Environ-
ment," Geological Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969),
150.
" Alpha-autoradiography and Morphology of Accessory Zircon
Suites," Southeastern Geology, 11 (1969), 1-19.
160
RESEARCH
(With J. R. Butler.) "Differentiation Trends in the Intrusive
Rocks of the Carolina Piedmont," Geological Society of America,
Abstracts with Program, 1: 4 (1969), 66.
(With 0. H. Pilkey and B. W. Blackwelder. ) "Comparison of
the Sr/Ca Ratio of Fossil and Recent Mollusc Shells," Nature,
224 (1969), 1223-24.
(With J. J. W. Rogers and P. S. Justus.) "Chemical Composi-
tion of Triassic Dolerite Magmas from North Carolina and their
Possible Tectonic Significance," Geological Society of America,
Special Paper, 121 (1969), 244.
(With H. D. Wagener.) "Chemical Fractionation in the Far-
rington Igneous Complex, North Carolina," Geological Society of
America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 472.
(With R. V. Dietrich and M. R. Hall.) "Damming Action of
Xenoliths in the Mt. Airy 1 Granite,' North Carolina," Southeastern
Geology, 11 (1970), 205-14.
(With D. A. Dobbins and J. D. Johnson.) "Water-clay Interac-
tions in North Carolina's Pamlico Estuary," Environmental Sci-
ence and Technology, 4 (1970), 743-48.
"Composition and Structural State of the Potassic Phase in
Perthites as Related to Petrogenesis of a Granitic Pluton, ' ' Lithos, 3
(1970), 167-89.
"Subsolidus Unmixing and Inversion of Potassium Feldspars
from a Granitic Pluton," Geological Society of America, Abstracts
with Programs, 2 (1970), 239.
(With P. W. Weigand.) "Geochemistry of Mesozoic Dolerite
Dikes from Eastern North America," Contributions to Mineralogy
and Petrology, 29 (1970), 195-214.
Daniel Andrew Textoris
(With J. M. Dennison.) "Devonian Tioga Tuff in Northeastern
United States," in Symposium on Volcanoes and their Boots, Ox-
ford: International Association of Volcanology and Chemistry of
Earth's Interior, 1969. Pp. 222-23.
"Lack of Void-Filling Sparry Calcite in Some Pelsparites, "
Geological Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 470.
"Petrology of Middle Ordovician Supratidal Carbonates and
Associated Facies, Black River Group of New York," Geological
Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 1: 1 (1969), 58-59.
"Porosity Control by Original Skeletal Mineralogy in Mesozoic
and Tertiary Carbonates," Geological Society of America, Special
Paper, 121 (1969), 295.
GEOLOGY
161
"Supratidal Origin of Appalachian Basin Dolostone," Geolog-
ical Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 470-71.
(With J. E. Cunliffe.) " Petrology of Cretaceous Peedee For-
mation and Eocene Castle Hayne Limestone, North Carolina,"
Geological Society of America, Special Paper, 121 (1969), 428.
(With J. M. Dennison.) 1 'Devonian Tioga Tuff in Northeastern
United States," Bulletin Volcanologique, 34 (1970), 289-94.
(With J. M. Dennison.) ' 'Petrology of Devonian Tioga Ben-
tonite," Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs,
2 (1970), 243-44.
(With D. L. Falls.) "Size, Grain Type, and Mineralogical Re-
lationships in Recent Marine Calcareous Beach Sands," Geological
Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 2 (1970), 208.
Review of Otto P. Majewske, Recognition of Invertebrate Fossil
Fragments in Bocks and Thin Sections (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1969),
in American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 54
(1970), 1760-61.
J oel Smith Watkins
Associate Editor, Geophysics.
(With G. P. Eaton.) "The Use of Seismic Refraction and Grav-
ity Methods in Hydrogeological Investigations," in Mining and
Groundwater Geophysics, Economic Geology Report Number 26,
ed., L. W. Morley, Ottawa: Canadian Geological Survey, 1970.
Pp. 544-68.
(With B. D. McAllister, James Kerr, John Zimmer, and R. L.
Kovach.) "A Seismic Refraction System for Lunar Use," Trans-
actions of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,
GE-7 (July 1969), 164-71.
(With J. H. Whitcomb, E. L. Weeks, T. J. Graves, R. L. Kovach,
and R. H. Godson.) "A Lunar Engineering Seismic System,"
Bulletin of the Association of Engineering Geologists, 6 (1969),
119-30.
"Lunar Traverse Geophysics in the Post-Apollo Time Frame,"
American Astronautical Society, Operations Research Society Joint
National Meeting, 1969, 155.
(With D. M. Best, W. H. Geddes, T. C. Hu, and D. H. Walz.),
"Gravity Investigation of the Contact between the Carolina Slate
Belt and the Charlotte Belt in Central North Carolina," Geolog-
ical Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 2 (1970), 195-96.
(With Thomas Huggett), "Evidence of Middle Paleozoic Sea-
Floor Spreading in the Southern Appalachians," Transactions,
American Geophysical Union, 51 (1970), 824.
162
RESEARCH
Walter Hall Wheeler
Physical Geology. A Correspondence Course Manual for Geology
11 for the Extension Division of the University of North Carolina,
1969. Pp. 102.
Historical Geology. A Correspondence Course Manual for Ge-
ology 42 for the Extension Division of the University of North
Carolina, 1970. Pp. 89.
(With W. C. Fallaw.) 4 'Marine Fossiliferous Pleistocene De-
posits in Southeastern North Carolina/' Southeastern Geology, 10
(1969), 35-54.
(With H. A. Curran.) 1 1 Confirmation of Cretaceous Age of Some
Indurated Strata near Castle Hayne, North Carolina," Geological
Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 1: 4 (1969), 86-87.
(With A. P. Kandazzo and W. Swe.) "A Study of Tectonic In-
fluence on Triassic Sedimentation — The Wadesboro Basin, Central
Piedmont," Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, 40 (1970), 998-
1006.
William Alexander White
The Geomorphology of the Florida Peninsula. Geological Bulle-
tin No. 51, Bureau of Geology, Florida Department of Natural
Eesources, 1970. Pp. 164.
"Erosion of Cirques," Journal of Geology, 78 (1970), 123-26.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Tillman Webb Cooley, Jr.
Stratigraphy and Sedimentology of Surficial Deposits, South
Central North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of Walter
Hall Wheeler.)
Frank Kenneth McKinney
Trepostomatous Ectoprocta of Lower Chicakamauga Group,
Wills Valley, Alabama. (1970, under the direction of Joseph St.
Jean, Jr.)
Daniel David Michalek
Fanlike Features and Related Periglacial Phenomena of the
Southern Blue Ridge. (1969, under the direction of William
Alexander White.)
GEOLOGY
183
Vaneaton Price, Jr.
Distribution of Trace Elements in Plutonic Rocks in the South-
eastern United States. (1969, under the direction of Paul Clyde
Ragland.)
Paul James Eoper
Geology of the Tamassee and Parts of the Satolah and Cashiers
Quadrangles in Northwestern South Carolina. (1970, under the di-
rection of David Evan Dunn.)
Ronald John Scrudato
Kaolin and Associated Sediments of East-Central Georgia.
(1969, under the direction of Daniel Andrew Textoris.)
Gerry Lewis Stirewalt
Structural Analysis of the Sauratown Mountain Anticlinorium
and the Brevard Zone, North Carolina. (1970, under the direction
of David Evan Dunn.)
Henry Dickerson Wagener
Petrology of the Adamellites, Granites and Related Meta-
morphic Rocks of the Winnsboro Quadrangle, South Carolina.
(1970, under the direction of James Robert Butler.)
John Dennis Waskom
Geology and Geophysics of the Lilesville Granite Batholith,
North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of James Robert But-
ler.)
Peter Woolson Weigand
Petrochemistry of Mesozoic Dolerites in the Eastern United
States. (1970, under the direction of Paul Clyde Ragland.)
Augustus O 'Hara Wilson, Jr.
Sedimentary Petrology of the Middle Ordovician Chickamauga
Limestone, Northeastern Alabama. (1970, under the direction of
Daniel Andrew Textoris.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
David Malcolm Best
Determining Best-Fit Two-Dimensional Gravity Anomaly Mod-
els by Partial Derivatives. (1970, under the direction of Joel Smith
Watkins.)
164
RESEARCH
Joseph John Cabaup
Origin and Differentiation of the Gabbro in the Concord Ring
Dike. North Carolina Piedmont. (1969, under the direction of Paul
Clyde Ragland.)
Richard George Chalcraft
Petrography and Geophysics of the Rock Hill Gabbro Pluton,
York County, South Carolina. (1989, under the direction of James
Robert Butler.)
Darryl Lee Falls
Inter-Parametric Relationships in Recent Marine Calcareous
Sands. (1970, under the direction of Daniel Andrew Textoris.)
Michael Wayne Hansen
Petrography of Wisconsinan Loesses of West-Central Illinois.
(1970, under the direction of Daniel Andrew Textoris.)
Jo Wilson Helwig
Statistical Analyses of Grain-Size Parameters. (1969, under the
direction of Roy Lee Ingram.)
Robert Edgar Lemmon
Chemical Trends in the Salisbury Granitic Pluton, Rowan
County, South Carolina. (1969, under the direction of Paul Clyde
Ragland.)
William Arthur Pirkle
The Offset Course of the St. Johns River. (1970, under the di-
rection of William Alexander White.)
Albert Clieeord Staheli
Surface Beach Ridge Sagging as an Indicator to Sub-Surface
Limestone Solution in Central Peninsular Florida. (1969, under
the direction of William Alexander White.)
Peter Woolson Weigand
The Geochemistry of Some Felsic Rocks in the Albemarle, North
Carolina Area. (1969, under the direction of Paul Clyde Rag-
land.)
DEPARTMENT OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES
Walter Karl Francke
"Put a Grimm in your Oral ' Nacherzahlung, ' " Die Unter-
richtspraxis (1969), 34-38.
GERMANIC LANGUAGES
165
Werner Paul Friederich
The Challenge of Comparative Literature and Other Addresses.
The University of North Carolina Studies in Comparative Litera-
ture, No. 51. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press,
1970. Pp. xxiii, 152.
John Gotthold Kunstmann
"Versuch einer Deutung von CGM 4997, Folio 683 Recto,
Strophe XIX-XX," Vergleichen und verdndern. Festschrift fur
Helmut Motekat. Hg. von Albrecht Goetze und Gunther Pflaum.
Munehen, Max Hueber Verlag, 1970. Pp. 1-16.
' i On Tubs and Whales : From the Psalmist and Alexander the
Great to Heinrich von Kleist," in Medieval and Renaissance
Studies, Proceedings of the Southeastern Institute of Medieval and
Renaissance Studies. Summer, 1968, ed., John L. Lievsay. Medieval
and Renaissance Series, No. 4. Durham, North Carolina: Duke
University Press, 1970. Pp. 82-110.
"Nineteenth-Century and Early Twentieth-Century Interpreta-
tions of the Yogelhochzeit," in Studies in German Literature of the
Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. Festschrift for Frederic E.
Coenen, ed., Siegfried E. Mews. University of North Carolina
Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures, No. 67. Chapel
Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 1-10.
George Sherman Lane
1 ' The Inflection of Sanskrit Nouns found in Tocharian Texts, ' 7
Journal of the American Oriental Society, 89 (July-September
1969) , 541-47.
"Tocharian: Indo-European and Non-Indo-European Relation-
ships," in Indo-European and Indo-Europeans, eds., George Car-
dona et al. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1970.
Pp. 73-88.
Review of Winfred P. Lehmann, A Reader in Nineteenth Cen-
tury Historical Linguistics (Bloomington : Indiana University
Press, 1967), in Language, Journal of the Linguistic Society of
America, 45 (March 1969), 132-35.
Review of Otto J. Zitzelsberger, The Two Versions of Sturlangs
Saga Starfsama: a Decipherment, Edition, and Translation of a
Fourteenth Century Icelandic Mythical-Heroic Saga (Dusseldorf :
Michael Triltsch Yerlag, 1969), in Scandinavian Studies, 42 (May
1970) , 206-8.
Robert Stephen Mayo
Herder and the Beginnings of Comparative Literature. The Uni-
166
RESEARCH
versity of North Carolina Studies in Comparative Literature, No.
48. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1969.
Pp. 160.
Review of Franz H. Mautner, Lichteriberg. Geschichte seines
Geistes (Berlin: Walter de Gruyter and Co., 1968), in Germanic
Notes, 1:4 (1970), 30-32.
Siegfried Ernst Mews
Editor, University of North Carolina Studies in the Germanic
Languages and Literatures.
Editor, Studies in German Literature of the Nineteenth and
Twentieth Centuries, Festschrift for Frederic E. Coenen. Univer-
sity of North Carolina Studies in the Germanic Languages and
Literatures, No. 67. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina
Press, 1970. Pp. xx, 250.
' 1 German Reception of American Writers in the Late Nine-
teenth Century," South Atlantic Bulletin, 34: 2 (March 1969),
7-10.
"Sensationalism and Sentimentality: Minor Victorian Prose
Writers in Germany," Modern Language Notes, 84 (1969), 776-78.
"Foreign Literature in German Magazines, 1870-1890," Year-
hook of Comparative and General Literature, 18 (1969), 36-47.
"Zur Funktion der Literatur in Kellers Die Leute von Seld-
wyla," The German Quarterly, 43 (1970), 394-405.
" 'Pack den Tiger in dem Tank' The American Press and the
German Language," Die Unterrichtspraxis (1970), 18-21.
Review of Horst Brunner, Die Poetische Insel. Inseln und In-
selvorstellungen in der deutschen Literatur (Stuttgart: J. B. Metz-
lersche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1967), in Journal of English and
Germanic Philology, 68 (1969), 368-70.
Review of Helmut Kreuzer, Die Boheme. Beitrage zu ihrer
Beschreibung (Stuttgart: J. B. Metzlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung,
1968), in Journal of English and Germanic Philology, 69 (1970),
153-54.
Review of Donald Ray Richards, The German Bestseller in the
20th Century. A Complete Bibliography and Analysis 1915-1940
(Bern: Herbert Lang, 1968), in Journal of English and Germanic
Philology, 69 (1970), 507-10.
Herbert William Reichert
"Symbolism in Gottfried Keller's Sinngedicht," in Studies
in German Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries.
Festschrift for Frederic E. Coenen, ed., Siegfried E. Mews. Uni-
GERMANIC LANGUAGES
167
versity of North Carolina Studies in the Germanic Languages and
Literatures, No. 67. Chapel Hill : The University of North Carolina
Press, 1970. Pp. 111-25.
Review of Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, trans., Harry
Zohn (New York: Schocken Books, 1969), in Monatshefte, 62
(1970), 409-10.
Review of Helmut Heissenbiittel and Heinrieh Vorweg, Brief-
wechsel uber Literatur (Berlin: Luchterhand Verlag, 1969), in
Books Abroad, 44 (Summer 1970), 467-68.
Review of Manfred Durzak, Hermann Brock. Der Dichter und
seine Zeit (Stuttgart, 1968), in Monatshefte, 62 (Summer 1970),
168-70.
Review of Kaspar Loeher, Gottfried Keller. Der Weg zur
Beife (Bern und Miinchen, 1969), in Monatshefte, 62 (1970),
388-89.
Review of Ernst May, Gottfried Kellers Sinngedicht (Bern
und Miinchen, 1969), in Journal of English and Germanic Phil-
ology, 69 (1970), 368-71.
Review of Dorrit C. Cohn, The Sleepwalkers. Elucidation of
Hermann Broch's Trilogy, in Monatshefte, 61 (1969), 86-87.
Christoph Eugen Schweitzer
Editor, Nathan der Weise by Gotthold Ephraim Lessing. New
York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1970. Pp. xii, 196.
Review of Georg Christoph Lichtenberg, Gedankenbucher , ed.,
Franz H. Mautner, (Heidelberg: Lothar Stiehm Verlag, 1967), in
Monatshefte, 61 (1969), 293-94.
Review of Manfred Karnick, (Wilhelm Meisters Wander jahre'
oder die Kunst des Mittelbaren: Studien zum Problem der Ver-
standigung in Goethes Altersepoche (Miinchen: Wilhelm Fink
Verlag, 1968), in Monatshefte, 62 (1970), 391-92.
Review of Hanna Fischer-Lamberg, ed., Der junge Goethe.
Neu bearbeitete Ausgabe in filnf Banden, Vol. IV, Januar-Dezem-
ber 1774 (Berlin: "Walter De Gruyter and Company, 1968), in
Journal of English and Germanic Philology, 69 (1970), 145.
Review of Harold Jantz, The Mothers in Faust. The Myth of
Time and Creativity (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1969),
in Journal of English and Germanic Philology, 69 (1970), 146-47.
Review of Gerda Roder, Gluck und gliickliches Ende im
deutschen Bildungsroman: Eine Studie zu Goethes e Wilhelm Mei-
ster' (Miinchen: Max Hueber Verlag, 1968), in The German Quar-
terly, 43 (1970), 284-85.
168
RESEARCH
Sidney Rtjftjs Smith
"Orthographical Criteria in Eggert Olafsson's ' Rettritabok, ' "
Scandinavian Studies, 41 (August 1969), 231-42.
"German: The Language "We Neglect," North Carolina Educa-
tion. 1: 1 (New Series) (September 1970), 12-14.
"Teaching the Modified- Adjective Construction," Die TJnter-
richtspraxis, 3: 2 (Fall 1970), 52-55.
Review of Vemund Skard, Norsk spraakhistorie, hind I: til 1523
(Oslo: Universitetsforlaget, 1967), in Scandinavian Studies, 42
(August 1970), 358-61.
Ria Stambaugh
TeufeTbucher in Auswahl. Vol. 1 : Ludwig Milichius: Zauberteu-
fel. Schrapteufel. Ausgaben Deutscher Literatur des XV. bis
XVIII. Jahrhunderts, Berlin: Walter De Gruyter, 1970. Pp. 495.
(With William L. Boletta.) "Literature of the Renaissance
in 1968: A Bibliography Germanic," Studies in Philology, 66
(May 1969). 323-91.
"Proverbial and Human Corruption and Other Distortions
of Popular Sayings," Festschrift for Archer Taylor, Proverbium,
15 (1970), 115-19.
Peteus Wilhelmus Tax
4) "Neidhart von Reuental"; 5) "Noker (Memento Mori)";
6) "Osterspiel von Muri"; 7) "Otfrid," in Moderne Encyclo-
pedic der Wereldliteratuur, volume VI (Hilversum, The Nether-
lands, 1970).
Review of Gisela Hollandt, Die Eauptgestalten in Gottfrieds
Tristan (Berlin, 1966), in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Philologie, 88
(1969), 108-12.
Review of David Blamires, Characterization and Individuality
in Wolfram's Parzival (Cambridge, 1966), in Zeitschrift fur
deutsche Philologie, 89 (1970), 117-20.
Review of Edgar Papp, ed., Die altdeutsche Genesis (Miinchen,
1968), in Speculum, 45 (1970), 154-56.
Review of Fachliteratur des Mittelalters. Festschrift fur Ger-
hard Eis (Stuttgart, 1968), in Bulletin of the History of Medicine,
44 (1970), 282-83.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
HISTORY
169
WlLLAKD TlCKNOR DaETSCH
The Almanacs of Gotthold Friedrich Staudlin 1782-1787 and
1792-1793 with Special Emphasis on Their Significance for Fried-
rich Schiller and Friedrich Holderlin. (1969, under the direction
of Werner Paul Friederich.)
Walter Leroy Robbins
The German-American Custom of Wishing in and Shooting
in the New Year. (1969, under the direction of John Gotthold
KUNSTMANN.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Hansford M. Epes, Jr.
Brecht's Use of Split and Ambivalent Characters. (1969, un-
der the direction of Herbert William Reichert.)
Ilse Hildegard Friedrich
Numinose Element in Volkssagen und Volksballaden. (1969,
under the direction of Lutz Rohrich.)
Dorothy Pegg Harris
Recurrent Symbols in Three Novels of Heinrich Boll. (1970, un-
der the direction of Herbert William Reichert.)
Anne Lansing Keeler
A Dramatist of Transition : Jakob Reinhold Lenz, A Pioneer of
Modern Tragicomedy in Germany. (1970, under the direction of
Werner Paul Friederich.)
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
Josef Anderle
"History" [Czechoslovakia], in East Central Europe: A Guide
to Basic Publications, ed., Paul L. Hoercky. Chicago : The Univer-
sity of Chicago Press, 1969. Pp. 197-240.
Review of Richard Felix Staar, The Communist Regimes of East-
ern Europe: An Introduction (Stanford: The Hoover Institution
on War, Revolution and Peace, 1967), in Jahrbuch fur die Ges-
chichte Mittel-und Ostdeutschlands, 18 (1969), 404-5.
Review of Radomir Luza, The Transfer of the Sudeten Germans:
170
RESEARCH
A Study of Czech-German Relations, 1933-1962 (New York: The
New York University Press, 1964), in Jahrbuch fur die Geschichte
Mittel-und Ostdeutschlands, 18 (1969), 552-53.
Stephen Bartow Baxter
"William III : The Protestant Hope," in History of the English
Speaking Peoples, ed., Richard Humble. London : BPC Publishing
Ltd., 1970. Pp. 1852-59.
Review of J. S. Bromley and E. H. Kossman, eds., Britain and
the Netherlands in Europe and Asia: Papers Delivered to the Third
Anglo-Dutch Historical Conference (New York: St. Martin's Press,
1968) , in The American Historical Review, 75 (December 1969),
481-82.
Review of John Carswell, The Descent on England: A Study of
the English Revolution of 1688 and Its European Background (New
York: John Day Company, 1969), The American Historical Re-
view, 75 (October 1970), 1721-22.
Review of P. G. M. Dickson, The Financial Revolution in Eng-
land: A Study in the Development of Public Credit (New York:
St. Martin's Press, 1967), in Journal of Modern History, 41 (June
1969) , 237-38.
Review of Henry Horwitz, Revolution Politicks: The Career of
Daniel Finch, Second Earl of Nottingham, 1647-1730 (New York:
Cambridge University Press, 1968), in Journal of Modern History,
42 (March 1970), 139-40.
Review of John J. Murray, George I, the Baltic and the Whig
Split of 1717 (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1969), in
Journal of Modern History, 42 (September 1970), 396-97.
Frederick Otten Behrends
"Two Spurious Letters in the Fulbert Collection," Revue
Benedictine, 80 (1970), 253-75.
Harold A. Bierck
The United States and Latin America: From the Good Neigh-
bor Policy to the Alliance for Progress. New York: The Macmil-
lan Company, 1969. Pp. 92.
"The Impact of Inter-American Trade on the United States
Economic System to 1815," Secolas Annals, 1 (March 1970), 5-16.
Henry Charles Boren
The Gracci. New York: Twayne Publishers, Inc., 1968. Pp. 146.
HISTORY
171
Lamar John Ryan Cecil
"The Creation of Nobles in Prussia, 1871-1918," American
Historical Review, 75 (February 1970), 757-95.
Review of Gerhard Ritter, Staatskunst und Kriegshandwerk.
Volume III. Die Tragbdie der Staatskunst : Bethmann Hollweg als
Kriegskanzler, 1914-1917 (Munich: R. Oldenbourg, 1964), in
Canadian Journal of History, 4 (September 1969), 120-21.
Review of Jonathan Steinberg, Yesterday's Deterrent: Tirpitz
and the Birth of the German Battle Fleet (New York: The Mac-
millan Company, 1966), in Jahrbuch fur die Geschichte Mitt el- und
Ostdeutschlands, 18 (1969), 394-95.
Review of Egmont Zechlin, Die Deutsche Politik und die Juden
im Ersten Weltkrieg (Gottingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1969),
in Journal of Modern History, 42 (December 1970), 696-98.
Gilliam Townsend Cell
English Enterprise in Newfoundland, 1577-1660. Toronto:
University of Toronto Press, 1969. Pp. xi, 181.
James Isaac Copeland
Editor, Democracy in the Old South and Other Essays by
Fletcher Melvin Green. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press,
1969. Pp. xx, 322.
Review of John M. Jennings, The Library of the College of Wil-
liam and Mary in Virginia, 1693-1793 (Charlottesville: The Uni-
versity Press of Virginia, 1968), in Journal of Library History, 5
(April 1970), 189-90.
Review of Philip C. Brooks, Research in Archives: The Use of
Unpublished Primary Sources (Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1969), in Journal of Southern History, 35 (November 1969),
613.
Elisha Peairs Douglass
Review of Robert C. Alberts, The Golden Voyage: The Life
and Times of William Bingham (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Com-
pany, 1969), in American Historical Review, 75 (June 1970)
1515-16.
Review of William A. Benton, Whig Loyalism: An Aspect of
Political Ideology in the American Revolution (Rutherford, New
Jersey: Fairleigh-Dickinson University Press, 1969), in Journal
of American History, 56 (March 1970) , 899-900.
Review of John M. Head, A Time to Rend: An Essay on the
Decision for Independence (Madison: State Historical Society of
172
RESEARCH
Wisconsin, 1968), in North Carolina Historical Review, 46 (Win-
ter 1969), 73-74.
Peter Gabriel Filene
"An Obitnary for 'The Progressive Movement/ " American
Quarterly, 22 (Spring 1970), 20-34.
"Self-Grading: An Experiment in Learning, " Journal of High-
er Education, 40 (Jnne 1969), 451-58.
(With Donald W. Oliver.) "History in the High School," The
Educational Forum, 34 (November 1969), 71-79.
Clifford McClain Foitst
Muscovite and Mandarin: Russia's Trade with China and its
Setting, 1727-1805. Chapel Hill : The University of North Carolina
Press, 1969. Pp. xvi, 424.
James Logan Godfrey
"Review of North Carolina Nonfiction, 1967-1968," North Car-
olina Historical Review, 46 (Spring 1969), 106-12.
Review of Max Beloff, Imperial Sunset. Volume I, Britain's Lib-
eral Empire, 1897-1921 (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1970), in
Virginia Quarterly Review, 56 (Summer 1970), 499-502.
Review of Roger Fulford, ed., Dearest Mama: Letters Between
Queen Victoria and the Crown Princess of Prussia, 1861-1864 (New
York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969), in American Historical
Review, 75 (December 1969), 484-85.
Review of W. K. Hancock, Smuts: The Fields of Force, 1919-
1950 (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1968), in American
Historical Review, 74 (February 1969), 1059-60.
David Mark Griffiths
"Nikita Panin, Russian Diplomacy, and the American Revolu-
tion," Slavic Review, 28 (March 1969), 1-24.
"American Commercial Diplomacy in Russia," William and
Mary Quarterly, 27 (July 1970), 379-410.
John Miles Headley
Editor, Responsio ad Lutherum. Text with Introduction and
Commentary. Yale Edition of the Complete Works of St. Thomas
More. Volume 5. New Haven and London : Yale University Press,
1969. Pp. 1025.
' ' Thomas More and Luther 's Revolt, ' ' Archiv fur Reformation-
geschichte, 60 (1969), 145-60.
"A Commentator's Report on the St. Thomas More Symposi-
um," Moreana, 27-28 (December 1970), 146-48.
HISTORY
173
Review of S. H. Steinberg, The Thirty Years War and the Con-
flict for European Hegemony, 1600-1660 (New York : W. W. Norton
and Company, 1966), in Jahrbuch fur die Geschichte Mitt el- und
Ostdeutschlands, 18 (1969), 369.
Robert Don" Higginbotham
"The First Americans," in History of the English Speaking
Peoples, ed., Richard Humble. London : BPC Publishing Ltd., 1970.
Pp. 2308-13.
Review of Gordon S. Wood, The Creation of the American Re-
public 1776-1787 (Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina
Press, 1969), in North Carolina Historical Review, 47 (Winter
1970), 106-7.
Review of Norine Dickson Campbell, Patrick Henry: Patriot
and Statesman (New York: Devin-Adair Company, 1969), in Amer-
ican Historical Review, 75 (December 1970), 2125.
Review of Alan Valentine, Lord Stirling (New York: Oxford
University Press, 1969), in American Historical Review, 75 (De-
cember 1969), 578-79.
Review of James T. Flexner, George Washington: In the Amer-
ican Revolution, 1775-1783 (Boston: Little, Brown and Company,
1968), in William and Mary Quarterly, 25 (April 1969), 302-4.
Lawrence Devlin Kessler
"Ethnic Composition of Provincial Leadership During the
Ch'ing Dynasty," Journal of Asian Studies, 28 (May 1969), 489-
511.
Hugh Talmage Lefler
Editor, James Sprunt Studies in History and Political Science.
Volume 51. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press,
1969. Pp. viii, 180. Volume 52, 1970. Pp. viii, 168.
A Guide to the Study and Reading of North Carolina History.
3rd edition, revised and enlarged. Chapel Hill: The University of
North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. viii, 280.
''North Carolina," The Americana Annual, 1969, pp. 480-81;
1970, pp. 510-11.
"North Carolina," Collier's Year Book, 1969, p. 400; 1970, pp.
379-80.
Donald Gene Mathews
"The Methodist Schism of 1844 and the Popularization of
Antislavery Sentiment," Mid-America, 51 (January 1969), 3-23.
174
RESEARCH
' ' The Second Great Awakening as an Organizing Process, 1780-
1830: An Hypothesis," American Quarterly, 21 (Spring 1969),
23-43.
Review of James F. Findlay, Jr., Dwight L. Moody: American
Evangelist, 1837-1899 (Chicago: University of Chicago Press,
1969), in Civil War History, 16 (December 1970), 353-54.
Review of Richard Hofstadter and Seymore M. Lipset, eds.,
Turner and the Sociology of the Frontier (New York: Basic Books,
1968), in Social Forces, 48 (September 1969), 121-22.
Review of Robert Meredith, The Politics of the Universe: Ed-
ward Beecher, Abolition, and Orthodoxy (Nashville: Vanderbilt
University Press, 1968), in Wisconsin Magazine of History, 52
(Summer 1969), 353-54.
Review of Lorman Ratner, Powder Keg: Northern Opposition
to the Antislavery Movement, 1831-1840 (New York and London:
Basic Books, Inc., 1968), in Journal of Southern History, 35 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 90-92.
Michael Eogees McVaugh
"Quantified Medical Theory and Practice at Fourteenth-Cen-
tury Montpellier, ' ' Bulletin of the History of Medicine, 43 (Sep-
tember-October 1969), 397-413.
"Arnald of Villanova," Dictionary of Scientific Biography, 1
(1970), pp. 289-91.
Review of Seyyed Hossein Naar, Science and Civilization in
Islam (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1968), in Amer-
ican Scientist, 57 (Summer 1969), 123A-24A.
Review of Gundolf Keil, et al., eds., Fachliteratur des Mittelal-
ters (Stuttgart: J. B. Mezler, 1968), in Isis, 60 (Fall 1969), 406-7.
Robert Moats Miller
Review of Numan V. Bartley, The Rise of Massive Resistence:
Race and Politics in the South During the 1950's (Baton Rouge:
Louisiana State University Press, 1969), in North Carolina His-
torical Review, 47 (Summer 1970), 329-31.
Review of Alan D. Harper, The Politics of Loyalty: The White
House and the Communist Issue, 1946-1952 ( Westport, Connecticut :
Greenwood Publishing, 1970), in Annals of the American Academy
of Political and Social Science, 392 (November, 1970), 189-90.
Review of Howard B. Radest, Toward Common Ground: The
Story of the Ethical Societies in the United States (New York:
Frederick Ungar, 1969), in American Historical Review, 75 (Feb-
ruary 1970), 938-39.
HISTORY
175
George E. Mo wry
(With John D. Hicks and Robert E. Burke.) A History of
American Democracy. 4th edition. New York: Houghton Mifflin
Company, 1970. Pp. 838. Also first paper edition, 2 volumes, 1970.
(With John D. Hicks and Robert E. Burke.) The Federal Union.
5th edition. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1970. Pp. 729.
"Preface" to Richard G. Hewlett and Francis Duncan, Atomic
Shield, 1947-1952: A History of the United States Atomic Energy
Commission. Volume 2. University Park: Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity Press, 1969.
"The Progressive Movement," in Interpreting American His-
tory: Conversations with Historians, ed., John A. Garraty. New
York : The Macmillan Company, 1970. Pp. 99-120.
' ' The Progressive Profile, ' ' in The American Past, eds,, Sidney
Fine and Gerald S. Brown. 3rd edition. New York: The Macmillan
Company, 1970. Pp. 250-66. Reprinted from The Era of Theodore
Roosevelt. New York : Harper and Row, 1958. Pp. 65-105.
"Theodore Roosevelt" and "The United States of America —
Early Twentieth Century," Encyclopedia Britannica, 1969, pp.
19, 606-11 ; 22, 660-73.
John Kendall Nelson
Review of Richard L. Bushman, From Puritan to Yankee:
Character and the Social Order in Connecticut, 1690-1765 (Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1967), in The
William and Mary Quarterly, 26 (October 1969), 607-9.
James Welch Patton
"Francis B. Simkins, the Historian," in Francis Butler Sim-
kins, 1897-1966, Historian of the South, ed., Augustus T. Graydon.
Columbia, South Carolina: The State Printing Company, 1969.
Pp. 27-33.
Review of Lerone Bennett, Black Power, U. S. A.: The Human
Side of Reconstruction, 1867-1877 (Chicago: Johnson Publishing
Company, Inc., 1967), in North Carolina Historical Review, 46
(Winter 1969), 71-72.
Review of Stanley K. Folmsbee, Robert E. Corlew, and Enoch
L. Mitchell, Tennessee: A Short History (Knoxville: University
of Tennessee Press, 1969), in North Carolina Historical Review,
48 (Summer 1970), 318-19.
Richard William Pfaff
New Liturgical Feasts in Later Medieval England. Oxford:
The Clarendon Press, 1970. Pp. xix, 143.
176
RESEARCH
Review of G. J. Cuming, A History of Anglican Liturgy (New
York: St. Martin's Press, 1969), in The Living Church, 159 (Au-
gust 24, 1969), 13.
Review of F. A. Norwood, Strangers and Exiles: A History of
Religious Refugees (Nashville: Abingdon-Cokesbury Press, 1969),
in The Living Church, 160 (April 19, 1970), 30-31.
Review of R. M. Grant, Augustus to Constantine: The Thrust
of the Christian Movement into the Roman World (New York:
Harper and Row, 1970), in The Living Church, 161 (October 11,
1970), 20-21.
Review of Frank Baker, John Wesley and the Church of En-
gland (Nashville: Abingdon-Cokesbury Press, 1970), in The Living
Church, 161 (November 22, 1970), 28-29.
William Stevens Powell
(See entries under Library Staff.)
John Erwin Semonche
Ray Stannard Baker: A Quest for Democracy in Modern Amer-
ica, 1870-1918. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina
Press, 1969. Pp. ix, 350.
Review of Frederick Bernays Wiener, Civilians under Military
Justice: The British Practice since 1689, Especially in North
America (Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1967), in
William and Mary Quarterly, 26 (January 1969), 152-54.
Review of Leon Friedman and Fred L. Israel, eds., The Jus-
tices of the United States Supreme Court, 1789-1969: Their Lives
and Major Opinions, 4 volumes (New York: R. R. Bowker Company
in association with Chelsea House Publishers, 1969), and William F.
Swindler, Court and Constitution in the 20th Century: The Old
Legality, 1889-1932 (Indianapolis: The Bobbs-Merrill Company,
Inc., 1969), in North Carolina Law Review, 48 (April 1970), 719-27.
John Leslie Snell, Jr.
"The World of German Democracy, 1789-1914," The Historian,
31 (August 1969), 521-38.
' ' The Living Legacy : Hajo Holborn as a Teacher of Power and
Responsibility," Central European History, 3 (March-June 1970),
157-71.
Review of Peter Paret, Yorck and the Era of Prussian Reform,
1807-1815 (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1966), in Jahr-
buch fur die Geschichte Mittel-und Ostdeuschlands, 18 (1969),
377-79.
Review of J. C. G. Rohl, Germany Without Bismarck: The Crisis
HISTORY
177
of Government in the Second Reich, 1890-1900 (Berkeley and Los
Angeles: The University of California Press, 1967), in Jahrbuch
fur die Geschichte Mittel-und Ostdeuschlands, 18 (1969), 393-94.
Keview of Udo Bermbach, Vorformen Parlamentarischer Kab-
inettsbildung in Deutschland: Der Interfrahtionelle Ausschuss
1917/18 und Me Parlamentarisierung der Beichregierung (Co-
logne: Westdeusscher Verlag, 1967), in American Historical Re-
view, 75 (June 1970), 1477-78.
Richard Allen Soloway
Prelates and People. Ecclesiastical Social Thought in England,
1783-1852. London and Toronto : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1969.
Pp. 464.
George Brown Tindall
"The Burden of Change," The Furman University Magazine,
17 (May 1969), 10-17.
' ' The Campaign for the Disfranchisement of Negroes in South
Carolina." Indianapolis: The Bobbs-Merrill Keprint Series in
Black Studies, 1970. Pp. 23. Reprinted from The Journal of South-
ern History, 15 (May 1949), 212-34.
"The Liberian Exodus of 1878." Indianapolis: The Bobbs-Mer-
rill Reprint Series in Black Studies, 1970. Pp. 13. Reprinted from
The South Carolina Historical Magazine, 53 (July 1952), 133-45.
"The Question of Race in the South Carolina Constitutional
Convention of 1895," in The Making of Black America, eds., Au-
gust Meier and Elliott Rudwick. New York: Atheneum, 1969.
Pp. ii, 37-55. Reprinted from the The Journal of Negro History, 37
(July 1952), 277-303.
"The Color Line," in The American Past, eds., Sidney Fine and
Gerald S. Brown. 3rd edition. New York : The Macmillan Company,
1970. Pp. 55-63. Reprinted from South Carolina Negroes. Columbia :
University of South Carolina Press, 1952. Pp. 291-302.
"Mythology and Symbolism of Race," in The South: A Central
Theme f, ed., Monroe L. Billington. New York: Holt, Rinehart
and Winston, 1969. Pp. 14-22. Reprint of "The Central Theme
Revisited" in The Southerner as American, ed., Charles G. Sellers.
Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1960. Pp.
104-19.
Review of Hugh C. Bailey, Edgar Gardner Murphy: Gentle
Progressive (Coral Gables: University of Miami Press, 1968), in
Pacific Northwest Quarterly, 51 (January 1970), 59.
Review of Paul M. Gaston, The New South Creed: A Study in
178
RESEARCH
Southern Mythmaking (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1970), in
Virginia Quarterly Review, 46 (Summer 1970), 506-9.
Review of Willard B. Gatewood, Jr., Controversy in the Twen-
ties: Fundamentalism, Modernism, and Evolution (Nashville: Van-
derbilt University Press, 1969), in The Georgia Review, 24 (Sum-
mer 1970), 244-45.
Review of Sheldon Hackney, Populism to Progressivism in Ala-
bama (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1969), in American
Historical Review, 75 (June 1970), 1537-38.
Review of John Temple Kirby, Westmoreland Davis: Virginia
Planter-Politician, 1859-1942 (Charlottesville: University Press of
Virginia, 1968), in Journal of American History, 56 (June 1969),
159-60.
Review of Benjamin Muse, The American Negro Revolution:
From Nonviolence to Black Power, 1963-1967 (Bloomington and
London: Indiana University Press, 1968), in Journal of Southern
History, 35 (August 1969), 447-48.
Review of T. Harry Williams, Huey Long (New York: Alfred
A. Knopf, 1969) and Hugh Davis Graham, Huey Long (Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1970), in American Historical
Review, 75 (October 1970), 1792-94.
Samuel Fogle Wells, Jr.
Review of Marilyn B. Young, Rhetoric of Empire: American
China Policy, 1895-1901 (Cambridge: Harvard University Press,
1968), in Canadian Historical Review, 51 (March 1970), 98-99.
Joel Budolph Williamson
"The Meaning of Freedom" in Reconstruction: An Anthology
of Revisionist Writings, eds., Kenneth M. Stampp and Leon F.
Litwack. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1969.
Pp. 193-219. Reprinted from After Slavery: The Negro in South
Carolina During Reconstruction, 1861-1877. Chapel Hill : The Uni-
versity of North Carolina Press, 1965. Pp. 32-63.
"A New World of Freedom," in The Segregation Era, 1863-
1954, eds., Allen Weinstein and Frank Otto Gatell. New York : Ox-
ford University Press, 1970. Pp. 31-40. Reprinted from After
Slavery: The Negro in South Carolina During Reconstruction.
Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1965. Pp.
32-63 passim.
"The Separation of the Races," in The American Past, eds.,
Sidney Fine and Gerald S. Brown. 3rd edition. New York: The
Macmillan Company, 1970. Pp. 65-84. Reprinted from After Slav-
ery: The Negro in South Carolina During Reconstruction, 1861-
HISTORY
179
1877. Chapel Hill : The University of North Carolina Press, 1965.
Pp. 274-99.
Eeview of Winthrop D. Jordan, White Over Black: American
Attitudes Toward the Negro, 1550-1812 (Chapel Hill: University
of North Carolina Press, 1968), in The American Scholar, 38
(Spring 1969), 339-41.
Ealph Lee Woodward, Jr.
Robinson Crusoe's Island, A History of the Juan Fernandez
Islands. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press,
1969. Pp. xxviii, 267.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Michael Van Cleve Alexander
A Biography of Sir Eichard Weston, First Earl of Portland
(1577-1635) until His Appointment as Lord Treasurer in July
1628. (1969, under the direction of Stephen Bartow Baxter.)
Gloria Beth Baker
Dissenters in Colonial North Carolina. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Elisha Peairs Douglass.)
John Luther Bell, Jr.
Constitutions and Politics : Constitutional Kevision in the South
Atlantic States, 1864-1902. (1970, under the direction of Fletcher
Melvtn Green.)
Francis Wayne Binning
Henry Clay Warmoth and Louisiana Reconstruction. (1969,
under the direction of George Brown Tindall.)
Betty Jane Brandon
Alexander Jeffrey McKelway: Statesman of the New Order.
(1969, under the direction of George Brown Tindall.)
Mary Jo Jackson Bratton
John Esten Cooke: The Young Writer and the Old South,
1830-1861. (1969, under the direction of Frank Wysor Kling-
BERG.)
180
RESEARCH
Blaine Allison Brownell
The Urban Mind in the South : The Growth of Urban Conscious-
ness in Southern Cities, 1920-1927. (1969, under the direction of
direction of George E. Mo wry.)
Augustus Merrimon Burns III
North Carolina and the Negro Dilemma, 1930-1950. (1969, under
the direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
Dougald Thomas Calnoun
The Deputies and the Eevolution : New Views of French Revolu-
tionary Problems, 1789-1791. (1969, under the direction of George
Vanderbeck Taylor.)
Harry Eandall Dosher
The Concept of the Ideal Prince in French Political Thought,
800-1760. (1969, under the direction of Frederick Otten Beh-
rends.)
James Perry Elder, Jr.
Henry Coventry: Statesman and Politician in the Reign of
Charles II. (1970, under the direction of Stephen Bartow Bax-
ter.)
Nancy Lou Erickson
The Early Colonial Humorist. (1970, under the direction of
Hugh Talmadge Lefler.)
Albert Carl Gay
The Daladier Administration, 1938-1940. (1970, under the di-
rection of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
Joseph Abraham Goldenberg
The Shipbuilding Industry in Colonial America. (1969, under
the direction of Elisha Peairs Douglass.)
Elston J ohn Hill
Buchman and Buchmanism. (1970, under the direction of
George E. Mo wry.)
Carolyn Barbara Huff
The Politics of Idealism: The Political Abolitionists of Ohio in
Congress, 1840-1866. (1969, under the direction of Frank Wysor
Klingberg.)
HISTORY
181
John Jeter Hurt
The Parlement of Brittany in the Reign of Louis XIV. (1970,
under the direction of George Vanderbeck Taylor.)
David Noel Jones
M. V. Lomonosov: The Formative Years, 1711-1742. (1969, un-
der the direction of Clifford McClain Foust.)
William Henry Longton
Some Aspects of Intellectual Activity in Ante-Bellum South
Carolina, 1830-1860: An Introductory Study. (1969, under the
direction of Joel Rudolph Wdlliamson.)
Joseph Buford Mahan, Jr.
Identification of the Tsoyaha Waeno, Builders of the Temple
Mounds. (1970, under the direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
James Walton Marcum
Semen R. Varontsov: Minister to the Court of St. James's for
Catherine II, 1785-1795. (1970, under the direction of Clifford
McClain Foust.)
John Stanley Mattson
Charles Grandison Finney and the Emerging Tradition of ' 1 New
Measure" Revivalism. (1970, under the direction of Robert Moats
Miller.)
Jamie Wallace Moore
The Logic of Isolation and Neutrality: American Foreign Pol-
icy, 1833-1935. (1970, under the direction of Samuel Fogle Wells,
Jr.)
Thomas Sellers Morgan, Jr.
A Step Toward Altruism: Relief and Welfare in North Car-
olina, 1930-1938. (1969, under the direction of George Brown
Tindall.)
Gordon Herbert Mueller
The Road to Rapallo: Germany's Relations with Russia, 1919-
1924. (1970, under the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
Louis Eugene Schmier i
Martin Bormann and the Nazi Party, 1941-1945. (1969, under
the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
182
RESEARCH
William Frederick Sharp
Forgotten but for Gold: An Economic Study of Slavery and
Mining in the Colombian Choco, 1680-1810. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Harold Alfred Bierck.)
Robert Glenn Sherer, Jr.
Let Us Make Man: Negro Education in Nineteenth Century
Alabama. (1970, under the direction of George Brown Tindall.)
Sudie Duncan Sides
"Women and Slaves: An Interpretation Based on the Writings
of Southern Women. (1969, under the direction of Frank Wysor
Klingberg.)
Lewis Frederick Snow, Jr.
The Paez Years: Venezuelan Economic Legislation, 1830-1846.
(1970, under the direction of Harold Alfred Bierck.)
Diffee William Standard
De Bow's Review, 1846-1880: A Magazine of Southern Opinion.
(1970, under the direction of Fletcher Melvin Green.)
George Vaughn Strong
Nationalism and Socialism: A Study in the Attitudes of the
German-Austrian Social Democratic Party to the Nationality
Question, 1907-1918, with Special Attention to the Czechs and
South Slavs. (1969, under the direction of Josef Anderle.)
George Wesley Troxler
The Homefront in Kevolutionary North Carolina. (1970, under
the direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
Walter Burdette Weare
Black Business in the New South : The North Carolina Mutual
Life Insurance Company, 1891-1935. (1970, under the direction of
George Brown Tindall.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
"Henry Sweets Ackerman
A History of the Maria Moors Cabot Prizes: Experiment in
Inter- American Journalism, 1938-1956. (1969, under the direction
of Ralph Lee Woodward, Jr.)
HISTORY
183
Anne Lorene Adams
Some English and North American Views of Mendoza in the
Nineteenth Century. (1970, under the direction of Ealph Lee
Woodward, Jr.)
Alice Carol Almond
The Woman's Movement in 1920-1926: A Study Focusing on
Women and Their National Legislative Lobby. (1970, under the
direction of George E. Mo wry.)
Stephen Marc Appell
The Fight for the Constitutional Convention : The Development
of Political Parties in North Carolina During 1867. (1969, under
the direction of Raymond H. Pulley.)
Sandra Porter Babb
The Battle of the Giants: The Gubernatorial Election of 1876
in North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of George Brown
Tindall.)
John Denver Ball
Origins of the Mexican War. (1970, under the direction of
Robert Moats Mdller.)
Kathleen Cushman Barber
Marshall McLuhan. (1969, under the direction of Frank Wink-
ler Ryan, Jr.)
Harold Tyler Blethen III
The Early Political Career of John Williams, 1621-1625. (1969,
under the direction of Stephen Bartow Baxter.)
Beverly Arnold Blois
E. A. Preobrazhenskii and the NEP. (1970, under the direction
of Clifford McClain Foust.)
Bichard Anthony Bochinski
English Relief Legislation in the Sixteenth Century, with Spe-
cial Reference to the County of Lincoln. (1970, under the direction
of Stephen Bartow Baxter.)
Clarence Ray Cannon
Mathew Carey and the American Museum: A Study in Em-
bryonic American Nationalism. (1970, under the direction of Elisha
Peairs Douglass.)
184
RESEARCH
Alice McDevitt Cleland
The Regime of Admiral Kolchak: Reportage from American
Observers in Siberia. (1969, under the direction of Clifford Mc-
Clain Foust.)
Theodoee Whaley Cart
The Federal Fisheries Service, 1871-1940. (1969, under the di-
rection of Elisha Peairs Douglass.)
Lewis Milton Chere
The Intentions of William Barlow in the Consecration of Mat-
thew Parker. (1969, under the direction of Stephen Bartow Bax-
ter.)
Wayne Addison Clark
An Analysis of Southern Response to McCarthyism. (1969, un-
der the direction of George E. Mowry.)
James Pressly Cole
The British Labor Party and the Policy of Non-intervention.
(1969, under the direction of James Logan Godfrey.)
Richard Alexander Cooper
England's Return to Gold: The Resumption of Cash Payments
After the Napoleonic Wars. (1970, under the direction of Richard
Allen Soloway.)
William Glenn Cornell
The Life and Thought of John Edward Bruce. (1970, under
the direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
Roberta Dunlap Counihan
The Political Philosophy of Volney: Case History of French
Revolutionary Intellectualism. (1969, under the direction of George
Vanderbeck Taylor.)
Maryke Christine Cramerus
The Political Thought of Pierre Nicole. (1970, under the direc-
tion of John Miles Headley.)
Johnny Leon Crossno
Austria Views the Bund : Austrian Opinion on the Place of the
Habsburg Monarchy in the German Confederation, 1859-1866.
(1969, under the direction of Josef Anderle.)
H I STORY
185
Lois Beady Cucullu
Georges Maurice Paleologue, French Ambassador to Russia,
1914-1917. (1969, under the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
Mary Katherine Davis
Sarah Morgan Dawson, A Renunciation of Southern Society.
(1970, under the direction of Raymond H. Pulley.)
Carol June de Vita
Rock Music and Social Change in the United States in the 1960 's.
(1970, under the direction of Frank Winkler Ryan, Jr.)
Suellen Dowse
The Bubonic Plague and London, 1558-1600. (1970, under the
direction of Stephen Bartow Baxter.)
Arthur Spurgeon Drake
The Struggle for Freedom of the Press in the German Empire,
1871-1874. (1969, under the direction of Enno E. Kraehe.)
Mary Pauline Fin an
Medical Practice and Disease Among the Eighteenth Century
North Carolina Moravians. (1969, under the direction of Hugh
Talmage Lefler.)
Louise van Winkle Fox
Negroes in Crisis: An Examination of Harlem Renaissance
Novels, 1923-1929. (1970, under the direction of Joel Rudolph
Williamson.)
Patrick George Friel
Ataman Semenov: Civil War and Intervention in Eastern Si-
beria, 1917-1921. (1969, under the direction of Clifford McClain
Foust.)
Dorothy Ann Gay
Crisis of Identity: The Negro Community in Raleigh, North
Carolina, 1865-1900. (1970, under the direction of Joel Rudolph
Williamson.)
Renee Hope Gledhill
Henry Ossian Flipper: Black Man in Blue, 1856-1882. (1970,
under the direction of Joel Rudolph Williamson.)
186
RESEARCH
Donald Jesse Goeoff
James Hudson Maurer: Socialist Labor Leader. (1969, under
the direction of Raymond H. Pulley.)
Stephen Heeman Halkiotis
Efforts by the Mexican Government to Attract European Immi-
grants, 1857-1910. (1969, under the direction of Ralph Lee Wood-
ward, Jr.)
Lewis Wardlaw Hamilton
Kondratii Fedorovich Ryleev: Poet-Decembrist. (1969, under
the direction of Clifford McClain Foust.)
Margaret Edgar Herrman
Beaufort, North Carolina, 1800-1830. (1970, under the direction
of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
Elvira Lenore Heybey
The German Liberal Parties in the Kulturkampf, 1871-1876.
(1970, under the direction of John Leslie Snell, Jr.)
Eachel Youngblood Holt
Edwin Michael Holt— 1807-1884. (1970, under the direction
of James Welch Patton.)
David Ambrose Hoza
A Survey of the London Press Reaction to the Bulgarian Unifi-
cation Crisis, September, 1885-April, 1886. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Josef Anderle.)
Dorothy Dahlenburg Hozza
The Failure of Franco-Soviet Friendship : Events and Opinion
in France Leading to the Decline of the Franco-Soviet Pact of
May 2, 1935, until its Ratification on March 12, 1936. (1969, under
the direction of Josef Anderle.)
Carl Haller Huffman
French Reaction to the Anglo-German Naval Treaty of June 18,
1935. (1969, under the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
Elke R. Ingram
Political Ideas and Activities of Conservative and Monarchist
Austrian Immigrants in the United States, 1938-1943. (1969, under
the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
HISTORY
187
John Alexander Jackson, Jr.
United States Policy and the Cuban Election of 1916. (1969,
under the direction of Harold Alfred Bierck.)
Byron Frank Jewell
The Eole of the Duke of Newcastle in English Government:
October, 1746, to June, 1751. (1969, under the direction of Stephen
Bartow Baxter.)
Edward Eugene Kelly
The Relationship of Louis XVI and the Leaders of the Emigra-
tion from 1789 to 1792. (1970, under the direction of George
Vanderbeck Taylor.)
Ellen Catharine Kennedy
Images of the City in the American Novel from 1885 to the
Present. (1969, "under the direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
Philip Clyde Kimball
Education for Negroes in Kentucky, 1865-1871 : A Study in
Political History, Institutional Development, and Race Relations.
(1969, under the direction of Joel Rudolph Williamson.)
Richard Irving Korman
German Nationalist Reaction to Locarno, October 16-Novem-
ber 23, 1925. (1969, under the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
Ealph Edlin Luker
The Northern Social Gospel Prophets and the Negro, 1890-
1917. (1969, under the direction of Robert Moats Miller.)
Donald Roy Lyman
The Hoover Administration and Cuba. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Samuel Fogle Wells, Jr.)
William Jerry MacLean
John Adams and Reform. (1970, under the direction of Elisha
Peairs Douglass.)
Michael Glover Martin, Jr.
Joseph Hewes : ' ' Reluctant Revolutionary ? " A Study of a North
Carolina "Whig and the War for American Independence (1730-
1779). (1969, under the direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
188
RESEARCH
Robert Francis Martin
The Fellowship of Southern Churchmen. (1970, under the di-
rection of George Brown Tindall.)
Charles Harper McArver
The Role of Private American Economic Interests in the De-
velopment of Cerro De Pasco, 1877-1907. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Harold Alfred Bierck.)
Kathryn Slate McDorman
The Durham Mission and Report: Contemporary Opinion.
(1970, under the direction of James Logan Godfrey.)
Patricia Gay Bufeington McGee
The Philosophy of Bronson Alcott. (1969, under the direction
of Elisha Peairs Douglass.)
Alexander Torrey McLean
The Fort Fisher and Wilmington Campaign: 1864-1865. (1970,
under the direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
Whitney Harwood Menning
The Cultural Policies of the French in Illyria, 1806-1813. (1969,
under the direction of Josef Anderle.)
Estelle Lemelin Momrow
The Napoleonic Nobility. (1970, under the direction of George
Vanderbeck Taylor.)
William Allen Morgan
The Panama Canal Tolls and Anglo-American Relations. (1970,
under the direction of Samuel Fogle Wells, Jr.)
William Transou Moye
The North Carolina Senatorial Primary of 1900 Between F. M.
Simmons and Julian S. Carr. (1969, under the direction of Ray-
mond H. Pulley.)
Margaret Lee Neustadt
Miss Lucy of the CIO : Lucy Randolph Mason, 1882-1959. (1970,
under the direction of George Brown Tindall.)
HISTORY
189
Addison Grant Noble
The Origins of the Korean War: The Soviet Union's Involve-
ment in the Responsibility for the Failure of Peaceful Unification
of North and South Korea. (1970, under the direction of Clifford
McClain Foust.)
Peter Kent Opper
- i Old Jane Seems to Be a Coming Too ' ' : A History of the Mi-
gration, Emigration, and Colonization of the North Carolina Ne-
gro, 1816-1836. (1969, under the direction of Joel Rudolph "Wil-
liamson. )
Donna Jeanne Paoli
Marion Butler's View of the Negro, 1889-1901. (1969, under the
direction of Joel Rudolph Williamson.)
Claire Atkins Pittman
Josiah Turner, Jr., and the Raleigh Sentinel, 1868-1876 (1969,
under the direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
William Solomon Price
The Fee System in Colonial North Carolina. (1969, under the
direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
Debris Lea Eaper
The Effects of David Walker's Appeal and Nat Turner's In-
surrection on North Carolina. (1969, under the direction of Frank
Wysor Klingberg.)
Sara Jo Eichardson
Communism in the Thought of Petr Alekseevich Kropotkin.
(1969, under the direction of Clifford McClain Foust.)
Boyce Morris Bobbins
Richard Hathaway Edmonds and the New South. (1970, under
the direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
Elaine Earhart Salmon
A City in Transition: A Study of Selected Characteristics of
Moscow Between 1871 and 1902. (1970, under the direction of Clif-
ford McClain Foust.)
Anne Humphrey Sanders
Hermann Goering and the Austrian Anschluss. (1970, under
the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
190
RESEARCH
Katherine Davis Savage
Promise of Greatness: Senator Hugo Black's Major Contribu-
tion to the New Deal. (1969, under the direction of George Brown
Tindall.)
Gary Thomas Scott
The Kappa Alpha Order, 1865-1897 : How It Came to Be and
How It Came to Be Southern. (1969, under the direction of George
Brown Tindall.)
Helen Seawell Sharpe
World Federalism in North Carolina, 1940-1953. (1969, under
the direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
Edwina Carol Smith
Two Conservative Approaches to Politics in the 1890 's : Nelson
W. Aldrich and Orville H. Piatt. (1970, under the direction of
George E. Mo wry.)
Louis Boycroft Smith, Jr.
South Carolina Indian Trade Regulations, 1670-1756. (1969,
under the direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
Maria Hall Temple
Sir Edward Grey and the Outbreak of World War I. (1969y
under the direction of Carl Hamilton Pegg.)
Francenia Laird Tracy
The Development of Joseph de Maistre's Social Thought, 1774-
1817 : A Conservative View of the Old Regime, the Revolution, and
the Restoration. (1970, under the direction of George Vanderbeck
Taylor. )
Robena Lee Weaver
Three Black Men. (1970, under the direction of Joel Rudolph
Williamson.)
Robert Alexander Whitesides
Protestantism in Revolutionary Mexico, 1910-1925. (1970, un-
der the direction of Harold Alfred Bierck.)
Hessie Severt Williams
A Comparative Analysis of Ex-Slaves' Thoughts Concerning
Their Masters, United States Army, and Freedom. (1969, under the
direction of Frank Wysor Klingberg.)
JOURNALISM
191
James Bodney Young
The South and Malaria, 1900-1930 : Social and Economic Con-
sequences. (1970, under the direction of Hugh Talmage Lefler.)
SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM
John Berry Adams
" Needed: Greater Research Output, Increased Data Retrieval
and Dissemination," in International Communication as a Field
of Study, ed., James W. Markham. Iowa City: International Com-
munication Division, Association for Education in Journalism,
1970. Pp. 132-34.
(With James J. Mullen and Harold M. Wilson.) "News Dif-
fusion of a ' Minor ' Population Family Planning Story : A Nation-
wide Study," in Dissemination of Information, ed., Donald L. Shaw.
Chapel Hill: Carolina Population Center, 1969. Pp. 1-20.
"Access to News: Some New Dimensions," Popular Govern-
ment, 35 (June 1969), 7-8.
(With James J. Mullen and Harold M. Wilson.) "Diffusion of
a ' Minor' Foreign Affairs Event," Journalism Quarterly, 46 (Au-
tumn 1969), 545-51.
"Free Press/Fair Trial: A New Era Begins," Popular Govern-
ment, 36 (December 1969), 15-16.
Review of James W. Markham, International Images and Mass
Communication Behavior: A Five-Year Study of Foreign Students,
1959-1964 (Iowa City: University of Iowa School of Journalism,
1969), in Journalism Quarterly, 46 (Summer 1969), 378.
Review of Claude Bellanger, Jacques Godechot, Pierre Guiral,
Fernand Terrou, eds., Histoire Generale de la Presse Frangaise,
Volume 1 (Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1969), in Jour-
nalism Quarterly, 47 (Spring 1970), 178-79.
Review of Claude Bellanger, Jacques Godechot, Pierre Guiral,
Fernand Terrou, eds., Histoire Generale de la Presse Frangaise,
Volume 2 (Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1969), in Jour-
nalism Quarterly, 47 (Autumn 1970), 585-86.
Michael Edward Bishop
(With James J. Mullen.) 1970 In-Depth Attitudinal Research
Survey. Raleigh: Atlantic States Bankcard Association, 1970. P.
69.
(With Mary Junck.) "Media Use, Credibility and Psycholog-
192
RESEARCH
ieal Orientations in Chapel Hill, North Carolina." No. 3, Carolina
Communication Study. P. 23.
"Relating Information-Seeking to Political Knowledge: A
Preliminary Report," Research Previews, 17 (April 1970), 26-30.
(With Andrew J. Schorr.) "The Forgotten Newsman: A Look
at Some of Radio's Foreign Correspondents," RTVNDA Bulletin,
24 (December 1970), 24-25.
Kenneth Rhodes Byeely
"The Prospering Press of North Carolina," North Carolina,
(November 1969), 120-21, 272.
"The Nation's Weeklies: 1969 Annual Review," The American
Press, (January 1969), 27-28.
"The Nation's Weeklies: 1970 Annual Review," The American
Press, (February 1970), 38.
"Cashing in on Co-op Advertising," The Publishers' Auxiliary,
(February 1970), 56-57.
Maxwell E. McCombs
(With Zoe McCombs.) "Descriptive Style of Deaf Children,"
Yolta Review, 71 (January 1969), 23-26.
"New Sources of News: Exploiting Local Data," ANPA News
Research Bulletin (February 1969), 7-9.
"Verbal and Object Availability in the Acquisition of Lan-
guage: Implications for Audio-Visual Communication," Journal
of Communication, 19 (March 1969), 54-63.
(With John M. Smith.) "Perceptual Selection and Communica-
tion," Journalism Quarterly, 46 (Summer 1969), 352-55.
(With John W. Slater.) "Some Aspects of Broadcast News
Coverage and Riot Participation," Journal of Broadcasting, 13
(Fall 1969), 367-70.
"A Scientific Method for Reporting," Journalism Quarterly,
47 (Winter 1970), 757-59.
"New Tools in Perfecting Coverage," Arizona Journalist, 2
(Spring 1970), 4-5.
Joseph L. Moeeison
"Found— The Missing Editorship of W. J. Cash," North Car-
olina Historical Review, 47 (January 1970), 40-50.
James Joseph Mullen
How the Electronic Industry Buys. New York: Hayden Pub-
lishing Company, 1969. Pp. 56.
(With Michael E. Bishop.) 1970 In-Depth Attitudiiial Research
JOURNALISM
193
Survey. Raleigh: Atlantic States Bankcard Association, 1970. P.
69.
"The Congruity Principle and Television Commercials," in
Consumer Behavior: Contemporary Research in Action, eds., R. J.
Holloway, R. A. Mittelstaedt, and M. Venkatesan. New York:
Houghton Mifflin, 1970. Pp. 149-54.
(With John B. Adams and Harold M. Wilson.) "News Dif-
fusion of a ' Minor ' Population Family Planning Story : A Nation-
wide Study," in Dissemination of Information, ed., Donald L. Shaw.
Chapel Hill: Carolina Population Center, 1969. Pp. 1-20.
(With John B. Adams and Harold M. Wilson.) "Diffusion of a
t Minor' Foreign Affairs Event," Journalism Quarterly, 46 (Au-
tumn 1969), 545-51.
"Being Understood," in Proceedings of the Seventeenth In-
ternational Technical Communications Conference, 1970, E5-1.
Donald Lewis Shaw
Editor, Journalism Abstracts: Abstracts of M.A., M.S., and
Ph.D. Theses in Journalism and Communication. Volume 7 (1969)
and Volume 8 (1970).
Editor, Dissemination of Information. Chapel Hill: Carolina
Population Center, 1969. Pp. 63.
(With Stephen W. Brauer.) "Press Freedom and War Con-
straints: Case Testing Siebert's Proposition II," Journalism Quar-
terly, 46 (Summer 1969), 243-54.
"Surveillance vs. Constraint: Press Coverage of a Social Is-
sue," Journalism Quarterly, 46 (Winter 1969), 707-12.
"Symbols of Southern Community: 1820-1860," Research Pre-
views, 17 (April 1970), 13-14.
Combined review of Arthur Krock, Memoirs: Sixty Years on
the Firing Line (New York: Funk and Wagnalls, 1968), and Hugh
Sidey, A Very Personal Presidency : Lyndon Johnson in the White
House (New York: Atheneum, 1968), in Journalism Quarterly, 46
(Spring 1969), 175-76.
Review of Porter A. Stratton, The Territorial Press of New Mex-
ico, 1834-1912 (Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press,
1969), in Journalism Quarterly, 47 (Winter 1970), 774.
Review of James L. Crouthamel, James Watson Webb: A Biog-
raphy (Middletown, Connecticut: Wesley an University Press,
1969), in Journalism Quarterly, 47 (Summer 1970), 381-82.
Combined review of J. Cutler Andrews, The South Reports the
Civil War (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1970), and
Hodding Carter, Their Words Were Bullets: The Southern Press
194
RESEARCH
in War, Reconstruction and Peace (Athens : University of Georgia
Press, 1969), in Journalism Quarterly, 47 (Autumn 1970), 578-80.
Review of Meyer Weinberg, ed., W. E. B. DuBois: A Reader
(New York: Harper and Row, 1970), in Journalism Quarterly, 47
(Winter 1970), 581-82.
Eugene Francis Shaw
Student Power on a Catholic Campus. Milwaukee: Marquette
University, 1969. P. 60.
" Student Power at Marquette University," in Theology in
Revolution, ed., George Devine. New York: Alba House, 1970. Pp.
131-45.
' ' Communication Development : A Modest Proposal, ' ' Gazette, 16
(Fall 1970), 231-39.
Review of Ira A. Greenberg, Psychodrama and Audience Atti-
tude Change (Beverly Hills: Thyrsus Publishing Company, 1970),
in American Sociological Review, 35 (February 1970), 163-64.
Review of Seymour Freidin and George Bailey, The Experts
(New York: The Macmillan Company, 1968), in The Journal of
Communication, 20 (March 1970), 95-96.
Walter Smith Spearman
The Carolina Playmakers: The First Fifty Years. Chapel Hill:
The University of North Carolina Press, 1970. P. 178.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the school :
Richard M. Brown
United States Propaganda Performance in Crisis, 1960-1965.
(1970, under the direction of John Berry Adams.)
John David Dupree
International Communication: View from "A Window on the
World." (1969, under the direction of John Berry Adams.)
Cletis Graden Pride
How Seven Commonwealth Newspapers Reported Foreign Af-
fairs, 1956-1968: A Content Analysis. (1969, under the direction
of Wayne Allen Danielson.)
JOURNALISM
195
Samuel Gr. Eiley
The Free Press-Fair Trial Controversy. A Discussion of the Is-
sues Involved and an Examination of Pretrial Publicity by Survey
Kesearch. (1970, under the direction of John Berry Adams.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the school :
Margrethe Plum Ahlschwede
Pre-testing a Publication for Low Income Negro Homemakers.
(1970, under the direction of Maxwell E. McCombs.)
Thomas Joseph Baskind
Conflict as a Simplifying Keporting Technique : A Question of
Press Responsibility. (1970, under the direction of John Berry
Adams.)
William Allen Brant
Army Times in Support of the Soldier, 1960-1965 : An Analysis
of Editorial Content. (1969, under the direction of John Berry
Adams. )
Dale Martin Chodorow
A Measurement of Cognitive Style. (1970, under the direction
of Maxwell E. McCombs.)
Linda Myers Dove
Actual Malice: The Application of a Judicial Doctrine. (1969,
under the direction of John Berry Adams.)
James Robert Duncan
An Evaluation of News Article Characteristics. (1970, under
the direction of John Berry Adams.)
Diane Hanna Earl
The Status of Color Television As An Advertising Medium.
(1969, under the direction of James Joseph Mullen.)
Ndubisi Joe Chukadibia Egemonye
Coverage of Nigeria-Biafra War in Five United States Prestige
Newspapers from January, 1967, to January, 1970, Inclusive.
(1970, under the direction of John Berry Adams.)
Jacqueline J. Harris
Information-seeking and the Eeligious Press. (1970, under the
direction of Maxwell E. McCombs.)
196
RESEARCH
Charlene Julia Haykel
Television's Effect on the Southern Rural Negro Child's Aware-
ness of Middle-class Norms. (1969, under the direction of James
Joseph Mullen.)
Barry Gilston Jacobs
The Press in the Election of 1832. (1969, under the direction of
Norval Neil Luxon.)
SCHOOL OF LAW
William Brantley Aycock
" Introduction to Certain Members of the Federal Question
Family," North Carolina Law Review, 49 (December 1970), 1-47.
Herbert Ralph Baer
Admiralty Law of the Supreme Court. 2nd edition. Charlottes-
ville: The Michie Company, 1969. Pp. xiv, 653.
Henry Parker Brandis
1970 Cumulative Supplement to Stansbury, North Carolina
Evidence. Charlottesville : The Michie Company, 1970. Pp. 252.
Kenneth S. Broun
" Authentication and Contents of "Writings," Law and the So-
cial Order: Arizona State Law Journal, 4 (1969), 611-34.
(With D. G. Kelly.) "Playing the Percentages of the Law of
Evidence," University of Illinois Law Forum, 1 (1970), 23-48.
Donald Francis Clifford, Jr.
(Part I with K. M. Smith.) "A Comparison of the North Car-
olina Blue Sky Laws and the Uniform Securities Act. ' ' Chapel Hill :
The University of North Carolina Institute of Civic Education,
1970. Pp. 153.
(With. K. M. Smith.) Review of Nordstrom and Lattin, "Sales
and Secured Transactions: Problems and Materials," Texas Law
Review, 48 (March 1970), 862-88.
John Percy Dalzell
"Credit Card Law," North Carolina Central University Law
Journal, 2 (Spring 1970), 43-54.
LAW
197
Dan Bybon Dobbs
" Trespass to Land in North Carolina — Part II, Remedies for
Trespass," The North Carolina Law Review, 47 (February 1969),
334-80.
Condensation of "Law and the Sick Room," Saturday Review
(August 3, 1968), 43, in Consultant (February 1969), 41.
David Gustav Epstein
"Bank Participation Agreements as Securities," Banking Law
Journal, 87 (1970), 99-109.
"Security Transfers by Secured Parties," Georgia Law Review,
4 (1970), 527-40.
"The Scienter Requirement in Actions Under Rule 10b-5,"
North Carolina Law Review, 48 (1970), 482-504.
" 'Proceeding' Under the Uniform Commercial Code," Ohio
State Law Journal, 30 (1969), 787-808.
Abnold Hebbebt Loewy
"Punishing Flag Desecrators: The Ultimate in Flag Desecra-
tion," North Carolina Law Review, 49 (December 1970), 48-86.
"The Warren Court as Defender of State and Federal Criminal
Laws : A Reply to Those Who Believe that the Court is Oblivious to
the Needs of Law Enforcement," The George Washington Law Re-
view, 37 (July 1969), 1218-50.
ROBEBT ABTHUB MeLOTT
Statutes, Rules and Regulations, Canons of Ethics and Opinions
including Rules of the Board of Bar Examiners, Issued oy the Coun-
cil of the North Carolina State Bar. Raleigh : Capital Press, 1970.
Pp. 412.
Review of John J. Kennelly, Litigation and Trial of Air Crash
Cases (Chicago: Callaghan and Company, 1968), in North Carolina
Law Review, 48 (December 1969), 194-95.
Walteb D. Navin, Jb.
"Waiver of Defense Clauses in Consumer Contracts," North
Carolina Law Review, 48 (April 1970), 505-51.
J. Dickson Phillips
Mcintosh, North Carolina Practice and Procedure (1970 Sup-
plement). St. Paul: West Publishing Company, 1970. P. 445.
198
RESEARCH
Daniel Hubbard Pollitt
11 Haircuts and School Expulsions," Free Speech Yearbook:
1970, Speech Communication Association, 1970. Pp. 82-95.
"Impeachment of Federal Judges: A Historical Overview,"
North Carolina Law Review, 49 (December 1970), 87-121.
Thomas John Schoenbaum
"The Growth of Judicial Power in the European Economic Com-
munity," North Carolina Law Review, 48 (December 1969), 33-55.
John Erwin Semonche
(See entries under Department of History.)
Richard Mttldrow Smith
(Part I with D. K. Clifford.) "A Comparison of the North Car-
olina Blue Sky Laws and the Uniform Securities Act. ' ' Chapel Hill :
The University of North Carolina Institute of Civic Education,
1970. Pp. 153.
(With D. F. Clifford.) Review of Nordstrom and Lattin, "Sales
and Secured Transactions: Problems and Materials," in Texas
Law Review, 48 (March 1970), 862-88.
Frank Ransom Strong
Principal editor, Problems and Materials for Legal Process, ten
units, approximately 500 pages (1970).
"Dilemmic Aspects of the Doctrine of 'Constitutional Fact,' "
North Carolina Law Review, 47 (February 1969), 311-33.
"Fifty Years of 'Clear and Present Danger': From Schenck
to Brandenburg — And Beyond," The Supreme Court Review
(1969), 41-80.
"The Time Has Come to Talk of Major Curtailment in the
Supreme Court's Jurisdiction," North Carolina Law Review, 48
(December 1969), 1-31.
William Laurens Walker
"Foreign Corporation Laws: A Current Account," North Car-
olina Law Review, 47 (June 1969), 733-60.
' ' Foreign Corporation Laws : Re-Examining Woods v. Interstate
Realty Co. and Reopening the Federal Courts," North Carolina
Law Review, 48 (December 1969), 56-78.
"Foreign Corporation Laws: "Source and Support for Re-
form," Duke Law Journal, 1969 (December 1969), 1145-69.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
199
Seymour Walter Wuefel
" Aircraft Piracy — Crime or Fun?" William and Mary Law
Review, 10 (Summer 1969), 820-73.
"Conflict of Laws — Choice of Law in. North Carolina," North
Carolina Law Review, 48 (February 1970), 243-308.
Eeview of Thomas Buergenthal, Law Making in the Interna-
tional Civil Aviation Organization (Syracuse : Syracuse University
Press, 1969), in Fordham Law Review, 38 (March 1970), 608-13.
SCHOOL OF LIBRARY SCIENCE
Bay L. Carpenter
The Public Library Executive. Washington, D. C. : Educational
Resources Information Center, 1969. Pp. 99.
"The Intellectual and the Administration of Social Change,"
Research Previews, 16 (November 1969), 5-9.
(With Patricia A. Carpenter.) "The Doctorate in Librarianship
and an Assessment of Graduate Library Education," Journal of
Education for Librarianship, 11 (Summer 1970), 3-45.
Review of David L. Sills, ed., International Encyclopedia of
the Social Sciences (New York: Macmillan Company and the Free
Press, 1968), in The Booklist, 65 (June 1, 1969), 1085-94.
Review of Social Sciences and Humanities Index (New York:
H. W. Wilson Company, 1907+), in The Booklist, 65 (June 15,
1969), 1133-38.
Review of Leon Friedman and Fred L. Israel, eds., The Justices
of the United States Supreme Court, 1789-1969: Their Lives and
Major Opinions (New York and London : Chelsea House, in associ-
ation with R. R. Bowker Company, 1969), in The Booklist, 66
(July 15, 1970), 1347-49.
Martin Dillon
" Preliminary Design Considerations of a Language Analysis
Support Package, ' ' in Automated Analysis of Language Style and
Structure. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina, 1970. Pp.
18-37.
(With P. Michael Jenkins and Mary J. O 'Brian.) "An Ap-
proach to Matrix Generation and Report Writing for a Class of
Large-Scale Linear Programming Models," in Applications of
Mathematical Programming Techniques. London: 1970. Pp. 171-84.
"The Structure and Content of Scientific Discourse," Research
Previews, 17 (November 1970), 1-5.
200
RESEARCH
Budd Leslie Gambee
"Best Foot Forward; Representation of American Librarian-
ship at World's Fairs, 1853-1904," in Library History Seminar
No. 3, Proceedings, 1968, ed., Martha Zane K. Zachert. Tallahas-
see : Florida State University School of Library Science, 1968. Pub-
lished in 1969. Pp. 137-74.
"Standards for School Media Programs, 1920: A Lesson from
History," American Libraries, 1 (May 1970), 483-85.
Review of David I. McLeod, Carnegie Libraries in Wisconsin
(Madison: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1968), in Journal
of American History, 56 (June 1969), 160-61.
Review of Peter C. G. Isaac, William Davison of Alnwick,
Pharmacist and Printer, 1781-1855 (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1968) , in Journal of Library History, 4 (October 1969), 379-81.
Review of Jean Key Gates, Introduction to Librarianship (New
York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1968), in Journal of Library
History, 4 (October 1969), 353-55.
Feances Hunt Hall
"The Law of Software — Second Annual Conference," Com-
puter Studies in the Humanities and Verbal Behavior, 2 (October
1969) , 166-69.
Doealyn Joanne Hickey
Managing Editor, Library Resources & Technical Services.
Editor, Purchasing Library Materials in Public and School Li-
braries, by Evelyn D. Hensel and Peter D. Veillette. Chicago : Amer-
ican Library Association, 1969. Pp. ix, 150.
"Machines and the Humanization of Library Service," Bice
University Studies, 55 (Fall 1969), 25-35.
"Systems Analysis and the Theological Library," Theological
Education, 6 (Autumn 1969), 34-42.
Review of J. L. Dolby, V. J. Forsyth, and H. L. Resnikoff, Com-
puterized Library Catalogs: Their Growth, Cost, and Utility (Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts, and London : The Massachusetts Institute of
Technology Press, 1969), in School Libraries, 19 (Summer 1970),
50-53.
Review of Cass Canfield, The Publishing Experience (Philadel-
phia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1969), in Journal of Li-
brary History, 5 (October 1970), 385-87.
Review of Susan Grey Akers, Simple Library Cataloging (Me-
tuchen, New Jersey: The Scarecrow Press, 1969), in School Li-
braries, 19 (Spring 1970), 39-41.
Review of The Use of the Library of Congress Classification
LIBRARY SCIENCE
201
(Chicago: American Library Association, 1968), in Library Quar-
terly, 39 (July 1969), 294-96.
Gertrude London
1 ' Glossary-based Classed Thesauri as the Core of a Modular Ref-
erence System," in International Forum on Informatics, volume 2.
Moscow : All-Union Institute for Scientific and Technical Informa-
tion, 1969. Pp. 286-317.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the school:
Martha Sue Bean
A History and Profile of the Yiking Press. (1969, under the di-
rection of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Louise Lesher La Croix
Feasibility of Weeding Older Books Classified in 973. (1969,
under the direction of Fred John Heinritz.)
Final Research Papers
The following research papers were completed by master's degree
candidates under the direction of the school:
Meredith Treene Altshuler
Medical Anthropology: A Case Study of Inter-disciplinary In-
formation Needs. (1969, under the direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
Evelyn Grimsley Andrews
The Translation of the North Carolina Historical Commission
into a Full-Fledged Archival Agency. (1970, under the direction
of Frances Hunt Hall.)
Eebecca Boone Ash
Mergers and the Publishing Industry. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Natalie V. M. Bell
An Examination of the Adolescent Peer Group. (1969, under the
direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
202
RESEARCH
Karen Marie Berg
A Study of Bibliographic Services in the Social Sciences. (1970,
under the direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
Anne Margaret Billeter
Student Use of Public Libraries. (1969, under the direction of
Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Kenneth Ernst Bishop
A Name List for the United Church of Christ. (1970, under the
direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Kay Bowling
Presidential Libraries, with Particular Reference to the James
Monroe Law Office-Museum and Memorial Library. (1969, under
the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Dennis Luther Bruce
Annual Reports of Libraries Serving Their State's Highest
Court. (1970, under the direction of Frances Hunt Hall.)
Marguerite B. Burgess
The Story of Lady Three Flint in the Codex Nuttall. (1970, un-
der the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Peggie Calhoun Byars
Possible Use of Title-Words (KWIC Indexing) Instead of Sub-
ject Cataloging of Books in the Sciences, Especially in Chemistry.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Alexandra E. Campbell
The Development of Books and Libraries in the Roman Re-
public and Empire. (1969, under the direction of Robert Alfred
Miller.)
Elizabeth Knight Campbell
The Classification of Psychology Literature for Storage and Re-
trieval in the United States. (1969, under the direction of Dora-
lyn Joanne Hickey.)
Jill Game Carraway
Edwin Hatfield Anderson: Contributions to Modern Library
Science. (1969, under the direction of Budd Leslus Gambee.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
203
Linda Diane Caeroll
Strengthening Service for the Blind and Physically Handi-
capped: Recent Trends at the Library of Congress. (1969, under
the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Alexnder Burton Carver
Esteban Martin, the First Printer in the Western Hemisphere :
Being an Examination of Documents and Opinion Relating to His
Printing Activities and to the Publication of the First American
Incunabulum. (1969, under the direction of Robert Alfred Mil-
ler.)
Jane Statham Carver
Prospects for African National Bibliography : A Study of Bib-
liographical Trends in Six New Nations of Tropical Africa. (1969,
under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Isaac Chao
A Survey of English Bibliographies on China. (1969, under the
direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Betty Anne Chapman
Young Adult Publishing. (1970, under the direction of Mar-
garet Ellen Kalp.)
Nancy Jewel Clark
A Survey of the Revised Curriculum in the School of Library
Science at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill as
Viewed by Its Graduates, 1964-1969. (1969, under the direction of
Doralyn Joanne Hiceey.)
Betty Pickell Cleaver
A Survey of Religious Publishing, 1957-1967. (1969, under the
direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Susan Carol Cockrell
Charles Martel and the Library of Congress Classification.
(1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Ariel Florence Colburn
Censorship in Public Libraries by Right Wing Pressure Groups :
1960-1967. (1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
204
RESEARCH
Paula G-. Cole
Young Adult Service to Culturally Disadvantaged Youth in the
Ghetto. (1970, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Mary Sue Comstock
Examination of the Goals of the U.S.I.A. and its Information
Libraries and Their Relationship to Book Selection Policy. (1969,
under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Susan Cowilich
Alleged Price Fixing by Publishers and Wholesalers. (1969,
under the direction of Frances Hunt Hall.)
June Daly
Profile of a Typical Library School Student Enrolled at the
University of North Carolina During the Spring Semester of 1970.
(1970, under the direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
Frances C. Davis
Hannah Packard James, 1835-1903, a Representative Public
Librarian of the Last Quarter of the Nineteenth Century. (1969,
under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Joyce Edley Dean
Implications of Automation and Data Processing for the Public
Library. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Edith Bachelor de Mik
A Study of the Adequacy of Reviews in Selected Journals for
Selection and Use of Reference Books in an Academic Library Ref-
erence Department. (1970, under the direction of Frances Hunt
Hall.)
Barbara Franklin DeWeerd
Psychiatric Fiction in America : Two Annotated Bibliographies.
(1970, under the direction of Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert.)
Jo Ann Sikes Dick
Analysis of the Dispersion of Classification Assignments As-
sociated with Subject Headings. (1970, under the direction of
Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Harvey Taylor Dixon
Burton Egbert Stevenson (1872-1962) : Ohio Librarian and Au-
thor. (1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
LIBRARY S CIENCE
205
Lynn Louise Dodge
John Franklin Jameson and the Founding of the National Ar-
chives. (1969, under the direction of Mattie U. Eussell.)
Herbert Paul Dove, Jr.
Extra-Institutional Sources of Income for Libraries in Pri-
vately Supported Colleges and Universities. (1969, under the
direction of Frances Hunt Hall.)
Carolyn Ann Duesing
A Comparative Study of Methods of Instruction in the Use of
the Library for College and University Students. (1969, under the
direction of Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
Christina Jordan Dunn
An Analysis of the First Nine Volumes of Studies in Bibliog-
raphy: Papers of the Bibliographical Society of the University of
Virginia. (1969, under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
John Richard Dykstra II
Trends in Library Instruction in American Colleges and Uni-
versities, 1945-1965. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Jo-
anne Hickey.)
Mary Jamil Fasheh
Analysis, Transliteration, and Cataloging of the Arabic Names.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Marialice Wilson Ferguson
John Farquhar Fulton and His Contributions to Medical His-
tory and Medical Bibliography. (1970, under the direction of
Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert.)
Mary Caldwell Flowe
A Study of Curriculum Materials Centers in North Carolina
Colleges and Universities. (1970, under the direction of Margaret
Ellen Kalp.)
Eebecca McGrady Floyd
An Analysis of Eeviews of Books about Negroes and Pace Re-
lations for Older Children and Young People. (1970, under the
direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
I
206
RESEARCH
Linda W. Folda
Bibliographic Research in the Rare Book Room: Aids for the
Librarian Cataloging Books Printed 1500-1800. (1970, under the
direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Charles H. Fox
A Study of the Operation of the North Carolina State Library
Processing Center and Problems Arising From Increased Future
"Workloads. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne
Hiceey.)
Nancy Eobison Frazier
The Underground Newspaper in Libraries. (1970, under the
direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Donna Jean Gant
An Introduction to the World of Jewish Literature: An An-
notated Bibliography for the Public Library. (1970, under the di-
rection of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Ruth Elizabeth G-ault
The Role of the High School Librarian in the Independent Study
Program. (1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Alice Ella Gerald
A Survey of Book Wagons and Early Bookmobiles in the United
States Down to 1942. (1969, under the direction of Frances Hunt
Hall.)
Judy Anne Getz
Characteristics of the Research Literature of Library Science:
A Citation Analysis. (1970, under the direction of Ray L. Carpen-
ter).
Sue O. Gilkerson
Individual Instruction for the Average Student with Particular
Reference to the Small Liberal Arts Junior College and Its Li-
brary. (1970, under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Barbara Eobin Glasser
The National Bibliography of Israel. (1970, under the direction
of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Marian Goodman
The Organization and Administration of Library Service to
LIBRARY SCIENCE
207
Patients in the General Hospital. (1969, under the direction of
Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert.)
Thomas F. Gordon, Jr.
My Life in Detective Fiction; or, the Detective Novel in
England and America Since World War II, including a Backward
Look, Recent Trends, and an Annotated List of the Best Novels
published since 1945. (1969, under the direction of Robert Alfred
Miller.)
Mary Elizabeth Graff
Current Trends in School Library Services for the Culturally
Deprived Child. (1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen
Kalp.)
Emily Geddie Graham
The Feasibility of Centralized Processing for the Cumberland
County Public Schools. (1969, under the direction of Margaret
Ellen Kalp.)
Martha Anna Graham
The "Nouveau Roman" in English Translation: An Introduc-
tion and Annotated Bibliography. (1970, under the direction of
Robert Alfred Miller.)
James Eber Gray
Methods of Teaching Library Skills in the Elementary School
Library: a Literature Search, 1959-1969. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Martha Anne Hagadorn
John Shaw Billings, Creator of the National Medical Library
and Compiler of its Index Catalogue and Index Medicus ; and First
Director of the New York Public Library. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert.)
Mary Anna Hall
Theoretical Foundations for Fine Arts Programs in Public Li-
braries. (1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Margaret Emily Halliday
American Public Library Adult Education, 1953-1968; The
Ideal and the Real Situation. (1969, under the direction of Ken-
neth D. Shearer, Jr.)
208
RESEARCH
Carol Ann Hallman
A Comparison of the State of Technical Services in India and
Latin America. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne
Hickey.)
Howard Stanley Harris
A Statistical Analysis of Reference Questions Asked at Duke
University During the Year 1968-69. (1970, under the direction of
Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
William L. Harrison
The Contribution of Lloyd Pearsall Smith to Librarianship.
(1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
George B. Hellen, Jr.
An Inquiry into Library of Congress Cataloging Delays. (1970,
under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Jean Ann Hemmens
The Public Library and the Model Cities Program. (1969, under
the direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
Lynn Dixon Herrick
Army-oriented Reader Interest Surveys and Their Applications
to Book Selection for Special Services Libraries. (1969, under the
direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
William Morton Hill
Library Technical Assistants in North Carolina i Their Training
and Use. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Lenora Irene Hines
Religion as an Interdisciplinary Study: Implications for Eval-
uation of Academic Library Collections. (1969, under the direction
of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Darrell L. Hodgins, Jr.
Evaluation of Primary Historical Source Materials Concerning
the Medical Societies of the State of North Carolina. (1970, un-
der the direction of Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert.)
Mary Milon Horres
MEDLARS : A Literature Analysis and Retrieval Tool for the
General Practitioner. (1969, under the direction of Myrl Lua-
Frances Ebert.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
209
June Claude Hubbard
The Teaching of Library Skills in Grades 4-6. (1970, under the
direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Dorothy Potter Jackson
The Treatment of the Church in Selected Teen-Age Fiction of
the Sixties. (1970, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Ann T. H. Jefferson
Medical Book Publishing in America. (1969, under the direction
of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Martha MacKenzie Jernigan
Alfred A. Knopf, Publisher. (1969, under the direction of Budd
Leslie Gambee.)
Katharine E. Johnson
The Effect of World War II on Adult Services in Public Li-
braries in the United States. (1969, under the direction of Robert
Alfred Miller.)
Larry Lee Johnson
The Public Library and the Disadvantaged Teenager : A Survey
of Contemporary Programs, Methods, and Materials Employed by
Selected Public Libraries. (1970, under the direction of Kenneth
D. Shearer, Jr.)
Daniel Edward Jones
The Henkel Press: 1806-1851. (1970, under the direction of
Robert Alfred Miller.)
Jane Todd Jones
Treatment of Paperbacks in School Libraries with Special Ref-
erences to Practices Followed in Greenville County, South Car-
olina. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Marcella Ann Jordan
James Francis Ballard: A Pioneer in Medical Librarianship.
(1970, under the direction of Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert.)
James Lee Justice
A Study of the Operation of North Carolina Community Col-
leges Library Services, May 31, 1962-May 31, 1968. (1970, under the
direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
210
RESEARCH
Anne Whittington Kablek
A Use Study of Two Departmental Libraries. (1969, under the
direction of Ray L. Caepenter.)
Ridley Roland Kessler, Jr.
The Growth and Development of the Australian National Li-
brary and its Bibliographic Services. (1970, under the direction
of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Paul Frederick King
Right- Wing Book and Periodical Literature : An Analysis of the
Content of the Field and a Selected Annotated Bibliography. (1970,
under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Mary P. Klontz
The Role of the Media Center in the Education of Disadvantaged
Children. (1970, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Frances Gayle Knibb
Thespian Archives: The New York Public Library Theatre
Collection. (1969, under the direction of Mattie U. Russell.)
Young He Koh
An Analysis of Non-Fiction Children's Books Describing
Japan, 1960-1969. (1970, under the direction of Margaret Ellen
Kalp.)
Kristin Ann Krause
High Pornography : A Survey of Views and a Study of Reviews,
1964-1969. (1970, under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Barbara Helen Krueger
The Influence of Charles Francis Adams, Jr. and Samuel Swett
Green on the Establishment of Co-operation Between Public Li-
braries and Public Schools, 1876-1900. (1969, under the direction
of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Fred Lester Lambert, Jr.
North Carolina Bibliography, A Critical History. (1970, under
the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
JOLINE RlDLON LAND
The Acquisition of African Publications : A Case Study of the
Duke University Library. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn
Joanne Hickey.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
211
Bruce Eaele Langdon
Automatic Processing of Legislative Information: A Study of
the Bill Status and History System and the Subject Search Sys-
tem of the Legislation for the 1969 North Carolina General As-
sembly. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Eva Frances Lee
The Student Assistant in the School Library. (1970, under the
direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Sandra B. Lehnen
Factors Affecting Library Use : A Case Study of Sixth Graders
at the Durham Academy. (1970, under the direction of Margaret
Ellen Kalp.)
Verna Sigmon Lomax
A Survey of Cataloging Practices in North Carolina Schools of
Nursing Libraries. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne
Hickey.)
Juanita McCarthy
Marketing Information for the Corporate Library. (1970, under
the direction of Frances Hunt Hall.)
Margaret Lynn McCarthy
A Comparison of Biographical Methods: Early 19th Century
and Contemporary Writers of Biography Compared. (1969, under
the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Elizabeth McElwee
The Administration of Maps in the Libraries and Record Re-
positories in the United States. (1970, under the direction of Mat-
tie U. Russell.)
Jane Elizabeth McFarland
A Survey of Reference Questions at Yale Divinity Library, Sep-
tember 15, 1968-May 31, 1969. (1970, under the direction of Dora-
lyn Joanne Hickey.)
Sarah Louise McLaughlin
A Comparative Study of Classifications for Medical Literature.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
212
RESEARCH
Elise Petteey McWhorter
The Role of the Librarian in the Instructional Materials Center
of the Elementary School. (1969, under the direction of Margaret
Ellen Kalp.)
Rebecca L. Marlin
Conrad Gesner: Physician, Bibliographer, and Naturalist of
the Sixteenth Century. (1970, under the direction of Robert Al-
fred Miller.)
Margaret Kennie Mattis
Unesco and Bibliographic Control: Concerns and Accomplish-
ments. (1970, under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
H. Spencer Means, Jr.
An Evaluation of Record-Reviewing Media as Aids to the Li-
brarian in Selecting Classical Music Recordings. (1970, under the
direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Rochelle Elaine Messinger
The Disadvantaged: Public Library Programs for Spanish-
Speaking Americans. (1969, under the direction of Frances Hunt
Hall.)
Mary Jane Miller
A Comparison of the Selling Practices of Law and Medical
Publishers and the Problems These Cause in Law and Medical
Libraries. (1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Kathleen McNiece Moore
Public Library Services for the Pre-School Child. (1970, under
the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Mary Grace Moore
The Adequacy of the Library of Congress Catalog, Books: Sub-
jects as an Index to the Library of Congress Classification System.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Evelyn D. Moss
A Study of Soviet Libraries ; Purposes, Organization, Facilities
and Services. (1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Linda Jean Murphy
The Universal Decimal Classification : Past, Present, and Future.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
213
Albeet A. Nelius
A Selected and Annotated List of Basic Religious and Theolog-
ical Periodicals to Support Non-denominational Undergraduate
Studies in Eeligion. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Jo-
anne Hickey.)
Janice Graham Nicholson
Selection Aids for High School Science Books. (1969, under the
direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Margaret Virginia Ogilvy
Chemical Titles, B.A.S.I.C., and The Philosopher's Index: A
Discussion of Keyword Indexes, with an Evaluation by Their Users.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Nancy O'Neal
Commercial Nonbook Cataloging: A Critical Evaluation of
Contemporary Approaches to the Newer Media. (1970, under the
direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Charles B. Osburn
A Critical Bibliography of Nineteenth-Century Periodicals Im-
portant in the Study of French Language and Literature. (1970,
under the direction of Kobert Alfred Miller.)
Andrea Pearlman
The Historical Records Survey of the "Work Projects Admin-
istration. (1970, under the direction of Mattie U. Russell.)
Carolyn Brock Peters
A Questionnaire Survey on the Job Attitudes of Public Library
Shelvers and Pages. (1970, under the direction of Kenneth D.
Shearer, Jr.)
Lynn Shearin Phillips
Influence of Television Viewing on Book Reading. (1970, under
the direction of Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
Jane Pickett
Papermaking and Papermakers in the American Colonies,,
1690-1776. (1970, under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Celia DiCostanzo Poe
"World Atlases as a Source of Map Reference Information.
(1970, under the direction of Frances Hunt Hall.)
214
RESEARCH
Emily Laurence Potter
The Contributions of Beatrix Potter to the Field of Children's
Literature. (1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Harriet Lenora Price
The Development and Current Status of Archival Education in
American Colleges and Universities. (1969, under the direction of
Mattie U. Kussell.)
Mary Lynn Eaines
The Impact of the Demonstration School Libraries Project on
the Abingdon, Virginia, Elementary School Library. (1969, under
the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
James E. Raper, Jr.
The Serials Project at the Library of the University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill and a Subject Analysis of its Serial Title
Holdings. (1969, under the direction of Dewey Clifton Brock.)
Robin Lee Richards
Presidential Libraries. Functions and Problems. (1970, under
the direction of Mattie U. Russell.)
Alice Setzler Richmond
A Study of North Carolina Public Library Facilities and Ser-
vices for Young Adults. (1970, under the direction of Margaret
Ellen Kalp.)
Daria Nebeluk Rivela
A Study of the Extent and Treatment of Violence in Young
People's Literature, 1954-68. (1969, under the direction of Mar-
garet Ellen Kalp.)
Patricia Sandra Rocca
Some Effects of Membership in the North Carolina State Li-
brary Processing Center on the Catalogs of Three Member Libraries.
(1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Edwina Rooker
A Survey of High School Libraries Services to Remedial Read-
ers, 1958-1968. (1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen
Kalp.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
215
Susan Stkuplee Rose
The Public Eelations Program of the Durham (North Carolina)
Public Library and the Olivia Raney Public Library (Raleigh,
North Carolina). (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne
Hickey.)
Mildred Washington Sanders
Book Catalog Production : A Study of Methods and Procedures
in an Attempt to Find a Suitable Method for Producing a Book
Catalog for the James B. Duke Memorial Library of Johnson C.
Smith University. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne
Hickey.)
Nellie McNeill Sanders
Pettigrew Regional Library: Its Users and Its Services. (1970,
under the direction of Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
Elizabeth Ann Schadel
The Response of the Individual to Influences of Salient Groups
as Revealed in Selected Novels Recommended for Young Adults.
(1970, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Helen Leonard Seagraves
"Bad" Children's Books: 1875-1900. (1970, under the direction
of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Joyce Elaine Shields
A Study of the Effect of Books for College Libraries on Amer-
ican Reprint Publishing and Out-of -Print Book Dealers. (1970,
under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Wilbur Montgomery Sims
George Parker Winship ; Rare Book Librarian. (1969, under the
direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Ann Shattuck Smith
Recent Trends in Scientific and Technical Publishing. (1969,
under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Nathalene Eobinson Smith
A Multi-Media Bibliography of Non-Book Materials on Black
People in Contemporary America. (1969, under the direction of
Budd Leslie Gambee.)
216
EESEARCH
Sandra Dru cilia Smith
The Image of the Librarian: A Comparison of the Views of
South Mecklenburg High School Students and Library Assistants.
(1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Rickey C. Stith
The British School Library from 1944 to the Present. (1970,
under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Ann Fuller Stone
A Comparison of Reserve Book Practices in Nine University
Libraries. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Sara C. Stone
A Study of the Nature of the National Archives and the Role
of the Archivist Compared to the Role of the Librarian. (1970, un-
der the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Madelyn Wheeler Strange
Leisure Reading Interests of Graduate Students at the Univer-
sity of North Carolina: A Comparative Study. (1970, under the
direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
Eun-Ja Kang Suhr
Korean Collections in American University Libraries. (1969,
under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Priscilla Heath Stjtcliffe
A Study of Assistance for Catalog Users in a Large University
Library. (1969, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Judith Kay Sutton
A Qualitative Analysis of the Book Reviews of Five Non-Fiction
Best Sellers, 1965-1969. (1970, under the direction of Budd Leslie
Gambee.)
Mary Lee Sweat
Young Adult Public Library Programs. (1969, under the di-
rection of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Dolores Holland Swindell
A Study and Comparison of Subject Indexing Vocabularies
Used for Geological Literature. (1969, under the direction of
Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
217
Sheila Terrill
The United States Book Exchange. (1969, under the direction of
Frances Hunt Hall.)
Carol Diane Terry
Methods of Instruction in Library Use for College and Univer-
sity Students. (1969, under the direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
Marcia Ewlng Treleass
The Selection and Acquisition of Historical Records in the United
States. (1969, under the direction of Mattie U. Russell.)
Carol Koenig Triplette
The Ecole des Chartes: Archival Training in France. (1970,
under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Carmen Irma Turner
A Study of Large Print Books, with Attention to Their Occur-
rence and Use in North Carolina Public Libraries. (1970, under the
direction of Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
Mary Sue Turner
The Early Lyceum, the Chautauqua Literary and Scientific
Circle, and the Free Public Library Movement : Their Development
and Interrelationship in Nineteenth Century America. (1969,
under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Christine Graves Underwood
The Use of the Computer in the Technical Processing of Serials.
(1969, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
Henri Charles Veit
Proposed Criteria for the Selection of Art Books in Public
Libraries. (1969, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
George Brookins Viele
A Study of Collective Bargaining and Its Relationship to the
Field of Librarianship. (1969, under the direction of Ray L. Car-
penter.)
Nellie Laird Waltner
The Impact of Technology on the Concept of Fair Use in Copy-
right: An Annotated Bibliography with Analysis and Index. (1969,
under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
218
RESEARCH
Jeanne Ward Walton
The Value of Summer Reading Programs in Public Libraries.
(1970, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Judith Lynn Walton
The University Press and the Trade Press; Areas of Conflict.
(1970, under the direction of Budd Leslie Gambee.)
Julie Elizabeth Wanner
An Overview of the Utilization of Microforms in Information
Retrieval Systems. (1969, under the direction of Warren Philip
Bird.)
Lynn Morrow Ward
The Family as Presented in a Selected Sample of Children's
Literature. (1969, under the direction of Margaret Ellen Kalp.)
Susan Leay Ward
An Examination of the Reasons Why Juan Pablos, and Not
Esteban Martin, Came to Be Considered the New World's First
Printer. (1969, under the direction of Robert Alfred Miller.)
Ann Marie Werz
A History and Bibliography of the Myers Collection, A Private
Library in Norfolk, Virginia. (1970, under the direction of Robert
Alfred Miller.)
Peggy Whale n
Public Library Use Studies, 1958-1969. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
Susan B. White
Current Book Selection Principle and Practice: A Survey.
(1970, under the direction of Kenneth D. Shearer, Jr.)
Daniel Anthony Yanchisin
For Carolina's Sake: A Case Study in Special Librarianship.
(1970, under the direction of Mattie IT. Russell.)
Araby Suzanne Young
Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling of Population Studies
Journals. (1970, under the direction of Doralyn Joanne Hickey.)
LIBRARY STAFF
219
Betty Irene Young
Josephus Nelson Larned. (1969, under the direction of Budd
Leslie Gambee.)
Phyllis M. Young
Congress and Federal Public Library Legislation. (1969, under
the direction of Ray L. Carpenter.)
LIBRARY STAFF
Harry Bergholz
"Peer Gynt's Redemption," Edda, 69 (Oslo: Universitets-
forlaget, 1969), 10-20.
Review of Walter Berendsohn, Brief e an Strindberg (Lawrence,
Kansas: SASS, 1969), in Scandinavian Studies, 41, 367-69.
Dewey Clifton Brock, Jr.
The Literature of Political Science: A Guide for Students, Li-
brarians, and Teachers. New York: R. R. Bowker Company, 1969.
Pp. xii, 232.
Lawrence Hsing — Hisia Chen
China Forum — A Grand Table of Contents. Bibliographical
series on China, 1. Washington, D. C. : Center for Chinese Research
Materials, Association of Research Libraries, 1969. Pp. vi, 24.
James Isaac Copeland
Editor, Democracy in the Old South and Other Essays by
Fletcher Melvin Green. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press,
1969. Pp. xx, 322.
Review of John M. Jennings, The Library of the College of
William and Mary in Virginia, 1693-1793 (Charlottesville : The Uni-
versity Press of Virginia, 1968), in Journal of Library History, 5
(April 1970), 189-90.
Review of Philip C. Brooks, Research in Archives: The Use of
Unpublished Primary Sources (Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1969), in Journal of Southern History, 35 (November 1969),
613.
Myrl Lua-Frances Ebert
Introduction to the Literature of the Medical Sciences. 3rd edi-
tion. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Student Stores,
1970. Pp. 125.
220
RESEARCH
Archie Beid Fields
"Zip Shelf Reading, A Qualified Success," The Southeastern
Librarian, 19 (Spring 1969), 36.
Louise McGwigan Hall
"Bibliographical Control of Microforms," The Southeastern
Librarian, 20 (Winter 1970), 258-66.
Margaret C. Johnson
"Nursing: What it is and What it is Not. A History of Nursing
Exhibit," Tar Heel Nurse, 32: 3 (September 1970), 26.
Jerrold Orne
Editor, The Southeastern Librarian.
"The Place of the Library in the Evaluation of Graduate
Work," College and Research Libraries, 30 (January 1969), 25-31.
"Financing and Cost of University Library Buildings," Li-
brary Trends, 18 (October 1969), 150-65.
"Academic Library Building in 1969," Library Journal, 94
(December 1969), 4364-68. Also in Bowker Annual of Library and
Book Trade Information: 1970. New York: Bowker Company, 1970.
Pp. 215-21.
"The Place of Standards in Libraries of the Future," Ken-
tucky Library Association Bulletin, 34 (January 1970), 5-10.
"The Undergraduate Library," Library Journal, 95 (June
1970), 2230-33.
"Library Standards," Law Library Journal, 63 (November
1970), 532-37, 550.
"Architects' Fees: Their Place in Library Planning," Library
Journal, 95 (December 1970), 4099-4106.
"Academic Library Building in 1970," Library Journal, 95
(December 1970), 4107-12.
Keview of Ralph E. Ellsworth, Planning the College and Univer-
sity Library Building (Pruett, 1968), in Library Journal, 94 (Oc-
tober 1969), 3628.
Review of Bernard Houghton, Standardization for Documenta-
tion (Hamden, Connecticut: Archon Books, 1969), in Journal of
Library Automation, 2 (December 1969), 276.
Review of Ralph E. Ellsworth, The Economics of Book Storage
in College and University Libraries (New York: Scarecrow, 1969),
in Library Journal, 95 (April 1970), 1299.
Review of Irene A. Braden, The Undergraduate Library (Chi-
cago: American Library Association, 1970), in Library Journal, 95
(June 1970), 2105.
LIBRARY STAFF
221
Review of Michael Brawne, Libraries: Architecture and Equip-
ment (New York: Praeger, 1970), in Library Journal, 95 (June
1970), 2106.
Charles B. Osbukn"
" Research Library Development — Present and Future," South-
eastern Librarian, 19 (Winter 1969), 212-16.
"A Note on Aids to Research in Balzac Studies," French
Studies, 24 (January 1970), 37-42.
" A Critical Bibliography of Nineteenth Century Periodicals Im-
portant in the Study of French Language and Literature, ' ' Reper-
toire Analytique de Litterature Frangaise, 1: 4 (1970), 7-35.
Review of Jacques Morel, Botrou dramaturge de Vambiguite
(Paris: Colin, 1968), in Studi Francesi, 38 (1969), 300-302.
William Stevens Powell
The North Carolina Colony. New York: Crowell-Collier Press,
1969. Pp. 154.
Higher Education In North Carolina, revised edition. Raleigh :
State Department of Archives and History, 1970. Pp. 84.
" North Carolina Bibliography, 1967-1968," North Carolina
Historical Review, 46 (April 1969), 171-77.
" North Carolina Bibliography, 1968-1969," North Carolina
Historical Review, 47 (April 1970), 205-13.
" Speaker John Pory," Virginia Cavalcade, 19 (Summer 1969),
16-19.
Review of Lately Thomas, The First President Johnson (New
York: William Morrow, 1968) in North Carolina Historical Re-
view, 46 (April 1969), 192-93.
Review of William Strachey, For the Colony in Virginia
Britannia Laws Divine, Morall and Martiall, Etc. (Charlottesville:
University Press of Virginia, 1969), in North Carolina Historical
Review, 47 (January 1970), 91-92.
Review of Philip L. Barbour, ed., The Jamestown Voyages Un-
der the First Charter (Cambridge, England: Published for the
Hakluyt Society, 1969), in Journal of Southern History, 36 (Feb-
ruary 1970), 82-83.
Review of James C. Wheat and Christian F. Brun, Maps and
Charts Published in America Before 1800 (New Haven : Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1969), in Journal of Southern History, 36 (Februarv
1970), 135.
Review of Henry Laurens, The Papers of Henry Laurens, 1746-
1755 (Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1968), in
Library Journal, 94 (January 15, 1969), 189.
222
RESEARCH
Review of George A. Billias, ed., George Washington's Op-
ponents: British Generals and Admirals in the American Revolu-
tion (New York: William Morrow, 1969), in Library Journal, 94
(March 1, 1969), 989-90.
Review of Clifford Dowdey, The Virginia Dynasties: The
Emergence of "King" Carter and the Golden Age (Boston: Little,
Brown, 1969), in Library Journal, 94 (April 1, 1969), 1493.
Review of Thomas J. Fleming, The Man from Monticello : An
Intimate Life of Jefferson (New York: William Morrow, 1969), in
Library Journal, 94 (July 1969), 2598.
Review of John D. Stark, Damned V pcountryman : William
Watts Ball, A Study in American Conservatism (Durham: Duke
University Press, 1969), in Library Journal, 94 (July 1969), 2600.
Review of Philip L. Barbour, ed., The Jamestown Voyages Under
the First Charter (Cambridge, England: Published for the Hakluyt
Society, 1969), in Library Journal, 94 (October 15, 1969), 3644.
Review of William A. Benton, Whig-Loyalism: An Aspect of
Political Ideology in the American Revolutionary Era (Ruther-
ford, New Jersey: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1969), in
Library Journal, 94 (October 15, 1969), 3644.
Review of James H. Brewer, The Confederate Negro: Virginia's
Craftsmen and Military Laborers, 1861-1865 (Durham: Duke Uni-
versity Press, 1969), in Library Journal, 94 (November 15, 1969),
4136-37.
Review of Franklin Wickwire and Mary Wickwire, Cornwallis:
The American Adventure (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1970), in Li-
brary Journal, 95 (January 1, 1970), 63.
Review of Otis K. Rice, Trans-Allegheny Frontier: West Vir-
ginia Beginnings, 1730-1830 (Lexington: University Press of Ken-
tucky, 1970), in Library Journal, 95 (February 15, 1970), 95.
Review of Irwin S. Rhodes, The Papers of John Marshall: A
Descriptive Calendar (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press,
1969) , in Library Journal, 95 (March 1, 1970), 95.
Review of James H. Johnston, Race Relations in Virginia and
Miscegenation in the South, 1776-1860 (Amherst: University of
Massachusetts Press, 1970), in Library Journal, 95 (July 1970), 95.
Review of Lawrence H. Gipson, The British Empire Before the
American Revolution: A Guide to Manuscripts Relating to the
History of the British Empire, 1748-1776 (New York: Knopf,
1970) , in Library Journal, 95 (August 1970), 2652.
Review of Clifford Dowdey, The Golden Age: A Climate for
Greatness, Virginia, 1732-1775 (Boston: Little, Brown, 1970), in
Library Journal, 95 (September 15, 1970), 2912.
LINGUISTICS AND NON-WESTERN LANGUAGES
223
James Wokkell Pruett
Music Review Editor, Notes — The Quarterly Journal of the
Music Library Association.
Editor, Studies in Musicology. Essays in the History, Style, and
Bibliography of Music in Memory of Glen Haydon. Chapel Hill:
The University of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 286.
A Checklist of Music Bibliographies in Progress and Unpub-
lished. Ann Arbor: Music Library Association, 1969. Pp. 28.
Clyde Norman Wilson, Jr.
(With Susan S. Blosser et al.) The Southern Historical Collec-
tion: A Guide to Manuscripts. Chapel Hill: University of North
Carolina Library, 1970. Pp. 317.
"The Antifederalist," National Review, 22 (August 11, 1970),
849-50.
"Five Men in a Dilemma," Civil War Times Illustrated, 9
(October 1970), 20-27.
"The Freedom and Responsibility of the Press," Intercol-
legiate Review, 6 (Spring 1970), 113-21.
"Griffith John McRee: An Unromantic Historian of the Old
South," North Carolina Historical Review, 47 (January 1970),
1-23.
"The Jeffersonian Conservative Tradition," Modern Age: A
Quarterly Review, 14 (Winter 1969/70), 36-47. (Abstracted in In-
ternational Political Science Abstracts, 20).
"Liberty's Lawyer," National Review, 22 (January 27, 1970),
96.
DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS
AND NON-WESTERN LANGUAGES
Julio Cortes
Review of Daud Atiyeh Abdo, A Course in Modern Standard
Arabic (Beirut: Khayats, 1962-64), in Boletin de la Asociacion
Espanola de Orientalist as, 5 (1969), 276.
Review of Daud A. Abdo and Salwa H. Abdo, Modern Standard
Arabic, Elementary Level (Urbana, 1967), in Boletin de la Asoci-
acion Espanola de Orientalist as, 5 (1969), 275-76.
Review of A. J. Arberry, Aspects of Islamic Civilization, As
Depicted in the Original Texts (Ann Arbor: The University of
Michigan Press, 1967), in Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de
Orientalistas, 5 (1969), 266-67.
224
RESEARCH
Review of A. F. L. Beeston, Written Arabic: An Approach to
the Basic Structures (Cambridge: University Press, 1968), in
Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalist as, 6 (1970), 282.
Review of James A. Bellamy, Ernest N. McCarus and Adil I.
Yacoub, eds., Contemporary Arabic Readers, IV Short Stories.
(Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1967), in Boletin
de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas, 6 (1970), 284.
Review of A. G. Chejne, The Arabic Language, Its Bole in
History (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1969), in
Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas, 6 (1970), 283.
Review of J. Hans, Dynamik und Dogma im Islam (Leiden : E. J.
Brill, 1968), in Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas,
5 (1969), 266.
Review of Mohand-ou-Mhand, Les isefra. Poemes de Si Mohand-
ou-Mhand, tr., Mouloud Mammeri (Paris: Maspero, 1969), in Books
Abroad (Autumn 1970), 707.
Review of Haim B. Rosen, A Textbook of Israeli Hebrew, with
an Introduction to the Classical Language, 2nd Corrected Edition
(Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press, 1966),
in Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas, 6 (1970),
269-70.
Review of Maria Tsiapera, A Descriptive Analysis of Cypriot
Maronite Arabic (The Hague and Paris: Mouton, 1969), in Boletin
de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas, 6 (1970), 283-84.
Robert Chaeles Hollow, Jr.
"A Note on Assiniboine Phonology," International Journal of
American Linguistics, 36: 4 (October 1970), 296-98.
Jerome P. Seaton
"On Lu Hsiin," Critique, Studies in Modern Fiction, 12: 1
(Spring 1970), 72-78.
Translator, "West Lake Poem," by Ou-yang Hsiu, St. Andrews
Review, 1: 1 (Fall 1970), 20.
Translator, "San-ch'u," by Ts'eng Jui, St. Andrews Review,
1: 1 (Fall 1970), 63.
Review of L. C. and D. B. Walmsley, Wang Wei the Painter-
Poet (Rutland and Tokyo: Charles E. Tuttle and Company, Inc.,
1968), in St. Andrews Review, 1: 1 (Fall 1970), 57-59.
Maria Tsiapera
A Descriptive Analysis of Cypriot Maronite Arabic. The Hague
and Paris: Mouton, 1969. P. 70.
LINGUISTICS AND NON-WESTERN LANGUAGES 225
"Palatalization in Cretan and Cypriot Greek," Tapers in Lin-
guistics, 1: 3 (December 1969), 593-98.
"The Phonology of a Cypriot Dialect," Proceedings of the
Tenth International Congress of Linguistics, 4 (December 1970),
217-20.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Connie Clare Eble
Noun Inflection in Royal 7 C. XII, Aelfric's First Series of
Catholic Homilies. (1970, under the direction of Norman Ells-
worth Eliason.)
Kevin Michael McCarthy
The Linguistic Adaptation of Loanwords in Modern Standard
Turkish. (1969, under the direction of Maria Tsiapera.)
Harry Hill Walsh
The Early Development of the Concept of Phonemes in Russian
Linguistic Science. (1970, under the direction of Maria Tsiapera.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
David Tsao Fu
A Psycho-Social Linguistic Approach to Problems in Language
Learning: A Chinese-English Case Study. (1969, under the direc-
tion of W. Herman Bell, Jr.)
Ltjcretia Kinney
Commentary on Papiamento. (1969, under the direction of W.
Herman Bell, Jr.)
Shuang-Fu Lin
The Pronunciation Problems of Hakka Speakers in Learning
English: With Suggested Remedies. (1970, under the direction of
Maria Tsiapera.)
Greta D. Little
Lexical Similarities in Ethiopic and Nubian Languages. (1969,
under the direction of Maria Tsiapera.)
226
RESEARCH
Cecilia Shu-Huei Sun
The Phonological Systems of Mandarin and Taiwanese. (1969,
under the direction of Anita Marten.)
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Arnold Richard Bolstein
(With L. de Branges.) " Jacobi Spaces of Entire Functions,"
Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 29 (1970),
589-632.
Review of L. de Branges, Hilbert Spaces of Entire Functions
(Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1968), in Zentralblatt fur Mathe-
matik, 157 (1969), 433-34.
Alfred Theodore Brauer
(With H. Rohrbach.) "Einige Anwendung der Matrizentheorie
auf algebraische Gleichungen, ' ' Journal fur die reine und ange-
wandte Mathematik, 239 (1969), 11-25.
1 1 Combinatorial Methods in the Distribution of k th Power Resi-
dues," in Combinatorial Mathematics and its Applications, eds.,
R. C. Bose and T. A. Dowling. Chapel Hill : The University of North
Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 14-37.
"K-Sequences with Small Divisors, Solution of Problem E
2182," American Mathematical Monthly, 77 (1970), 407-8.
Joseph Anthony Cima
(With J. Pfaltzgraff.) "The Hornich Topology for Functions
Meromorphic in the Disk," Journal fur die reine und angewandte
Mathematik, 235 (1969), 207-20.
"On the Dual of Hornich 's Space," Proceedings of the Amer-
ican Mathematical Society, 22 (1969), 102-3.
(With J. Pfaltzgraff.) "A Banach Space of Locally Univalent
Functions," Michigan Mathematical Journal, 17 (1970), 321-34.
(With A. Cover.) "Some Results on Hp(D2)," Journal d: Anal-
yse Mathematique, 22 (1969), 333-41.
Robert L. Davis
"Order Algebras," Bulletin of the American Mathematical So-
ciety, 76 (1970), 83-87.
' ' Notes sur les relations dif onctionelles, ' ' Rendiconti Accademia
Nazionale dei Lincei (Roma), 48 (1970), 80-82.
"Algebras Defined by Patterns of Zeros," Journal of Com-
binatorial Theory, 9 (1970), 257-60.
MATHEMATICS
227
Donald Alfred Eisenman
(With L. Taylor.) Editor, Proceedings of the Carolina Confer-
ence on Holomorphic Mappings and Minimal Surfaces (1970).
"Intrinsic Measures on Complex Manifolds and Holomorphic
Mappings," Memoirs of the American Mathematical Society, 96
(1970), 1-80.
"Holomorphic Mappings into Tight Manifolds," Bulletin of
the American Mathematical Society, 76 (1970), 46-48.
"Hyperbolic Complex Spaces, Intrinsic Measures, and the Ex-
panding Set Theorem," Proceedings of the Carolina Conference on
Holomorphic Mappings and Minimal Surfaces (1970), 61-76.
J AMES D. F ABBEY
"Exponential [Representations of the Canonical Commutation
Eelations," Communications in Mathematical Physics, 19 (1970),
1-30.
Ladnob D. Geissingeb
(With W. Graves.) "An Explicit Local Norm Residue Symbol,"
Journal of Number Theory, 2 (1970), 143-51.
"Primary Components of the List-Restriction Sequence," Ar-
chiv der Mathematik, 20 (1969), 254-57.
William H. Gbaves
"Divisibility of the Group of Divisor Classes of Degree Zero of
a Function Field of Genus One," Duke Mathematical Journal, 36
(1969), 715-20.
(With L. Geissinger.) "An Explicit Local Norm Residue Sym-
bol," Journal of Number Theory, 2 (1970), 143-51.
Robebt G. Heyneman
(With M. E. Sweedler.) "Affine Hopf Algebras, I," Journal of
Algebra, 13 (1969), 192-241.
(With M. E. Sweedler.) "Affine Hopf Algebras, II," Journal
of Algebra, 16 (1970), 271-97.
William Elliott Jenneb
"On Zeta Functions of Number Fields," Duke Mathematical
Journal, 36 (1969), 669-71.
"On Dirichlet Series Associated with Rational Algebras,"
Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, 85 (1969), 76-77.
"Truncation Algebras," Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scien-
tific Society, 86 (1970), 196-97.
228
RESEARCH
Ancel Clyde Mewboen
A Programmed Course in Algebra. Addison-Wesley, 1969. Pp.
xvii, 647.
(With C. N. Winton.) " Orders in Self-Injective Semiperfect
Rings," Journal of Algebra, 13 (1969), 5-9.
' ' Some Conditions on Commutative Semiprime Rings, ' ' Journal
of Algebra, 13 (1969), 422-31.
Kakl Endel Petersen
"Disjointedness and Weak Mixing of Minimal Sets," Transac-
tions of the American Mathematical Society, 24 (1970), 278-80.
"A Topologically Strongly Mixing Symbolic Minimal Set,"
Transactions of the American Mathematical Society, 148 (1970),
603-12.
Billy James Pettis
" Cluster Sets of Nets," Proceedings of the American Math-
ematical Society, 22 (1969), 386-91.
"On Nikaido's Proof of the Invariant Mean Value Theorem,"
Studio, Mathematics 33 (1969), 193-96.
John Andrew Pfaltzgraff
(With J. A. Cima.) "The Hornich Topology for Meromorphic
Functions in the Disk," Journal fur die reine und angeiuandte
Mathematik, 235 (1969), 207-20.
(With B. Pinchuk.) "Constrained Extremal Problems for
Classes of Meromorphic Functions," Bulletin of the American
Mathematical Society, 75 (1969), 379-84.
(With J. A. Cima.) "A Banach Space of Locally Univalent
Functions," Michigan Mathematical Journal, 17 (1970), 321-34.
William Walker Smith
"Projective Ideals of Finite Type," Canadian Journal of Math-
ematics, 21 (1969), 1057-61.
JOHANN SONNER
"On Sets with Two Elements," Archiv der Mathematik, 20
(1969), 225-27.
Robert Moffatt Stephenson, Jr.
"Minimal First Countable Topologies," Transactions of the
American Mathematical Society, 138 (1969), 115-27.
MATHEMATICS
229
"Product Spaces for which the Stone- Weierstrass Theorem
Holds/' Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society, 21
(1969), 284-88.
"Two Minimal First Countable Hausdorff Spaces," Mathe-
matische Zeitschrift, 108 (1969), 171-72.
"A Countable Minimal Urysohn Space is Compact," Proceed-
ings of the American Mathematical Society, 22 (1969), 625-26.
"Non-cut Points and Modified Compactness Conditions," Pro-
ceedings of the American Mathematical Society, 23 (1969), 266-72.
Jerry Eugene Vaughan
"Note on a Theorem of J. Nagata," Compositio Mathematica, 21
(1969), 4-6.
"Linearly Ordered Collections and Paraeompactness, " Pro-
ceedings of the American Mathematical Society, 24 (1970), 186-92.
"Spaces of Countable and Point-Countable Type," Transactions
of the American Mathematical Society, 151 (1970), 341-51.
"Perfect Mappings and Spaces of Countable Type," Canadian
Journal of Mathematics, 22 (1970), 1208-10.
Warren Ronald Wogen
"On Generators for von Neumann Algebras," Bulletin of the
American Mathematical Society, 75 (1969), 95-99.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Andrew Allan Blanchard
A Categorical Study of Mathematical Structures. (1970, under
the direction of Johann Sonner.)
Barbara Ann Greim
The Algebraic Structure of Semigroup Rings. (1970, under the
direction of Ancel Clyde Mewborn.)
Robert Edward Huff
Invariant Functionals and Fixed Points. (1969, under the
direction of Billy James Pettis.)
David Eugene Radford
Rationality and the Theory of Coalgebras. (1970, under the di-
rection of Robert G-. Heyneman.)
230
RESEARCH
Eobeet Charles Shock
Rings with Finiteness Conditions. (1969, under the direction
of Ancel Clyde Mewborn.)
Samuel Augusta Truitt, Jr.
Some Locally Convex Topologies on the Space of Bounded
Holomorphic functions. (1970, under the direction of Joseph
Anthony Cima.)
Charles Newton Winton
Derived Quotient Modules and Orders in Quasi-Frobenius Rings.
(1969, under the direction of Ancel Clyde Mewborn.)
The following master's thesis was completed under the direction of
the department:
Charles Newton Winton
Quasi-Frobenius Rings. (1968, under the direction of Ancel
Clyde Mewborn.)
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
Department of Anesthesiology
George Douglas Blenkarn
"Hyperbaric Oxygenation: Limitations and Current Applica-
tions," Canadian Family Physician, 15 (1969), 63.
(With S. M. Shanberg and H. A. Saltzman.) "Cerebral Amines
and Acute Hyperbaric Oxygen Toxicity," Journal of Pharmacol-
ogy and Experimental Therapeutics, 166 (1969), 346.
' 1 Hyperbaric Therapy : Report of Its Utilization at the Toronto
General Hospital," Canadian Medical Association, 120 (1970),
95.
(With J. V. Salzano, H. A. Saltzman, and J. A. Kylstra.) "Pul-
monary Gas Exchange, Heart Rate and Blood Pressure When
Breathing Dense Gas," The Physiologist, 13 (1970), 300.
(With J. Hayes.) "Bilateral Lung Lavage with Hyperbarically
Oxygenated Saline in Dogs," Journal of Applied Physiology, 29
(1970), 786.
ANESTHESIOLOGY
231
Robert A. Mueller
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) " Compensatory Increase in
Adrenal Tyrosine Hydroxylase Activity After Chemical Sympathec-
tomy/' Science, 163 (1969), 468-69.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) " Increased Tyrosine Hy-
droxylase Activity After Drug-Induced Alteration of Sympathetic
Transmission," Nature, 221 (1969), 1264.
(With J. de Champlain and J. Axelrod.) "Sub cellular Local-
ization of Monoamine Oxidase in Rat Tissues," Journal of Phar-
macology, 166 (1969), 339-45.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) "Inhibition of Transynap-
tic Tyrosine Hydroxylase Induction by Cycloheximide and Ac-
tinomycin D," Molecular Pharmacology, 5 (1969), 463-69.
(With J. de Champlain and J. Axelrod.) "Turnover and Syn-
thesis of Norepinephrine in Experimental Hypertension in Rats,"
Circulation Research, 25 (1969), 285-91.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) "Increase in Tyrosine
Hydroxylase Activity After Reserpine Administration," Journal
of Pharmacology, 169 (1969), 74-79.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) " Trans-synaptic Induction
of Adrenal Tyrosine Hydroxylase," Journal of Pharmacology, 169
(1969) , 249-54.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) "Trans-synaptic Induc-
tion of Adrenal Phenylethanolamine-N-Methyltransf erase," Bio-
chemical Pharmacology (1969), 669.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) "Phase Difference in the
Induction of Tyrosine Hydroxylase in Cell Body and Nerve Ter-
minals of Sympathetic Neurones," Proceedings of the National
Academy of Science, 65 (1970), 58-62.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) "Effect of Pituitary and
ACTH on the Maintenance of Basal Tyrosine Hydroxylase Ac-
tivity in the Rat Adrenal Gland," Journal of Endocrinology, 86
(1970) , 751-55.
(With H. Thoenen and J. Axelrod.) "Inhibition of Neuronally
Induced Tyrosine Hydroxylase by Nicotine Receptor Blockade,"
European Journal of Pharmacology, 10 (1970), 51-56.
Kenneth Sugioka
(With H. H. Loeschcke.) "pH of Cerebrospinal Fluid in Cis-
terna Magna and on the Surface of the Choroid Plexus of the 4th
Ventricle and Its Effect on Ventilation in Experimental Distur-
bance of Acid Base Balance. Transients and Steady States,"
Pflugers Archive, 312 (1969), 161-88.
232
RESEARCH
Department of Family Medicine
William L. Fleming
(With W. J. Brown, J. F. Donohue, and D. W. Branigan.)
" National Survey of Venereal Disease Treated by Physicians in
1968, " Journal of the American Medical Association, 211 (March
16, 1970), 1827-30.
Chairman, Editorial Committee, Today's V. D. Control Problem,
1969, 1970.
Robert Smith
''Family Medicine in the Academic and Community Setting,"
The Practitioner, 205 (August 1970), 226-29.
Department of Medicine
Marjorte Elizabeth Marion Allison
(With E. M. Lipham, W. E. Lassiter, and C. W. Gottschalk.)
"The Acutely Reduced Kidney," Abstracts, Fourth Annual Meet-
ing of the American Society of Nephrology (1970), 3.
Domingos Otavio Lorenzo d 'Avtla
(With W. B. Blythe, H. J. Gitelman, and L. G. Welt.) "Ev-
idence for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Clinical Research, 17
(April 1969), 425.
(With W. B. Blythe, H. J. Gitelman, and L. G. Welt.) "Ev-
idence for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Proceedings of the
Fourth International Congress of Nephrology (June 1969), 370.
Thomas Buchanan Barnett
(With B. Rasmussen.) "Ventilatory Responses to Hypoxia and
Hypercapnia with External Airway Resistance," Acta Physiologica
Scandinavica, 80 (December 1970), 538-51.
Mario Cesare Battigelli
"Particulates: Air Quality Criteria Based on Health Effects,"
Air Quality Monograph #69-2. New York: American Petroleum
Institute, 1969. Pp. 1-15.
"Experimental Studies on the Mechanism of Pulmonary In-
jury from Air Pollutants," Journal of Environmental Science, 12
(March and April 1970), 25-27.
(With H. M. Cole, D. A. Fraser, and R. A. Mah.) "Long-Term
MEDICINE
233
Effects of Sulfur Dioxide and Graphite Dust on Rats," Archives
of Environmental Health, 18 (April 1969), 602-8.
William Beevaed Blythe
(With L. G. Welt.) "Cations: Calcium, Magnesium, Barium,
Lithium, and Ammonium, ' ' in The Pharmacological Basis of Thera-
peutics, eds., L. S. Goodman and A. Gilman. New York : The Mac-
millan Company, 1970. Pp. 805-18.
(With L. G. Welt.) "Anions: Phosphates, Iodide, Fluoride,
and Other Anions," in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics,
eds., L. S. Goodman and A. Gilman. New York: The Macmillan
Company, 1970. Pp. 819-30.
(With D. O. D'Avila, H. J. Gitelman, and L. G. Welt.) "Ev-
idence for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Clinical Research, 17
(April 1969), 425.
(With C. H. Cole and L. G. Welt.) "Lack of Correlation
Between Diuretic Action and Inhibition of Ouabain-Sensitive
ATPase," Journal of Clinical Investigation, 48 (June 1969), 17a.
(With D. O. D'Avila, H. J. Gitelman, and L. G. Welt.) "Ev-
idence for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Proceedings of the
Fourth International Congress of Nephrology (June 1969), 370.
(With C. H. Cole and L. G. Welt.) "Lack of Correlation
Between Diuretic Action and Inhibition of Ouabain-Sensitive
ATPase," Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of
Nephrology (June 1969), 202.
(With G. Johnson.) "Hemodynamic Effects of Arteriovenous
Fistulas Used for Hemodialysis," Program of the Southern Sur-
gical Association (December 1969), 7.
(With C. W. McMillan, W. P. Webster, and H. R. Roberts.)
"Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII in Classic
Hemophilia," Proceedings of the Thirtieth Annual Meeting of
the Society for Pediatric Research (1969), 158.
(With G. Johnson, P. Hutchin, and E. O. Terino.) "Manage-
ment of Fluids and Electrolytes in Surgical Patients," Review of
Surgery, 27 (March- April 1970), 87-94.
(With G. Johnson.) "Hemodynamic Effects of Arteriovenous
Shunts Used for Hemodialysis," Annals of Surgery, 171 (May
1970), 715-23.
(With C. W. McMillan, W. P. Webster, and H. R. Roberts.)
"Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII in Classic
Hemophilia," British Journal of Eaematology, 18 (June 1970),
659-67.
"Hemodialysis," Laboratory Medicine, 1 (October 1970), 29-32.
234
RESEARCH
Robert Alan Briggaman
(With C. E. Wheeler, Jr., and R. R. Henderson.) "Discrimina-
tion Between Two Strains (Types) of Herpes Simplex Virus by
Various Modifications of the Neutralization Test," Journal of Im-
munology, 102 (May 1969), 1179-92.
(With C. E. Wheeler, Jr.) "Growth of Herpes Simplex Virus
in Adult Human Skin Organ Cultures," Proceedings of the So-
ciety for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 132 (November
1969), 405-8.
(With B. A. Cohn and C. E. Wheeler, Jr.) "Scleredema Adul-
torum of Buschke and Diabetes Mellitus," Archives of Dermatology,
101 (January 1970), 27-35.
James Alexander Bryan II
(With C. B. Brett and H. R. Roberts.) "Experience with Serum
Hepatitis in a Hemophilic Population," Clinical Research, 17 (Jan-
uary 1969), 29.
Bruce Alan Cohn
(With R. A. Briggaman and C. E. Wheeler, Jr.) "Scleredema
Adultorum of Buschke and Diabetes Mellitus," Archives of Derma-
tology, 101 (January 1970), 27-35.
Craig Harcourt Cole
(With W. B. Blythe and L. G. Welt.) "Lack of Correlation
Between Diuretic Action and Inhibition of Ouabain-Sensitive
ATPase," Journal of Clinical Investigation, 48 (June 1969), 17a.
(With W. B. Blythe and L. G. Welt.) "Lack of Correlation
Between Diuretic Action and Inhibition of Ouabain-Sensitive
ATPase," Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of
Nephrology (June 1969), 202.
Romulo Ernesto Colindres
(With R. A. Kramp and C. W. Gottschalk.) "Effect of Collec-
tion Technic on the Osmolality of Distal Tubular Fluid of the Rat,"
Abstracts, Fourth Annual Meeting of the American Society of
Nephrology (1970), 44.
Ernest Craige
"Gallop Rhythm," in Physical Diagnosis in Cardiovascular
Disease, ed., C. K. Friedberg. New York: Grune and Stratton.
1969. Pp. 140-55.
(With W. P. Hood, Jr., and R. Sutton.) "Comparison of
MEDICINE
235
Noninvasive and Invasive Measures of Left Ventricular Perfor-
mance," American Journal of Cardiology, 25 (January 1970), 132.
(With P. Hutchin and R. Sutton.) " Impaired Function of
Cloth-Covered Starr-Edwards Mitral Valve Prosthesis: Detection
by Phonocardiography," Circulation, 41 (January 1970), 141-48.
(With W. P. Hood, Jr., and R. Sutton.) " Correlation of Pre-
election Period with Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction," Clinical
Research, 18 (January 1970), 28.
(With G. C. Sutton and T. A. Prewitt.) " Relationship Between
Quantitated Precordial Movement and Left Ventricular Function, ' '
Circulation, 41 (February 1970), 179-90.
Louis Raymond Dueresne
(With C. H. Wallas and L. G. Welt.) "Intracellular Sodium
Concentration and the Rate of Sodium Exchange Diffusion in the
Erythrocyte," Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 248.
(With H. J. Gitelman and C. W. Cooper.) LiIn vivo Suppression
of Parathyroid Gland ATP Content by Hypercalcemia," Clinical
Research, 18 (April 1970), 358.
(With H. J. Gitelman.) "A Semi- Automated Procedure for the
Determination of Adenosine Triphosphate," Analytical Biochem-
istry, 37 (October 1970), 402-8.
Harold Joseph Fallon
(With R. M. Helman and M. H. Temko.) "Alcoholic Hepatitis:
Natural History and Evaluation of Therapy, ' ' Clinical Research, 17
(January and April 1969), 26, 304.
(With R. G. Lamb.) "Synthesis of Monoaeylglycerophosphate
(MAGP) from Sn-Glycerol-3-P (GP) by Rat Liver Microsomes,"
Federation Proceedings, 28 (March- April 1969), 595.
(With P. M. Gertman and E. L. Kemp.) "The Effects of
Ethanol Ingestion and Choline Deficiency on Hepatic Lecithin
Biosynthesis in the Rat," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 187 (July
1969), 94-104.
"Management of Lipid Disorders Associated with Liver Dis-
ease," Modern Treatment, 6 (November 1969), 1352-59.
(With L. L. Adams and W. W. Webb.) "Inhibition of Hepatic
Triglyceride Synthesis by Clofibrate," Clinical Research, 18 (Jan-
uary 1970), 50.
(With R. G. Lamb.) "The Formation of Monoacylglycerophos-
phate from Sn-Glycerol-3-P by a Rat Liver Particulate Prepara-
tion," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 245 (June 1970), 3075-83.
(With J. L. Davis.) "Studies on the Role of 3-P-Glycerate
Dehydrogenase in the Regulation of Serine Biosynthesis in Rat
236
RE SEARCH
Liver," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 245 (November 1970),
5838-46.
(With J. L. Davis and H. P. Morris.) "Two Enzymes of Serine
Metabolism in Rat Liver and Hepatomas, " Cancer Research, 30
(December 1970), 2917-20.
Thomas Wohlsen Farmer
"Peripheral Nerve Injuries," in Current Therapy, ed., H. F.
Conn. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Company, 1969. Pp. 751-52.
(With G. R. Wise.) "Subdural Empyema in Infants," in Mod-
ern Neurology. Papers in Tribute to Derek Denny-Brown, ed.,
S. Locke. Boston. Little, Brown and Company, 1969. Pp. 515-26.
(With H. J. Halsey, Jr., and T. R. Scott.) "Adult Hereditary
Cerebelloretinal Degeneration," in Progress in N euro-Genetics,
Volume 1. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of
Neuro-Genetics and Neuro-Ophthalmology (1969), 768-71.
(With J. N. Allen.) "Hereditary Proximal Amyotrophic Lateral
Sclerosis, ' ' Transactions of the American Neurological Association,
94 (1969), 140-44.
Janet Jordan Fischer
(With J. B. Kirkman, Jr., and J. S. Pagano.) "A Microtiter
Plate Technique for the Agglutination Typing of Diplococcus
pneumoniae," Journal of Infectious Diseases, 121 (February 1970),
217-21.
Christopher Columbus Fordham III
(With a Committee of the Faculty of the University of North
Carolina School of Medicine.) Manual for the Examination of Pa-
tients, revised edition. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina
Book Exchange, 1969. Pp. v, 139.
(With J. Haseman, R. M. Boerner, R. R. Durrett, and R. R.
Robinson.) "Renal Biopsy in the Nephrotic Syndrome," Archives
of Internal Medicine, 124 (August 1969), 177-78.
Clovis Eoberto de Magalhaes Franctsconi
1 ' Electroencephalographic Control of Anti-Rabies Vaccination, ' '
Boletin de la Oftcina Sanitaria Panamericana, 57 (December 1969),
486-92. [Publication of the World Health Organization.]
Hillel Jonathan Gitelman
(With A. D. Care, J. Bruce, and L. E. Vowles.) "Thyroid Cal-
citonin and Cyclic AMP," in Parturient Hypocalcemia, ed., J. J. B.
Anderson. New York: Academic Press, 1969. Pp. 15-24.
MEDICINE
237
(With C. H. Wallas, J. C. Parker, and L. G. Welt.) " Relation-
ships Between Erythrocyte Active Transport of Sodium, Lactate
Production and Erythrocyte Sodium Concentration," Clinical Re-
search, 17 (January and April 1969), 55 and 452.
(With A. D. Care and R. F. L. Bates.) "The Role of Glucagon
in the Release of Thyrocalcitonin, ' ' Journal of Endocrinology, 43
(February 1969), lv-lvi.
(With W. B. Blythe, D. 0. D'Avila, and L. G. Welt.) "Evidence
for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Clinical Research, 17 (April
1969), 425.
(With W. B. Blythe, D. 0. D'Avila, and L. G. Welt.) "Evidence
for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Proceedings of the Fourth
International Congress of Nephrology (June 1969), 370.
(With A. D. Care and C. W. Cooper.) "Effect of Cycloheximide
on Calcitonin Release and Activity," Acta Endocrinologica Sup-
plement, 138 (June- July 1969), 182.
(With J. B. Graham and L. G. Welt.) "A Familial Disorder
Characterized by Hypokalemia and Hypomagnesemia," Annals of
the New York Academy of Science, 162 (August 1969), 856-64.
(With L. G. Welt.) "Magnesium Deficiency," Annual Review
of Medicine, 20 (1969), 233-42.
(With H. S. Earp, R. L. Ney, R. Richman, and H. F. DeLuca.)
"Effects of 25-OH Vitamin D3 in Familial Vitamin D Resistant
Rickets," Clinical Research, 18 (January 1970), 52.
(With L. R. Dufresne and C. W. Cooper.) " In vivo Suppression
of Parathyroid Gland ATP Content by Hypercalcemia," Clinical
Research, 18 (April 1970), 358.
(With A. D. Care and R. F. L. Bates.) "A Possible Role for the
Adenyl Cyclase System in Calcitonin Release," Journal of Endo-
crinology, 48 (September 1970), 1-15.
(With H. S. Earp, R. L. Ney, R. Richman, and H. F. DeLuca.)
1 f The Effects of 25-Hydroxycholecalcif erol in Patients with Familial
Hypophosphatemia and Vitamin D Resistant Rickets," New En-
gland Journal of Medicine, 283 (September 1970), 627-30.
(With L. Dufresne.) "A Semi- Automated Procedure for the
Determination of Adenosine Triphosphate," Analytical Biochem-
istry, 37 (October 1970), 402-8.
"Uremic Toxins and Mineral Metabolism: Potential Sites of
Interaction," Archives of Internal Medicine, 126 (November 1970),
793-800.
Robert Michael Glasser
(With J. C. Herion, J. G. Palmer, and R. I. Walker.) "Eosino-
238
RESEARCH
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Marked Eosinophilia," Clinical
Research, 17 (January 1969), 70.
(With R. I. Walker, J. C. Herion, and J. G. Palmer.) " Eosino-
phil Kinetics," Blood, 34 (December 1969), 845.
(With R. I. Walker and J. C. Herion.) "The Significance of
Hematologic Abnormalities in Patients with Tuberculosis," Ar-
chives of Internal Medicine, 125 (April 1970), 691-95.
(With R. I. Walker, J. C. Herion, and J. G. Palmer.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Eosinophilia," Blood, 36 (Sep-
tember 1970), 361-70.
(With R. I. Walker, E. W. Cole, J. G. Palmer, and J. C. Herion.)
"Leukocyte Kinetics: Cyclic Fluctuations in the DNA Specific
Activity of Circulating Granulocytes," Blood, 36 (December 1970),
827.
Israel David Goldman
"Transport Energetics of the Folic Acid Analogue, Metho-
trexate, in L1210 Leukemia Cells: Enhanced Accumulation with
Metabolic Inhibitors," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 244 (July
1969) , 3779-85.
(With N. S. Lichtenstein and V. T. Oliverio.) "Characteristics
of Folic Acid Transport in the L1210 Leukemia Cell," Biochimica
et Biophysica Acta, 193 (October 1969), 456-67.
"Methotrexate-Folate Interactions in the L1210 Leukemia Cell:
A Model System for the Study of Exchange Diffusion, ' 1 Biophysical
Society Annual Meeting (1969), 9-A229.
(With N. S. Lichtenstein.) "Riboflavin-methotrexate Interac-
tions: (1) Photochemical Reaction and (2) Competition for
Transport in the L1210 Mouse Leukemia Cell," Biochemical Phar-
macology, 19 (April 1970), 1229-39.
(With D. L. Lilien and J. L. Spivak.) "Chromate Transport in
Human Leukocytes," Journal of Clinical Investigation, 49 (August
1970) , 1551-57.
1 ' Inorganic and Organic Anions Inhibit Folate Influx in Ehrlich
Ascites and L1210 Tumor Cells: A Possible Mechanism for Uphill
Transport," The Physiologist, 13 (August 1970), 207.
Carl William Gottschalk
(With E. E. Arrizurieta de Muchnik and E. M. Lipham.)
* ' Form and Function in Normal and Hypertrophied Nephrons, ' ' in
Compensatory Renal Hypertrophy. New York: Academic Press,
1969. Pp. 29-44.
(With M. L. Kauker and W. E. Lassiter.) " Micropuncture
MEDICINE
239
Study of the Effects of Urea on Proximal Reabsorption in the Rat, ' '
Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 434.
(With E. E. Arrizurieta de Muchnik, W. E. Lassiter, and E. M.
Lipham.) " Micropuncture Study of Glomerulotubular Balance
in the Rat Kidney," Nephron, 6 (May-June 1969), 418-36.
(With R. Kramp, J. Oliver, and M. MacDowell.) "Micro-
puncture and Microdissection Studies of Damaged Rat Kidneys,"
Clinical Research, 18 (January and April 1970), 92 and 544.
(With M. L. Kauker and W. E. Lassiter.) "Micropuncture
Study of Net Transtubular Movement of Urea and Water in Rats
Expanded with Isotonic Saline," Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 133 (January 1970), 216-21.
(With M. L. Kauker and W. E. Lassiter.) "Micropuncture
Study of Effects of Urea Infusion on Tubular Reabsorption in the
Rat," American Journal of Physiology, 219 (July 1970), 45-50.
"Dr. A. N. Richards and Kidney Micropuncture," Annals of
Internal MedAcine, 71, Supplement 8 (November 1969), 28-37.
(With M. E. M. Allison, E. M. Lipham, and W. E. Lassiter.)
"The Acutely Reduced Kidney," Fourth Annual Meeting of the
American Society of Nephrology (1970), 3.
(With R. A. Kramp and R. E. Colindres.) "Effect of Collection
Technic on the Osmolality of Distal Tubular Fluid of the Rat,"
Fourth Annual Meeting of the American Society of Nephrology
(1970), 44.
(With R. A. Kramp and W. E. Lassiter.) "Mechanism of Urate
Reabsorption in Rat Proximal Tubule," Fourth Annual Meeting
of the American Society of Nephrology (1970), 44.
Tommy Brewer Griffin
(With M. B. Sulzberger.) "Induced Miliaria, Postmiliarial Hy-
pohidrosis, and Some Potential Sequelae," Archives of Dermatol-
ogy, 99 (February 1969), 145-51.
William David Heizer
(With B. Bulkley, S. E. Goldfinger, K. J. Isselbacher, and N. R.
Shulman.) "Distinctions in Chronic Active Hepatitis Based on
Circulating Hepatitis-Associated Antigen," Lancet, 2 (December
1970), 1323-26.
Richard Martin Helmaet
(With M. H. Temko and H. J. Fallon.) "Alcoholic Hepatitis:
Natural History and Evaluation of Therapy," Clinical Research,
17 (January and April 1969), 26 and 304.
240
RESEARCH
J ohn Caeeoll Heeion
(With H. I. Saba, R. I. Walker, and H. R. Roberts.) ^Granulo-
cytic Pyrogen: A New Biological Activity," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 34.
(With R. M. Glasser, J. G. Palmer, and R, I. Walker.) ' 4 Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Marked Eosinophilia," Clinical
Research, 17 (January 1969), 70.
(With D. L. Crocker and R. I. Walker.) "A Morphologic Study
of Granulocyte Induced Red Cell Lysis," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 72.
(With H. I. Saba, R, I. Walker and H. R, Roberts.) "Granulo-
cytic Pjrrogen: Partial Purification and Demonstration of Anti-
coagulant Action," American Journal of Physiology, 217 (Sep-
tember 1969), 720-27.
(With H. I. Saba and H. R. Roberts.) "The Effect of Lysoso-
mal Cationic Proteins from Granulocytes on the Coagulation and
Fibrinolytic Systems," Blood, 34 (December 1969), 835.
(With R. I. Walker, R. M. Glasser, and J. G. Palmer.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics," Blood, 34 (December 1969), 845.
(With R. M. Glasser and R, I. Walker.) "The Significance of
Hematologic Abnormalities in Patients with Tuberculosis," Ar-
chives of Internal Medicine, 125 (April 1970), 691-95.
(With D. L. Crocker and R, I. Walker.) "A Study of Red Cell
Fragmentation," Clinical Research, 18 (April 1970), 401.
(With R. A. Rudders.) "Multiple Myeloma Associated with a
Basic Abnormal Protein and Unusual Plasma Cell Inclusions."
American Journal of Clinical Pathology, 53 (May 1970), 652-58.
(With R. M. Glasser, R. I. Walker, and J. G. Palmer.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Eosinophilia," Blood, 36 (Sep-
tember 1970), 361-70.
(With R. I. Walker. E. W. Cole III, R. M. Glasser, and J. G.
Palmer.) "Leukocyte Kinetics: Cyclic Fluctuations in the DNA
Specific Activity of Circulating Granulocytes," Blood, 36 (Decem-
ber 1970), 827.
Edwaed Leo Hogan
(With K. C. Joseph and G. Schmidt.) "Composition of Cerebral
Lipids in Murine Sudanophilic Leucodystrophy : The Jimpy Mu-
tant," Journal of N euro chemistry, 17 (January 1970), 75-83.
(With J. P. Hurt and M. R. Krigman.) "Subacute Necrotic
Myelopathy: Isolation of a Virus, Light and Electron Microscopic
Studies," Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental Neurol-
ogy, 29 (January 1970), 131.
MEDICINE
241
(With K. C. Joseph.) " Cerebral Lipid Composition in Murine
Genetic Leucodystrophy, " Neurology, 20 (April 1970), 416.
(With K. C. Joseph, J. P. Hurt, and M. R. Krigman.) " Scol-
der's Disease : Study of Myelinoclastic Demyelination by Light and
Electron Microscopy, and Assay of Lipid Composition," Amer-
ican Journal of Pathology, 59 (June 1970), 5a.
(With K. C. Joseph.) "Composition of Cerebral Lipids in Mu-
rine Leucodystrophy: The Quaking Mutant," Journal of N euro-
chemistry, 17 (August 1970), 1209-14.
William Plexico Hood, Jk.
(With C. E. Rackley, B. R. Wilcox, and R. M. Peters.) "Quanti-
tation of Myocardial Function in Valvular Heart Disease," in
Prosthetic Heart Valves, ed., L. Brewer. Springfield: Charles C.
Thomas, 1969. Pp. 342.
(With E. L. Rolett.) "Dynamic Geometry in the Normal and
Abnormal Human Left Ventricle," Clinical Research, 17 (January
and April 1969), 17 and 247.
(With W. H. Thomson, C. E. Rackley, and E. L. Rolett.) "Com-
parison of Calculations of Left Ventricular Wall Stress in Man from
Thin-Walled and Thick- Walled Ellipsoidal Models," Circulation
Research, 24 (April 1969), 575-82.
(With E. L. Rolett.) "Patterns of Contraction in the Human
Left Ventricle," Circulation, Supplement 3, 40 (October 1969),
109.
(With R. Sutton and E. Craige.) "Comparison of Noninvasive
and Invasive Measures of Left Ventricular Performance," Amer-
ican Journal of Cardiology, 25 (January 1970), 132.
(With R. Sutton and E. Craige.) "Correlation of Pre-ejection
Period with Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction," Clinical Research,
18 (January 1970), 28.
(With C. E. Rackley, F. G. Dalldorf, and B. R. Wilcox.) "Sarco-
mere Length and Left Ventricular Function in Chronic Heart
Disease," American Journal of Medical Sciences, 259 (February
1970), 90-96.
(With C. E. Rackley, E. L. Rolett, and D. T. Young.) "Left
Ventricular End-Diastolic Pressure in Chronic Heart Disease,"
American Journal of Medicine, 48 (March 1970), 310-19.
Michael Lajos Kauker
(With W. E. Lassiter and C. W. Gottschalk.) " Micropuncture
Study of the Effects of Urea on Proximal Reabsorption in the Rat, ' '
Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 434.
(With W. E. Lassiter and C. W. Gottschalk.) "Micropuncture
242
RESEARCH
Study of Net Transtubular Movement of Urea and Water in Rats
Expanded with Isotonic Saline," Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 133 (January 1970), 216-21.
(With W. E. Lassiter and C. W. Gottschalk.) ' ' Micropuncture
Study of Effects of Urea Infusion on Tubular Reabsorption in the
Rat," American Journal of Physiology, 219 (July 1970), 45-50.
Ronald Arthur Kramp
(With C. W. Gottschalk, J. Oliver, and M. MacDowell.) "Micro-
puncture and Microdissection Studies of Damaged Rat Kidneys,"
Clinical Research, 18 (January and April 1970), 92 and 544.
(With R. E. Colindres and C. W. Gottschalk.) "Effect of Col-
lection Technic on the Osmolality of Distal Tubular Fluid of the
Rat," Fourth Annual Meeting of the American Society of Nephrol-
ogy (1970), 44,
(With W. E. Lassiter and C. W. Gottschalk.) "Mechanism of
Urate Reabsorption in Rat Proximal Tubule," Fourth Annual
Meeting of the American Society of Nephrology (1970), 44.
Robert George Lamb
(With H. J. Fallon.) "Synthesis of Monoacylglycerophosphate
(MAGP) from Sn-Glycerol-3-P (GP) by Rat Liver Microsomes,"
Federation Proceedings, 28 (March-April 1969), 595.
(With H. J. Fallon.) "The Formation of Monoacylglycero-
phosphate from Sn-Glycerol-3-P by a Rat Liver Particulate Prep-
aration," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 245 (June 1970), 3075-
83.
William Edmund Lassiter
"The Renal Excretion of Urea," in Progress in Nephrology.
Proceedings, V. Symposium der Gesellschraft fur Nephrologie,
Lausanne, Switzerland, September 21-23, 1967, eds., G. Peters and
F. Roch-Ramel. Berlin: Springer- Verlag, 1969. Pp. 11-22.
"Urea Transport in the Mammalian Nephron," in Urea and
the Kidney. Proceedings of an International Colloquy held at
Sarasota, Florida, September 9-12, 1968, ed., B. Schmidt-Nielsen.
Amsterdam: Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1970. Pp. 206-15.
(With M. L. Kauker and C. W. Gottschalk.) " Micropuncture
Study of the Effects of Urea on Proximal Reabsorption in the
Rat," Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 434.
(With E. E. Arrizurieta de Muchnik, E. M. Lipham, and C. W.
Gottschalk.) "Micropuncture Study of Glomerulotubular Balance
in the Rat Kidney," Nephron, 6 (May-June 1969), 418-36.
MEDICINE
243
(With M. L. Kauker and C. W. Gottschalk. ) " Micropuncture
Study of Net Transtubular Movement of Urea and Water in Rats
Expanded with Isotonic Saline," Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 113 (January 1970), 216-21.
(With M. L. Kauker and C. W. Gottschalk.) ' 1 Micropuncture
Study of Effects of Urea Infusion on Tubular Reabsorption
in the Rat," American Journal of Physiology, 219 (July 1970),
45-50.
(With M. E. M. Allison, E. M. Lipham, and C. W. Gottschalk.)
"The Acutely Reduced Kidney," Fourth Annual Meeting of the
American Society of Nephrology (1970), 3.
(With R. A. Kramp and C. W. Gottschalk.) "Mechanism of
Urate Reabsorption in Rat Proximal Tubule, ' ' Fourth Annual Meet-
ing of the American Society of Nephrology (1970), 44.
Eleanor McGurn Lipham
(With E. E. Arrizurieta de Muchnik and C. W. Gottschalk.)
"Form and Function in Normal and Hypertrophied Nephrons,"
in Compensatory Renal Hypertrophy. New York : Academic Press,
1969. Pp. 29-44.
(With E. E. Arrizurieta de Muchnik, W. E. Lassiter, and C. W.
Gottschalk.) "Micropuncture Study of Glomerulotubular Balance
in the Rat Kidney," Nephron, 6 (May-June 1969), 418-36.
(With M. E. M. Allison, W. E. Lassiter, and C. W. Gottschalk.)
"The Acutely Reduced Kidney," Fourth Annual Meeting of the
American Society of Nephrology (1970), 3.
Charles Elliot Morris
(With T. W. Farmer.) "Multiple Sclerosis and Related Dis-
orders," in Tice's Practice of Medicine. Hagerstown: Hoeber Med-
ical Division, Harper and Row, Inc., 1969. Pp. 1-20.
Robert Leo Ney
"The Anterior Pituitary Gland," in Duncan's Diseases of
Metabolism, ed., P. Bondy. Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders Company,
1969. Pp. 718-52.
(With L. D. Garren, W. W. Davis, G. N. Gill, H. L. Moses,
and R. M. Crocco.) "Studies on the Mode of Action of ACTH," in
Progress in Endocrinology. Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica Founda-
tion, 1969. Pp. 102-15.
"Cushing's Syndrome," in Current Therapy, ed., H. F. Conn.
Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Company, 1970. Pp. 407-11.
(With H. S. Earp and B. Watson.) "Adenosine 3',5'-Monophos-
phate (Cyclic AMP) as the Mediator of ACTH Induced Depletion
244
KESEARCH
of Ascorbic Acid in the Adrenal Cortex," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 22.
"Effects of Dibutyryl Cyclic AMP on Adrenal Growth and
Steroidogenic Capacity," Endocrinology, 84 (January 1969), 168-
70.
(With N. J. Hochella, D. G. Grahame-Smith, K. N. Dexter, and
R. W. Butcher.) "Abnormal Regulation of Adenosine 3',5'-Mono-
phosphate and Corticosterone Formation in an Adrenocortical Car-
cinoma," Journal of Clinical Investigation, 48 (September 1969).
1733-39.
(With J. Walton and B. Watson.) "Comparison of Metabolic
Parameters During Alternate-Day and Frequent Interval Corti-
costeroid Administration," Program of 51st Meeting of the Endo-
crine Society (1969), 197.
(With H. S. Earp, H. Gitelman, R. Richman, and H. F. De-
Luca.) "Effects of 25-OH Vitamin D3 in Familial Vitamin D Re-
sistant Rickets," Clinical Research, 18 (January 1970), 52.
(With D. Mahaffee and B. Watson.) "Relationship Between
Nucleotide Structure and the Stimulation of Adrenal Steroidog-
nesis," Clinical Research, 18 (January 1970), 73.
(With H. S. Earp and B. Watson.) " Adenosine-3',5'-Monophos-
phate as the Mediator of ACTH-Induced Ascorbic Acid Depletion
in the Rat Adrenal," Endocrinology, 87 (July 1970), 118-23.
(With H. S. Earp, H. J. Gitelman, R. Richman, and H. F.
DeLuca.) "The Effects of 25-Hydroxycholecalciferol in Patients
with Familial Hypophosphatemia and Vitamin-D-Resistant Ric-
kets," New England Journal of Medicine, 283 (September 1970),
627-30.
(With J. Walton and B. Watson.) "Alternate-Day Versus
Shorter-Interval Steroid Administration," Archives of Internal
Medicine, 126 (October 1970), 601-7.
(With R. N. Dexter and L. M. Fishman.) "Stimulation of
Adrenal Cholesterol Uptake from Plasma by Adrenocorticotro-
phin," Endocrinology, 87 (November 1970), 836-46.
(With D. Mahaffee.) "Effects of Nucleotides Possessing a 3',5'-
Cyclic Monophosphate on Adrenal Steroidogenesis," Metaoolism,
19 (December 1970), 1104-8.
(With I. Schorr, B. McMillan, and D. Mahaffee.) "Regulation
and Subcellular Distribution of Adenyl Cyclase and Guanyl Cy-
clase in the Normal and Neoplastic Adrenal, ' ' Program of the 52nd
Meeting of the Endocrine Society (1970), 48.
David Ainswoeth Ontjes
(With C. B. Anfinsen.) "Solid Phase Synthesis of a Polypeptide
MEDICINE
245
Sequence from Staphylococcal Nuclease," in Proceedings of the
First American Peptide Symposium, New Haven. New York : Mar-
cel Dekker, 1969. Pp. 79-98.
(With C. B. Anfinsen.) " Solid Phase Synthesis of a 42-Residue
Fragment of Staphylococcal Nuclease: Properties of a Semi-Syn-
thetic Enzyme," Proceedings of the National Academy of Science,
64 (October 1969), 428-35.
(With A. Eastlake, M. Ohno, and C. B. Anfinsen.) " Synthesis
of a Fully Protected Carboxy Terminal Tetradecapeptide Sequence
of Staphylococcal Nuclease," Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 91 (November 1969), 6842-47.
(With C. B. Anfinsen.) " Synthetic Studies of Structure-
Function Relationships in Staphylococcal Nuclease," Journal of
Biological Chemistry, 244 (December 1969), 6316-22.
(With G. S. Omenn and C. B. Anfinsen.) 1 1 Immunochemistry
of Staphylococcal Nuclease. I. Physical, Enzymatic and Immuno-
logical Studies of Chemically Modified Derivatives," Biochemistry,
9 (January 1970), 304-12.
(With G. S. Omenn and C. B. Anfinsen.) " Immunochemistry
of Staphylococcal Nuclease. II. Inhibition and Binding Studies
with Sequence Fragments," Biochemistry, 9 (January 1970), 313-
21.
Joseph Stephen- Pagano
Editorial, * ' Type 3 Poliovirus Vaccine," Journal of Pediatrics,
75 (July 1969), 162-63.
"Assay of Infectious DNA," in Basic Techniques in Virology,
eds., K. Habel and N. Salzman. New York: Academic Press, 1969.
Pp. 184-97.
(With J. B. Kirkman, Jr., and J. J. Fischer.) "A Microtiter
Plate Technique for the Agglutination Typing of Diplococcus
Pneumoniae ," Journal of Infectious Diseases, 121 (February 1970),
217-21.
(With M. K. Estes.) 1 1 Studies of the Nucleoprotein and Capsid
Proteins of Simian Virus 40," Bacteriological Proceedings (1970),
188.
"Biologic Activity of Isolated Viral Nucleic Acids," Progress
in Medical Virology, 12 (1970), 1-48.
Jefeeess Gary Palmer
(With R. M. Glasser, J. C. Herion, and E. I. Walker.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Marked Eosinophilia," Clinical
Research, 17 (January 1969), 70.
246
RESEARCH
(With R. I. Walker, R. M. Glasser, and J. C. Herion.) " Eosino-
phil Kinetics," Blood, 34 (December 1969), 845.
(With J. C. Herion, R. M. Glasser, and R. I. Walker.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Eosinophilia, " Blood, 36 (Sep-
tember 1970), 361-70.
(With R. I. Walker, E. W. Cole, R. M. Glasser, and J. C.
Herion.) "Leukocyte Kinetics: Cyclic Fluctuations in the DNA
Specific Activity of Circulating Granulocytes," Blood, 36 (Decem-
ber 1970), 827.
John Cuktis Parker
"Nucleotide Permeability of Human Red Blood Cells," Clinical
Research, 17 (January 1969), 33.
"The Influence of 2,3-Diphosphoglycerate Metabolism on Na-K
Permeability in Human Red Blood Cells: Studies with Bisulfite
and Other Redox Agents," Clinical Research, 17 (January 1969),
51.
"Influence of 2,3-Diphosphoglyeerate Metabolism on Sodium-
Potassium Permeability in Human Red Blood Cells: Studies with
Bisulfite and Other Redox Agents," Journal of Clinical Investiga-
tion, 48 (January 1969), 117-25.
"Metabolism of Extracellular Adenine Nucleotides by Human
Red Blood Cells," Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 338.
' ' Influence of Metabolic State on Water Content of Human Red
Blood Cells," Clinical Research, 18 (April 1970), 413.
(With C. H. Wallas, H. J. Gitelman, and L. G. Welt.) "Rela-
tionships Between Active Transport of Sodium, Lactate Produc-
tion, and Sodium Concentration in Erythrocytes," Clinical Re-
search, 18 (April 1970), 413.
(With G. Atwood, K. Orme, G. Kelly, K. Brandel, and R. Bres-
ler.) "Glucose Metabolism in the Isolated Perfused Hypothermic
Heart," Clinical Research, 18 (April 1970), 523.
"Metabolism of External Adenine Nucleotides by Human Red
Blood Cells," American Journal of Physiology, 218 (June 1970),
1568-74.
Harold Ross Eoberts
Associate editor, "Plasma Fractions for Treatment of Hemo-
philia. Anticoagulant Therapy : Standardization of Tests, ' ' Throm-
bosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, Supplement 35, 1969. Pp. 1-287.
Associate editor, ' ' Fibrinogen : Structural, Metabolic, and Patho-
physiologic Aspects," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica,
Supplement 39, 1970. Pp. 1-464.
(With K. M. Brinkhous.) "Hemophilia and Hemophilioid
MEDICINE
247
States. Method of H. R. Roberts and K. M. Brinkhous," in Cur-
rent Therapy, ed., H. F. Conn. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Company, 1969. Pp. 249-53.
(With M. R. Knowles, T. L. Jones, and C. W. McMillan.) "Use
of Factor VIII Inhibitors," in Hemophilia and New Hemorrhagic
States, ed., K. M. Brinkhous. Chapel Hill: University of North
Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 152-63.
(With J. A. Bryan and C. B. Brett.) "Experience with Serum
Hepatitis in a Hemophilic Population," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 29.
(With H. I. Saba, R. I. Walker, and J. C. Herion.) "Granulo-
cytic Pyrogen: A New Biological Activity," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 34.
(With H. I. Saba, R. I. Walker, and J. C. Herion.) "Granulo-
cytic Pyrogen: Partial Purification and Demonstration of Anti-
coagulant Action," American Journal of Physiology, 217 (Sep-
tember 1969), 720-27.
(With H. I. Saba and J. C. Herion.) "The Effect of Lysosomal
Cationic Proteins from Granulocytes on the Coagulation and Fi-
brinolytic Systems," Blood, 34 (December 1969), 835.
(With R. H. Wagner, W. P. Webster, E. Shanbrom, and K. M.
Brinkhous.) " Glycine-Precipitated Antihemophilic Factor Con-
centrates and Their Clinical Use, ' ' Thrombosis et Diathesis Haem-
orrhagica, Supplement 35 (1969), 41-48.
(With C. W. McMillan, W. P. Webster and W. B. Blythe.)
"Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII in Classic
Hemophilia," British Journal of Haematology, 18 (June 1970),
659-68.
(With W. P. Webster.) "Dental Treatment of Patients with
Hemorrhagic Disorders," Bibliotheca Haematologica, 34 (1970),
139-48.
Ellis Laweence Eolett
(With K. R. Voellm.) "Calibration of Dye-Dilution Curves by a
Dynamic Method," Journal of Applied Physiology, 26 (January
1969), 147-50.
(With W. P. Hood, Jr.) "Dynamic Geometry in the Normal
and Abnormal Human Left Ventricle," Clinical Research, 17 (Jan-
uary and April 1969), 17 and 247.
(With W. P. Hood, Jr., W. J. Thomson, and C. E Rackley.)
"Comparison of Calculations of Left Ventricular Wall Stress in
Man from Thin-Walled and Thick- Walled Ellipsoidal Models,"
Circulation Research, 24 (April 1969), 575-82.
(With W. P. Hoodr Jr.) "Patterns of Contraction in the Human
248
RESEARCH
Left Ventricle," Circulation, Supplement 3, 40 (October 1969),
iii, 109.
"Surgical Management of Ventricular Aneurysm," Journal of
the American Medical Association, 210 (October 1969), 122-25.
(With C. E. Rackley, W. P. Hood, Jr., and D. T. Young.) "Left
Ventricular End-Diastolic Pressure in Chronic Heart Disease,"
American Journal of Medicine, 48 (March 1970), 310-19.
(With K. R. Voellm.) "Effects in Increasing Afterload on Left
Ventricular Performance," Clinical Research, 18 (April 1970), 326.
Philip Frederick Sparling
"Kasugamycin Resistance: 30S Ribosomal Mutation with an
Unusual Location on the Escherichia Coli Chromosome," Science,
167 (January 1970), 56-58.
Richard Sutton
(With W. P. Hood, Jr., and E. Craige.) "Comparison of Non-
invasive and Invasive Measures of Left Ventricular Performance, ' '
American Journal of Cardiology, 25 (January 1970), 132.
(With P. Hutchin and E. Craige.) "Impaired Function of
Cloth-Covered Starr-Edwards Mitral Valve Prosthesis: Detection
by Phonocardiography," Circulation, 41 (January 1970), 141-48.
(With W. P. Hood, Jr., and E. Craige.) "Correlation of Pre-
election Period with Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction," Clinical
Research, 18 (January 1970), 28.
Klaus Rudolph Voellm
(With E. L. Rolett.) "Calibration of Dye-Dilution Curves by a
Dynamic Method," Journal of Applied Physiology, 26 (January
1969), 147-50.
(With E. L. Rolett.) "Effect in Increasing Afterload on Left
Ventricular Performance," Clinical Research, 18 (April 1970),
326.
Richard Isley Walker
(With H. I. Saba, J. C. Herion, and H. R. Roberts.) "Granulo-
cytic Pyrogen: A New Biological Activity," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 34.
(With R. M. Glasser, J. G. Palmer, and J. C. Herion.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Marked Eosinophilia, " Clinical
Research, 17 (January 1969), 70.
(With D. L. Crocker and J. C. Herion.) "A Morphologic Study
of Granulocyte Induced Red Cell Lysis," Clinical Research, 17
(January 1969), 72.
MEDICINE
249
(With K. M. Glasser.) "Transitions Among the Myeloprolifer-
ative Disorders," Annals of Internal Medicine, 71 (August 1969),
285-307.
(With H. I. Saba, J. C. Herion, and H. R. Roberts.) "Granulo-
cytic Pyrogen: Partial Purification and Demonstration of Anti-
coagulant Action," American Journal of Physiology, 217 (Sep-
tember 1969), 720-27.
(With J. C. Herion, R. M. Glasser, and J. G. Palmer.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics," Blood, 34 (December 1969), 845.
(With R. M. Glasser and J. C. Herion.) "The Significance of
Hematologic Abnormalities in Patients with Tuberculosis," Ar-
chives of Internal Medicine, 125 (April 1970), 691-95.
(With D. L. Crocker and J. C. Herion.) "A Study of Red Cell
Fragmentation," Clinical Research, 18 (April 1970), 401.
(With J. C. Herion, R. M. Glasser, and J. G. Palmer.) "Eosino-
phil Kinetics in Two Patients with Eosinophilia," Blood, 36 (Sep-
tember 1970), 361-70.
(With E. W. Cole, R. M. Glasser, J. G. Palmer, and J. C. Heri-
on.) "Leukocyte Kinetics: Cyclic Fluctuations in the DNA Spe-
cific Activity of Circulating Granulocytes," Blood, 36 (September
1970), 827.
Charles Henry Wallas
(With J. C. Parker, H. J. Gitelman, and L. G. Welt.) "Rela-
tionships Between Erythrocyte Active Transport of Sodium, Lac-
tate Production and Erythrocyte Sodium Concentration," Clinical
Research, 17 (January and April 1969), 55 and 452.
(With L. G. Welt and L. R. Dufresne.) "Intracellular Sodium
Concentration and the Rate of Sodium Exchange Diffusion in the
Erythrocyte," Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 428.
(With L. G. Welt.) "Relationship of Phosphoglycerate Kinase
(PGK) to Hypermetabolism in Erythrocytes in Uremia," Clinical
Research, 18 (January and April 1970), 66 and 519.
Louis Gordon Welt
Guest editor, "Symposium on Uremic Toxins. Introductory and
Closing Remarks," Archives of Internal Medicine, 7 (November
1970), 773-916.
"Agents Affecting Volume and Composition of Body Fluids,"
in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, eds., L. S. Goodman
and A. Gilman. New York: The Macmillan Companv, 1970. Pp.
773-804.
(With W. B. Blythe.) "Cations: Calcium, Magnesium, Barium,
Lithium, and Ammonium, ' ' in The Pharmacological Basis of Thera-
250
RESEARCH
peutics, eds., L. S. Goodman and A. Gilman. New York : The niac-
millan Company, 1970. Pp. 805-18.
(With W. B. Blythe.) "Anions: Phosphates, Iodide, Fluoride,
and Other Anions," in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics,
eds., L. S. Goodman and A. Gilman. New York: The Macmillan
Company, 1970. Pp. 819-30.
"Edema," in Principles of Internal Medicine, eds., T. E. Harri-
son, et al. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1970. Pp. 213-18.
"Oliguria, Polyuria and Nocturia," in Principles of Internal
Medicine, eds., T. E. Harrison, et al. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1970.
Pp. 272-76.
"Disorders of Fluids and Electrolytes," in Principles of
Internal Medicine, eds., T. E. Harrison, et al. New York : McGraw-
Hill, 1970. Pp. 1357-71.
"Acidosis and Alkalosis," in Principles of Internal Medicine,
eds., T. E. Harrison, et al. New York : McGraw-Hill, 1970. Pp. 1371-
83.
"A Further Evaluation of Erythrocyte Sodium Transport,"
Clinical Research, 17 (January 1969), 87.
(With C. H. Wallas, J. C. Parker, and H. J. Gitelman.) "Bela-
tionships Between Erythrocyte Active Transport of Sodium, Lac-
tate Production and Erythrocyte Sodium Concentration," Clinical
Research, 17 (January and April 1969), 55 and 452.
"Medical Education ■ Preparation for Tomorrow," Rhode Island
Medical Journal, 70 (February 1969), 110-11.
(With W. B. Blythe, D. O. D'Avila, and H. J. Gitelman.) "Ev-
idence for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Clinical Research, 17
(April 1969), 425.
(With L. E. Dufresne and C. Wallas.) "Intracellular Sodium
Concentration and the Eate of Sodium Exchange Diffusion in the
Erythrocyte," Clinical Research, 17 (April 1969), 428.
"A Further Evaluation of Erythrocyte Sodium Transport in
Control Subjects and Patients with Uremia," Nephron, 6 (May-
June 1969), 406-17.
(With C. Cole and W. B. Blythe.) "Lack of Correlation
Between Diuretic Action and Inhibition of Ouabain-Sensitive
ATPase," Journal of Clinical Investigation, 48 (June 1969), 17a.
"Bed Cell Sodium Pump and Uremia," Symposium on Uremic
Toxicity, Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of
Nephrology (June 1969), 46.
(With C. Cole and W. B. Blythe.) "Lack of Correlation
Between Diuretic Action and Inhibition of Ouabain-Sensitive
ATPase," Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of
Nephrology (June 1969), 202.
MEDICINE
251
(With W. B. Blythe, D. 0. D'Avila, and H. J. Gitelman.) "Ev-
idence for a Humoral Natriuretic Factor," Proceedings of the
Fourth International Congress of Nephrology (June 1969), 370.
(With R. Whang, J. Oliver, and M. MacDowell.) "Renal Lesions
and Disturbance of Renal Function in Rats with Magnesium De-
ficiency," Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 162 (Au-
gust 1969), 766-74.
(With H. J. Gitelman and J. B. Graham.) "A Familial Disorder
Characterized by Hypokalemia and Hypomagnesemia," Annals of
the New York Academy of Science, 162 (August 1969), 856-64.
(With H. J. Gitelman.) " Magnesium Deficiency," Annual Re-
view of Medicine, 20 (1969), 233-42.
(With C. H. Wallas.) "Relationship of Phosphoglycerate Kinase
(PGK) to Hypermetabolism in Erythrocytes in Uremia," Clinical
Research, 18 (January and April 1970), 66 and 519.
(With E. K. M. Smith.) "The Red Blood Cell as a Model for
the Study of Uremic Toxins," Archives of Internal Medicine, 126
(November 1970), 827-30.
Clayton Eugene Wheeler, Jr.
(With R. A. Briggaman and R. R. Henderson.) "Discrimination
Between Two Strains (Types) of Herpes Simplex Virus by Various
Modifications of the Neutralization Test," Journal of Immunology,
102 (May 1969), 1179-92.
(With R. A. Briggaman.) "Growth of Herpes Simplex Virus
in Adult Human Skin Organ Cultures," Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 132 (November 1969),
405-8.
(With B. A. Cohn and R. A. Briggaman.) 1 ' Schleredema Adul-
torum of Buschke and Diabetes Mellitus," Archives of Dermatology,
101 (January 1970), 27-35.
James Watson Woods
"Interrelationships of Oral Contraceptives and Hypertension,"
in Metabolic Effects of Gonadal Hormones and Contraceptive
Steroids, eds., Salhanick, Kipnis and Vande Wiele. New York:
Plenum Press, 1969. Pp. 471-75.
(With G. W. Liddle, E. G. Stant, Jr., A. M. Michelakis, and
A. B. Brill.) "Antihypertensive Effects of an Adrenal Inhibitor,
Aminogluthetimide, in Patients with 'Essential' Hypertension and
Subnormal Renin," Clinical Research, 17 (January 1969), 67.
(With A. M. Michelakis, G. W. Liddle, and E. C. Klatte.) "A
Predictable Error in Use of Renal Vein Renin in Diagnosing Hy-
252
RE SEARCH
p er tension, " Archives of Internal Medicine, 123 (April 1969),
359-61.
(With G. W. Liddle, E. G. Stant, Jr., A. M. Michelakis, and A. B.
Brill.) " Effect of an Adrenal Inhibitor in Hypertensive Patients
with Suppressed Renin," Archives of Internal Medicine, 123 (April
1969), 366-70.
Daniel Test Young
(With W. P. Hood, Jr., C. E. Eackley, and E. L. Rolett.) "Left
Ventricular End-Diastolic Pressure in Chronic Heart Disease,"
American Journal of Medicine, 48 (March 1970), 310-19.
William Jay Yotjnt
(With R. Hong, M. Seligmann, R. Good, and H. G. Kunkel.)
"Imbalances of Gamma Globulin Subgroups and Gene Defects in
Patients with Primary Hypogammaglobulinemia, ' ' Journal of Clin-
ical Investigation, 49 (November 1970), 1957-66.
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology
William E. Beennee
(With C. H. Hendricks and G. Kraus.) "The Normal Cervical
Dilatation Pattern in Late Pregnancy and Labor, ' ' American Jour-
nal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 106 (April 1970), 1065-82.
(With C. H. Hendricks.) "Cardiovascular Effects of Oxytocic
Drugs Used Post-Partum, " American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 108 (November 1970), 751-60.
"Krukenberg Tumor," Ob-Gyn Collected Letters of the Inter-
national Correspondence Society of Obstetricians and Gynecol-
ogists, Series 11 (November 1970), 187-88.
Takey Ceist
"Surgical Management of Tubal Pregnancy: Effect on Subse-
quent Fertility," Southern Medical Journal, 62 (1969), 954.
(With W. E. Roberson.) " Urethro vesical Needle Suspension:
Post-operative Loss of Vesical Neck Support Demonstrated by Chain
Cystography," Obstetrics and Gynecology, 34 (1969), 489.
"Coronary Artery Aneurysms," North Carolina Medical Jour-
nal, 30 (1969), 326.
(With J. F. Hulka.) "The Influence of Maternal Epinephrine
on Behavior of the Offspring," American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 106 (1970), 687.
OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY
253
William Ewakt Easteelixg, Jr.
(With L. M. Talbert and W. E. Roberson.) "Urinary Estriol
in the Management of Complicated Pregnancies," Southern Med-
ical Journal, 62 (1969), 1090.
(With L. M. Talbert.) "Estriol Excretion in Normal and Com-
plicated Pregnancies," American Journal of Obstetrics and Gyne-
cology, 107 (June 1970), 417.
John I. Fishburne, Je.
(With L. Palnmbo and G. G. Koch.) "Primary Carcinoma of
the Vagina," Southern Medical Journal. 62 (September 1969),
1048.
Charles H. Hexdeicks
"Management of Dysfunctional Labor," in Controversy in Ob-
stetrics and Gynecology, eds., D. Reid and T. Barton. Philadelphia :
W. B. Saunders Company, 1969. Pp. 165-69.
"The Physiologic Response to Uterine Contractions," in Pre-
natal Life, ed., H. Mack. Detroit: Wayne State University Press,
1970. Pp. 55-75.
"The Reproductive Capacity of an Infertile Population," Fer-
tility and Sterility, 20 (March- April 1969), 289.
"Uterine Contractility in the First Day of the Peuperium,"
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology. 103 (January
1969), 238.
"Changes in Uterine Blood Flow During Uterine Contrac-
tions," American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 103 (April
1969), 1108.
"Effect of Ergot Derivatives and Sparteine Sulfate upon the
Human Uterus," Lying-in. 3 (March 1969), 147.
"The Importance of Uterine Blood Flow Change in the Initi-
ation of Labor: A New Hypothesis," American Journal of Ob-
stetrics and Gynecology, 105 (October 1969), 535.
"Dysfunctional Labor Due to Fecal Impaction: Report of a
Case," Obstetrics and Gynecology, 34 (October 1969), 502.
"Is an Internship Necessary?" The Journal of Reproductive
Medicine, 4c (May 1970), 162.
"Studies of Human Tubal Motility in vivo." American Journal
of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 106 (January 1970), 79.
"The Control of Labor," Gynecologic Investigation. Volume 1.
Supplement (1970), 38.
(With W. E. Brenner.) "Normal Cervical Dilatation Pattern
in Pregnancy and Labor," American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 106 (April 1970), 1065.
254
RESEARCH
''Intrauterine Resting Pressure in the Nonpregnant Uterus, "
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 108 (October
1970), 450.
(With W. E. Brenner.) "Cardiovascular Effects of Oxytocic
Drugs Used Postpartum," American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 108 (November 1970), 751.
Jaroslav F. Hulka
"Ovarian Transplantation: Graft-Host Interactions in Corneal
Encapsulated Homograf ts, " American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 103 (1969), 78.
"A Mathematical Model Study of Contraceptive Efficiency and
Unplanned Pregnancies," American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 104 (June 1969), 443.
(With K. F. Omran.) "The Uterine Cervix as a Potential Local
Antibody Secretor," American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecol-
ogy, 104 (June 1969), 440.
(With K. Mohr.) "Placental Hormones and Graft Rejection,"
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 104 (July 1969),
889.
"Tubal Ligation as Part of Family Planning in India," Amer-
ican Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 105 (October 1969), 434.
"Other Methods of Conception Control," in Family Planning
Today, ed., A. Rubin. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis and Company,
1969. Pp. 73-86.
(With T. Crist.) "The Influence of Maternal Epinephrine on
Fertility, Newborn Weight and Behavior of the Offspring, ' ' Amer-
ican Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 106 (March 1970), 687.
"Elective Vasectomy by American Urologist in 1967," Fertility
and Sterility, 21 (August 1970), 615.
Leonard Palumbo, Jr.
(With J. I. Fishburne and G. G. Koch.) "Primary Carcinoma
of the Vagina," Southern Medical Journal, 62 (September 1969),
1048.
(With W. C. Fowler.) "Ureteral Strictures Following Therapy
for Carcinoma of the Cervix," Cancer, 24 (July 1969), 77.
(With W. C. Fowler and G. G. Koch.) "Carcinoma of the
Vulva; Influence of Radical Operation on Cure Rate," Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 35 (January 1970), 1.
M. Steven Piver
' ' Simple Removal of Cerclage Suture for Incompetent Cervix, ' 7
Obstetrics and Gynecology, 33 (1969), 435.
OPHTHALMOLOGY
255
' ' Clinical Evaluation of Hypertension Six "Weeks Post Partum, ' '
Southern Medical Journal, 62 (1969), 559.
' 1 The Ke-evaluation of Multiple Cesarean Sections, ' ' Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 34 (1969), 690.
" Influence of Luteal Cysts on Menstrual Function," Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 35 (1970), 740.
Robert A. Ross
"Repetitive Premature Labor," in Controversy in Obstetrics and
Gynecology, eds., D. Reid and T. Barton. Philadelphia: W. B.
Saunders Company, 1969. Pp. 79-84.
"Sexual Problems in Clinical Practice," The West Virginia
Medical Journal, 65 (January 1969), 16.
"Vaginal Prolapse and Stress Urinary Incontinence," The
West Virginia Medical Journal, 65 (March 1969), 77.
Luther M. Talbert
(With W. E. Easterling, Jr., and W. E. Roberson.) "Urinary
Estriol in the Management of Complicated Pregnancies," Southern
Medical Journal, 62 (1969), 1090.
Discussion of paper by R. P. Rankin, "Prolonged Anovulation
Subsequent to Oral Progestins," American Journal of Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 130 (1969), 919.
(With W. E. Easterling, Jr.) "Estriol Excretion in Normal
and Complicated Pregnancies," American Journal of Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 107 (June 1970), 417.
"Hyperthyroidism in Pregnancy," Obstetrics and Gynecology,
36 (1970), 5.
Department of Ophthalmology
Leslie Morgan Hale
"Betadine in Experimental Herpes Infections," Proceedings of
Annual Staff Meeting, Department of Ophthalmology, 7 (1969),
10-13.
"The Treatment of Corneal Ulcer with Povidone-Iodine (Beta-
dine)," North Carolina Medical Journal, 30 (Februarv 1969),
54-56.
" Orbito-Cerebral Phycomycosis, " Southern Medical Journal, 63
(August 1970), 886-90.
"Pseudotumor of the Orbit," Proceedings of Annual Staff
Meeting, Department of Ophthalmology, 8 (1970), 21-24.
256
RESEARCH
Samuel Dace McPherson", Jr.
"Introduction to Section on Surgery," in Year Book of
Ophthalmology, ed., William F. Hughes. Chicago : Year Book Med-
ical Publishers, 1969. Pp. 364-65 .
(With C. McCulloch and G. Mackenson.) "Report of the Com-
mittee on Suture Materials," in Advances in Ophthalmology, eds.,
M. J. Koper-Hall, H. Sautter, and E. B. Streiff. Basel, Switzer-
land: S. Karger, 1970. Pp. 31-34.
(With L. W. Moore, Jr., J. K. Crawford, and R. G. Michels.)
"Original Investigations on Corneal Suture Material," in Ad-
vances in Ophthalmology, eds., M. J. Roper-Hall, H. Sautter, and
E. B. Streiff. Basel, Switzerland: S. Karger, 1970. Pp. 49-57.
"Microsurgery for Glaucoma," in Advances in Ophthalmol-
ogy, eds., M. J. Roper-Hall, H. Sautter, and E. B. Streiff. Basel,
Switzerland : S. Karger, 1970. Pp. 166-70.
' ' Summary of the Suture Material Development, ' ' in Advances
in Ophthalmology, eds., M. J. Roper-Hall, H. Sautter, and E. B.
Streiff. Basel, Switzerland: S. Karger, 1970. Pp. 274-75.
"Introduction to Section on Surgery," in Year Book of
Ophthalmology, ed., William F. Hughes. Chicago : Year Book Med-
ical Publishers, 1970. Pp. 346-48.
"Nylon Sutures in Anterior Segment Surgery," Proceedings
of Annual Staff Meeting, Department of Ophthalmology, 7 (1969),
1-6.
(With J. J. Johnson and F. W. Stocker.) "Full Thickness in
Deep Lamellar Beds," North Carolina Medical Journal, 30 (March
1969), 89-94.
Discussion of "Ocular Microsurgery with Special Reference to
Traumatic and Senile Cataract," by Joel B. Pollard and George
M. Haik, Southern Medical Journal, 62 (June 1969), 638.
"Annual Staff Meeting, University of North Carolina," Amer-
ican Journal of Ophthalmology, 68 (September 1969), 520-22.
(With L. W. Moore.) "A Statistical Analysis of Microsurgery
in Cataract Extraction," Ophthalmic Surgery, 1 (1970), 39-42.
(With J. R. Crawford.) "The Use of Nylon Sutures in Anterior
Segment Surgery," Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat Monthly, 49 (Sep-
tember 1970), 420-23.
Lawrence Wright Moore, Jr.
"Statistical Evaluation of Microsurgery," Proceedings of An-
nual Staff Meeting, Department of Ophthalmology, 7 (1969), 67-75.
"A Comparison of Basal and Peripheral Radial Iridotomy,"
PEDIATRICS
257
Proceedings of Annual Staff Meeting, Department of Ophthalmol-
ogy, 8 (1970), 75-78.
Department of Pediatrics
Wallace Alexander Clyde, Je.
" Biophysical Characteristics of the Mycoplasmas," in The My-
coplasmatales and the L-Phase of Bacteria, ed., L. Hayflick. New
York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969. Pp. 349-63.
" Diseases Due to Cell Wall-Deficient Organisms," in Brenne-
mann-Kelly Practice of Pediatrics, Volume 2, ed., Vincent C. Kelly.
Hagerstown, Maryland: Harper and Kow, 1970. Pp. 1-7.
" Prevention of Disease Due to Mycoplasma pneumoniae," Jour-
nal of Infectious Diseases, 120 (1969), 255.
(With R. P. Lipman.) ''The Interrelationship of Virulence,
Cytadsorption and Peroxide Formation in Mycoplasma pneu-
moniae," Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 113 (1969), 1163.
(With R. P. Lipman and F. W. Denny.) "Characteristics of
Virulent, Attenuated and Avirulent Mycoplasma pneumoniae
Strains," Journal of Bacteriology, 100 (1969), 1037.
(With A. M. Collier and F. W. Denny.) "Biologic Effects of
Mycoplasma pneumoniae and Other Mycoplasmas from Man on
Hamster Tracheal Organ Culture," Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 132 (1969), 1153.
(With G. W. Fernald.) "Protective Effects of Vaccines in Ex-
perimental Mycoplasma pneumoniae Disease," Infection and Im-
munity, 1 (1970), 559.
Albert M. Collier
(With W. A. Clyde, Jr., and F. W. Denny.) "Biologic Effects
of Mycoplasma pneumoniae and Other Mycoplasma from Man on
Hamster Tracheal Organ Culture," Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 132 (1969), 1153.
Floyd Wolfe Denny, Jr.
"The Replete Pediatrician and the Etiology of Lower Res-
piratory Tract Infections," Pediatric Research, 3 (1969), 463-70.
(With A. M. Collier and W. A. Clyde, Jr.) "Biologic Effects of
Mycoplasma pneumoniae and other Mycoplasmas from Man on
Hamster Tracheal Organ Culture," Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 132 (1969), 1153.
(With R. P. Lipman and W. A. Clyde, Jr.) "Characteristics of
258
RESEARCH
Virulent, Attenuated and Avirulent Mycoplasma pneumoniae
Strains," Journal of Bacteriology, 100 (1969), 1037.
(With W. Paul Glezen and F. A. Loda.) "A Field Evaluation
of Inactivated, Zonal Centrifuged Influenza Vaccines in Children
in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, 1968-1969," Bulletin of the World
Health Organization, 41 (1970), 566-69.
Maeilyn Tarasiewicz Erickson
(See entries under Psychiatry.)
Gerald W. Fernald
"Immunologic Aspects of Experimental Mycoplasma pneu-
moniae Infection," Journal of Infectious Diseases, 119 (1969), 255.
(With W. A. Clyde, Jr.) "Protective Effect of Vaccines in Ex-
perimental Mycoplasma pneumoniae Disease," Infection and Im-
munity, 599 (1970), 1.
Frank Sikes French
(With A. L. Strickland, J. A. Macfie, and J. J. Van Wyk.)
"Ectopic Thyroids Simulating Thyroglossal Duct Cysts: Hypo-
thyroidism Following Surgical Excision," Journal of the Amer-
ican Medical Association, 208 (1969), 307-10.
(With G. J. Antony, J. J. Van Wyk, R. P. Weaver, G. S. Dug-
ger, R. L. Timmons, and J. F. Newsome.) "The Influence of Pi-
tuitary Stalk Section on Growth Hormone, Insulin and TSH Se-
cretion in Women with Metastatic Breast Cancer," Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 29 (1969), 1238-50.
(With J. A. Macfie, B. Baggett, T. F. Williams, and J. J. Van
Wyck.) "Cushing's Syndrome with a Paradoxical Response to
Dexamethasone, " American Journal of Medicine, 47 (1969), 619-24.
(With A. L. Strickland.) "Absence of Response to Dihydro-
testosterone in Complete Testicular Feminization," Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 29 (1969), 1284-86.
(With A. L. Strickland and S. N. Nayfeh.) "Conversion of
Cholesterol to Testosterone and Androstanediol in Testicular Ho-
mogenates of Immature and Mature Rats," Steroids, 15 (1970,
373-87.
William Paul Glezen
(With F. A. Loda.) "Viral Infections of the Respiratory Tract,"
in Brenneman-Kelley Practice of Pediatrics, Volume 2, ed., Vincent
C. Kelly. Hagerstown, Maryland: Harper and Row, 1970. Pp. 1-21.
(With R. H. McCollough, G. A. Lamb, and T. D. Y. Chin.)
"Booster Effect of Oral Poliovaccine Trials in Persons Previously
PEDIATRICS
259
Immunized with Inactivated Vaccine," American Journal of
Diseases of Children, 117 (1969), 161-68.
(With R. H. McCollough, G. A. Lamb, and T. D. Y. Chin.)
" Quantitative Relationship of Preexisting Homotypic Antibodies
to the Excretion of Poliovirus Types 1, 2 and 3 Following the
Feeding of Trivalent Attenuated Poliovirus Vaccine," American
Journal of Epidemiology, 90 (August 1969), 146.
(With F. A. Loda and F. W. Denny.) "A Field Evaluation of
Inactivated, Zonal Centrifuged Influenza Vaccines in Children in
Chapel Hill, North Carolina, 1968-1969," Bulletin of the World
Health Organization, 41 (1970), 566-69.
Herbert Spencer Harned, Jr.
" Respiration and the Respiratory System," in Physiology of
the Perinatal Period, Volume 1, ed., U. Stave. New York: Appleton-
Century-Crofts, Inc., 1970. Pp. 43-107.
(With R. T. Herrington and J. Ferreiro.) "The Effects of
Immersion and Temperature on the Respiration of Newly Born
Lambs, ' ' Pediatrics, 45 (April 1970) , 598-605.
Robert Thomas Herrington
"Pulmonary Function," in Physiology of the Perinatal Period,
ed., U. Stave. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, Inc., 1970. Pp.
109-21.
(With H. S. Harned, Jr., and J. Ferreiro.) "The Effects of
Immersion and Temperature on the Respiration of Newly Born
Lambs," Pediatrics, 45 (April 1970), 598-605.
A. Myron Johnson
(With C. A. Alper.) "Deficiency of Alphai-antitrypsin in Child-
hood Liver Disease," Pediatrics, 46 (1970), 921.
(With C. A. Alper.) " Alphai-antitrypsin Deficiency and Dis-
ease," Pediatrics, 46 (1970), 837.
Henry Neil Kirkman
"Dominant Mutations-biochemical Basis for Phenotype," in
Congenital Malformations, eds., F. C. Clarke and V. A. McKusick.
Amsterdam: Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1970. Pp. 209.
(With L. L. Eng.) "Variants of Glucose-6-phosphate Dehydro-
genase in Indonesia," Nature, 221 (1969), 959.
(With B. Ramot and J. T. Lee.) "Altered Aggregational Prop-
erties in a Genetic Variant of Human Glucose-6-phosphate De-
hydrogenase," Biochemical Genetics, 3 (1969), 137.
260
RESEARCH
Fkank Aloysius Loda, Je.
(With W. P. Glezen.) "Viral Infections of the Respiratory
Tract," in Brennemann-Kelly Practice of Pediatrics, Volume 2,
ed., Vincent C. Kelly. Hagerstown, Maryland: Harper and Row,
1970. Pp. 1-21.
(With W. P. Glezen and F. W. Denny.) "A Field Evaluation
of Inactivated, Zonal-Centrifuged Influenza Vaccines in Children
in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, 1968-1969," Bulletin of the World
Health Organization, 41 (1970), 566-69.
Campbell White McMillan
" Sickle Cell Anemia," in Current Therapy, ed., Howard F.
Conn. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Company, 1970. Pp. 222-24.
(With H. R. Roberts, M. R. Knowles, and T. L. Jones.) Use of
Factor VIII Concentrates in the Management of Patients with
Factor VIII Inhibitors in Hemophilia and New Hemorrhagic States,
ed., K. M. Brinkhous. Chapel Hill : The University of North Car-
olina Press, 1970. Pp. 152-63.
"Mongolism and Anemia," Clinical Pediatrics, 9 (September
1970), 553-54.
"What Kind of Anemia?" Clinical Pediatrics, 9 (November
1970), 688-89.
(With R. B. Raney, Jr.) "Simultaneous Disparity of Bone
Marrow Specimens in Acute Leukemia," American Journal of
Diseases of Children, 117 (1969), 548-52.
(With W. P. Webster, H. R, Roberts, and W. B. Blythe.) "Con-
tinuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII in Classic Hemo-
philia," British Journal of Haematology, 18 (1970), 659.
Judson John van Wyk
(With A. L. Strickland, J. A. Macfie, and F. S. French) "Ec-
topic Thyroids Simulating Thyroglossal Duct Cysts: Hypothyroid-
ism Following Excision," Journal of the American Medical As-
sociation, 208 (1969), 307-10.
(With G. J. Antony, F. S. French, R. P. Weaver, G. S. Dugger,
R. L. Timmons, and J. F. Newsome.) "The Influence of Pituitary
Stalk Section on Growth Hormone, Insulin and TSH Secretion in
Women with Metastatic Breast Cancer," Journal of Clinical Endo-
crinology and Metabolism, 29 (1969), 1238-50.
(With F. S. French, J. A. Macfie, B. Baggett, and R. F. Wil-
liams.) "Cushing's Disease with a Paradoxical Response to Dexa-
methasone," The American Journal of Medicine, 47 (1969), 619-24.
(With K. Hall and R. P. Weaver.) "Partial Purification of
PHYSICAL THERAPY
261
Sulphation Factor and Thymidine Factor from Plasma," Bio-
chemica et Biophysica Acta, 192 (1969), 560-62.
"Disorders of the Ovary," in Current Pediatric Therapy, eds.,
S. Grellis and B. Kagan. 4th edition. Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders
Company, 1970. Pp. 477-80.
Division of Physical Therapy
Maejoey Wilson Johnson
Review of Florence McKeown, Pathology of the Aged (Wash-
ington: Butterworth and Company, Ltd., 1966), in Physical Ther-
apy, 49 (January 1969), 106.
Review of Doris J. Johnson and Helmer R. Myklebust, Learning
Disabilities (New York: Grune and Stratton, 1967), in Physical
Therapy, 49 (February 1969), 214.
Review of Irving E. Sigel and Frank H. Hooper, Logical Think-
ing in Children: Research Based on Piaget's Theory (New York:
Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc., 1968), in Physical Therapy, 50
(January 1970), 135-36.
Sakah Ann Millee
"Public Health in the Prysical Therapy Curriculum at the Uni-
versity of North Carolina," in Institute on Community Health
Aspects of Physical Therapy Education, ed., Nancy Laszlo. Coun-
cil of Physical Therapy School Directors, Department of Public
Health Administration, School of Public Health, University of
North Carolina, February 1969. Pp. 74-83.
Maegaeet Lee Mooee
"The Fallacy of Peaceful Change," Physical Therapy, 49 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 133-38.
"The Legal Status of Students of Health Sciences in Clinical
Education," Physical Therapy, 49 (June 1969), 573-81.
Review of J. Harold Rudd and Rubin Margolin, eds., Main-
tenance Therapy for the Geriatric Patient (Springfield, Illinois:
Charles C. Thomas, 1968), in Physical Therapy, 49 (July 1969),
808.
Chaelene M. Nelson
Review of Sidney Licht, ed., Rehabilitation and Medicine (New
Haven, Connecticut: Elizabeth Licht), in Physical Therapy, 50
(March 1970), 449.
262
RESEARCH
Mary Clyde Singleton
Review of Jerzy Konorski, Integrated Activity of the Brain: An
Interdisciplinary Approach ( Chicago : University of Chicago Press,
1967) , in Physical Therapy, 49 (January 1969), 107.
Review of Jerzy Chorobski, Neurological Proolems (New York:
Pergamon Press, 1967), in Physical Therapy, 49 (January 1969),
103-4.
Review of Joseph C. Chusid and Joseph J. McDonald, Correla-
tive Neuroanatomy and Functional Neurology, 13th Edition (Los
Altos, California: Lange Medical Publications, 1967), in Physical
Therapy, 49 (May 1969), 539-40.
Review of Francis 0. Schmidtt and Theodore Melnechus, eds.,
Neurosciences Research Symposium Summaries (Cambridge: The
Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, 1966), in Physical
Therapy, 49 (February 1969), 218.
Review of E. A. Asratyan, ed., Brain Reflexes, Progress in Brain
Research, Volume 22 (New York: Elsevier Publishing Company,
1968) , in Physical Therapy, 50 (June 1970), 931-32.
Department of Psychiatry
Joseph F. Aponte
(With A. J. Lott, B. E. Lott, and W. H. McGinley. )" f heEf-
fect of Delayed Reward on the Development of Positive Attitudes
Toward Persons," Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 5
(January 1969), 101-13.
(With D. R. Offord and L. A. Cross.) " Presenting Symptomatol-
ogy of Adopted Children," Archives of General Psychiatry, 20
(January 1969), 110-16.
(With R. M. Doctor, A. Burry, and R. Welsh.) "Group Coun-
seling Versus Behavior Therapy in Treatment of College Under-
aehievement, " Behavior Research and Therapy, 8 (February
1970), 87-89.
William E. Bake well, Jr.
(With John A. Ewing.) "Therapy of Non-Narcotic Psycho-
active Drug Dependence," in Current Psychiatric Therapies, 9,
ed., Jules H. Masserman, New York: Grune and Stratton, 1969.
Pp. 136-43.
Lenore Balsam Behar
(With Roger Spencer.) "The Relationship Between Psycho-
PSYCHIATRY
263
social Adjustment and Perception of Maternal Attitude, ' ' J ournal
of Abnormal Psychology, 74 (August 1969), 471-73.
(With Roger Spencer.) " Adaptation in Hemophiliac Ado-
lescents," Psychosomatics, 10 (September-October 1969), 304-9.
Review of Paul Henry Mussen, John J. Conger, and Jerome
Kagan, Child Development and Personality (New York: Harper,
1956), in Child Development Abstracts and Bibliography, 44 (Sum-
mer 1970), 71-72.
WlLLAED K. BENTZ
(With J. W. Edgerton.) "Attitudes and Opinions of Rural
People About Mental Illness and Program Services," American
Journal of Public Health, 59 (March 1969), 470-77.
(With J. W. Edgerton and Marget Kherlopian.) "Perceptions
of Mental Illness Among People in a Rural Area, ' ' Mental Hygiene,
53 (July 1969), 459-65.
(With F. T. Miller and J. W. Edgerton.) "Perceptions of Men-
tal Illness Among Public School Teachers," Sociology of Education,
42 (Fall 1969), 400-6.
"The Clergyman's Role in Community Mental Health," Journal
of Religion and Health, 9 (January 1970), 7-15.
(With W. G. Hollister and J. W. Edgerton.) "Perceptions of
Mental Illness Among Leaders in Two Rural North Carolina Com-
munities," North Carolina Journal of Mental Health, 4 (February
1970), 19-25.
(With W. G. Hollister and Margaret Kherlopian.) "A Com-
parison Between Teachers and the General Public Regarding At-
titudes of Social Responsibility for Mental Illness and Social Dis-
tance From the Mentally 111," Psychology in the Schools, 7 (April
1970), 198-203.
(With J. W. Edgerton.) "Consensus Between Leaders and the
Public Regarding Attitudes Toward Mental Illness," Archives of
General Psychiatry, 22 (May 1970), 468-73.
(With J. W. Edgerton and W. G. Hollister.) "Demographic
Factors and Responses to Stress Among Rural People," American
Journal of Public Helth, 60 (June 1970), 1065-70.
Geoege E. Beeese
(With T. N. Chase and I. J. Kopin.) "Metabolism of Some
Phenylethylamines and Their B-Hydroxylated Analogs in Brain,"
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 165
(January 1969), 9-13.
(With T. N. Chase and I. J. Kopin.) "Metabolism of Tyramine-
264
RESEARCH
H3 and Octopamine-H3 by Rat Brain," Biochemical Pharmacology,
18 (April 1969), 863-69.
(With S. M. Schanberg, J. J. Schildkraut, and I. J. Kopin.)
"Effects of Psychoactive Drugs on the Metabolism of Intracis-
ternally Administered Serotonin in Rat Brain," Biochemical Phar-
macology, 18 (August 1969), 1971-78.
(With I. J. Kopin and V. K. Weise.) "Effects of Amphet-
amine Derivatives on Brain Noradrenaline and Dopamine," British
Journal of Pharmacology, 38 (March 1970), 537-48.
(With T. N. Chase and I. J. Kopin.) "Effect of MAO Inhibitors
on the Disposition of Intracisternally Administered Metraminol-
H3," Biochemical Pharmacology, 19 (February 1970), 525-31.
(With T. D. Traylor.) "Effect of 6 -Hydroxy dopamine on Brain
Norepinephrine and Dopamine: Evidence for Selective Degenera-
tion of Catecholamine Neurons," Journal of Pharmacology and
Experimental Therapeutics, 174 (September 1970), 413-20.
(With T. D. Traylor.) "Effect of 6-Hydroxydopamine (6-
OHDA) on Catecholamine Systems in Brain," Pharmacologist, 12
(Fall 1970), 269.
Thomas Edwin Curtis
(With The Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry Commit-
tee.) "Crisis in Psychiatric Hospitalization: Controversies and
Perspectives." New York: GAP Publications, March 1969. Pp.
59-89.
(With The Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry Commit-
tee.) "Toward Therapeutic Care: A Guide for Those Who Work
With the Mentally 111." 2nd edition. New York: GAP Publications,
1969. Pp. 529-636.
Li am Daly
(With William Clarkson and others.) "Day Hospital Task
Force Report." Raleigh: North Carolina Department of Mental
Health, February 1970. Pp. 20.
William Faenum Eastman
(With Clifford B. Reiner and Myron B. Liptzin.) "He Loves
Me, He Loves Me Not: Student Marital Decisions," The Journal
of the American College Health Association, 17 (February 1969),
230-37.
(With Clifford B. Leifler.) "Marriage Counseling in the Stu-
dent Health Service," The Journal of the American College Health
Association, 17 (April 1969), 289-95.
PSYCHIATRY
265
(With Michael V. Fromhart and Mary Susan K. Fulghum.)
"Sexual Problems and Personality Adjustment of College Women,"
The Journal of the American College Health Association, 18 (De-
cember 1969), 144-47.
"Marriage and Senior Citizens," North Carolina Journal of
Mental Health, 4 (Spring 1970), 17-26.
Jesse Wilbert Edgerton
(With W. K. Bentz.) "Attitudes and Opinions of Rural People
about Mental Illness and Program Services," American Journal
of Public Health, 59 (March 1969), 470-77.
(With Charles M. Culver, Frances Dunham, and Marianna
Edgerton.) "Community Service Workers and Recipients : A Com-
bined Middle Class-Lower Class Workshop," Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 5 (October /November/December 1969), 519-35.
(With W. K. Bentz and M. Kerlopian.) "Perceptions of Mental
Illness Among People in a Rural Area," Mental Hygiene, 53 (July
1969), 459-65.
(With W. K. Bentz and F. T. Miller.) "Perceptions of Mental
Illness Among Public School Teachers," Sociology of Education, 42
(Fall 1969), 400-6.
(With William Gray Hollister and Willard Kenneth Bentz.)
"Perceptions of Mental Illness Among Leaders in Two Rural North
Carolina Communities," North Carolina Journal of Mental Health,
4 (February 1970), 19-25.
(With W. K. Bentz.) "Consensus on Attitudes Toward Mental
Illness Between Leaders and the General Public in a Rural Com-
munity," Archives of General Psychiatry, 22 (May 1970), 468-73.
(With W. G. Hollister and W. K. Bentz.) "Demographic Fac-
tors and Responses to Stress Among Rural People," American
Journal of Public Health, 60 (June 1970), 1065-71.
' ' Stabilizing Support of Mental Health Center Programs : Testi-
mony on Community Mental Health Centers Amendments of 1969, ' '
American Psychologist, 25 (October 1970), 976-79.
Marilyn T. Erickson
"MMPI Profiles of Parents of Young Retarded Children,"
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 73 (March 1969), 728-32.
(With N. Johnson and F. Campbell.) "Relationships Among
Scores on Infant Tests for Preschool Children with Developmental
Problems," American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 75 (July-
August 1970), 102-4.
266
RESEARCH
John" Alexander Ewing
(With William E. Bakewell, Jr.) "Therapy of Non-Narcotic
Psychoactive Drug Dependence, Current Psychiatric Therapies, 9,
ed. Jules H. Masserman. New York: Grune & Stratton, 1969. Pp.
136-43.
(With F. J. Kane and C. E. Treadway.) "Emotional Change
Associated with Oral Contraceptives in Female Psychiatric Pa-
tients," Comprehensive Psychiatry, 10: 1 (January 1969), 16-30.
(With M. A. Lipton and F. J. Kane, Jr.) "Hormonal Influences
in Female Sexual "Response," Archives of General Psychiatry, 20
(February 1969), 202-8.
(With A. Jarrahi-Zadeh, F. J. Kane, Jr., R. L. Van de Castle,
and P. A. Lachenbruch.) "Emotional and Cognitive Changes in
Pregnancy and Early Puerperium," The British Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 115: 524 (July 1969), 797-805.
"Theoretical and Practical Aspects of Family Therapy for Al-
coholism," North Carolina Journal of Mental Health, 3 (Fall
1969), 37-43.
(With Ruth Fox, G. M. Carstairs, and M. H. Beaubrun.)
"Roundtable: Alcohol, Drugs and Sex," Medical Aspects of Human
Sexuality, 4 (Februaryl970), 18-34.
"Notes on Quantity Frequency Studies of Alcohol Intake,"
The Drinking and Drug Practices Surveyor, 1:1 (Spring 1970),
8-15.
"The Phenomenon of Agitation — With Special Comment upon
Handwringing, " The Psychiatric Forum, 1:2 (Summer 1970),
10-19.
Review of John G. Howells, Theory and Practice of Family Psy-
chiatry (Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd, 1968), in Psychiatry Digest
(June 1969), 65-66.
Review of Ida Macalpine and Richard Hunter, George III and
the Mad-Business (New York: Pantheon Books, 1970), in Amer-
ican Journal of Psychiatry, 127 (November 1970), 5.
Michael V. Fromhart
(With W. F. Eastman and M. S. K. Fulghum.) "Sexual Prob-
lems and Personality Adjustment of College Women," Journal of
the American College Health Association, 18 (December 1969),
144-47.
William Gray Hollister
"The Service Guide," American Journal of Public Health,
(March 1970), 428-29.
PSYCHIATRY
267
(With W. K. Bentz and M. Kherlopian.) "Attitudes of Social
Distance and Social Responsibility for Mental Illness : A Compari-
son of Teachers and the General Public," Psychology in the Schools,
7 (April 1970), 198-203.
(With J. W. Edgerton and W. K. Bentz.) ' ' Demographic Fac-
tors and Responses to Stress Among Rural People," American
Journal of Public Health, 60 (June 1970), 1065-71.
(With J. W. Edgerton and W. K. Bentz.) "Perceptions of
Mental Illness Among Leaders in Two Rural North Carolina Com-
munities," North Carolina Journal of Mental Health, 4c (February
1970), 19-25.
(With F. T. Miller and R. Pinkerton.) "An Action Facilitation
Entry Pattern of Mental Health Consultation," Professional Psy-
chology (August 1970), 359-62.
James L. Howard
(With M. B. Liptzin and C. B. Reiner.) Invited Testimony be-
fore the Subcommittee on Postal Operations of the Committee on
Post Office and Civil Service of the U. S. House of Representatives.
Congressional Record, 1970, Serial No. 91-33, U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, 45-62.
(With C. B. Reiner and M. B. Liptzin.) "Effects of Exposure
to Pornography," Technical Reports of the Commission on Ob-
scenity and Pornography. Washington: U. S. Printing Office, 8
(October 1970). Pp. 40.
(With P. A. Obrist, R. A. Webb, and J. B. Sutterer.) "The
Cardiacsomatic Relationship : Some Reformulations, ' ' Psychophys-
iology, 6 (March 1970), 569-87.
(With P. A. Obrist, R. A. Webb, and J. R, Sutterer.) "Cardiac
Deceleration and Reaction Time: An Evaluation of Two Hy-
potheses," Psychophysiology, 6 (May 1970), 695-706.
Review of Ernst Schmidhofer, Cerebral Training: An Applica-
tion of Clinical Neurophysiology, 3 (New York: Hafner, 1969), in
Social Science and Medicine, 2 (November 1970), 386-87.
Francis Joseph Kane, Jr.
"Psychosis Associated with the Use of Oral Contraceptive
Agents," Southern Medical Journal, 62 (February 1969), 190-92.
"Addiction to Proposyphene, " Journal of the American Medical
Association, 211 (January 1970), 300.
"Treatment of Mania with Cinaserin," American Journal of
Psychiatry, 126 (January 1970), 144-46.
"Current Use of Hypnotic Drugs," Southern Medical Journal,
63 (April 1970), 376-80.
268
RESEARCH
' ' Carbon Disulfide Intoxication from Overdosage of Disulfiram, ' '
American Journal of Psychiatry, 127 (November 1970), 690.
(With M. Keeler, M. Liptzin, and C. Reifler.) " Hallucination of
Geometric Forms Associated With the Use of Sympathomimetic
Agents, " Diseases of the Nervous System, 30 (January 1969), 28-30.
(With M. Lipton and J. Ewing.) "Hormonal Influences in Fe-
male Sexual Response," Archives of General Psychiatry, 20 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 202-9.
(With C. Treadway, A. Jarrahi-Zadeh, and M. Lipton.) "A
Psychoendocrine Study of Pregnancy and Puerperium, 1 7 American
Journal of Psychiatry, 125 (April 1969), 86-92.
(With A. Jarrahi-Zadeh, L. Van de Castle, J. Ewing, and
P. Lachenbruch.) "Emotional and Cognitive Changes in Preg-
nancy and Early Puerperium," British Journal of Psychiatry, 115
(July 1969), 797-805.
(With M. Keeler and C. Reifler.) "Neurological Crises Follow-
ing Methamphetamine Use," Journal of the American Medical As-
sociation, 210 (October 1969), 556.
(With D. Marcotte, P. Obrist, and M. Lipton.) "Psychophysiol-
ogic Changes Accompanying Oral Contraceptive Use," British
Journal of Psychiatry, 116 (February 1970), 165-67.
(With M. Lipton.) "Folic Acid and Mental Illness," Southern
Medical Journal, 63 (May 1970), 603-7.
(With M. Lipton, A. Krall, and P. Obrist.) "Psychoendocrine
Study of Oral Contraceptive Agents," American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 127 (October 1970), 85-92.
Moreis A. Lipton
"A Consideration of Biological Factors in Schizophrenia," in
Neurobiological Aspects of Psychopathology, eds., J. Zubin and
C. Shogass. New York: Grune and Stratton, Inc., 1969. Pp. 310-30.
"Some Implications to the Clinician of New Neurochemical
Research," in Psycho chemical Research in Man, eds., A. J. and
Mary P. Mandell. New York: Academic Press, 1969. Pp. 405-16.
"The Relevance of Chemically-Induced Psychoses to Schizo-
phrenia," in Psychotomimetic Drugs, ed., Daniel H. Efron. New
York: Raven Press, 1970. Pp. 231-46.
(With Sydney Udenfriend.) "Catecholamines: Synthesis and
Synthesis Inhibitors," in Psychopharmacology : A Review of Pro-
gress, 1957-1967, eds., D. H. Efron, J. O. Cole, J. Levine, and J. R.
Wittenborn. Washington, D. C. : American College of Psycho-
pharmacology and U. S. Public Health Service, 1969. Pp. 7-12.
(With F. J. Kane, Jr., and J. A. Ewing.) "Hormonal In-
PSYCHIATRY
269
fluences in Female Sexual Response," Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 20 (February 1969), 202-9.
(With J. R. Treadway, F. J. Kane, Jr., A. Jarrahi-Zadeh, and
R. B. Duke.) "A Psychoendocrine Study of Pregnancy and the
Puerperium, " American Journal of Psychiatry, 125 (April 1969),
1380.
(With A. J. Prange, Jr., I. C. Wilson, and A. M. Rabon.) "En-
hancement of Imipramine Antidepressant Activity by Thyroid
Hormone," American Journal of Psychiatry, 126 A (October 1969),
457-69.
(With D. B. Marcotte, F. J. Kane, Jr., and P. A. Obrist.) "Psy-
chophysiologic Changes Accompanying Oral Contraceptive Use,"
British Journal of Psychiatry, 116 (February 1970), 165-67.
(With F. J. Kane, Jr.) "Folic Acid and Mental Illness,"
Southern Medical Journal, 63 (May 1970), 603-7.
(With A. J. Prange, Jr., T. K. McClane, and A. M. Rabon.)
"Thyroid Hormone Enhancement of Imipramine in Non-Retarded
Depressions," New England Journal of Medicine, 282 (May 1970),
1063-67.
(With A. J. Prange, Jr., and J. L. Meek.) "Catecholamines:
Diminished Rate of Synthesis in Rat Brain and Heart after
Thyroxine Pretreatment, " Life Sciences, 9 (August 1970), 901-7.
(With I. C. Wilson, A. Knox, T. K. McClane, and A. J. Prange,
Jr.) "Enhancement of Imipramine by Thyroid Stimulating Hor-
mone : Clinical and Theoretical Implication, ' ' American Journal of
Psychiatry, 127 (August 1970), 191-99.
(With I. C. Wilson, A. J. Prange, Jr., A. M. Rabon, T. K. Mc-
Clane, and A. E. Knox.) "Use of a Thyroid Hormone to Accelerate
the Action of Imipramine," Psychosomatics, 11 (September 1970),
442-44.
(With F. J. Kane, Jr., A. Krall, and P. A. Obrist.) "Psycho-
endocrine Study of Oral Contraceptive Agents, ' ' American Journal
of Psychiatry, 127 (October 1970), 85-92.
(With J. L. Meek and A. R. Krall.) "Psychotropic Drugs and
the Metabolism of Intracerebrally Injected Tryptamine 5-Hy-
droxyptamine and Norepinephrine," Journal of Neurochemistry,
17 (December 1970), 1627-35.
Myron Bennett Liptzin
(With F. J. Kane, Jr., M. H. Keeler, and C. B. Reiner.) "Hal-
lucination of Geometric Forms Associated with the Use of Sym-
patho-Mimetic Agents," Diseases of the Nervous System, 30 (Jan-
uary 1969), 28-30.
(With W. F. Eastman and C. B. Reiner.) "He Loves Me, He
270
RESEARCH
Loves Me Not : Student Marital Decision, ' ' Journal of the American
College Health Association, 17 (February 1969), 230-37.
(With C. B. Eeifler.) ' ' Epidemiological Studies of College
Mental Health," Archives of General Psychiatry, 20 (May 1969),
528-40.
(With C. B. Eeifler.) "Entering College With A Psychiatric
History," American Journal of Psychiatry, 125 (June 1969), 1625-
32.
(With C. B. Eeifler.) "Sensitivity Training and the University,"
Journal of the American College Health Association, 19 (December
1970), 136-39.
Francis Terr an ce Miller
(With W. Kenneth Bentz and J. Wilbert Edgerton.) "Percep-
tions of Mental Illness Among Public School Teachers," Sociology
of Education, 42 (Fall 1969), 400-6.
(With Eolffs Pinkerton and William G. Hollister.) "An 'Ac-
tion-Facilitation' Entry Pattern of Mental Health Consultation,"
Professional Psychology, 1 (Spring 1970), 359-62.
Milton Leonard Miller
Eeview of Erik H. Erikson, Young Man Luther, A Study in Psy-
choanalysis and History (New York: Norton, 1958), in The Psy-
chiatric Forum, 1 (Winter 1969), 104.
Eeview of Bertram D. Lewin, The Image and the Past (New
York: International Universities Press, 1968), in The Psychiatric
Forum, 1 (Summer 1970), 29, 30.
(With Mark Kanzer and Susanne H. Eudolph.) Eeview of Erik
H. Erikson, Gandhi's Truth: On the Origins of Militant Nonvio-
lence (New York: Norton, 1969), in The Journal of Contemporary
Psychology 15 (August 1970), 481-86.
Paul Arnold Obrist
" Psychophysiology of Children," in Encyclopedia of Educa-
tion— Section on Child Growth and Development, ed., L. C. Deigh-
ton. New York : Macmillan, 1970.
(With E. A. Webb and J. E. Sutterer.) "Heart Eate and
Somatic Changes During Aversive Conditioning and a Simple Ee-
action Time Task," Psychophysiology, 5 (May 1969), 696-723.
(With E. A. Webb.) "The Cardiac-Somatic Eelationship : Some
Eef ormulations, " Psychophysiology, 6 (March 1970), 569-87.
(With E. A. Webb.) "The Physiological Concomitants of Ee-
action Time Perormance as a Function of Preparatory Interval and
PSYCHIATRY
271
Preparatory Interval Nerves," Psychophysiologic, 6 (May 1970),
389-403.
(With K. A. Webb, J. R. Sutterer, and J. L. Howard.) " Cardiac
Deceleration and Reaction Time: An Evaluation of Two Hy-
potheses," Psychophysiology, 6 (May 1970), 695-706.
Bolffs Steuart Pinkerton
(With Francis Miller and W. G. Hollister.) "An ' Action-
Facilitation' Entry Pattern of Mental Health Consultation," Pro-
fessional Psychology, 1 (Spring 1970), ) 359-62.
Arthur Jergen- Praistge, Jr.
(With P. C. Whybrow and C. R. Treadway.) "Mental Changes
Accompanying Thyroid Gland Dysfunction," Archives of General
Psychiatry, 20 (January 1969), 48-63.
(With A. J. Coppen, P. C. Whybrow, R. Noguera, and J. M.
Paez.) "Methysergide in Mania," The Lancet, 1 (August 1969),
338-40.
(With I. C. Wilson, T. K. McClane, A. M. Rabon, and M. A.
Lip ton.) "Thyroid Hormone Enhancement of Imipramine in Non-
Retarded Depressions," New England Journal of Medicine, 282
(May 1970), 1063-67.
(With I. C. Wilson, A. M. Rabon, and M. A. Lipton.) "En-
hancement of Imipramine Antidepressant Activity by Thyroid
Hormone," American Journal of Psychiatry, 126 (October 1969),
457-69.
(With I. C. Wilson, A. Knox, T. K. McClane, and M. A. Lipton.)
1 1 Enhancement of Imipramine by Thyroid Stimulating Hormone :
Clinical and Theoretical Implication," American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 127 (August 1970), 191-99.
(With J. L. Meek and M. A. Lipton.) "Catecholamines: Dimin-
ished Rate of Synthesis in Rat Brain and Heart after Thyroxine
Pretreatment, " Life Science, 9 (August 1970), 901-7.
(With I. C. Wilson, M. A. Lipton, A. M. Rabon, T. K. McClane,
and A. E. Knox.) "Use of a Thyroid Hormone to Accelerate the
Action of Imipramine," Psychosomatics, 11 (September 1970),
442-44.
(With G. A. Robison, A. J. Coppen, and P. C. Whybrow.)
"Cyclic A.M.P. in Affective Disorders," The Lancet, 2 (Novem-
ber 1970), 1028-29.
Robert Jay Reichler
(With Eric Schopler.) Film, "Developmental Progress in the
Treatment of a Psychotic Child Over a 12-Month Period." 1969.
272
RESEARCH
(With Eric Schopler.) ''Psyche-biological Referents for the
Treatment of Autism," in Proceedings of the Indiana University
Colloquium on Infantile Autism, eds., Don W. Churchill, G. D. Al-
pern, and Marian K. DeMeyer. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C.
Thomas, 1970. Pp. 243-64.
Eric Schopler
(With R. J. Reichler.) Film, "Developmental Progress in the
Treatment of a Psychotic Child Over a 12-Month Period." 1969.
"The Tensions Between Research and Treatment with Child-
hood Schizophrenia in Childhood and Adolescence," in Science and
Psychoanalysis, 14, ed., Jules H. Masserman. New York: Grune and
Stratton, 1969. Pp. 162-68.
(With Julie Loftin.) "Thought Disorders in Parents of Psy-
chotic Children," in Annual Progress in Child Psychiatry and
Child Development, eds., S. Chess and A. Thomas. New York:
Brunner/Mazel, 1970. Pp. 472-86.
(With Julie Loftin.) "Thought Disorder in Parents of Psychotic
Children as a Function of Test Anxiety, ' ' Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 20 (February 1969), 174-81.
"Thinking Disorders in Parents of Psychotic Children," Jour-
nal of Abnormal Psychology, 74 (June 1969), 281-87.
1 1 The Strains of Historical Change : A Review of the Handbook
of Child Psychoanalysis," Contemporary Phychology, 14 (October
1969), 336-38.
"Parents of Psychotic Children as Scapegoats," Pediatric
World News, 3 (October 1969), 1.
Charles Edward Smith
"Presentence Diagnostic Procedures in North Carolina." Chapel
Hill: Institute of Government, December, 1969. P. 8.
Review of C. R. Jeffery, Criminal Responsibility and Mental
Disease (Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1967), in Federal
Probation Quarterly, 33 (September 1969), 51-52.
Review of Charles W. Wahl, Sexual Problems: Diagnosis and
Treatment in Medical Practice (New York: The Free Press, 1967),
in Federal Probation Quarterly, 34 (June 1970), 78-79.
Roger F. Spencer
" Neurocirculatory Asthenia, Method of Roger F. Spencer,
M.D.," in Current Therapy, ed., Howard F. Conn, M.D. Phila-
delphia, London, and Toronto: W. B. Saunders Company. 1969.
Pp. 211-12.
(With Peter Whybrow.) "Changing Characteristics of Psy-
RADIOLOGY
273
chiatric Consultation in a University Hospital: A Study of Out-
come," Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 14 (June 1969),
259-66.
(With Lenore Behar.) "The Relationship Between Psychosocial
Adjustment and Perception of Maternal Attitudes (In 26 Male
Hemophiliacs)," Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 74 (August
1969), 471-73.
(With Lenore Behar.) "Adaptation in Hemophiliac Ado-
lescents," Psychosomatics, 10 (September-October 1969), 304-9.
Dissertations
The following doctoral dissertation was completed under the direc-
tion of the department:
James Bonald Sutterer
Alterations of Heart Kate and General Activity during Several
Aversive Conditioning Procedures. (1970, under the direction of
Paul Arnold Obrist.)
Department of Radiology
Orlando F. Gabriele
(With G. Johnson, N. A. Womack, and R. M. Peters.) "Con-
trol of the Hyperdynamic Circulation in Patients with Bleeding
Esophageal Varices," Annals of Surgery, 169 (May 1969), 661.
' ' Post-operative Radiology of Aortic Valve Prostheses, ' ' Journal
of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, 58 (August 1969), 248.
(With C. 0. Suberman, R. I. Suberman, and F. G. Dalldorf.)
"Radiographic Visualization of Coronary Arteries in Post-mortem
Hearts," American Journal of Clinical Pathology, 53 (February
1970), 254-57.
"Progressive Obstruction of Pulmonary Blood Flow in Tricus-
pid Atresia," Journal of Thoracic Surgery, 59 (March 1970), 447-
49.
"Atrial Supply to the Lung Via the Celiac Axis," American
Journal of Roentgenology, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Ther-
apy, 109 (July 1970), 522-27.
(With E. L. Walker and P. Hutchin.) "Evaluation of the
Transplanted Lung with Angiography and Xenon-133 Scanning,"
Archives of Surgery, 101 (July 1970), 56-61.
(With J. H. Scatliff.) "Pulmonary Valve Calcification,"
American Heart Journal, 80 (September 1970), 299-302.
274
RESEARCH
(With E. L. Walker and P. Hutchin.) "Pulmonary Angiog-
raphy— Sequential Changes During Acute Kejection of Canine
Lung Allografts," Journal of Surgery Research, 10 (September
1970), 405-11.
(With W. P. Hood.) "Aneurysm of Left Atrium," Radiology,
97 (November 1970), 397-98.
Faustino C. G-uinto, Jr.
(With W. B. Radcliffe.) "Radiologic Studies of the Skull and
Cranial Contents," in T ice's Practice of Medicine, Volume 2.
Hagerstown, Maryland : Harper and Row, 1970.
Gerald E. Hanks
(With J. H. Scatliff and W. B. Radcliffe.) "Trailer-Park Radiol-
ogy," Radiology (1969), 1109-12.
"Mega voltage Radiation Therapy and Lymphangiography in
Ovarian Cancer," Radiology, 93 (1969), 649-54.
(With M. A. Bagshaw and H. S. Kaplan.) "The Management
of Cervical Lymph Node Metastasis by Mega voltage Radiotherapy, ' '
American Journal of Roentgenology, Nuclear Medicine and Radi-
ation Therapy, 105 (1969), 74-82.
(With J. F. Newsome.) "Evaluation of the Patient with
Lymphoma, Including Diagnostic Laparotomy," North Carolina
Medical Journal, 31 (1970), 419-22.
(With G. F. Friedland and R. McMason.) "The Radiological
Manifestations of Radiation Enteritis," Clinical Radiology, 21
(1970), 232-47.
William B. Radcliffe
(With Faustino C. Guinto.) "Radiologic Studies of the Skull
and Cranial Contents," in Tice's Practice of Medicine, Volume 2.
Hagerstown, Maryland: Harper and Row, 1970.
(With William B. Radcliffe, Harris H. Pittman, and Chan H.
Park.) "Vascular Structure of Glioblastomas," American Journal
of Roentgenology, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Therapy, 105
(April 1969), 795.
(With J. H. Scatliff and Gerald E. Hanks.) "Trailer Park
Radiology," Radiology, 93 (November 1969), 1109-12.
"William L. Saylor
"The X-ray Spectrum from a 2 MVp Alternating Potential
Generator," Physics of Medical Biology, 14 (1969), 87-91.
(With B. L. Adams.) "The Patient Equivalence of the Rando
Phantom for Cobalt Gamma Rays," Radiology, 92 (1969), 165.
SURGERY
275
James H. Scatliff
(With W. B. Radcliffe, H. H. Pittman, and C. H. Park.) " Vas-
cular Structure of Glioblastomas," American Journal of Roent-
genology, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Therapy, 104 (April
1969), 795-805.
(With G. E. Hanks and W. B. Radcliffe.) " Trailer-Park
Radiology," Radiology, 93 (November 1969), 1109-12.
(With J. T. Cuttino, H. G. Winfield, and J. H. Capps.) "Angio-
graphic Evaluation of Renal Infarction: A Laboratory Study and
Clinical Correlation," American Journal of Roentgenology, Nuclear
Medicine and Radiation Therapy, 108 (April 1970), 674-90.
(With Orlando F. Gabriele.) "Pulmonary Valve Calcification,"
American Heart Journal, 80 (September 1970), 299-302.
Lewis N. Teeey
(With M. M. Kligerman.) "Pericardial and Myocardial In-
volvement by Lymphomas and Leukemias: The Role of Radio-
therapy," Cancer, 25 (May 1970), 1003-8.
Department of Surgery
Abnee Geiswold Bevin"
(With J. W. Madden.) "Localization of Collagen Synthesis in
Healing Wounds," Surgical Forum, 20 (1969). 65-66.
(With P. M. Gertman, J. W. Madden, and H. C. Smith.) "He-
patic Collagen Metabolism in Dimethylnitrosamine-Induced Cir-
rhosis," Surgical Forum, 21 (1970), 363-67.
"Hand Trauma," North Carolina Medical Journal, 31 (1970),
384-90.
(With J. M. Carter.) "Frostbite of the Extremities," North
Carolina Medical Journal, 31 (December 1970), 447-50.
Noeman Aethue Coultee, Je.
(With B. R. Wilcox, C. E. Rackley, and R, D. Croom.) "The
Effect of Changing Heart Rate on Blood Flow, Power Dissipation,
and Resistance in the Common Carotid Artery of Man, ' ' Annals of
Surgery, 171 (January 1970), 24-30.
(With J. C. West.) "Parameterization in Quantitative Muscle
Mechanics," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March- April 1970), 957.
(With B. R. Wilcox and R. D. Croom.) "Changes in Pul-
monary Vascular Dynamics Following Closure of Atrial Septal
276
RESEARCH
Defects in Man," Annals of Thoracic Surgery, 9 (May 1970), 411-
18.
(With M. Singh.) " Equivalent Viscosity of Oscillating Blood,"
Twenty-Third Annual Conference on Engineering in Medicine and
Biology (November 1970), 22.
(With R. D. Croom, B. R. Wilcox, and F. P. Avis.) "Power
Dissipation and Pulsatile Hemodynamic Changes Following Right
Pulmonary Artery Occlusion in Dogs," Current Topics in Surgical
Research, 2 (1970), 421-31.
Gordon Shelton Dugger
(With R. L. Timmons.) "Water and Salt Metabolism Following
Pituitary Stalk Section," Neurology, 19 (August 1969), 790-800.
Michael Douglas Feezor
"A Real-Time Waveform Analyzer for PVC Detection," Cir-
culation, 40, Supplement 3 (1969), 78.
"Analog Preprocessing of ECG Data in a Computer Monitor-
ing System, ' ' Proceedings of the San Diego Biomedical Symposium,
(April 1970), 129-31.
(With A. G. Wallace and R. W. Stacy.) "A Real Time Wave-
Form Analyzer for Detection of Ventricular Premature Beats,"
Journal of Applied Physiology, 29 (October 1970), 541-45.
Floyd Alan Fried
(With R. J. Wong.) "Etiology of Pyelonephritis: Intraductal
crystallinization as a Co-Factor," Journal of Urology, 101 (June
1969), 786-90.
George Johnson, Jr.
(With J. H. Meredith.) "Training of Ambulance Personnel,"
Southern Medical Journal, 62 (March 1969), 336-38.
(With N. A. Womack, O. F. Gabriele, and R. M. Peters.) "Con-
trol of the Hyperdynamic Circulation in Patients with Bleeding
Esophageal Varices," Annals of Surgery, 169 (May 1969), 661-71.
(With P. Hutchin, R. G. Terzi, L. Hollandsworth, and R. M.
Peters.) "The Influence of Intravenous Fluid Administration on
Postoperative Urinary Water and Electrolyte Excretion in Thoracic
Surgical Patients," Annals of Surgery, 170 (November 1969),
813-23.
(With P. Hutchin, R. G. Terzi, L. A. Hollandsworth, and R. M.
Peters.) "Pulmonary Congestion Following Infusion of Large
Fluid Loads in Thoracic Surgical Patients," Annals of Thoracic
Surgery, 8 (October 1969), 339-47.
SURGERY
277
(With W. J. McDaniel.) "A Method of Salvaging the Bifur-
cated Saphenous Vein for Use in Femoral-to-Popliteal Bypass
Grafts," Surgery, 67 (February 1970), 394-95.
' ' Training in Transportation of the Injured in North Carolina, ' '
North Carolina Medical Journal, 31 (January 1970), 22-23.
(With P. Hutchin, E. 0. Terino, and W. B. Blythe.) "Manage-
ment of Fluids and Electrolytes in Surgical Patients," Review of
Surgery, 27 (March-April 1970), 87-94.
(With W. B. Blythe.) "Hemodynamic Effects of Arteriovenous
Shunts Used for Hemodialysis," Annals of Surgery, 171 (May
1970), 715-23.
(With C. F. Frey, A. R. Dimick, J. R. MacKenzie, R. E.
Mathews, and R. B. Rutherford.) "Organizing to Improve Emer-
gency Medical Services: Birth of the University Association for
Emergency Medical Services," Journal of Trauma, 10 (September
1970), 806-10.
James Frederick Newsome
(With G. J. Antony, G. S. Dugger, F. S. French, R. L. Timmons,
J. J. Van Wyk, and R. P. Weaver. )" Influence of Pituitary Stalk
Section on Growth Hormone, Insulin and TSH Secretion in Women
with Metastatic Breast Cancer," Journal of Clinical Endocrinology
and Metabolism, 29 (1969), 1238-50.
(With Gerald E. Hanks.) "Evaluation of the Patient with
Lymphoma, Including Diagnostic Laparotomy," North Carolina
Medical Journal, 31 (December 1970), 419-22.
Hubert Clifton" Patterson
"Congenital Hypertrophied Pyloric Stenosis," Surgery, Gyne-
cology, and Obstetrics, 128 (April 1969), 828.
"The 'Changing Epidemiology' of Mortality in Duodenal Ulcer
Hemorrhage," American Surgeon, 35 (November 1969), 828-32.
"Open Aspiration for Solitary Liver Abscess," The American
Journal of Surgery, 119 (March 1970), 326-29.
Jiri Prazma
"Active Ion Transport for the Scala Vestibuli into the Scala
Media," Acta Otolaryngology (Stockholm) 67 (1969), 631.
"Passive Ion Transport Through the Reissner Membrane,"
Acta Otolaryngology (Stockholm), 68 (1969), 53.
Mack Preslar
(With W. G. Thomas.) "A Calibration Study of 100 Audi-
ometers Currently Employed in Hearing Conservation Programs,"
Public Health Reports, 84 (1969), 311-27.
278
RESEARCH
Herbert Jennings Proctor
(With G. S. Moss, L. D. Homer, and B. D. Litt.) "Changes
In Lung Compliance in Experimental Hemorrhagic Shock and
Resuscitation," Annals of Surgery, 169 (January 1969), 82-92.
(With N. D. Broussard and T. V. N. Ballantine.) "Alterations
in Pulmonary Function in Massively Injured Battle Casualties:
Implications and Recommendations for Treatment, Proceedings
CINPAC Third Conference on War Surgery (January 1969), 20-
23.
(With G. S. Moss, L. D. Homer, and C. M. Herman.) "Right
Atrial and Pulmonary Artery Pressure as Indicators of Left Atrial
Pressure During Fluid Therapy Following Hemorrhagic Shock in
the Baboon," Annals of Surgery, 170 (November 1969), 801-12.
(With G. S. Moss, L. D. Homer, C. M. Herman, and B. D. Litt.)
"A Comparison of Asanguineous Fluids and Whole Blood in the
Treatment of Hemorrhagic Shock," Surgery, Obstetrics and Gyne-
cology, 129 (December 1969), 1247-57.
(With T. V. N. Ballantine and N. D. Broussard.) "An Analysis
of Pulmonary Function Following Non-Thoracic Trauma, With
Recommendations for Therapy," Annals of Surgery, 172 (August
1970), 180-89.
(With T. V. N. Ballantine, N. D. Broussard, and E. Hirsch.)
"An Analysis of Pulmonary Function Following Penetrating Pul-
monary Injury With Recommendations For Therapy," Surgery,
92 (July 1970), 92-98.
Charles Franklin Starmer, Jr.
(With J. E. Grizzle and G. G. Koch.) "Analysis of Categorical
Data Linear Models," Biometrics, 25 (1969), 489-504.
(With R. N. Forthofer and J. E. Grizzle.) "A Program for the
Analysis of Categorical Data by Linear Models," University of
North Carolina Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series, 604 (1969),
1-60.
(With A. Harley and J. C. Greenfield.) "Pressure-flow Studies
in Man : "An Evaluation of the Duration of the Phases of Systole,"
Journal of Clinical Investigation, 48 (1969), 895-905.
(With D. O. Clark.) "Computer Computations of Cardiac Out-
put using the Gamma Function," Journal of Applied Physiology,
28 (1970), 219.
(With B. W. Ramo, N. Myers, A. G. Wallace, D. O. Clark, and
R. E. Whalen.) "Hemodynamic Findings in 123 Patients with
Acute Myocardial Infarction on Admission," Circulation, 42
(1970), 567.
SURGERY
279
Colin Gordon" Thomas, Jr.
"Results of the Posterior Approach in the Repair of Rectal
Prolapse — An Overview," in Modem Surgery, ed., R. D. Edgahl.
New York: Grune and Stratton, 1970. Pp. 529-31.
(With F. D. Pepper and J. Owen.) "Differentiation of Malig-
nant from Benign Lesions of the Thyroid Gland Using Complemen-
tary Scanning with ^Selenomethionine and Radioiodide, " Annals
of Surgery, 170 (September 1970), 396-408.
(With A. Davidson and J. Owen.) "Effect of Surgical Trauma
on 7, 12-Dimethyl Benzanthracene Induced Breast Cancer in
Sprague-Dawley Rat," Surgical Forum, 20 (1969), 105-6.
(With A. Davidson and J. Owen.) "Further Studies in the Role
of Altered Thyroid Function on Experimentally Induced Breast
Cancer in the Sprague-Dawley Rat," Proceedings of the American
Association for Cancer Research, 10 (March 1969), 17.
" Je junoplasty for the Correction of Jejunal Atresia," Surgery,
Gynecology and Obstetrics, 129 (September 1969), 545-46.
(With C. A. Bream and Peter DeConinck.) "Posterior Sphinc-
terotomy and Rectal Myotomy in the Management of Hirsch-
sprung's Disease," Annals of Surgery, 171 (May 1970), 796-810.
(With Harold Cameron and J. Owen.) "Further Studies of the
Effect of Hypothyroidism on the Incidence of DMBA Induced
Breast Cancer in the Sprague-Dawley Rat," Proceedings of the
American Association for Cancer Research, 11 (March 1970), 14.
(With R. D. Croom III.) "A Method of Temporary Gastro-
stoma," Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics, 131 (August 1970),
292-94.
"A Comparative Study of Choledochoenterostomy and Trans-
duodenal Sphincterotomy in the Management of Benign Extra-
hepatic Biliary Tract Obstruction," Bulletin de la Societe Inter-
nationale de Chirurgie, 2 (1970), 1-6.
(With F. C. Heaton and J. Owen.) "The Use of Umbilical Cord
for Reconstruction of Abdominal Wall Defects," Surgical Forum,
21 (1970), 56-57.
(With L. M. Talbert, W. A. Holt, and P. Rankin.) "Hyper-
thyroidism During Pregnancy," Obstetrics and Gynecology, 36
(November 1970), 779-85.
William Grady Thomas
(With M. J. Preslar.) "A Calibration Study of 100 Audiometers
Currently Employed in Hearing Conservation Programs," Public
Health Reports, 84 (1969), 311-27.
(With R. Mathog and W. R. Hudson.) "The Ototoxic Effects
280
RESEARCH
of New and Potent Diuretics," Archives of Otolaryngology, 92
(1970), 7.
Robert Lansing Timmons
(With G. S. Dugger.) "Water and Salt Metabolism Following
Pituitary Stalk Section," Neurology, 19 (August 1969), 790-800.
Warner Lee Wells
"Science and War," in William Osier, The Continuing Educa-
tion, eds., John P. McGovern and Charles G. Roland. Springfield:
Charles C. Thomas, 1969. Pp. 317-48.
Review of Douglas Robb, Medical Odyssey: An Autobiography
(Springfield: Charles C. Thomas, 1968), in Bulletin of the History
of Medicine, 44 (1970), 289.
Benson Reid Wilcox
(With R. D. Croom.) "Effects of Maintaining Adequate Pul-
monary Perfusion on the Lung in Hemorrhagic Shock in Dogs,"
Current Topics in Surgical Research, 1 (January 1969), 375-86.
(With N. A. Coulter, Jr., C. E. Rackley, and R. D. Croom.)
' ' The Effect of Changing Heart Rate on Blood Flow, Power Dissi-
pation, and Resistance in the Common Carotid Artery of Man,"
Annals of Surgery, 171 (January 1970), 24-30.
(With R. C. Croom and N. A. Coulter, Jr.) "Changes in Pul-
monary Vascular Dynamics Following Closure of Atrial Septal
Defects in Man," The Annals of Thoracic Surgery, 9 (May 1970),
411-18.
Review of R. M. Berne and M. N. Levy, Cardiovascular Physiol-
ogy (St. Louis: Mosby, 1967), in Annals of Thoracic Surgery, 7
(January 1969), 89-91.
Frank Crane Wilson
Associate Editor, A National Health Program for Ortho-
paedics. The American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1969.
P. 227.
"Visit of North American Traveling Fellows to England — 1969,"
Journal of Bone and Join Surgery, 51-A (October 1969), 1434-44.
"Radial Perilunar Dislocation," Journal of Bone and Joint Sur-
gery, 52-A (April 1970), 556-58.
"Orthopaedic Education in England," Bulletin of American
College of Surgeons, 55 (April 1970), 17-18.
Louie Cecil Wilson
(With W. L. Sugg, Benson R. Wilcox, and Richard M. Peters.)
MUSIC
281
"Valvar Regurgitation In Acute Infective Endocarditis: Early
Replacement," Archives of Surgery, 101 (December 1970), 756-59.
Nathan Anthony Womack
(With Robert W. Linker.) Translator, Dix Limes (Ten Books
of Surgery) by Ambroise Pare. Athens: University of Georgia
Press, 1969. Pp. xvi, 264.
"Gastric Arteriovenous Communications and Their Significance,"
in Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum, 2nd edition, eds., H. W.
Harkins and L. M. Nyhus. Boston: Little, Brown and Company,
1969. Pp. 45-48.
"A Brief Background of Surgery," in Textbook of Surgery, 9th
edition, eds., W. H. Cole and R. M. Zollinger. New York : Appleton-
Century-Crofts, 1970. Pp. 1-27.
"Blood Flow Through the Stomach and Duodenum: Clinical
Aspects," American Journal of Surgery, 117 (June 1969), 771-80.
Dissertations
The following doctoral dissertation was completed under the direc-
tion of the department :
Dudley Woodeow Benson, Je.
A Relationship Between Ascending Aortic Pressure and Flow.
(1970, under the direction of Norman Arthur Coulter, Jr.)
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Calvin M. Bower
"A Choral Catalog for the Twentieth Century," Music Edu-
cators Journal, 26 (April 1970), 71-72.
Review of Francois Dagincour, Pieces de Clavecin, ed., Howard
Ferguson (Paris: Heugel, 1969), in Notes: The Quarterly Journal
of the Music Library Association, 26 (1970), 835-36.
Jane Meeedith Bowees
Review of Georg P. Telemann, Pariser Quartetten 1-3, ed., Wal-
ter Bergmann (Kassel: Barenreiter, 1968), in Notes: The Quar-
terly Journal of the Music Library Association, 26 (1970), 606-7.
EOGEE DUEHAM HANNAY
Marshall's Medium Message (Improvization for Five Perform-
ers). Champaign: Media Press, 1970. Performance score, p. 8, and
parts.
282
RESEARCH
Elegy — Peace for Dawn (For Viola and Electronic Sounds).
Champaign: Media Press, 1970. Score, p. 7, and electronic tape.
Conductor, The North Carolina Governor's School Orchestra,
1970: Samuel Barber, "Essay for Orchestra;" Serge Prokofief,
"Concerto No. 3 for Piano and Orchestra: Andante-Allegro;"
Charles Ives, "Fourth of July." Charlotte: Century Records, 1970.
Conductor, The North Carolina Governor's School Orchestra,
1969: Roger Hannay, "Sonorous Image." Charlotte: Century
Records, 1970.
Three Shakespeare Songs. Performed by the University of
North Carolina Men's Glee Club, Robert Porco, Director. Char-
lotte : Century Records, 1970.
Lara G. Hoggard
Editor, The Light in the Wilderness, by Dave Brubeck. Dela-
ware Water Gap : Shawnee Press, 1969. Pp. 65.
Choral editor, Man and His Arts. New York: Holt, Rinehart
and Winston, 1969. Pp. 312.
Conductor, Benjamin Britten, "Rejoice in the Lamb," and
other works, with program notes. Saugus, California: Century
Records, 1970.
Rudolph Joseph Kremer
Editor, The North Carolina Music Teacher.
Organist, Benjamin Britten, "Rejoice in the Lamb." Saugus,
California: Century Records, 1970.
Wilton Mason"
"The Architecture of St. Mark's Cathedral and the Venetian
Polychoral Style: A Clarification," in Studies in Musicology . . .
In Memory of Glen Hay don, ed., J. W. Pruett. Chapel Hill : The
University of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 163-78.
Review of Jack Beeson, Lizzie Borden (New York : Boosey and
Hawkes, 1967), Geoffrey Bush, The Equation (X — 0) (London:
Elkin, 1967), and Lee Hoiby, Natalia Petrovna (New York: Boosey
and Hawkes, 1967), in Notes: The Quarterly Journal of the Music
Library Association, 25 (1969), 818-20.
William S. Newman
Contributing editor, The Piano Quarterly.
The Sonata Since Beethoven. Chapel Hill: The University of
North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. xxvi, 854.
"The Duo Texture of Mozart's K. 526: An Essay in Classic
MUSIC
283
Instrumental Style," in Essays: Musicology in Honor of Dragan
Plamenac, eds., G. Reese and R. Snow. Pittsburgh: University of
Pittsburgh Press, 1969. Pp. 191-206.
"Is There a Rationale for the Articulation of J. S. Bach's
String and Wind Music?" in Studies in Musicology . . . In Mem-
ory of Glen Haydon, ed., J. W. Pruett. Chapel Hill : The University
of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 229-44.
"Beethoven's Pianos Versus His Piano Ideals," Journal of the
American Musicological Society, 23 (Fall 1970), 484-504.
"Some 19th-century Consequences of Beethoven's "Ham-
merklavier' Sonata, Opus 106," The Piano Quarterly, 67 (Spring
1969), 12-18, and 68 (Summer 1969), 12-17.
Review of Willi Apel, Geschichte der Orgel- und Klaviermusik
(Kassel: Barenreiter, 1967), in Journal of the American Musicolog-
ical Society, 22 (Spring 1969), 129-33.
Review of Hugh Ottaway and A. J. B. Hutchings, Classical and
Romantic Music (Baltimore: Penguin Books, 1968), in Notes: The
Quarterly Journal of the Music Library Association, 26 (1970),
506.
Review of piano music by Schubert, Liszt, E. T. A. Hoffmann,
and others, in Notes: The Quarterly Journal of the Music Library
Association, 27 (1970), 156-57.
James Worrell Pruett
(See entries under Library Staff.)
Howard E. Smither
"Narrative and Dramatic Elements in the laude fillippine, 1563-
1600," Acta musicologica, 41 (1969), 186-99.
Review of Claudio Monteverdi, Tirsi e Clori, ed., Kenneth Coop-
er (University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1968),
in Notes: The Quarterly Journal of the Music Library Association,
25 (1969), 814-15.
Thomas Warburton
Review of Samuel Adler, Violin Sonata No. 2 (New York:
Oxford University Press) and Franz Reizenstein, Concert Fantasy
for Viola and Piano (London: Hinrichsen Ed., 1967), in Notes:
The Quarterly Journal of the Music Library Association, 26 (1969),
356.
Review of Joseph Schmidt-Gorg, History of the Mass (Koln:
Arno Volk, 1968), in Notes: The Quarterly Journal of the Music
Library Association, 27 (1970), 145.
284
RESEARCH
Ao WOODWAED
Violist, Music of the Middle Ages: The Ars Nova, Alejandro
Planchart, Director (Phonodisc). New York: Experiences Anon-
ymes, 1969.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Jerrold C. Baab
The Sacred Latin Works of Kaspar Forster (1616-73). (1970,
under the direction of Howard E. Smither.)
John Hendrik Calmeyer
The Life, Times and Works of Pietro Antonio Locatelli. (1969,
under the direction of Edgar Alden.)
Betsy Clifford Farlow
Thematic Unity in Selected Non-Programmatic Symphonies of
the 19th Century. (1969, under the direction of William S. New-
man.)
Jackson Hill
The Music of Kees van Baaren : A Study of Transition in the
Music of the Netherlands in the Second Third of the Twentieth
Century. (1970, under the direction of Harold L. Andrews.)
Henry Louis Schmidt III
The First Printed Lute Books: Francesco Spinacino's In-
tabulatura de Lauto, Libro Primo and Libro Secundo (Venice:
Petrucci, 1507). (1969, under the direction of James W. Pruett.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
Jeanne Holland
Selected Binary Sonatas of Domenico Scarlatti and Antonio
Soler: A Structural Comparison. (1969, under the direction of
William S. Newman.)
NURSING
285
Lyitda G ay Houghland
Unity in the Solo Vocal Song Cycles of Benjamin Britten.
(1969, under the direction of Edgar Alden.)
Makgaret Ann Smith
The String Duos of Carl Stamitz. (1969, under the direction of
Edgar Alden.)
William B. Stacy
Style and Register as Correlated Factors in the Horn Parts of
Selected Symphonies by Joseph Haydn. (1969, under the direction
of Harold L. Andrews.)
Robert Franklin Steelman
Harmony in the Early English Carols: A Comparison with
Continental Practices. (1969, under the direction of William S.
Newman.)
Marlene Smyth Taylor
A Style Analysis of Selected Works from Symphoniae Sacrae
II and III by Heinrich Schiitz. (1969, under the direction of Wil-
ton Mason.)
Mary Ruth Wong
A Survey of Eeferences to Folk and Traditional Music in the
National Geographic Magazine. (1969, under the direction of Wil-
ton Mason.)
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Lucy Houghton Conant
"Preparation for the Functional Specialist in Education and/or
Service at the Master's Level," Extending the Boundaries of
Nursing Education — The Preparation and Holes of the Functional
Specialist, National League for Nursing, 1970. Pp. 6-11.
' ' What Helps Mothers Speak Out, ' ' American Journal of Nurs-
ing (December 1969), 2650-53.
"One Step Beyond— What It Means to Be Involved," (New
York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970), in American Nurses' As-
sociation Clinical Conferences, pp. 56-62.
286
RESEARCH
Bonnie Keaton Hensley
Keview of Barbara King Redman, The Process of Patient Teach-
ing in Nursing (St. Louis: C. V. Mosby Company, 1968), in Amer-
ican Journal of Nursing, 69 (June 1969), 1307.
Betty Sue Johnson
(With Grace Neilson Bullock.) "A Study of Cognitive Causal-
ity— Differences Between Psychotic and Non-Psychotic Psychiatric
Patients," Nursing Research (May 1970), 129-34.
Review of Joyce Travelbee, Intervention in Psychiatric Nurs-
ing— Process In the One to One Relationship (Philadelphia: F. A.
Davis Company, 1969), in Nursing Outlook (August 1970), 16.
Sally Winn Nicholson
(With Jana Mossey.) Non-Physician Personnel in Ambulatory
Child Health Care: A Review. Health Services Research Center,
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, March 1970. Pp. 1-99.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the school :
Janet Askew
The Effectiveness of a Programmed Instruction Unit for Nurs-
ing as Utilized in the Community College. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Pauline Wayne McCaskill.)
Margaret Eleanor Campbell
A Study of the Attitudes of Nursing Personnel Toward the
Geriatric Patient. (1970, under the direction of Faye D. Pickard.)
Doris Cole
Knowledge of Human Sexuality: A Neglected Aspect of Nurs-
ing Education. (1970, under the direction of Marie J. McIntyre.)
Frances B. Dixon
A Study of Changes in the Occurrence of Stereotypical Behavior
During Nurse-Patient Interactions with Two Chronically 111 Psy-
chiatric Patients. (1970, under the direction of Betty Sue John-
son.)
C. Jo Ann Foust
Implications of a Study of Levels of Causality in Cognitive
Functions in Psychiatric Patients. (1970, under the leadership of
Betty Sue Johnson.)
NURSING
287
Nancy Matthews Hall
A Study of the Utilization of Associate Degree Nursing Grad-
uates in General Hospitals in North Carolina. (1970, under the di-
rection of Faustena Blaisdell.)
Ann Maeie Hamberger
Descriptive Study of the Status of Patient Information Book-
lets in a Selected Hospital. (1969, under the direction of Pauline
"Wayne McCaskill.)
Doris Marguerite Haase
The Effects of Self-Feeding and Nurse-Feeding on the Pulse
Rate in Patients Hospitalized with Myocardial Infarction. (1969,
under the direction of Pauline Wayne McCaskill.)
Marjorie Huitt Hawkins
Attitudes of Women Toward Being on a Diet During Pregnancy.
(1970, under the direction of Pauline Wayne McCaskill.)
Patsy Lee Littlejohn Hawkins
A Correlational Study of a Selected Sample of Nursing Stu-
dents' Scores on the Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey
and Their Scores on the National League for Nursing Achievement
Test in Psychiatric Nursing. (1970, under the direction of Betty
Sue Johnson.)
Jane Mitchell Hayward
A Descriptive Study of Skin Care of Selected Patients with an
Acute Exacerbation of Chronic Renal Disease. (1969, under the
direction of Faye D. Pickard.)
Betty Rose Johnson
How the Preadolescent Perceives Hospitalization. (1969, under
the direction of Pauline Wayne McCaskill.)
Elizabeth Scovil Johnson
A Study of the Relationship Between the Parent's Attitudes
Toward His Adolescent's Hospitalization and The Adolescent's At-
titudes Toward His Hospitalization. (1970, under the direction of
Pauline Wayne McCaskill.)
Sister Evon Kruse
A Descriptive and Exploratory Study of Fifty Collegiate Stu-
dents' Satisfaction or Dissatisfaction with Their Public Health Ex-
perience. (1970, under the direction of Marion E. Highriter.)
288
RESEARCH
Juanita Long
A Descriptive Study of the Amount of Information Heard by
Patients in The Interpretative Conference in the Division of Dis-
orders of Development and Learning, University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill. (1970, under the direction of Marie J. McIntyre.)
Nancy Chaeles Ray Long
An Exploration and Description of Selected Conditions of the
Use of Foley Catheters. (1969, under the direction of Pauline
Wayne McCaskill.)
J oan Miller Martin
An Exploratory Study of the Eelationship of Success in Life
Situations to the Diabetics' Ability to Adhere to the Prescribed
Therapeutic Regimen. (1970, under the direction of Pauline
Wayne McCaskill.)
Jean M. Migliorino
A Study of Intrapsychic and Interpersonal Inferences of Sym-
bolic Verbal Language with Three Psychiatric Patients. (1970,
under the direction of Betty Sue Johnson.)
Barbara Marie Paffido Nelson
The Stress of Clinical Isolation in Hospitalized Patients. (1969,
under the direction of Pauline Wayne McCasklil.)
Margaeet Lynn Perry
The Role of the Clinical Nursing Specialist as Perceived by
Herself and Allied Workers with Implications for Job Satisfaction.
(1970, under the direction of Fa ye D. Pickard.)
Frances Pfau
A Study of Variables Related to Perception of Personnel Policies
and Job Satisfaction. (1969, under the direction of Faustena
Blaisdell.)
Leota Lovina Eolls
A Study to Determine the Beliefs of Selected Faculty Members
of Baccalaureate, Diploma, and Associate Degree Schools of Nurs-
ing about the Clinical Evaluation Process. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Faustena Blaisdell.)
Paulette Yvonne Russell
Self-identified Sleep Patterns in a Selected Population of Nor-
mal, Aged Persons. (1970, under the direction of Faye D. Pickard.)
PATHOLOGY
289
Gwendolyn Dorminey Sherwood
A Comparison of Two Nursing Approaches as Related to Pa-
tient Satisfaction with Nursing Care. (1970, under the direction of
Faye D. Pickaed.)
Sandra Cross Smith
Levels of Depression and Some Expressed Concerns of Patients
Following Amputation. (1969, under the direction of Faustena
Blaisdell. )
Carol Thompson
A Descriptive Study of Nurses' Perceived Understanding of the
Minimally Brain-Injured Child. (1970, under the direction of Ma-
rie J. McIntyre.)
Vivian Harris Varner
Socialization to the Role of Disability : Nursing Assessment of a
Lower Extremity Amputee. (1970, under the direction of Pauline
Wayne McCaskill.)
Elaine Wishart
A Descriptive Study of Pre-Discharge Instruction for Myo-
cardial Infarction Patients. (1969, under the direction of Marie
J. McIntyre.)
DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY
Emily M. Stacy Barrow
(With J. B. Graham.) ''The Dissociation of Plasma Anti-
hemophilic Factor by Succinic Anhydride," Federation Proceed-
ings, 28 (March-April 1969), 746.
(With I. I. Dejanov, G.I.C. Ingram, and S. I. Knights.) "The
Rise in Factor VIII After Administration of Adrenaline," Coagu-
lation, 2 (September 1969), 203-11.
Kenneth Merle Brinkhous
Editor, Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica.
Editor, Hemophilia and New Hemorrhagic States. Chapel Hill :
University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. xvii, 296.
Editor, Accident Pathology. Proceedings of an International
Conference, 1968. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office,
1970. Pp. xii, 249.
290
RESEARCH
(With H. R. Roberts, A. J. Johnson, and S. Hinnom.) Editor,
Plasma Fractions for the Treatment of Hemophilia. Anticoagulant
Therapy: Standardization of Tests. Thrombosis et Diathesis Haem-
orrhagica, Supplement 35, Stuttgart : F. K. Schattauer Verlag, 1969.
P. 289.
(With H. R. Roberts, S. Hinnom, and T. H. Kiesselbach. ) Edi-
tor, Fibrinogen: Structural, Metabolic and Pathophysiologic As-
pects. Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, Supplement 39.
Stuttgart : F. K. Schattauer Verlag, 1970. P. 464.
(With N. F. Rodman and S. Hinnom.) Editor, Vascular Factors
and Thrombosis. Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, Supple-
ment 40. Stuttgart : F. R. Schattauer Verlag, 1970. P. 404.
"Development and Use of High-Potency Glycine-Precipitated
Antihemophilic Factor (Factor VIII) Fractions," in Hemophilia
and New Hemorrhagic States, ed., K. M. Brinkhous. Chapel Hill:
University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 57-66.
"Some Mechanisms of Thrombus Formation and Hemorrhage
Following Trauma," in Accident Pathology, ed., K. M. Brinkhous.
Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1970. Pp. 126-30.
(With D. E. Scarborough, R. G. Mason, and F. G. Dalldorf.)
"Morphologic Manifestations of Blood-Solid Interfacial Reactions.
A Scanning and Transmission Electron Microscopic Study," Lab-
oratory Investigation, 20 (February 1969), 164-69.
(With M. S. Read, N. F. Rodman, and R. G. Mason.) "Need of
Fibrinogen for Thrombin-Induced Aggregation of Porcine Plate-
lets," Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 73 (June
1969), 1000-1010.
(With D. E. Scarborough.) "Some Mechanisms of Thrombus
Formation and Hemorrhage Following Trauma," Journal of
Trauma, 9 (August 1969), 684-91.
(With R. G. Mason, D. E. Scarborough, S. R. Saba, L. D. Iken-
berry, J. J. Kearney, and H. G. Clark.) " Thrombogenicity of Some
Biomedical Materials: Platelet-Interface Reactions," Journal of
Biomedical Materials Research, 3 (December 1969), 615-44.
(With W. D. McLester and P. D. Davis.) "Double Hemophilia
(Hemophilia AB) in a Male Dog," Federation Proceedings, 29
(March-April 1970), 710.
"Report of the Subcommittee on Human Factor VIII and IX
Preparations, Plasma Fractions for the Treatment of Hemophilia, ' '
Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, Supplement 35 (1969),
232.
"Report of the Subcommittee on Human Factor VIII and IX
Preparations," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, Supple-
ment 39 (1970), 413-15.
PATHOLOGY
291
"Changing Prospects for Children with Hemophilia," Chil-
dren, 17 (November-December 1970), 222-27.
"Keport of the Subcommittee on Human Factor VIII (AHF)
and Factor IX (PTC) Preparations," Thrombosis et Diathesis
Haemorrhagica, Supplement 40 (1970), 375-76.
Frederic Gilbert Dalldorf
(With F. A. Beall, M. R. Krigman, R. A. Goyer, and H. L.
Livingston.) " Transcellular Permeability and Thrombosis of Capil-
laries in Anthrax Toxemia. An Electron Microscopic and Biochem-
ical Study," Laboratory Investigation, 21 (July 1969), 42-51.
(With G. T. Keusch and H. L. Livingston.) "Transcellular
Permeability of Capillaries in Experimental Cholera," American
Journal of Pathology, 57 (October 1969), 153-69.
(With C. 0. Suberman, R. I. Suberman, and 0. F. Gabrielle.)
"Radiographic Visualization of Coronary Arteries in Postmortem
Hearts: A Simple Technique," American Journal of Clinical
Pathology, 53 (February 1970), 254-57.
(With C. E. Rackley, W. P. Hood, Jr., and B. R. Wilcox.)
"Sarcomere Length and Left Ventricular Function in Chronic
Heart Disease," The American Journal of the Medical Sciences,
259 (February 1970), 90-96.
Abdullah Fatteh
"Cannibalism and the New Milestones in Medicine," Virginia
Medical Monthly, 97 (November 1970), 715-17.
"Pathology of Hypothermia," Medico-legal Bulletin, 19 (Feb-
ruary 1970), 1-3.
"Rupture of Pulmonary Artery in Pulmonary Hypertension,"
Virginia Medical Monthly, 96 (February 1969), 526-29.
(With G. T. Mann.) "The Role of Radiology in Forensic
Pathology," Medicine, Science and the Law, 9 (January 1969),
27-30.
(With W. Galbraith and G. T. Mann.) "Drink, Drive and Die,"
Virginia Medical Monthly, 96 (June 1969), 309-11.
(With C. Stahl and A. Domingez.) " Trichlorethane Poisoning:
Pathologic and Toxicologic Observations," Journal of Forensic
Sciences, 14 (July 1969), 393-95.
Joachim Dieter Geratz
"Secretory Stimulation of the Rat Pancreas by p-aminoben-
zamidine," American Journal of Physiology, 216 (April 1969),
812-17.
"Synthetic Inhibitors and Ester Substrates of Pancreatic Kal-
likrein," Experientia, 25 (May 1969), 483-84.
292
RESEARCH
" Inhibitory Effect of Aromatic Diamidines on Trypsin and
Enterokinase, " Experientia, 25 (December 1969), 1254-55.
4 'Inhibition of Thrombin, Plasmin and Plasminogen Activation
by Amidino Compounds," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica,
23 (June 1970), 486-99.
(With J. P. Hurt.) "Regulation of Pancreatic Enzyme Levels
by Trypsin Inhibitors," American Journal of Physiology, 219 (Sep-
tember 1970), 705-11.
Robert Andrew Goyer
(With J. R. Reynolds, Jr., and R. C. Elston.) "Characteristics
of the Aminoaciduria Resulting from Cycloleucine in Pair-fed
Rats," Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 130 (March 1969), 860-63.
(With A. R. Krall.) "Further Observations on the Morphology
and Biochemistry of Mitochondria From Kidneys of Normal and
Lead Intoxicated Rats," Federation Proceedings, 28 (March- April
1969), 619.
(With R. C. Krall.) " Ultrastructural Transformation in Mito-
chondria Isolated from Kidneys of Normal and Lead Intoxicated
Rats," Journal of Cell Biology, 41 (May 1969), 393-400.
(With B. J. Mitchell and D. L. Leonard.) "Dietary Reduction
of Hyperprolinemia, " Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Med-
icine, 73 (May 1969), 819-24.
(With M. C. Krall.) "Effect of Lead Poisoning on the Ability
of Kidney Mitochondria to Undergo Condensed to Orthodox Ultra-
structural Transformation During Incubation With Pyruvate-
malate Substrate (State IV)," American Journal of Pathology, 55
(June 1969), 74a.
(With L. A. Muro.) "Chromosome Damage in Experimental
Lead Poisoning," Archives of Pathology, 87 (June 1969), 660-63.
(With F. G. Dalldorf, F. A. Beall, M. R. Krigman, and H. L.
Livingston.) " Transcellular Permeability and Thrombosis of Capil-
laries in Anthrax Toxemia. An Electron Microscopic and Biochem-
ical Study," Laboratory Investigation, 21 (July 1969), 42-51.
" Pathobiology of the Kidney in Lead Poisoning," in Proceed-
ings of the Fourth Symposium on Trace Substances in Environ-
mental Health, ed., D. D. Hemphill. Columbia : University of Mis-
souri, 1970. Pp. 342-51.
(With P. May, M. M. Cates, and M. R. Krigman.) "Lead and
Protein Content of Isolated Intranuclear Inclusion Bodies From
Kidneys of Lead-poisoned Rats," Laboratory Investigation, 22
(March 1970), 245-51.
(With K. M. Six.) "Enhancement of Subclinical Lead Toxicity
PATHOLOGY
293
by Low Calcium Diet/' Federation Proceedings, 29 (March- April
1970), 568.
"Studies in the Composition and Significance of the Intra-
nuclear Inclusion Body in Lead Poisoning," American Journal of
Pathology, 59 (June 1970), 103a.
(With M. R. Krigman and H. Shearin.) "Distribution of Se-
lective Enzymes in Lead Nephropathy," American Journal of
Pathology, 59 (June 1970), 56a.
(With D. L. Leonard and H. Stowe.) "The Natural History of
Experimental Lead Nephropathy," American Journal of Pathol-
ogy, 59 (June 1970), 22a.
(With D. L. Leonard, J. F. Moore, B. Rhyne, and M. R. Krig-
man.) "Lead Dosage and the Role of the Intranuclear Inclusion
Body," Archives of Environmental Health, 20 (June 1970), 705-11.
(With K. G. Carroll and F. R. Spinelli.) "Electron Probe
Microanalyser Localization of Lead in Kidney Tissue of Poisoned
Rats," Nature, 227 (September 1970), 1056."
(With D. L. Leonard.) "Aminoaciduria in Lead Poisoning,"
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
135 (December 1970), 767-71.
(With K. M. Six.) "Experimental Enhancement of Lead Tox-
icity by Low Dietary Calcium," Journal of Laboratory and Clinical
Medicine, 76 (December 1970), 933-42.
Review of Mihaly Bartalos, ed., Genetics in Medical Practice
(Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company, 1968), in Journal of the
American Medical Association, 207 (March 1969), 1920.
Review of Lytt I. Gardner, Endocrine and Genetic Diseases of
Childhood (Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Company, 1969), in
Archives of Pathology, 88 (July 1969), 97.
Review of Victor A. McKusick, Human Genetics, 2nd edition
(Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969), in Journal of the Amer-
ican Medical Association, 211 (January 1970), 664.
Review of David W. Smith, Recognizable Patterns of Human
Malformation: Genetic, Embryologic and Clinical Aspects (Phila-
delphia: W. B. Saunders Company, 1970), and of G. H. Valentine,
The Chromosome Disorders: An Introduction for Clinicians, 2nd
edition (Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company, 1970), in Journal
of the American Medical Association, 213 (September 1970), 2274.
J OHK BoEDEN GEAHAM
Editorial Board, Human Genetics Abstracts.
(With E. M. Barrow.) "The Dissociation of Plasma Anti-
hemophilic Factor by Succinic Anhydride," Federation Proceed-
ings, 28 (March- April 1969), 746.
294
RESEARCH
"Population Studies: A Paradigm of Biomedical Research in
the Coming Age," Alabama Journal of Medical Sciences, 6 (July
1969) , 298-307.
Martin- Ross Krigmaet
(With F. G. Dalldorf, F. A. BeaU, R. A. Goyer, and H. L.
Livingston.) " Transcellular Permeability and Thrombosis of Capil-
laries in Anthrax Toxemia. An Electron Microscopic and Bio-
chemical Study," Laboratory Investigation, 21 (July 1969), 42-51.
(With B. E. Kahan, J. E. Wilson, and E. Glassman.) "Brain
Function and Macromolecules VI. Autoradiographic Analysis and
Effect of a Brief Training Experience on the Incorporation of
Urine into Mouse Brain, ' ' Proceedings of the National Academy of
Science, 65 (February 1970), 300-303.
(With J. P. Hurt.) "A Study of Selected Procoagulants in
Guinea Pigs," American Journal of Physiology, 218 (March 1970),
832-37.
(With R. A. Goyer, P. May, and M. M. Cates.) "Lead and Pro-
tein Content of Isolated Intranuclear Inclusion Bodies From Kid-
neys of Lead-poisoned Rats," Laboratory Investigation, 22 (March
1970) , 245-51.
(With J. P. Hurt.) "Na-K-ATPase Activity in Focal Cerebral
Edema Associated With an Experiment Glioma in Guinea Pigs,"
Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental Neurology, 29 (April
1970), 285-95.
(With R. A. Goyer, D. L. Leonard, J. F. Moore, and B. Rhyne.)
"Lead Dosage and the Role of the Intranuclear Inclusion Body,"
Archives of Environmental Health, 20 (June 1970), 705-11.
(With R. A. Goyer and H. Shearin.) "Distribution of Selective
Enzymes in Lead Nephropathy," American Journal of Pathology,
59 (June 1970), 56a.
(With J. P. Hurt, J. Perlmutt, and H. Odom.) "Blood Clot-
ting Changes in Guinea Pigs With Heterologous Intracranial Neo-
plasm," Laboratory Investigation, 23 (November 1970), 179-83.
Robert Dana Langdell
"Coagulation and Hemostasis," in Todd and Sanford, Clinical
Diagnosis by Laboratory Methods, 14th Edition, eds., I. Davidsohn
and J. B. Henry. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders, 1969. Pp. 394-428.
"Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment of Hemophilia
and Related Diseases," in CRC Critical Reviews in Clinical Lab-
oratory Sciences, eds., J. W. King and W. R. Faulkner. Cleveland:
The Chemical Rubber Company, 1970. Pp. 585-98.
(With F. Q. Graybeal, Jr., and D. E. Mooreside.) "Clotting
PATHOLOGY
295
Factor Activity in Cryoprecipitates and Supernatant Plasma Pre-
pared From Blood Collected into ACD, ACD-Adenine, CPD and
CPD-Adenine and From Plasma Collected by Plasmapheresis,"
Transfusion, 9 (May-Jnne 1969), 135-40.
(With M. Kazama.) " Purification of Fibrin Stabilizing Factor
(FSF)," Federation Proceedings, 28 (March-April 1969), 746.
(With D. B. Mooreside and F. Q. Graybeal.) "Effects of Adenine
on Clotting Factors in Fresh Blood, Stored Blood, and Stored Fresh
Frozen Plasma," Transfusion, 9 (July- August 1969), 191.
Reginald Gladstone Mason
(With H. G. Clark and L. D. Ikenberry.) "Blood Synthetic
Polymer Interface Behavior," in Clean Surfaces, ed., G. Goldfinger.
New York: Marcel Dekker, 1970. Pp. 45-63.
(With D. E. Scarborough, F. G. Dalldorf, and K. M. Brink-
hous.) "Morphologic Manifestations of Blood-Solid Interfacial
Reactions — a Scanning and Transmission Electron Microscopic
Study," Laboratory Investigation, 20 (February 1969), 164-69.
(With D. E. Scarborough, S. R. Saba, K. M. Brinkhous, L. D.
Ikenberry, J. J. Kearney, and H. G. Clark.) " Thrombogenicity of
Some Biomedical Materials: Platelet-interface Reactions," Journal
of Biomedical Materials Research, 3 (December 1969), 615-44.
(With S. R. Saba.) "Platelet ATPase Activities. I. Ecto-
ATPase of Intact Platelets and Their Possible Role in Aggrega-
tion," American Journal of Pathology, 55 (May 1969), 215-23.
(With S. R. Saba and N. F. Rodman.) "Platelet ATPase Ac-
tivities. II. ATPase Activities of Isolated Platelet Membrane Frac-
tions," American Journal of Pathology, 55 (May 1969), 225-33.
(With K. M. Brinkhous, M. S. Read, and N. F. Rodman.) "Need
of Fibrinogen for Thrombin-induced Aggregation of Porcine Plate-
lets," Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 73 (June 1969),
1000-1010.
(With S. R. Saba.) "Acetylcholine, Cholinesterase Activity,
and the Aggregability of Human Platelets," Proceedings of the So-
ciety of Experimental Biology and Medicine, 135 (October 1970),
104-7.
Douglas Edwaed Mooeeside
(With R. D. Langdell.) "Clotting Factor Activity in Cryo-
precipitates and Supernatant Plasma Prepared from Blood Col-
lected into ACD, ACD-Adenine, CPD and CPD-Adenine and from
Plasma Collected by Plasmapheresis," Transfusion, 9 (May- June
1969), 135-40.
296
RESEARCH
(With R. D. Langdell.) "Effects of Adenine on Clotting Factors
in Fresh Blood, Stored Blood, and Stored Fresh Frozen Plasma,"
Transfusion, 9 (July- August 1969), 191-97.
Sylvanus William Nye
(With P. Tangchai, S. Sundarakiti, and S. Punyagupta.)
"Lesions of the Brain in Eosinophilia Meningitis," Archives of
Pathology, 89 (January 1970), 9-19.
(With Nisalak, S. B. Halstead, P. Singharaj, S. Udomsakde, and
K. Vinijchaikul.) "Observations related to Pathogenesis of Dengue
Hemorrhagic Fever. III. Virologic Studies of Fatal Disease," Yale
Journal of Biology and Medicine, 42 (April 1970), 293-310.
Kathryn Mahaffey Six
(With T.-C. Peng and P. L. Munson.) "Effects of Prostagladin
Ei on the Hypothalamo-hypophyseal-adrenal Cortical Axis of
Rats," Federation Proceedings, 28 (March- April 1969), 437.
(With T.-C. Peng and P. L. Munson.) "Effects of Prostaglandin
Ei on the Hypothalamo-hypophyseal-adrenalcortical Axis in Rats,"
Endocrinology, 86 (February 1970), 202-6.
(With R. A. Goyer.) "Enhancement of Subclinical Lead Tox-
icity by Low Calcium Diet," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March-
April 1970), 568.
(With R. A. Goyer.) "Experimental Enhancement of Lead Tox-
icity by Low Dietary Calcium," Journal of Laboratory and Clin-
ical Medicine, 76 (December 1970), 933-42.
Howard Denisox Stowe
"Composition of a Complete Purified Equine Diet," Journal of
Nutrition, 98 (July 1969), 330-34.
Kobert Howard Wagner
"Amino Acids in Factor VIII Purification," in Hemophilia
and New Hemorrhagic States, ed., K. M. Brinkhous. Chapel Hill:
University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 83-87.
"Hepatitis in Hemophilia," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haem-
orrhagica, Supplement 40 (1970), 377-80.
(With K. M. Brinkhous, H. R. Roberts, E. Shanbrom, and W. P.
Webster.) " Glycine-Precipitated Antihemophilic Factor Concen-
trates and Their Clinical Use," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haem-
orrhagica, Supplement 35 (1969), 40-48.
PATHOLOGY
297
(With T. H. Kiesselbach and J. McDonagh.) "Factor XIII
and Antiplasmin Activity in Human Platelets, ' ' American J ournal
of Physiology, 216 (January-March 1969), 508-13.
(With T. H. Kiesselbach and J. McDonagh.) "Origin of Plate-
let Factor XIII (Fibrin-Stabilizing Factor)," Federation Pro-
ceedings, 27 (March- April 1969), 745.
(With J. M. Delage, J. McDonagh, and R. P. McDonagh.)
' ' Factor XIII in Human Plasma and Platelets, ' ' J ournal of Clinical
Investigation, 48 (May 1969), 940-46.
(With J. McDonagh.) "Studies of Plasma and Platelet Factor
XIII," in Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Hematologic
Congress, Munich, 1970.
(With J. McDonagh.) "Separation of Plasma and Platelet Fac-
tor XIII), by Gel Filtration," American Journal of Physiology, 219
(December 1970), 1555-58.
"Tentative Nomenclature for Blood Coagulation Factors," in
Handbook of Biochemistry, 2nd edition, ed., Herbert A. Solur.
Cleveland: Chemical Rubber Company, 1970. P. A-100.
William Phillip Webster
(With G. D. Penick, E. E. Peacock, P. Hutchin, and C. F. Zu-
koski.) "Organ Transplantation in Animal Hemophilia," in Hemo-
philia and New Hemorrhagic States, ed., Kenneth M. Brinkhous.
Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 97-105.
(With Erie E. Peacock, Jr., G. D. Penick, John W. Madden, and
Peter Hutchin.) "Transplantation of the Spleen," Transplanta-
tion Proceedings, 1 (March 1969), 239-45.
(With H. R. Roberts.) "Dental Treatment of Patients with
Hemorrhagic Disorders," Bibliotheca Haematologica, 34 (1970),
139-48.
(With Campbell W. McMillan, Harold R. Roberts, and Wil-
liam B. Blythe.) "Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII
in Classic Hemophilia," British Journal of Haematology, 18 (1970),
659-67.
(With Charles F. Zukoski, Peter Hutchin, and G. Penick.)
"Synthesis and Control of Antihemophilic Globulin (Plasma
Factor VIII)," Surgical Forum, 21 (1970), 370-71.
(With Campbell W. McMillan, Harold R, Roberts, and William
B. Blythe.) "Continuous Intravenous Infusion of Factor VIII in
Classic Hemophilia," Proceedings of Thirty-ninth Annual Meeting
of the Society for Pediatric Research, 1969, 158.
(With C. F. Zukoski and P. Hutchin.) " Multivisceral Control
of Factor VIII," Federation Proceedings, 29 (1970), 624.
298
RESEARCH
(With C. F. Zukoski. P. Hutehin. and G. D. Penick.) '-Hepatic
and Extrahepatie Synthesis of Factor Till." Proceedings of Thir-
teenth International Congress of Hematology. Munich. Germany,
August 1970. 222.
Dissertations axd Theses
The following doctoral dissertation was completed under the direc-
tion of the department :
Theodore Hyde Kee$selbach
Coagulation Factor XIII : A Thrombin-labile protein in plasma,
platelets, and bone marrow megakaryocytes. (1969. under the direc-
tion of Robert Howard Wagner.)
The following master's thesis was completed under the direction
of the department :
Mohammad Aga Xadjem
A Study of the Anatomical Pathology of Liver Fluke Infestation
{Opi-sth orchis viverrini) in Thai. (1969. under the direction of
Sylvaxts William Xye.)
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY
Caey Wayne Cooper
With P. V. Talmage and H. Z. Park.) "Regulation of Calcium
Transport in Bone by Parathyroid Hormone." ' Vitamins and Hor-
mones. 2$ (1970; . 10442.
'With A. D. Care. L. L. Anderson. S. L. Oxenreider. and M.
Phillippo.) "Effect of Hypophysectomy on Secretion of Porcine
Thyrocalcitonin in vivo.'' Journal of Endocrinology. 43 (April
1969). 679-SO.
(With A. D. Care and H. J. G-itelnianO "Effects of Cyclo-
heximide on Calcitonin Release and Activity." Acta Endocrinolog-
ica. Supplement 13S (June 1969), 182.
(With L. J. Deftos and J. T. Potts. Jr.) "Measurement of in
vivo Secretion of Pig Thyrocalcitonin (TC) by Radioimmunoas-
say."' Abstracts of the Fifty-First Meeting of the Endocrine So-
ciety (June 1969). 101.
With P. F. Hirsch and P. L. Munson." "Importance of En-
dogenous Thyrocalcitonin for Protection Against Hypercalcemia in
the Rat." Endocrinology. 86 (February 1970V 406-15.
PHARMACOLOGY
299
(With L. J. Deftos.) "Elevation of Thyrocalcitonin (TC) in
Pig Thyroid Vein Blood Following Oral Administration of Cal-
cium," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March- April 1970), 253.
(With L. K. Dufresne and H. J. Gitelman.) ilIn vivo Suppres-
sion Parathyroid Gland ATP Content by Hypercalcemia, ' ' Clinical
Research, 18 (April 1970), 358.
(With T.-C. Peng.) "The Hypocalcemic Effect of Ethanol in
Rats and Dogs," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970), 277.
With D. M. Biddulph, P. F. Hirsch, and P. L. Munson.) "Ef-
fect of Thyroparathyroidectomy and Parathyroid Hormone on
Urinary Excretion of Calcium and Phosphate in the Golden Ham-
ster," Endocrinology, 87 (December 1970), 1346-50.
Review of L. Bolis and B. A. Pethica, eds., Membrane Models
and the Formation of Biological Membranes, Proceedings 1967
Meeting International Conference on Biological Membranes (Am-
sterdam: North Holland Publishing Company, 1968), in BIOS, 40
(May 1969), 87.
William Leo Dewey
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, J. W. Snyder, and O. T.
Kirk.) "The Mouse Tail-Flick Test," Committee on Problems of
Drug Dependence (February 1969), 5812-18.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, C. Voyda, J. S. Kennedy,
J. A. Nuite, and J. F. Porter, Jr.) "Studies of Narcotic-Antagonist
Analgesics," Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence (Feb-
ruary 1969), 5827-34.
(With R. K. Razdan, V. V. Kane, H. G. Pars, J. L. Kucera,
L. S. Harris, and J. F. Howes.) "Studies on Cannabis Constituents
and Synthetic Analogs," Committee on Problems of Drug Depen-
dence (February 1969), 6135-41.
(With J. F. Howes and L. S. Harris.) "Acetylcholine Turnover
in Brain Slices: Effect of Narcotics and Narcotic Antagonists,"
Federation Proceedings, 28 (March- April 1969), 261.
(With T.-C. Peng, L. S. Harris, and P. L. Munson.) "Pen-
tazocine in the Adrenal Cortical Stress Response of Rats," Free
Communications, Fourth International Congress of Pharmacology,
Basel, Switzerland (July 1969), 428.
(With J. W. Snyder, L. S. Harris, and J. F. Howes.) "The
Effects of Narcotics and Narcotic Antagonists on the Tail-Flick
Response in Spinal Mice," Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacol-
ogy, 21 (August 1969), 548-50.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, and H. Pars.)
"Narcotic-Antagonist Analgesics, Interactions with Cholinergic
300
RESEARCH
Systems," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeu-
tics, 169 (September 1969), 17-22.
(With J. F. Howes, L. S. Harris, and C. A. Voyda.) "Brain
Acetylcholine Levels and Inhibition of the Tail-Flick Reflex in
Mice," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
169 (September 1969), 23-28.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, and J. S. Kennedy.) "Phar-
macological Effects of Some Active Constituents of Marihuana,"
Pharmacologist, 11 (Fall 1969), 278.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, J. A. Nuite, and
V. Hayhurst.) "The Effects of Narcotic- Antagonist Analgesics on
Rat Brain Cholinesterases, " Archives Internationales de Pharma-
codynamic et de Therapie, 182 (December 1969), 471-80.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, and R. N. An-
dersen.) "A Pharmacological Investigation of Some of the Periph-
eral Effects of the Constituents of Marihuana, ' ' Committee on Prob-
lems of Drug Dependence, (February 1970), 6818-26.
(With R. J. Razdan, G. R. Handrick, H. Pars, A. J. Pattick.
K. K. Weinhardt, J. F. Howes, and L. S. Harris.) "Cannabis:
Studies on A8- and A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol, Their Preparation,
Stability, and Water Soluble Derivatives, ' ' Committee on Problems
of Drug Dependence (February 1970), 6860-67.
(With L. S. Harris, T.-C. Peng, J. F. Howes, and J. A. Nuite.)
" Narcotic- Antagonist Analgesics," Committee on Problems of
Drug Dependence (February 1970), 6883-89.
(With G. C. Cocolas and E. C. Robinson.) "A Comparison of
Some Stereochemical Requirements of the Acetylcholinesterase and
Muscarinic Receptor Areas," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 13
(March 1970), 299-301.
(With J. S. Kennedy and J. F. Howes.) "Some Autonomic,
Gastrointestinal and Metabolic Effects of Two Constituents of
Marihuana," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March-April 1970), 650.
(With J. F. Howes and L. S. Harris.) "The Effect of Mor-
phine, Nalorphine, Naloxone, Pentazocine, Cyclazocine, and Oxo-
tremorine on the Synthesis of Acetylcholine by Mouse Cerebral
Cortex Slices in vitro." Archives Internationales de Pharmaco-
dynamic et de Therapie, 184 (April 1970), 267-76.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, F. E. Gran-
chelli, H. G. Pars, and R. J. Razdan.) "Pharmacology of Some
Marihuana Constituents and Two Heterocyclic Analogues," Nature,
226 (June 27, 1970), 1265-67.
(With L. S. Harris.) "Agonistic Activity of the Narcotic-An-
tagonist Analgesics," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970), 211.
(With L. R. Yonce, L. S. Harris, W. M. Reavis, E. D. Griffin,
PHARMACOLOGY
301
Jr., and V. E. Newby.) ' ' Some Cardiovascular Effects of Trans-
A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970), 259.
(With L. S. Harris, J. F. Howes, and J. A. Nuite.) "The Effect
of Various Neurohumoral Modulators on the Activity of Morphine
and the Narcotic Antagonists in the Tail-Flick and Phenylquinone
Tests," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
175 (November 1970), 435-42.
(With T.-C. Peng and L. S. Harris.) "The Effect of 1-Trans-
A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol on the Hypothalamo-Hypophyseal- Adre-
nal Axis of Rats," European Journal of Pharmacology, 12 (No-
vember 1970), 382-84.
Feed Wilson Ellis
(With J. B. Hill.) "Use of the Autoanalyzer in the Teaching of
Pharmacology," in Advances in Automated Analysis, No. 2, eds.,
Editorial Publication Board for Technicon. White Plains : Mediad
Incorporated, 1970. Pp. 329-32.
(With J. B. Hill.) "An Automated Fluorometric Procedure
for the Enzymatic Determination of Ethanol in Fingertip Blood,"
Clinical Chemistry, 15 (February 1969), 91-101.
(With J. R. Pick.) "Ethanol-Induced Withdrawal Reactions
in Rhesus Monkeys," Pharmacologist, 11 (Fall 1969), 256.
(With J. R. Pick.) "Experimentally Induced Ethanol De-
pendence in Rhesus Monkeys," Committee on Problems of Drug
Dependence (February 1970), 6606-12.
(With J. R. Pick.) "Evidence of Ethanol Dependence in Dogs,"
Federation Proceedings, 29 (March-April 1970), 649.
"Experimentally Induced Ethanol Dependence in Rhesus Mon-
keys," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
175 (October 1970), 88-93.
Jean Leon Gueriguian
(With P. Leymarie.) "Etude de la liaison de la progesterone et
du Cortisol par la fraction cellulaire soluble du corps jaune de
vache gravide, " Comptes Rendus de VAcademie des Sciences
(Paris), 269 (October 1969), 1342-45.
(With O. Crepy.) "Methode de dosage de la proteine serique
liant la testosterone," Comptes Rendus de VAcademie des Sciences
(Paris), 269 (October 1969), 1457-59.
(With O. Crepy.) "Transport of Steroids by Proteins," Fourth
Meeting of the International Study Group for Steroid Hormones,
Rome, Italy (December 1969), 19.
(With P. Leymarie.) "Progesterone Binding by the Soluble
Fraction of Corpus Luteum from the Pregnant Cow," Fourth
302
RESEARCH
Meeting of the International Study Group for Steroid Hormones,
Rome, Italy (December 1969), 39.
(With P. Leymarie and 0. Crepy.)"Les recepteurs circulants
et tissulaires de l'oestradiol et de la progesterone," Annates d'En-
docrinologie (Paris), 31 (May-June 1970), 445-52.
Louis Selig Harris
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, J. W. Snyder, and 0. T.
Kirk.) "The Mouse Tail-Flick Test," Committee on Problems of
Drug Dependence (February 1969), 5812-18.
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, C. A. Voyda, J. S. Kennedy,
J. A. Nuite, and J. F. Porter, Jr.) "Studies of Narcotic- Antagonist
Analgesics," Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence (Feb-
ruary 1969), 5827-34.
(With R. K. Razdan, V. V. Kane, H. G. Pars, J. L. Kucera,
W. L. Dewey, and J. F. Howes.) "Studies on Cannabic Constituents
and Synthetic Analogs," Committee on Problems of Drug Depen-
dence (February 1969), 6135-41.
(With W. L. Dewey, T.-C. Peng, and P. L. Munson.) "Pen-
tazocine in the Adrenal Cortical Stress Response of Rats," Free
Communications, Fourth International Congress of Pharmacology,
Basel, Switzerland (July 1969), 428.
(With W. L. Dewey, J. W. Snyder, and J. F. Howes.) "The
Effects of Narcotics and Narcotic Antagonists on the Tail-Flick
Response in Spinal Mice, ' ? J ournal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology,
21 (August 1969), 548-50 .
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, and H. G.
Pars.) "Narcotic-Antagonist Analgesics, Interactions with Cholin-
ergic Systems, ' ' Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peutics, 169 (September 1969), 17-22.
(With J. F. Howes, W. L. Dewey, and C. A. Voyda.) "Brain
Acetylcholine Levels and Inhibition of the Tail-Flick Reflex in
Mice," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
169 (September 1969), 23-28.
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, and J. S. Kennedy.) "Phar-
macological Effects of Some Active Constituents of Marihuana,"
Pharmacologist, 11 (Fall 1969), 278.
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, J. A. Nuite,
and V. Hayhurst.) "The Effects of Narcotic-Antagonist Anal-
gesics on Rat Brain Cholinesterases, " Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamic et de Therapie, 182 (December 1969), 471-80.
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, and R. N.
Andersen.) "A Pharmacological Investigation of Some of the
PHARMACOLOGY
303
Peripheral Effects of the Constituents of Marihuana," Committee
on Problems of Drug Dependence (February 1970), 6818-26.
(With R. K. Razdan, G. R. Handrick, H. Pars, A. J. Pattick,
K. K. Weinhardt, J. F. Howes, and W. L. Dewey.) ' 'Cannabis
Studies on A8-A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol, Their Preparation, Stabil-
ity, and Water Soluble Derivates,', Committee on Problems of
Drug Dependence (February 1970), 6860-67.
(With W. L. Dewey, T.-C. Peng, J. F. Howes, and J. A. Nuite.)
" Narcotic- Antagonist Analgesics," Committee on Problems of
Drug Dependence (February 1970), 6883-89.
" Central Neurohumoral Systems Involved with Narcotic Ago-
nists and Antagonists," Federations Proceedings, 29 (March- April
1970), 28-32.
(With J. M. Frankenheim and D. E. McMillan.) ' 'Effects of
2-A9- and i-A8-Traws-Tetrahydrocannabinol on Schedule-Controlled
Behavior of the Pigeon," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March-
April 1970), 619.
(With J. F. Howes and W. L. Dewey.) "The Effect of Mor-
phine, Nalorphine, Naloxone, Pentazocine, Cyclazocine and Oxo-
tremorine on the Synthesis and Release of Acetylcholine by Mouse
Cerebral Cortex Slices in vitro," Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamic et de Therapie, 184 (April 1970), 267-76.
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, J. S. Kennedy, F. E. Gran-
chelli, H. G. Pars, and R. J. Razdan.) "Pharmacology of Some Mari-
huana Constituents and Two Heterocyclic Analogues, ' ' Nature, 226
(June 27, 1970), 1265-67.
(With D. E. McMillan and J. M. Frankenheim.) 11 l-tf-Trans-
Tetrahydrocannabinol in Pigeons : Tolerance to the Behavioral Ef-
fects," Science, 169 (July 31, 1970), 501-03.
(With W. L. Dewey.) "Agonistic Activity of the Narcotic-
Antagonist Analgesics," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970), 211.
(With D. E. McMillan, R. F. Turk, and J. S. Kennedy. ){ 'De-
velopment of Marked Behavioral Tolerance to i ^-Tetrahydrocan-
nabinol (A9-THC) and Cross Tolerance to i ^-Tetrahydrocan-
nabinol (A8-THC) in the Pigeon," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970),
258.
(With W. L. Dewey, L. R. Yonce, W. M. Reavis, E. D. Griffin,
Jr., and V. E. Newby.) "Some Cardiovascular Effects of Trans-
A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol (A9-THC)," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall
1970), 259.
(With W. L. Dewey and T.-C. Peng.) "The Effect of 1-Trans-
A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol on the Hypothalamo-Hypophyseal-Adre-
nal Axis of Rats," European Journal of Pharmacology, 12 (Novem-
ber 1970), 382-84.
304
RESEARCH
(With W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, and J. A. Nuite.) "The Ef-
fect of Various Neurohumoral Modulators on the Activity of Mor-
phine and the Narcotic Antagonists in the Tail-Flick and Phenyl-
quinone Tests," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peutics, 175 (November 1970), 435-42.
Philip Francis Hirsch
(With D. M. Biddulph and P. L. Munson.) ' ' Thyrocalcitonin
and Parathyroid Hormone in the Hamster," in Calcitonin, eds.,
S. Taylor and G. Foster. New York: Springer Verlag. London:
Heinemann, 1970. Pp. 392-99.
(With P. L. Munson.) " Thyrocalcitonin, " Physiological Re-
views, 49 (July 1969), 548-622.
(With C. W. Cooper and P. L. Munson.) "Importance of En-
dogenous Thyrocalcitonin for Protection Against Hypercalcemia
in the Rat," Endocrinology, 86 (February 1970), 406-15.
(With D. M. Biddulph, C. W. Cooper, and P. L. Munson.)
"Effect of Thyroparathyroidectomy and Parathyroid Hormone on
Urinary Excretion of Calcium and Phosphate in the Golden Ham-
ster," Endocrinology, 87 (December 1970), 1346-50.
Donald Edgar McMillan
' ' Reinf orcement Contingencies Maintaining Collateral Respond-
ing Under a DRL Schedule, ' ' in Festschrift for B. F. Skinner, ed.,
P. B. Dews. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970. Pp. 103-12.
"Interactions Between the Stimulus Control of Behavior and
Ethyl Alcohol in Man," Committee on Problems of Drug Depen-
dence (February 1970), 6545-49.
"The Effects of Ethyl Alcohol on Temporally Spaced Respond-
ing in Humans," Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics, 171 (February 1970), 159-65.
(With J. M. Frankenheim and L. S. Harris.) "Effects of 1-A9-
and i-A8-Traws-Tetrahydrocannabinol on Schedule-Controlled Be-
havior of the Pigeon," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March-April
1970), 619.
(With J. M. Frankenheim.) "Behavioral Effects of Halothane in
Pigeons," European Journal of Pharmacology, 10 (May 1970),
168-77.
(With J. M. Frankenheim.) "Effects of ^-Tetrahydrocan-
nabinol on Spaced Responding in Pigeons," Proceedings 41st An-
nual Meeting, Eastern Psychological Association (1970), 18.
(With L. S. Harris, J. M. Frankenheim, and J. S. Kennedy.)
' 1 i-A9-Tmws-Tetrahydrocannabinol in Pigeons: Tolerance to the
Behavioral Effects," Science, 169 (July 31, 1970), 501-3.
PHARMACOLOGY
305
(With R. J. Campbell.) "Effects of d- Amphetamine and Chlor-
diazepoxide on Spaced Responding in Pigeons, ' ' Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (September 1970), 177-84.
(With L. S. Harris, R. F. Turk, and J. S. Kennedy.) "Develop-
ment of Marked Behavioral Tolerance to ^^-Tetrahydrocannabinol
(A9-THC) and Cross Tolerance to ^^-Tetrahydrocannabinol
(A8-THC) in the Pigeon," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970), 258.
(With P. S. Wolf and P. S. Carchman.) "Antagonism of the
Behavioral Effects of Morphine and Methadone by Narcotic An-
tagonists in the Pigeon," Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 175 (November 1970), 443-58.
Paul Lewis Mtjnson
Co-Editor, Vitamins and Hormones.
(With G. L. Coppoc.) "Identification and Quantification of
Ci90217-Ketosteroids in Rhesus Monkey Urine," in Use of Sub-
human Primates in Drug Evaluation, ed., H. Vagtborg. Austin:
University of Texas Press, 1969. Pp. 34-50.
(With D. M. Biddulph and P. F. Hirsch.) " Thyrocalcitonin and
Parathyroid Hormones in the Hamster," in Calcitonin, eds., S. Tay-
lor and G. Foster. New York : Springer Verlag. London : Heine-
mann, 1970. Pp. 392-99.
(With T.-C. Peng.) "Bioassay of the Hypophysiotropic Hor-
mones: in vivo Systems," in Bioassay and Chemistry of the Hypo-
physiotropic Hormones of the Hypothalamus: A Critical Eval-
uation, ed., J. Meites. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1970. Pp.
36-43.
(With K. Nishino.) "Interrelations Between the Adrenal Cor-
tex, Parathyroid Hormone, and Thyrocalcitonin in Rats," Federa-
tion Proceedings, 28 (March- April 1969), 384.
(With P. F. Hirsch.) " Thyrocalcitonin, " Physiological Reviews,
49 (July 1969), 548-622.
(With W. L. Dewey, T.-C. Peng, and L. S. Harris.) "Pen-
tazocine in the Adrenal Cortical Stress Response of Rats," Free
Communications, Fourth International Congress of Pharmacology,
Basel, Switzerland (July 1969), 428.
(With T. K. Gray.) "Thyrocalcitonin: Evidence for Physiolog-
ical Function," Science, 166 (October 24, 1969), 512-13.
(With T.-C. Peng and K. M. Six.) "Effect of Prostaglandin Ei
on the Hypothalamo-Hypophyseal-Adrenocortical Axis in Rats,"
Endocrinology, 86 (February 1970), 202-6.
(With C. W. Cooper and P. F. Hirsch.) "Importance of En-
dogenous Thyrocalcitonin for Protection Against Hypercalcemia in
the Rat," Endocrinology, 86 (February 1970), 406-15.
306
RESEARCH
(With T. K. Gray.) "Protection by Thyrocalcitonin Against
Hypercalcemia During Intestinal Adsorption of Calcium," Fed-
eration Proceedings, 29 (March- April 1970), 254.
(With T. K. Gray.) "Function of Thyrocalcitonin in Normal
Physiology," Federation Proceedings, 29 (May-June 1970), 1206-8.
(With D. M. Biddulph, P. F. Hirsch, and C. W. Cooper.) "Ef-
fect of Thyroparathyroidectomy and Parathyroid Hormone in
Urinary Excretion of Calcium and Phosphate in the Golden Ham-
ster," Endocrinology, 87 (December 1970), 1346-50.
William Henry Pearlman
"Measurement of Testosterone Binding Sites," in Karolinska
Symposia on Research Methods in Reproductive Endocrinology,
2nd Symposium: Steroid Assay by Protein Binding, ed., E. Dicz-
falusy. Copenhagen: Bogtrykkeriet Forum, 1970. Pp. 225-38.
(With R. De Hertogh, K. R. Laumas, and M. R. J. Pearlman.)
"Metabolism and Tissue Uptake of Estrogen in Women with Ad-
vanced Carcinoma of the Breast," Journal of Clinical Endocrinol-
ogy and Metabolism, 29 (May 1969), 707-20.
(With I. F.-F. Fong and Jen-Sie Tou.) "A Further Study of
a Testosterone-Binding Component of Human Pregnancy Serum,"
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 244 (March 10, 1969), 1373-80.
Review of R. B. Clayton, ed., Methods in Enzymology, Volume
15, Steroids and Terpenoids (New York: Academic Press, Inc.,
1969), in Bioscience, 20 (September 15, 1970), 1027.
Tai-Chan Peng
(With P. L. Munson.) "Bioassay of the Hypophysiotropic Hor-
mones: in vivo Systems," in Bioassay and Chemistry of the Hypo-
physiotropic Hormones of the Hypothalamus : A Critical Evalua-
tion, ed., J. Meites. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1970. Pp.
36-43.
(With W. L. Dewey, L. S. Harris, and P. L. Munson.) "Pen-
tazocine in the Adrenal Cortical Stress Response of Rats," Free
Communications, Fourth International Congress of Pharmacology,
Basel, Switzerland (1969), 428.
(With L. S. Harris, W. L. Dewey, J. F. Howes, and J. A. Nuite.)
"Narcotic-Antagonist Analgesics," Committee on Problems of
Drug Dependence, (February 1970), 6883-89.
"The Hypocalcemic Effect of Urethane in Rats," Federation
Proceedings, 29 (March-April 1970), 782.
(With K. M. Six and P. L. Munson.) "Effect of Prostaglandin
Ei on the Hypothalamo-Hypophyseal- Adrenocortical Axis in Rats,"
Endocrinology, 86 (February 1970), 202-6.
PHARMACY
307
(With W. L. Dewey and L. S. Harris.) "The Effect of 1-Trans-
A9-Tetrahydrocannabinol on the Hypothalamo-Hypophyseal-Adre-
nal Axis of Rats," European Journal of Pharmacology, 12 (No-
vember 1970), 382-84.
(With C. W. Cooper.) "The Hypocalcemic Effect of Ethanol
in Eats and Dogs," Pharmacologist, 12 (Fall 1970), 277.
Betsy Jones Stover
(With H. Eyring.) "The Dynamics of Life. I. Death from In-
ternal Irradiation by 239Pu and 226Ra, Aging, Cancer and Other
Diseases," Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 66
(May 1970), 132-39.
(With H. Eyring.) "Dynamics of Life. II. The Steady State
Theory of Mutation Rates," Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, 66 (June 1970), 441-44.
(With H. Eyring.) "The Dynamics of Life. III. Mechanisms of
Non-Survival and the Relation of Dose Size," Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 66 (July 1970), 672-76.
(With F. W. Bruenger and W. Stevens.) "Association of
Americium with Ferritin in the Canine Liver, ' ' Radiation Research,
43 (July 1970), 173-86.
(With H. Eyring.) "The Dynamics of Life. IV. The Steady
State Theory of Mutations Causing Cancer and Other Degenerative
Diseases," 160th National Meeting of the American Chemical So-
ciety (September 1970), No. 24, Division of Physical Chemistry.
Svein Utheim Toverud
(With R. Oledzka.) "Bone Mineral Dissolution in vitro : Effects
of Cell Destruction Methods," Journal of Dental Research, 49
(March 1970), 68.
With J. S. Hanker and L. E. Hammarstrom.) "Anabolic Acid
Phosphatase Isoenzymes," Journal of Histochemistry and Cyto-
chemistry, 18 (September 1970), 67.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
Leonard Berlow
You're Too Sweet. New York: Astor-Honor, 1969. Pp. 61.
"Of Mice and Hospitals," Southern Hospitals (April 1969),
43-44.
1 ' How to Recruit Military Personnel for Health Careers, ' ' Hos-
pitals, 43 (July 16, 1969), 80-81.
308
RESEARCH
1 1 Housekeepers Often Scapegoats for Patients' Irritation,"
Hospital Topics, 47 (August 1969), 51-52.
" Housekeeping Has Important Role in Disaster Planning,"
Hospital Topics (November 1969), 47.
" Today's Pharmacist— More than a Pill Vender," The Health
Bulletin (October 1970), 4-5.
Review of Fred E. Fiedler, A Theory of Leadership Effectiveness
(New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1967), in Hospital Ad-
ministration, 14 (Summer 1969), 115-16.
George Harry Cocolas
(With E. Robinson and W. L. Dewey.) "A Comparison of Some
Stereochemical Requirements of the Acetylcholinesterase and
Muscarinic Receptor Areas," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 13
(1970), 299-301.
Review of William G. Daubner, ed., Organic Reactions (New
York, John Wiley and Sons, 1969), in American Journal of Phar-
maceutical Education, 33 (1969), 675.
Frederick Monroe Eckel
(With D. C. McLeod.) "Relationship Between Method of Reim-
bursement and Scope of Pharmacy Service in Nursing Homes,"
Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Association, NS9 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 62.
(With D. C. McLeod.) "Groups Cooperate on Plan to Recruit,
Train Pharmacists for Hospitals," Hospital Topics, 47 (April
1969), 81.
(With H. Majette.) "A Program for Pharmacy Interns who
Serve as Medication Assistants," Hospital Management, 107 (No-
vember 1969), 74, and 107 (December 1969), 34.
George Philip Hager
"Report — School of Pharmacy, UNC," Carolina Journal of
Pharmacy, 50 (September 1969), 25-31.
"The Value of Pharmaceutical Services," Meeting Health Care
Costs — National Pharmaceutical Council, (November 1969), 26-32.
' 1 Report on the School of Pharmacy, ' ' Carolina Journal of Phar-
macy, 51 (October 1970), 26-31.
"Current Trends and Changes in Pharmaceutical Education —
How They Influence the Profession of Pharmacy," Proceedings of
the National Association of Boards of Pharmacy and American As-
sociation of Colleges of Pharmacy, Third District (August 1970),
25, 31.
PHARMACY
309
William Earl Hall
"Some Applications of Osmometry to Pharmacy," American
Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 34 (1970), 204.
"Rapid Analytical Methods of Use in State Board Examina-
tions," Proceedings of National Association of Boards of Pharmacy
and American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, Third District
(August 1970), 46.
Kuo-Hsiung Lee
(With T. 0. Soine.) "The Coumarins of Sphenosciadktm capitel-
latum A. Gray," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 58 (June
1969), 675-81.
(With T. O. Soine.) "Spectral Studies on Some Linear Furano-
coumarins," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 58 (June 1969),
681-83.
(With T. A. Geissman and R. F. Simpson.) "Sesquiterpene
Lactones of Artemisia. Constituents of A. cana Pursh. ssp. cana.
The Structure of Canin," Phytochemistry, 8 (1969), 1515-21.
(With T. A. Geissman, M. A. Irwin, and R. F. Simpson.) "Ses-
quiterpene Lactones of Artemisia. Ridentin," Phytochemistry, 8
(1969) , 2009-12.
(With T. A. Geissman.) "Sesquiterpene Lactones of Artemisia.
Constituents of A. ludoviciana ssp. mexicana," Phytochemistry, 9
(1970) , 403-8.
(With C, H. Chen and T. O. Soine.) "Total Synthesis of (±)-
Bisnorargemonine, " Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 59 (Oc-
tober 1970), 1529.
Albert McLean Mattocks
"Accelerated Removal of Salicylate by Additives in Peritoneal
Dialysis Fluid," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 58: 5 (May
1969), 595-98.
Claude U. Paoloni
"Procedures for Handling Intravenous Additives — The Nursing
Team Approach," Hospital Management, 108 (September 1969),
12-22.
"Guidelines for Administration of Intravenous Additives by-
Nurses on the Intravenous Therapy Team, ' ' Hospital Management „
108 (October 1969), 46-51.
' ' Medication Assistants : A Ramification of Clinical Pharmacy, ' '
Pharmacy Times (October 1969), 26-30.
310
RESEARCH
Claude Piantadosi
(With F. Snyder and R. Wood.) "Synthesis of 35S and 14C-
Labeled Glyceryl Thioethers, " Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
58 (August 1969), 1028-29.
(With S. C. Kim and J. L. Irvin.) "Potential Anticancer Agents
V: The Synthesis and Biochemical Studies of 5-nuorinated Py-
rimidine-6-carboxaldehydes, " Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
58 (July 1969), 821-26.
(With F. Snyder and R. Wood.) "The Metabolism of Glyceryl
Thioethers," Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
and Medicine, 130 (September 1969), 1170-74.
(With R. Wood and F. Snyder.) "Quantitative Analysis and
Comparison of the Physical Properties of O-alkyl and S-alkyl
Monoethers," Journal of Lipid Research, 10 (March 1969), 370-73.
(With F. Snyder and G. Malone.) "The Participation of 1- and
2-Isomers of O-Alkylglycerols as Acyl Acceptors in Cell-Free Sys-
tems," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 202 (March 1969), 244-46.
(With K. S. Ishaq and F. Snyder.) "Synthesis of O-Alkylde-
hydroxyacetone and Derivatives," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sci-
ences, 59 (August 1970), 1201-2.
(With C.-B. Chae, A. Williams, H. Krasny, and J. L. Irvin.)
"Inhibition of Thymidine Phosphorylation and DNA and Histone
Synthesis in Ehrlich Ascites Carcinoma," Cancer Research, 30
(November 1970), 2652-60.
(With M. L. Blank, R. L. Wykle, and F. Snyder.) "The Bio-
synthesis of Plasmalogens from Labeled O-Alkylglycerols in Ehrlich
Ascites Cells," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 210 (March 1970),
442-47.
(With C. II. Hong and J. L. Irvin.) "Potential Anticancer
Agents. VI 5-Substituted Pyrimidine-6-carboxaldehydes, " Journal
of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 59 (November 1970), 1637-45.
(With J. F. Soodsma and F. Snyder.) "The Biocleavage of
Alkyl Glyceryl Ethers in Morris Hepatomas and Other Transplant-
able Neoplasms," Cancer Research, 30 (February 1970), 309-11.
(With F. Snyder.) "A Review of Plasmalogens and Related
Derivatives: Their Chemistry and Metabolism," Journal of Phar-
maceutical Sciences, 59 (March 1970), 283-97.
Davis R. Reese
(With S. G. Pathak.) "Use of Dyes for Better Reliability in a
Microbiological Assay," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 58
{April 1969), 505.
PHILOSOPHY
311
Feed Theodor Semeniuk
" Turbidimetry ; Nephelometry ; Colloidimetry, " in Pharma-
ceutical Chemistry, Volume 2, ed., L. G. Chatten. New York : Mar-
cel Dekker, Inc., 1969. Pp. 277-336.
Edward John Triggs
(With H. W. Jun.) "Blood Levels of Chlorphentermine in
Man/' Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 59 (March 1970), 306-9.
(With J. N. Hlynka and H. W. Jun.) "The Pharmacokinetics
of Chlorphentermine in Man — 1. Urinary Excretion Studies,"
Canadian Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 4 (November 2,
1969), 27-32.
David Roger Work
"Prescription Discounts and Insurance Benefits," The Carolina
Journal of Pharmacy, 51 (July 1970), 7.
"Continuing Education: An Obligation or a Luxury?" The
Carolina Journal of Pharmacy, 51 (December 1970), 20.
Leroy D. Werley, Jr.
"Is Pharmacy's Mortar Crumbling?" The Carolina Journal of
Pharmacy, 8 (August 1970), 24-27.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
Elie Maynard Adams
' 1 Ethics and the Aims of Education, ' ' in Education and Ethics,
eds., William T. Blackstone and George L. Newsome. Athens : The
University of Georgia Press, 1969. Pp. 33-47.
"A Changing America: Morale and Morality," reprinted in
Aspects of Composition, Billie Jo Inman and Ruth Gardner. New
York: Harcourt, Brace, and World, 1970. Pp. 335-48.
"The Future of the Philosophy of Mind," reprinted in Per-
sons, Privacy, and Feeling, ed., Dwight Van de Vate, Jr. Mem-
phis: Memphis State University Press, 1970. Pp. 1-13.
"The Academic Revolution," Modern Age, 13 (Summer 1969),
270-76.
"Philosophical Grounds of the Present Crisis of Authority,"
The Southern Journal of Philosophy, 8 (Summer and Fall 1970),
129-42.
"Value Theory," Dictionary of World Literary Terms, 1970,
pp. 353-54.
312
RE SEARCH
Vikgil Charles Aldrich
"Logically Necessary a posteriori Propositions," Analysis, 29
(March 1969), 140-42.
"The Pineal Gland Up-Dated," Journal of Philosophy, 67
(October 8, 1970), 700-710.
"Fred I. Dretske On Seeing and Knowing," Journal of Phil-
osophy, 67 (December 10, 1970), 994-1006.
Werner David Falk
"Goading and Guiding," in Readings in Contemporary Ethical
Theory, eds., Kenneth Pahel and Marvin Schiller. Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1970. Pp. 60-83.
"Morality, Self, and Others," in Readings in Contemporary
Ethical Theory, eds., Kenneth Pahel and Marvin Schiller. Engle-
wood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1970. Pp. 360-90.
"Prudence, Temperance, and Courage," in Moral Concepts,
ed., Joel Feinberg. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970.
Pp. 114-19.
Douglas Clark Long
"Particulars and Their Qualities," in Universals and Par-
ticulars: Readings in Ontology, ed., Michael Loux. New York:
Doubleday, 1970. Pp. 264-84.
"The Philosophical Concept of A Human Body," in The
Philosophy of the Body, ed., Stuart F. Spicker. Chicago: Quad-
rangle Books, 1970. Pp. 121-36.
"Descartes' Argument for Mind-Body Dualism," The Philo-
sophical Forum, 1 (Spring 1969), 259-73.
Michael David Resnik
Elementary Logic. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company,
1970. Pp. 457.
"A Set Theoretic Approach to the Simple Theory of Types,"
Theoria, 35 (1969), 239-58.
"More on Skolem's Paradox," NOUS, 3 (May 1969), 185-96.
"The Frege-Hilbert Controversy," The Journal of Symbolic
Logic, 35 (March 1970), 182.
Jay Frank Rosenberg
"Notes on Goodman's Nominalism," Philosophical Studies, 21
(January-February 1970), 19-24.
"Wittgenstein's Self-Criticisms or 1 "Whatever Happened to the
Picture Theory?' " NOUS, 4 (September 1970), 209-23.
PHILOSOPHY
313
"The Problem of Evil Revisited — A Reply to Schlesinger, "
Journal of Value Inquiry, 4 (Fall 1970), 212-18.
Geoege Schlesinger
"The Passage of Time/' in Contemporary Philosophy in Aus-
tralia, eds., Robert Brown and C. D. Rollins. London: George
Unwin, 1969. Pp. 204-13.
"The Two Notions of the Passage of Time," NOUS, 3 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 1-16.
"Eliminating Self -Reference Once More," Analysis, 29 (March
1969) , 135-36.
"Change and Time," Journal of Philosophy, 67 (May 7, 1970).
294-300.
"On Irrelevant Criteria of Confirmation," British Journal for
the Philosophy of Science, 21 (August 1970), 282-87.
' ' On the Possibility of the Best of All Possible Worlds, ' ' Journal
of Value Inquiry, 4 (Fall 1970), 229-32.
William Winslow Shea
"God, Evil, and Professor Schlesinger, " Journal of Value
Inquiry, 4 (Fall 1970), 219-28.
Kichard Andrew Smyth
"A Note on 'The Space-Time World,' " Mind, 79 (January
1970) , 144.
Eobert Dale Vance
"On Being Earlier Than," NOUS, 4 (May 1970), 153-73.
Richard Harold Zaffron
Review of Herbert C. Kelman, A Time To Speak: On Human
Values and Social Research (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1968), in
Contemporary Psychology, 14 (November 1969), 570-71.
Review of Michael Polanyi, Knowing and Being, ed., Marjorie
Grene (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1969), in Science,
19 (June 1970), 1440-42.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Robert Martin Brier
The Problem of Backward Causation. (1970, under the direction
of George Schlesinger.)
314
RESEARCH
William Van Grimes, Jr.
The Language of Practical Discourse. (1969, under the direc-
tion of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Eleanore Walkowski Holveck
Edmund Husserl's Concept of the Ego in the Cartesian Medita-
tions. (1970, under the direction of William Winslow Shea.)
Gene Gray James
Kalph Barton Perry's Theory of Value: A Critical Analysis.
(1969, under the direction of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Joseph Leonard Poetker
A Theory of Epistemic Appraisal Terms. (1970, under the di-
rection of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Robert Bruce Redmon, Jr.
The Ontological Significance of Semantical Methods. (1969,
under the direction of John William Heintz.)
Ronald Edward Roblin
R. G. Collingwood 's Philosophy of History. (1969, under the
direction of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Marvin Schiller
The Alienable and the Inalienable : A Study in Political Phil-
osophy. (1970, under the direction of Werner David Falk.)
William Kenneth Warmbrod
The Relevance of Linguistic Studies to Philosophy. (1970, un-
der the direction of Richard Andrew Smyth.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Sandra Coe Booth
The Problem of Illusion in Representational Art. (1970, under
the direction of Virgil Charles Aldrich.)
Salvatore Edward De Simone
Alienation, Kierkegaard and Buber's Philosophy of Dialogue.
(1969, under the direction of Elie Maynard Adams.)
PHYSICS
315
William Norwood Hicks III
The Descriptivist/Revisionary Controversy: The Structure of
a Contemporary Dispute. (1969, under the direction of John
William Heintz.)
Deryl Johnson Howard
The Mach Principle. (1969, under the direction of George
schlesinger.)
James McCormick McClure
Roger Fry: Aesthetic Purity and Plastic Form. (1970, under
the direction of William Winslow Shea.)
Donnie Jordan Self
The Basic Misinterpretation of Utilitarianism. (1969, under the
direction of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Clayton Lee Stalnaker
The Availability of Religious Language. (1969, under the di-
rection of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Crawford Logan Taylor, Jr.
A Study of the Value Realism of E. M. Adams. (1969, under the
direction of Elie Maynard Adams.)
Timothy Hatton Taylor
Sartre's Ontology: A Sympathetic Look. (1970, under the
direction of William Winslow Shea.)
James Harold Von Frank
Plato on Words: The Cratylus. (1969, under the direction of
Edward Michael Galligan.)
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Wayne Alexander Bowers
Computer-generated films in Quantum Physics Series. Newton,
Mass.: Education Development Center, November 1970.
"Packets in a Perfect Crystal," QP-6.
' 'Packets Incident on a Crystal," QP-7.
"Scattering from Impurities," QP-8.
316
RESEARCH
Charles Victoe Briscoe
(With J. Legg, A. T. Stewart, and W. Triftshauser.) "Zero-
Point Bubbles in Liquid and Solid Helium, ' ' in Proceedings of the
Eleventh International Conference on Low Temperature Physics.
St. Andrews, Scotland: St. Andrews Printing Department, 1969.
Pp. 304-7.
(With S. L. Lehoczky.) "Fluctuation Effects in the ac Con-
ductivity of Thin Lead Films above the Superconducting Transition
Temperature," Physical Review Letters, 23 (1969), 695-97.
(With S. L. Lehoczky.) "Fluctuation Effects in the ac Conduc-
tivity of Thin Lead Films below the Superconducting Transition
Temperature," Physical Review Letters, 24 (1970), 880-82.
Sang-Il Choi
(With J. Hernandez.) "Optical Absorption by Charge Trans-
fer Excitons in Linear Molecular Crystals," Journal of Chemical
Physics, 50 (1969), 1524-32.
(With J. Hernandez.) "Positronium Bubbles in Liquid and
Solid Helium-4," The Physical Review, 188 (1969), 340-48.
(With Warren Pollans.) "Exciton States and Optical Spectra
in Linear Molecular Crystals," Journal of Chemical Physics, 52
(1970), 3691-702.
(With P. S. Julienne.) "The Electronic States of a Disordered
Polymer," Journal of Chemical Physics, 53 (1970), 2726-35.
(With M. Silver and P. Smejtek.) "Transient Space Charge
Limited Currents by Injection into Organic Liquids from a Tun-
nel Cathode," in Phenomenes De Conduction Dans Les Liquides
Isolants, Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique, 1970. Pp.
399-406.
Thomas Boykin Clegg
(With J. M. Joyce, E. J. Ludwig, W. S. McEver, and R. L.
Walter.) "Polarization of 3He Scattered from 12C," Physical Re-
view Letters, 24 (1970), 1123-26.
(With J. M. Joyce, E. J. Ludwig, W. S. McEver, and R. L.
Walter.) "An Analyzer for the Polarization of 3He Particles,"
Physics Letters, 31B (1970), 560-62.
James Homee Ceawfoed, Je.
(With A. Hiraki and J. W. Cleland.) "Annealing of Defects
Produced in n-Type Ge by Electron Irradiation at 30°K," The
Physical Review, 111 (1969), 1203-7.
(With W. C. Mallard.) " Thermostimulated Currents and
PHYSICS
317
Thermoelectric Power in Irradiated MgO," Solid State Communi-
cations, 7 (1969), 1767-70.
"Aggregation of Divalent Metal Impurity in Alkali Halide
Crystals," Journal of Physics and Chemistry of Solids, 31 (1970),
399-409.
(With J. W. Cleland.) "Radiation Effects in Tellurium-Doped
Germanium," The Physical Review, Bl (1970), 713-17.
"The Vi Center and Vacancy- Impurity Complexes in Mag-
nesium," Crystal Lattice Defects, 1 (1970), 357-60.
" Impurity-Divacancy Complexes and Transition Metal Im-
purity in Alkali Halides," Crystal Lattice Defects, 1 (1970), 363-65.
Eeyce Seligman DeWitt
Editor, Lectures on Electrodynamics by J. R. Oppenheimer.
New York: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1970. P. 164.
Associate editor, Journal of Mathematical Physics.
"Spacetime as a Sheaf Geodesies in Superspace," in Relativity:
Proceedings of the Relativity Conference in the Midwest, eds.,
M. Carmeli, S. I. Fickler, and L. Witten. New York: Plenum Press,
1970. Pp. 359-74.
"Quantum Mechanics and Reality," Physics Today, 23 (1970),
30-35.
"Quantum Theories of Gravity," General Relativity and Gravi-
tation, 1 (1970), 181-89.
Cecile Mokette DeWitt
(With V. Gillet.) Editor, Nuclear Physics, 1968 Les Houches
Lectures. New York: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1969.
P. 816.
(With J. Matricon.) Editor, Physical Problems in Biological
Systems, 1969 Les Houches Lectures. New York : Gordon and Breach
Science Publishers, 1970. P. 448.
1 ' Le Principe d 'equivalence dans la theorie du champ de gravi-
tation quantifie," Collogue International du CNRS — Fluides et
Champ Gravitational en Relativite Generale, 170 (1969), 205-8.
"L 'integrale fonctionnelle de Feynman," Annates de VInstitut
Poincare, 40 (1969), 153-206.
"Some Progress in the Covariant Formalism in Particular for
Fields Invariant Under a Nonabelian Gauge Group," Proceedings
of the Renormalization Conference, ICTP Trieste (1969), 84-89.
Kian Seng Dy
(With C. J. Pethick.) "Transport Coefficients of a Normal Fermi
Liquid, Application to Liquid He3," The Physical Review, 185
(1969), 373-84.
318
RESEARCH
John Petee Hebxandez
(With S. I. Choi.) " Optical Absorption by Charge Transfer
Excitons in Linear Molecular Crystals," Journal of Chemical
Physics, 50 (1969), 1524-32.
(With S. I. Choi.) " Positronium Bubbles in Liquid and Solid
Helium-4," The Physical Review, 188 (1969), 340-48.
(With D. G. Onn and M. Silver.) "Role of Electron Bubbles
on Laser Induced Breakdown in Liquid He4," The Physical Re-
view, Al (1970), 1268-70.
(With M. Silver.) "Dynamics of Electron-Bubble Formation
in Helium," The Physical Review, A2 (1970), 1949-54.
Paul Staxcyl Hubbaed
"Some Properties of Correlation Functions of Irreducible
Tensor Operators," The Physical Review, 180 (1969), 319-26.
"Nonexponential Relaxation of Three-Spin Systems in Non-
spherical Molecules," Journal of Chemical Physics, 51 (1969),
1647-51.
"Nonexponential Relaxation of Rotating Three-Spin Systems
in Molecules of a Liquid," Journal of Chemical Physics, 52 (1970),
563-68.
"Nonexponential Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation by Quadrupole
Interactions," Journal of Chemical Physics, 53 (1970), 985-87.
Edwaed James Ludwig
(With S. Fiarman, L. S. Michelman, and A. B. Robbins.) "Study
of The Zr90 (d,p) Zr91 Reaction," The Physical Review, 180 (1969),
1114-22.
(With S. Fiarman, L. S. Michelman, and A. B. Robbins.) "Pro-
ton Polarization Measurements Near Isobaric Analogue Res-
onances in 145Eu," Nuclear Physics, A131 (1969), 267-72.
(With J. M. Joyce and J. E. McQueen.) "30Si(3He,a)29Si Re-
action at 8.0 and 7.0 Mev," Nuclear Physics, A147 (1970). 81-93.
(With G. A. Bissinger, J. M. Joyce, W. McEver, and S. M.
Shafroth.) "A Study of the Production of K X-Rays in Ca, Ti and
Ni by 2-28 Mev Protons," The Physical Review, Al (1970), 841-47.
(With J. M. Joyce and J. W. McQueen.) "The (3He,a) Reac-
tion with Nuclei in the S-d Shell," Nuclear Physics, A151 (1970),
295-316.
(With T. B. Clegg, J. M. Joyce, W. S. McEver, and R. L. Wal-
ter.) "Polarization of 3He Scattered from 12C," Physical Review
Letters, 24 (1970), 1123-26.
PHYSICS
319
(With T. B. Clegg, J. M. Joyce, W. S. MeEver, and E. L. Wal-
ter.) "An Analyzer for the Polarization of 3He Particles," Physics
Letters, 31B (1970), 560-62.
(With T. Dzubay, F. Everling, A. A. Jaffe, D. Miller, D. Out-
law, and T. White.) "States of 36K," Physics Letters, 33B (1970),
302-4.
(With H. Coleman, M. Divandeenam, J. M. Joyce, W. McEver,
and S. M. Shafroth.) "A Multi-Exit Channel Study of Analog
Resonances in the 51V -f- P Reaction," in The Conference on Nu-
clear Isospin. New York: Academic Press, 1969. Pp. 103-8.
EUGEN MEEZBACHEK
Quantum Mechanics. 2nd edition. New York: John Wiley and
Sons, Inc., 1970. P. 631.
(With B. H. Choi.) "Energy and Angular Momentum Dis-
tribution of Fast Electrons Emitted from K and L Shells by Pro-
ton Impact," The Physical Review, 111 (1969), 233-39.
(With B. H. Choi.) "Angular Distribution of Fast Electrons
Ejected from K and L Shells by Proton Impact," The Physical
Review, Al (1970), 299-304.
Review of M. L. Mehta, Random Matrices and the Statistical
Theory of Energy Levels (New York: Academic Press, 1967), in
Physics Today, 22 (April 1969), 101-3.
Eakl Nelson Mitchell
(With A. von Bassewitz.) "Resistivity Studies of Single
Crystal and Polycrystal Films of Aluminum," The Physical Re-
view, 182 (1969), 712-16.
"New Single-Crystal Orientations in Epitaxial Aluminum
Films," Journal of Applied Physics, 40 (1969), 3400-3402.
(With S. B. Bailey and R. T. Richard.) "Evaporated Silver-
Aluminum Thermocouples for Low Temperature Measurement,"
Review of Scientific Instruments, 40 (1969), 1237-38.
(With S. B. Bailey, T. M. Peterlin, and R. T. Richard.) "Uni-
directional Anisotropy in Permalloy Films at 4.2°," Journal of Ap-
plied Physics, 41 (1970), 194-96.
(With J. E. Jackson and G. L. Wells.) "Superconducting Tun-
neling in Single Crystal and Polycrystal Films of Aluminum,"
The Physical Review, Bl (1970), 3636-44.
(With A. L. Geiger and G. I. Lykken.) "Measurement of the
Fermi Velocity in Single-Crystal Films of Lead by Electron Tun-
neling," Physical Review Letters, 25 (1970), 1578-80.
320
RESEARCH
Louis Douglas Boberts
(With T. A. Carlson, F. B. Malik, C. W. Nestor, and T. C.
Tucker.) " Relativistic Self-Consistent-Field Calculation of the
Wave Functions, Eigenvalues, Isotope Shifts, and the 6s Hyper-
fine-Structure Coupling Constant as a Function of Pressure for
Metallic Gold in the Wigner-Seitz Model," The Physical Review,
178 (1969), 998-1008.
(With R. P. Levy, D. 0. Patterson, and J. 0. Thompson.) "Solid
State and Nuclear Results from a Measurement of the Pressure De-
pendence of the Energy of the Resonance Gamma Ray of 197Au,"
The Physical Review, 179 (1969), 656-62.
(With P. G. Huray, D. O. Patterson, and J. 0. Thompson.)
' ' A Study of the Intermetallic Compounds of Gold and Manganese
through the Use of the 197Au Mossbauer Effect at 4.2°K and as a
Function of Pressure," The Physical Review, B2 (1970), 2440-48.
Dietrich Schroeer
"The Mossbauer Effect in Microcrystals, " in Mossbauer Effect
Methodology, Volume 5, ed., I. J. Gruverman. New York : Plenum
Press, 1969. Pp. 141-62.
(With J. E. McQueen and S. Sylvester.) "Coulomb Excitation
Mossbauer Effect of the 43.8-keV State of 161Dy," Solid State Com-
munications, 7 (1969), 673-75.
(With W. Triftshauser.) "Investigations of Charge States in
Co57-Doped Oxides Using the Mossbauer Effect and Delayed-Coin-
cidence Techniques," The Physical Review, 187 (1969), 491-98.
(With D. J. Erickson, S. W. Marshall, R. F. Marzke, and R. M.
Wilenzick. ) 1 1 The Mossbauer Isomer Shift in Gold Microcrystals, ' '
The Physical Review, B2 (1970), 4414-20.
Stephen- Morrison Shafroth
(With H. Coleman, M. Divadeenam, J. M. Joyce, E. J. Ludwig,
and W. McEver.) "A Multi-Exit Channel Study of Analog Res-
onances in the 51V -f- P Reaction," in Proceedings of the Second
Conference on Nuclear Isospin, eds., Anderson, Bloom, Carny, and
Trve. New York: Academic Press, 1969. Pp. 103-8.
(With G. A. Bissinger, J. M. Joyce, E. J. Ludwig, and W. Mc-
Ever.) "A Study of the Production of K X-Rays in Ca, Ti and Ni
by 2-28 MeV Protons," The Physical Review, Al (1970), 841-47.
(With A. A. Jaffe and W. J. Thompson.) "Coulomb Energies in
Nuclei," Science, 169 (1970), 505-6.
Marvin Silver
(With D. G. Onn and P. Smejtek.) "Steady State and Transient
PHYSICS
321
Space Charge Limited Currents in Organic Liquids by Injection
from a Tunnel Cathode," Journal of Applied Physics, 40 (1969),
2222-26.
(With R. Morris.) "Direct Electron-Hole Recombination in
Anthracene," Journal of Chemical Physics, 50 (1969), 2969-73.
(With D. G. Onn.) "The Attenuation and Lifetime of Hot
Electrons Injected into Liquid Helium," The Physical Review,
183 (1969), 295-307.
(With P. Kumbhare, D. G. Onn, and P. Smejtek.) "Hot Elec-
tron Injection into Liquid Argon from a Tunnel Cathode," Journal
of Chemical Physics, 52 (1970), 5195-99.
Lawrence Myee Sliekln-
"The Physics of the Photographic Process," in Solid State
Dosimetry, ed., S. Amelinckx. New York: Gordon and Breach
Science Publishers, 1969. Pp. 241-59.
(With A. Batra, G. Brebec, and A. Laskar.) "Impurity Tracer
Diffusion in Silver Halides," in Diffusion Processes, ed., J. Sher-
wood. New York: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1970. Pp.
415-20.
(With A. Batra.) "Impurity Halide Diffusion in AgCl and
AgBr," Journal of Physics and Chemistry of Solids, 30 (1969),
1315-20.
(With A. Batra and A. Laskar.) "Low Temperatures Suppres-
sion by Chlorine of Diffusion of Gold in Silver Chloride," Journal
of Physics and Chemistry of Solids, 30 (1969), 2053-59.
(With A. Batra and A. Laskar.) "Diffusion of Strontium Ion in
Silver Chloride," Journal of Physics and Chemistry of Solids, 30
(1969), 2061-64.
(With W. Alexander.) "Diffusion of Solutes in Aluminum and
Dilute Aluminum Alloys," The Physical Review, Bl (1970), 3274-
82.
(With A. Batra, G. Brebec, and A. Laskar.) "New Model for
Impurity Tracer Diffusion in Silver Halides," Irradiation Ef-
fects, 4 (1970), 257-59.
"Payoff from Liaison," European Scientific Notes, 23 (1969),
254-55.
"Billiards Within Crystals," European Scientific Notes, 23
(1969), 281-84.
"Wandering Atoms and Molecules," European Scientific Notes,
23 (1969), 284-87.
"Hi-Fi Flames," European Scientific Notes, 23 (1969), 321-23.
"Cheap Photography," European Scientific Notes, 23 (1969),
323-25.
322
RESEARCH
"The Year of the Point Defect," European Scientific Notes, 24
(1970), 8-9.
"Carbon Fibres or Carbon Fibers?" European Scientific Notes,
24 (1970), 13.
"New Physics in Old Pots," European Scientific Notes, 24
(1970), 28-30.
"European Nuclear Cooperation," European Scientific Notes,
24 (1970), 30-31.
"On Producing Useful Scientists," European Scientific Notes,
24 (1970), 47-49.
"British Solid State Physics Conference," European Scientific
Notes, 24 (1970), 49-50.
"The Iceman Cometh," European Scientific Notes, 24 (1970),
95-97.
"Confrontation in Britain," European Scientific Notes, 24
(1970), 122-24.
"Materials Science in Ljubljana," European Scientific Notes,
24 (1970), 141-43.
"In Search of the Good Old Days," European Scientific Notes,
24 (1970), 212-15.
"Point Defects by the Zurich See," European Scientific Notes,
24 (1970), 270-71.
"Making Science Pay," European Scientific Notes, 24 (1970),
315-17.
"Symposium on Diffusion Processes, Strathclyde, " Office of
Naval Research — London Report C-6, 1970. P. 18.
"Symposium on Non-Silver Photographic Processes," Office of
Naval Research — London Report C-7, 1970. P. 10.
"Solute Interactions on Point Defects and Dislocations," Office
of Naval Research — London Report C-8, 1970. P. 9.
"Transport Processes in Oxides," Office of Naval Research —
London Report C-9, 1970. P. 8.
"Mass Transport in Non-Metallic Solids," Office of Naval Re-
search—London Report C-10, 1970. P. 11.
"Imperial College Meeting on Ion Transport in Insulators,"
Office of Naval Research — London Report C-12, 1970. P. 6.
' ' Symposium on Point Defects in Non-Metals, ' ' Office of Naval
Research — London Report C-17, 1970. P. 7.
"Conference on Trends in Diffusion," Office of Naval Re-
search—London Report C-18, 1970. P. 12.
"Marstrand Conference on Atomic Diffusion," Office of Naval
Research— London Report C-19, 1970. P. 21.
' ' Some Belgian Research on Crystalline Solids, ' ' Office of Naval
Research — London Report R-33, 1970. P. 7.
PHYSICS
323
" Experiments on Solids at Several Italian Non-Academic Lab-
oratories," Office of Naval Research — London Report R-34, 1970.
P. 9.
"Solid State Physics at Five Italian Universities," Office of
Naval Research — London Report R-37, 1970. P. 13.
"Some Research on Solids in the Vicinity of Paris," Office of
Naval Research — London Report R-38, 1970. P. 10.
' ' Some Research on Solids in the Netherlands, ' ' Office of Naval
Research — London Report R-40, 1970. P. 10.
"Some Materials Research in Norway, Sweden, and Finland,"
Office of Naval Research — London Report R-46, 1970. P. 9.
"Some German Solid State and Metallurgical Research," Of-
fice of Naval Research — London Report R-48, 1970. P. 16.
"Research on Solids at Four New English Universities," Of-
fice of Naval Research — London Report R-49, 1970. P. 10.
"Some European Research on the Photographic Process," Of-
fice of Naval Research — London Report R-50, 1970. P. 12.
"Some Solid State and Materials Research in Southern Eng-
land," Office of Naval Research — London Report R-54, 1970. P. 15.
"Solid State and Materials Research in Mid-England," Of-
fice of Naval Research — London Report R-55, 1970. P. 11.
Charles Sydney Smith, Jr.
(With R. W. Roberts.) "Ultrasonic Parameters in the Born
Model of the Sodium and Potassium Halides," Journal of Physics
and Chemistry of Solids, 31 (1970), 619-34.
(With R. W. Roberts.) "Ultrasonic Parameters in the Born
Model of the Rubidium Halides," Journal of Physics and Chemistry
of Solids, 31 (1970), 2397-400.
William Jackson Thompson
"Penetration Factors and Resonance Mixing Phases for Iso-
baric Analogue States," Nuclear Data, A6 (1969), 129-40.
(With J. S. Eck.) "The Shape of 24Mg by Scattering of 36-MeV
160," in Nuclear Reactions Induced by Heavy Ions, eds., R. Bock
and W. R. Hering. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Com-
pany, 1970. Pp. 85-88.
(With W. R. Hering.) "Normalization Factors for Stripping
Reactions," Physical Review Letters, 24 (1970), 272-73.
(With H. Becker, W. R. Hering, and C. A. Wiedner.) "Experi-
mental Determination of the Normalization for (a,t) Reactions and
Comparison with the Theoretical Normalizaton Factor," Nuclear
Physics, A151 (1970), 33-55.
324
RESEARCH
Hendrik Van Dam
(With M. Veltman.) ' ' Massive and Mass-less Yang-Mills and
Gravitational Fields,'7 Nuclear Physics, B22 (1970), 397-411.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
William Bryan Alexander
Studies on Atomic Diffusion in Metals : I. Self -Diffusion in the
Volume and Along the Dislocations of CU3AU; II. Impurity Dif-
fusion in Aluminum and Dilute Aluminum Alloys. (1969, under
the direction of Lawrence Myer Slifkin.)
George James Basbas
The Born Approximation in Collisions of Heavy Charged Par-
ticles with Inner Shell Electrons. (1969, under the direction of
EUGEN MERZBACHER.)
George Maeston Beardsley
Positron Annihilation in Single Crystal Rubidium and Cesium
at High Pressure. (1970, under the direction of Alec Thompson
Stewart. )
Edith Frances Borie
The S Matrix in the Heisenberg Representation. (1969, under
the direction of Bryce Seligman DeWitt.)
Byung-Ho Choi
Angular Distribution of Fast Electrons Emitted from the Inner
Atomic Shells by Proton Impact. (1969. under the direction of
Eugene Merzbacher.)
Lawrence Arnold Coleman
Atomic Perturbations in Nuclear Reactions. (1969, under the
direction of Eugen Merzbacher.)
John David Fowler
Superconducting Tunneling in Single Crystal and Polycrystal-
line Thin Films of Tin. (1970, under the direction of Earl Nelson
Mitchell.)
Marvin Hill Greene
Activity Coefficient and Vacancy Flow Effects on Tracer Dif-
PHYSICS
325
fusion in Silver-Gold Alloys. (1970, under the direction of Law-
rence Myer Slifkin.)
James Waitus Harrell, Jr.
Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Liquid CDF3. (1969, under the
direction of Paul Stancyl Hubbard, Jr.)
Waldo Stephen Hinshaw
Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Boron Trifluoride Gas. (1970,
under the direction of Paul Stancyl Hubbard, Jr.)
Paul Sebastian Julienne
A Theoretical Study of Excited Electronic States in Dilute and
Concentrated Mixed Molecular Crystals. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Sang-Il Choi.)
John Edmund McQueen, Jr.
A Study of the (8He,a) Reaction with Several S-D Shell Nuclei
(1970, under the direction of Edward James Ludwig.)
MlLIVOJ JOSIP MlKETINAC
Study of Some Higher-Dimensional Unified Field Theories.
(1969; under the direction of Bryce Seligman DeWitt.)
Won-Kyu Rhim
Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in the Rotating Frame. (1970, un-
der the direction of Horst Kessemeier.)
Eichard Lenoir Sanders
Spin-Lattice Relaxation of V4+ Paramagnetic Impurities in
Ti02. (1969, under the direction of Lawrence Gilbert Rowan.)
Angelaurelio Soldi
A Study of Decay in Quantum Mechanics. (1970, under the
direction of Eugen Merzbacher.)
Gene Landis Wells
Superconducting Tunneling in Single Crystal and Polycrystal
Thin Films of Aluminum. (1969, under the direction of Earl Nel-
son Mitchell.)
Walter Glen Wesley
Quantum Falling Charges. (1970, under the direction of
Cecile Morette DeWitt.)
326
RESEARCH
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
J ames Smith Legg, Jk.
Examination of Zero-Point Bubbles in Liquid and Solid Helium
by Positron Annihilation. (1970, under the direction of Alec
Thompson Stewart.)
Robert Earnshaw Morris
The Temperature Dependence of the Recombination Coefficient
of Holes and Electrons in Anthracene. (1969, under the direction
of Marvin Silver.)
Kenneth Isidore Werner
Positronium Annihilation in Zeolites. (1970, under the direction
of Alec Thompson Stewart.)
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY
Ella Gray Wilson Ennis
(With J. H. Ferguson, S. Hitsumoto, and N. B. White.) " Fac-
tor V and Thrombin in the Extrinsic Clotting System," Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 130
(February 1969), 440-45.
(With J. H. Ferguson.) " One-Stage 'Factor V Bioassays: Spe-
cific and Other Determinants in Blood- Clotting Test Systems,"
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
130 (February 1969), 486-90.
(With J. H. Ferguson, S. Hitsumoto, and N. B. White.) ' ' Fac-
tor V and Thrombin in the Intrinsic Clotting System," Thrombosis
et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, 21 (April 1969), 181-95.
Robert Gilbert Faust
(With M. G. Leadbetter and E. F. Therrien.) "The Effects of
Cations and Adenine Nucleotides on the Dissociation of D-glucose
from Tris-disrupted Brush Borders," Federation Proceedings, 28
(April 1969), 652.
(With M. J. Burns.) "Preferential Binding of Amino Acids to
Isolated Mucosal Brush Borders from Hamster Jejunum," Bio-
chimica et Biophysica Acta, 183 (August 1969), 642-45.
(With W. Mitchell, C. Heaton, and R. Little.) "Comparative
Aspects of Sugar Penetration into Blood Platelets," Comparative
Biochemistry and Physiology, 32 (October 1970), 813-15.
PHYSIOLOGY
327
(With M. J. Burns.) "A Na+ Eequirement for the Binding of
an Actively Transported Amino Acid to a Fraction of Disrupted
Intestinal Brush Borders," The Physiologist, 13 (August 1970),
160.
(With M. G. Leadbetter and E. F. Therrien.) 1 'Effects of Ca-
tions on D-Glucose Dissociation from Tris-Disrupted Brush Bor-
ders Prepared from Hamster Jejunum," Life Sciences, 9 (Novem-
ber 1970), 1227-31.
(With M. J. Burns and D. W. Misch.) " Sodium Dependent
Binding of L-Histadine to a Fraction of Intestinal Brush Borders, ' '
Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 219 (December 1970), 507-11.
John Howakd Ferguson
(With S. Hitsumoto, E. G. W. Ennis, and N. B. White.) "Factor
V and Thrombin in the Extrinsic Clotting System," Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 130 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 440-47.
(With E. G. W. Ennis.) "One-Stage 'Factor V Biossays: Spe-
cific and Other Determinants in Blood-Clotting Test Systems, ' ' Pro-
ceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 130
(February 1969), 486-90.
(With E. G. W. Ennis, S. Hitsumoto, and N. B. White.) "Fac-
tor V and Thrombin in the Intrinsic Clotting System," Thrombosis
et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, 21 (April 1969), 181-95.
"Roles of Factor V in the Blood-Clotting Mechanism," Vox
Sanguinis, 17 (November 1969), 65.
"Bioassays of Blood Clotting Mechanisms: Basic Biochemical
and Clinical Significance," Hematologic Review, 2 (1970), 79-110.
(With R. P. McDonagh, Jr.) "Studies on the Participation of
Hageman Factor in Fibrinolysis," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haem-
orrhagica, 24 (October 1970), 1-9.
(With S. G. Iatridis and P. G. Iatridis.) "Intestinal Alkaline
Phosphatase as a Thrombogenic and Platelet-Altering Factor in
Rabbits," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, 24 (October
1970), 191-202.
Richard Lee Glasser
(With W. M. St. John.) "Respiratory Rhythm-Making Func-
tion of the Pneumotaxic Center," American Zoologist, 9 (August
1969), 571.
(With R. A. King and S. A. Sutterer.) "Experimental Dis-
ruption of Memory Consolidation, ' ' Journal of the Elisha Mitchell
Scientific Society, 85 (Winter 1969), 114.
(With W. M. St. John.) "Pneumotaxic Center and the Neuro-
328
RESEARCH
genesis of Ehythmie Respiration," Journal of the Elisha Mitchell
Scientific Society, 85 (Winter 1969), 114-15.
(With R. A. King.) "Duration of Electroconvulsive Shock-
Induced Retrograde Amnesia in Rats," Physiology and Behavior,
5 (March 1970), 335-39.
(With W. M. St. John and R. A. King.) "Respiratory Activity
in Cats With Chronic Lesions in the Pontile Pneumotaxic Areas,"
Federation Proceedings, 29 (April 1970), 850.
(With W. M. St. John and R. A. King.) "Respiratory Activity
in Awake Cats with Chronic Pontile Pneumotaxic Lesions and Sec-
tioned Vagi," The Physiologist, 13 (August 1970), 207.
(With R. A. King and R. Flanagan.) "Retrograde Amnesia
Following Anterior Limbic System Stimulation," Proceedings of
the American Psychological Association, 78 (September 1970),
223-24.
Paistayotis George Iatkidis
(With H. N. Antoniades, S. N. Gershoff, and E. A. Sweeney.)
" Thrombohemorrhagic Effects in Fasted Rats Produced by the
Injection of Partially Purified Human Serum Concentrates," Vox
Sanguinis, 17 (July 1969), 66.
(With S. G. Iatridis and J. H. Ferguson.) "Intestinal Alkaline
Phosphatase as a Thrombogenic and Platelet-Altering Factor in
Rabbits," Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrhagica, 24 (October
1970), 191.
Eszter Balint Kokas
(With W. D. Brunson, Jr. "Gastric Secretion Inhibition in
Chickens," The Physiologist, 12 (August 1969).
(With H. A. Gordon and J. Magyary-Kossa. ) "Recent Progress
in Studies on a Bioactive Pigment ('Alpha Pigment') Isolated from
Cecal Contents of Germfree Rodents," Germ-Free Biology, 1
(1969), 171.
(With L. Pesti and H. A. Gordon.) "Effects of Clostridium
Difficile, Lactobacillus Casei, Bacillus Subtilis and Lactobacillus
Sp. as Mono- and Dicontaminants on the Cecum of Germfree Mice,"
Germ-Free Biology, 1 (1969), 179.
Augustus Taylor Miller, Jr.
(With Zehava Gottesfeld.) "Metabolic Response of the Rat
Brain to Acute Hypoxia : Effects of Polycythemia and Hypercap-
nia," American Journal of Physiology, 216 (June 1969), 1374-79.
(With D. M. Hale.) "The Effect of Cobalt on the Oxygen Con-
PHYSIOLOGY
329
sumption of Rats at Various Ambient Temperatures," Archives
Internationales de Physiologie et de Biochimie, 78 (August 1970),
475-79.
(With D. M. Hale.) "Increased Vascularity of Brain, Heart and
Skeletal Muscle of Polycythemic Rats," American Journal of
Physiology, 219 (September 1970), 702-4.
(With K. E. Curtin, A. L. Shen, and C. K. Suiter.) "Brain
Oxygenation in the Rat During Hyperventilation with Air and
with Low 02 Mixtures," American Journal of Physiology, 219 (Sep-
tember 1970), 798-801.
Joseph Hektz Peklmutt
(With L. Yelinek and R. Zander.) "Influence of Partial Hepa-
tectomy on Renal Response to Isotonic Saline Loads in Conscious
Rats," Federation Proceedings, 29 (March- April 1970), 459.
Lloyd Robert Yonce
(With A. M. Djojosugito and B. Folkow.) "Neurogenic Adjust-
ments of Muscle Blood Flow, Cutaneous A-V Shunt Flow and of
Venous Tone During 'Diving' in Ducks," Acta Physiologica scan-
danavica, 75 (January 1969), 377-86.
(With B. Folkow.) "The Integration of the Cardiovascular
Response to Diving," American Heart Journal, 79 (January 1970),
1-4.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Richard Patrick McDonagh, Jr.
Surface Blood Coagulation and Fibrinolysis. (1969, under the
direction of John Howard Ferguson.)
Frederick Milton Parkins
Mechanism of Active Fluoride Transport. (1969, under the di-
rection of Robert Gilbert Faust.)
Walter McCoy St. John
Pneumotaxic Center and the Neurogenesis of Normal Respira-
tory Rhythmicity. (1970, under the direction of Richard Lee
Glasser.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
330
RESEARCH
Ckaig Hakcort Cole
The Hole of ATPase in Eenal Sodium Reabsorption. (1969,
under the direction of Louis Gordon Welt.)
Begieta Kornblith Plenge
Function of Isolated Rat Hearts. (1970, under the direction of
Lloyd Robert Yonce.)
Elizabeth Powell Eosenberg
A Review of Creatine Phosphate and Creatine Kinase. (1969,
under the direction of Augustus Taylor Miller, Jr.)
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
Thad L. Beyle
(With George T. Lathrop.) Editor, Planning and Politics.
Indianapolis : The Odyssey Press of Bobbs-Merrill Book Company,
1970. P. 271.
(With Deil S. Wright.) State Planning and Intergovernmental
Relations: A Report to the Department of Transportation. Chapel
Hill, 1970. P. 50.
" Introduction, " in Identification and Analysis of Attribute-
Cluster -Blocs, ed., Herman Carey Beyle. New York: Johnson Re-
print Company, 1970. Pp. v-x.
' ' The Governor 's Formal Powers : A View from the Governor 's
Chair," Public Administration Review, 28 (November/December
1968), 540-45. Reprinted in Donald P. Sprengel, Comparative
State Politics. Columbus: Charles E. Merrill Publishing Com-
pany, 1970. Pp. 292-99.
"State Executives," in Compacts of Antiquity: The State Con-
stitutions, ed., Richard H. Leach. Atlanta: Southern Newspaper
Publishers Association, 1969. Pp. 27-34.
(With George T. Lathrop.) "Planning and Politics: On the
Grounds of Incompatibility," in Planning and Politics, eds., Thad
L. Beyle and George T. Lathrop. Indiauapolis : The Odyssey Press
of Bobbs-Merrill Book Company, 1970. Pp. 1-12.
(With Sureva Seligson and Deil S. Wright.) "New Directions
in State Planning," in Planning and Politics, eds., Thad L. Beyle
and George T. Lathrop. Indianapolis: The Odyssey Press of Bobbs-
Merrill Book Company, 1970. Pp. 14-35.
(With J. E. Wickman.) "Gubernatorial Transition in a One-
POLITICAL SCIENCE
331
Party State," Public Administration Review, 30 (January/Feb-
ruary 1970), 71-88.
(With J. Oliver Williams.) "Policy Advice to State Govern-
ments," Popular Government, 36 (May 1970), 12-16.
(With Sureva Seligson and Deil S. Wright.) "New Directions
in State Planning," Journal of the American Institute of Plan-
ning, 35 (September 1969), 334-39.
Robert Theodore Daland
Book review editor, Public Administration Review. From Sep-
tember 1969.
Editor, Comparative Urban Research: The Administration and
Politics of Cities. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications, 1969. P. 361.
Estrategia e Estilo do Plane jamento Brasileiro. Rio de Janeiro:
Editora Lidador Ltda., 1969. Pp. xii, 215.
Planificacion Nacional: El Caso de Brasil. Mexico City: Edi-
torial Roble, 1970. Pp. ix, 226.
"Comparative Perspectives of Urban Systems," in Comparative
Urban Research, ed., Robert T. Daland. Beverly Hills: Sage Pub-
lications, 1969. Pp. 15-59.
"A Administracao Publica como Uma Ciencia Politica no
Contexto Brasileiro," Revista De Administracao Publica, 3 (2nd
semestre, 1969), 73-94.
"Urbanization Policy and Political Development in Latin
America," American Behavioral Scientist, 12 (May-June 1969),
22-23.
Review of Nathaniel H. Leff, Economic Development and Policy-
Making in Brazil, 1947-1964 (New York: John Wiley and Sons,
1968), in International Development Review, 23 (March 1969),
27-28.
Federico Guillermo Gil
Editor, Latin American Politics Series, Allyn and Bacon.
"Antecedents of the Cuban Revolution," in Reform or Revolu-
tion: Readings in Latin American Politics, eds., Robert Kauffman
and Arpad von Lazar. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 1969. Pp.
293-311.
"Chile: History, People, Society, Government and Politics,"
Collier's Encyclopedia, 1969.
"The Chilean Political Process," in The Overall Development
of Chile, eds., Mario Zanartu and John J. Kennedy. Notre Dame:
University of Notre Dame Press, 1969. Pp. 171-85.
"Ideology and Pragmatism: The Crisis in Chilean Christian
332
RESEARCH
Democracy, ' 9 in Artists and Writers in the Evolution of Latin
America, ed., Edward D. Terry. University: University of Ala-
bama Press, 1969. Pp. 155-69.
" Latin America," in The New Communisms, ed., Dan Jacobs.
New York: Harper and Row, 1969. Pp. 184-210.
Samuel Shephaed Jones
The Scandinavian States and the League of Nations, repub-
lished. New York: Greenwood Press, 1969. Pp. xiii, 298.
"The Status of Jerusalem: Some National and International
Aspects," in The Middle East Crisis: Test of International Law,
ed., John W. Halderman. Dobbs Ferry, New York: Oceana Publi-
cations, Inc., 1969. Pp. 307-20.
Paul Feedeeick Keess
Social Science and the Idea of Process: The Ambiguous Legacy
of Arthur F. Bentley. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1970.
P. 326.
"Politics and Science: A Contemporary View of an Ancient
Association," Polity, 2 (Fall 1969), 1-13.
"The "Web and the Tree: Metaphors of Reason and Value,"
Midwest Journal of Political Science, 13 (August 1969), 395-414.
Bobeet G. Lehnen
(With J. Oliver Williams.) The Distribution, Detection, and
Disposition of Criminal Offenses in North Carolina. Raleigh,
North Carolina : Governor 's Committee on Law and Order, Depart-
ment of Local Affairs, 1970. P. 47.
"Stability of Presidential Choice in 1968: The Case of Two
Southern States," Social Science Quarterly, 51 (June 1970), 138-47.
Lewis Lipsitz
"Forgotten Roots," in Frontiers of Democratic Theory, ed.,
Henry Kariel. New York: Random House, 1970. Pp. 394-403.
"The Night Before the Election, 1968," P.S., 2 (Fall 1969),
572.
"On Political Belief," in Power and Community, eds., Philip
Green and Sanford Levinson. New York: Pantheon, 1970. Pp.
145-74.
"Vulture, Mantis & Seal," in Polity, 3 (Fall 1970), 3-21.
"Why I Became A Social Scientist," in An End to Political
Science, eds., Alan Wolfe and Martin Surkin. New York: Basic
Books, 1970. P. 2.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
333
John Danhouse Maetz III
Colombia: un estudio de politico, contemporanea. Bogota: Di-
reccion de Divulgacion Cultural, Universidad Nacional de Colom-
bia, 1969. P. 453.
(With Miguel Jorrin.) Latin American Political Thought and
Ideology. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1970.
Pp. xiii, 453.
''Colombia: Qualified Democracy," in Political Systems of
Latin America, ed., Martin C. Needier. Princeton: D. Van Nos-
trand, 1970. Pp. 230-62.
"Guatemala: The Search for Political Identity," in Political
Systems of Latin America, ed., Martin C. Needier. Princeton: D.
Van Nostrand, 1970. Pp. 48-70.
"Latin America: Problems of Research and Analysis," in Basic
Courses in Comparative Politics, eds., Ted R. Gurr and F. J. Mo-
reno. Beverly Hills : Sage Publications, 1970. Pp. 90-97.
"Venezuela," in Political Forces in Latin America, eds., Ben
Burnett and Kenneth Johnson. Belmont, California: Wadsworth
Publishing Company, Inc., 1970. Pp. 273-311.
"Colombia," Encyclopedia Americana, 1969, pp. 278-88.
"Doctrine and Dilemmas of the Latin American 'New Left,' "
World Politics, 22 (January 1970), 171-97.
"Guerrilla Warfare and Violence in Contemporary Latin
America," Secolas Annals, 1 (March 1970), 141-65.
Eeview of Robert H. Dix, Dimensions of Political Change in
Colombia (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1967), in Journal
of Politics, 31 (May 1970), 561.
Review of Philip B. Taylor, The Venezuelan Golpe de Estado of
1958 (Washington: ICOPS, 1968), in Hispanic American His-
torical Review, 49 (May 1969), 367-68.
Review of James L. Payne, Patterns of Conflict in Colombia
(New Haven: Yale University Press, 1968), in Hispanic American
Historical Review, 49 (August 1969), 576-77.
Review of Talton Ray, The Politics of the Barrios of Venezuela
(Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968), in Hispanic
American Historical Review, 49 (November 1969), 798-99.
Review of Victor Alba, Politics and the Labor Movement in
Latin America (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1968),
and Jacques Lambert, Latin America (Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1965), in Mid-West Journal of Political Science,
16 (May 1969), 323-25.
Review of Jaime Suchlicki, University Students and Revolution
in Cuba, 1920-68 (Coral Gables: University of Miami Press, 1969),
334
RESEARCH
in Journal of Inter-American Studies and World Affairs, 12 (July
1969), 465-67.
Review of Romulo Betancourt, La revolucion democratice en
Venezuela, 1959-64 (Caracas: Irnprenta Nacional, 1969), in His-
panic American Historical Review, 50 (May 1970), 388-89.
Review of J. E. Rivera Ovideo, Historia e Ideologia de los demo-
cratas cristianos venezolanos (Caracas: n.p., 1969), in Hispanic
American Historical Review, 50 (November 1970), 798-99.
Richard J. Richardson
(With Kenneth N. Vines.) The Politics of Federal Courts.
Boston : Little, Brown, 1970. P. 180.
Trial of Traffic Cases in Hawaii. Honolulu: Legislative Refer-
ence Bureau, 1970. P. 53.
Review of Herbert Jacob, Debtors in Court: The Consumption
of Government Services (Chicago : Rand McNally, 1969), in Journal
of Politics, 32 (August 1970), 731-32.
Review of Stuart Nagel, The Legal Process from a Behavioral
Perspective (Homewood: Dorsey Press, 1969), in Journal of Poli-
tics, 32 (May 1970), 734.
Charles Baskervtlle Robson
Contributing editor, author of annotated list of articles relating
to central and eastern Germany published in English language
journals in 1968 for publication in the Jahrbuch Fuer die Geschichte
Mittel-und Ostdeutschlands, Band 19, 1970.
Robert Arthur Rupex
" Peking and the National Minorities," in Communist China,
1949-1969, eds., Frank N. Trager and K. M. Henderson. New York :
New York University Press, 1970. Pp. 243-58.
1 ' Tsedenbal, " in Leaders of the Communist World, ed., Roger
Swearingen. New York : The Free Press, 1970. P. 30.
"Mongolia," Encyclopedia Americana Yearbook, 1969, 2 pages.
"Mongolia," Encyclopedia Americana Yearbook, 1970, 2 pages.
Andrew Mack ay Scott
(With Donald Clark, Bruce Ehrnman, John Salmon, Harold
Shill, and Frank Trapnell.) Insurgency. Chapel Hill: University
of North Carolina Press, 1970. P. 271.
"Military Intervention by the Great Powers: The Rules of the
Game," in Czechoslovakia: Intervention and Impact, ed., William
Zartman. New York : New York University Press, 1970. Pp. 85-101.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
335
''Environmental Change and Organizational Adaptation: The
Problem of the State Department/' International Studies Quar-
terly, 14 (March 1970), 85-94. Reprinted in the Foreign Service
Journal, June, 1970. Permission granted to reprint in volume en-
titled Bureaucratic Power in National Politics by Francis E.
Fourke (Boston: Little, Brown). Permission granted to reprint in
volume entitled The Politics of U. S. Foreign Policy-Making by
Douglas Fox, to be published by the Goodyear Publishing Company.
"Comparative Foreign Policy Perspectives: The Uses of Or-
ganization Theory and Communication Theory," in New Research
on American Foreign Policy, ed., Vincent Davis. Denver : Graduate
School of International Studies, 1970. Pp. 39-41.
' ' The Department of State : Formal Organization and Informal
Culture," reprinted in the Foreign Service Journal (August 1969),
14-18; 44.
' i Comments on Raymond Tanter's 'Foreign Affairs Analysis:
An Activist vs. A Hippie/ " International Studies Quarterly, 14'
(June 1970), 227-28.
JUKG StEINER
Buerger und PolitiJc. Empirisch-theoretische Befunde ueoer die
poliiische Partizipation der Buerger in Demokratien unter beson-
derer Beruecksichtigung der Schweiz und der Bundesrepublik
Deutschland. Meisenheim, 1969. P. 292.
Gewaltlose Politik und kulturelle Vielfalt. Eypothesen ent-
wickelt am Beispiel der Schweiz. Bern-Stuttgart, 1970. P. 365.
"Aspekte des Ref erendums, " Schweizer Monatshefte (Maerz,
1969).
' ' Typologie des schweizerischen Parteiensystems, ' ' Jahrbuch der
Schweizerischen Vereinigung fuer Politische Wissenschaft, 9
(Jahrgang, 1969).
"Die Bedeutung der Geschichte fuer die Theorienbildung in
der Politisehen Wissenschaft," Wirtschaft und Becht, 21 (1969).
"Nonviolent Conflict Resolution in Democratic Systems: Swit-
zerland," The Journal of Conflict Resolution, 23 (September 1969),
285-304.
' ' Conflict Resolution and Democratic Stability in Subculturally
Segmented Political Systems," Res Publica, 11 (1969), 775-98.
' ' Teilnehmende Beobachtung des Entscheidungsprozesses in der
Freisinning-demokratischen Partei des Katons Bern," Wirtschaft
und Recht, 22 (1970), 162-74.
"Majorz und Proporz," Politische Vierteljahresschrift, 11
(1970), 139-46.
336
RESEARCH
James W. White
The Sokagakkai and Mass Society. Stanford: Stanford Uni-
versity Press, 1970. Pp. xii, 376.
Deil Spencer Weight
Book review editor, Public Administration Review, term ending
September 1, 1969.
"The City Manager as a Development Administrator, ' ' Com-
parative Urban Research: The Administration and Politics of Cities,
ed., Robert T. Daland. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications, 1969. Pp.
203-48.
1 1 Governmental Forms and Planning Functions : The Relations
of Organizational Structures to Planning Practice," in Politics and
Planning, eds., Thad L. Beyle and George T. Lathrop. New York:
Odyssey Press, 1970. Pp. 68-105.
(With Thad L. Beyle and Sureva Seligson.) "New Directions
in State Planning," in Politics and Planning, eds., Thad L. Beyle
and George T. Lathrop. New York: Odyssey Press, 1970. Pp. 14-36.
"The Politics and Economics of Intergovernmental Fiscal Re-
lations: Federal Grants, Tax Credits, and Revenue Sharing," in
State and Local Tax Problems, ed., Harry L. Johnson. Knoxville:
University of Tennessee Press, 1969. Pp. 63-87.
(With David E. Stephenson.) "Inflexible Finances," National
Civic Review, 59 (December 1970), 578-85.
(With Robert P. Boynton.) "The Media, The Masses, and
Urban Management," Journalism Quarterly, 47 (Spring 1970),
12-19.
(With Thad L. Beyle and Sureva Seligson.) "New Directions in
State Planning, ' ' Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35
(September 1969), 334-39.
"Political Economy, Fiscal Outcomes, and Intergovernmental
Relations, Popular Government, 37 (November 1970), 9-13.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Gayle Eoyce Avant
Planning Political Influences in Uruguay. (1969, under the di-
rection of Federico Guillermo Gil.)
Philip Lane Beardsley
Determinance of Public Policies in the American States. (1970,
under the direction of Deil Spencer Wright.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
337
Gary Cecil Byrne
The Balance Model of Student Protest Behavior. (1969, under
the direction of William Robertson Keech.)
Paul James Cassidy
West German Political Cultures : A Test of the Substantive and
Methodological Utility of the Political Culture Approach. (1970,
under the direction of Charles Baskerville Robson.)
James Hodson Clotfelter, Jr.
The Garrison State and the American Military Public Attitudes
and Expectations. (1969, under the direction of Raymond Howard
Dawson.)
Charles Ray Coble
Social Action Programs in the Department of Defense. (1970,
under the direction of Raymond Howard Dawson.)
Kenneth M. Coleman
Public Opinion and Elections in a One Party System: The
Case of Mexico. (1970, under the direction of John Danhouse
Martz III.)
Lawrence Flood
Voting in Primary Elections : The Case of Hillsborough, North
Carolina. (1969, under the direction of James Warren Prothro.)
Edmund P. Fowler III
Government Spending as Response and Initiative. (1969, under
the direction of William Robertson Keech.)
Richard Lee Hoffman
Community Action: Innovative and Coordinative Strategies in
the War on Poverty. (1969, under the direction of S. Kenneth
Howard.)
Clyde Vernon House
Politics of County Welfare: A Comparative Analysis of Local
Welfare Policy and Administration in Florida. (1969, under the
direction of Gordon Baylor Cleaveland.)
Abdul Latif
Rights and Duties of States in International Law. (1970, under
the direction of Keener Chapman Frazer.)
338
RE SEARCH
Robert Leon Lineberry
Political Structures and Public Policies in American Cities.
(1969, under the direction of Deil Spencer Wright.)
Charles Herbert Longley
Politics in the Pentagon: A Study of Contemporary Civil-
Military Relations. (1970, under the direction of Raymond Howard
Dawson.)
Trudi Miller Lucas
Socialization of Mobilization: The Persuasive Impact of Polit-
ical Symbols. (1970, under the direction of James Warren
Prothro.)
Anne Murphey
Involving the Poor in the War Against Poverty. (1970, under
the direction of Donald Rowe Matthews.)
Steven Francis Bedburn
Protest and Policy in Durham, North Carolina. (1970, under the
direction of Lewis Lipsitz.)
Thomas Edgar Scism
Behavior in the House of Commons : A Content- Analysis of the
House of Commons Debates. (1969, under the direction of Charles
Baskervtlle Robson.)
Ronald Cecil Semone
The Negro Middle Class in the South : A Study of Race, Class,
and Political Behavior. (1970, under the direction of James War-
ren Prothro.)
Allen Matthew Shinn
The Application of Psychol ophy si cal Scaling Techniques to
Measurement of Political Variables. (1970, under the direction of
James Warren Prothro.)
William Phillip Shively
Voting in the Western Democracies. (1969, under the direction
of Donald Rowe Matthews.)
Steven W. Sinding
Political Participation, Public Expenditures and Economic
Growth in Chile. (1970, under the direction of Federico Guiller-
mo Gil.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
339
Frank Melvin Smith
Factors Influencing the Administrative Process in Mexico.
(1970, under the direction of Federico Guillermo Gil.)
James Allen Stimson
The Diffusion of Evaluations: Patterns of Cue Taking in the
United States House of Representatives. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Donald Rowe Matthews.)
James Charles Strouse
Politics, Economics, Elite Attitudes, and Public Policies. (1970,
under the direction of Deil Spencer Wright.)
John Lawrence Sullivan
Linkage Models of the Political System. (1970, under the direc-
tion of James Warren Prothro.)
David Hirsh Tabb
Economic Equality: Political Ideology of the Poor. (1969, un-
der the direction of Lewis Lipsitz.)
David James Vogler
Conference Committees in the United States Congress. (1969,
under the direction of Donald Kowe Matthews.)
Paul David Wellstone
Black Militants in the Ghetto : Why They Believe in Violence.
(1970, under the direction of William Robertson Keech.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Macy Bank Alexander
United States Policy Toward the Middle East Continuity and
Change, 1957-67. (1969, under the direction of Samuel Shepard
Jones.)
Thomas Eamon
The Relationship of Religion and School Class to Voting in the
1960 Presidential Election. (1969, under the direction of Lewis
Lipsitz.)
Nyle Cortland Frank
An Analysis of the March 1968 East Los Angeles High School
Walkouts. (1969, under the direction of Andrew Mackay Scott.)
340
RE SEARCH
John Steven Gitiltz
Peruvian Christian Democracy. (1970, under the direction of
Federico G-uillermo Gil.)
Gloria Anne Grizzle
The PPBS Project in Dade County: An Analysis of Planned
Organizational Change. (1969, under the direction of S. Kenneth
Howard.)
Richard Allen Hays
Urban Referendum Voting: The Case of Raleigh. (1969, under
the direction of Thad L. Beyle.)
Gregory L. Higgins
Economic Theory, Policy and Reality in Latin America: The Al-
liance for Progress and the Latin American Free Trade Association.
(1970, under the direction of John Danhouse Martz III.)
MlCHELE HOURCADE
Political Aspects of Migratory Movements in U. S. Europe Since
World War II. (1970, under the direction of Robert G. Lehnen.)
Richard Walton Lacy
The Use of the Concept "Peaceful Coexistence" in Soviet
Politics: Lenin-Khrushchev. (1969, under the direction of Robert
Arthur Rupen.)
Donald Walter Lojek
The Roman Catholic Church in Latin America: A Change
Orientation Towards Its World. (1969, under the direction of
Federico Guillermo Gil.)
David Malvin Parker
Metropolitics in Chattanooga. (1970, under the direction of
Robert Theodore Daland.)
Aaron Dean Thrush
Party-Military Relations in the Soviet Union. (1969, under the
direction of Raymond Howard Dawson.)
Frank "Walters Trapnell
East-West Relations and the Berlin Game. (1969. under the
direction of Samuel Shepard Jones.)
PSYCHOLOGY
341
Anne Walker White
A Description of the Wallace Voter in North Carolina in Pres-
idential Election 1968. (1969, under the direction of Thad L.
Beyle.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Mark Irwin Appelbaum
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
E. Earl Baughman
Review of Perspectives on Human Deprivation: Biological,
Psychological, and Sociological (Bethesda, Maryland: U. S. Depart-
ment of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1968), in Contemporary
Psychology, 15 (August 1970), 513-14.
Jay Spencer Blrnbrauer
(With John D. and Sara Burchard.) "Wanted: Behavior
Analysts," in Behavior Modification: The Human Effort, ed., R.
Bradfield. San Rafael: Dimensions, 1970. Pp. 19-76.
(With M. M. Wolf, T. Williams, and J. Lawler.) "The Operant
Extinction, Reinstatement and Re-extinction of Vomiting Behavior
in a Retarded Child," in Control of Human Behavior, eds., R. Ul-
rich, T. Stachnik, and J. Mabry. Volume 2. Glenview, Illinois:
Scott-Foresman, 1970. Pp. 146-49.
(With W. H. Redd.) "Adults as Discriminative Stimuli for
Different Reinforcement Contingencies with Retarded Children,"
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 7 (June 1969), 440-47.
Reprinted in Control of Human Behavior, eds., R. Ulrich, T. Stach-
nik, and J. Mabry. Volume 2. Glenview, Illinois : Scott-Foresman,
1970. Pp. 149-53.
(With Richard P. Toister.) "Facilitation of Repeated Free
Operant Discrimination Reversals," Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 7 (June 1969), 492-513.
William Victor Burlingame
"The Youth Culture," in Adolescents: Readings in Behavior
and Development, ed., Ellis D. Evans. Hinsdale, Illinois : Dryden,
1970. Pp. 132-49.
Fogle Chandler Clark
"Effects of Chlorpromazine on Behavior Maintained by a
342
RESEARCH
Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement," Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 166 (August 1969), 179-88.
(With W. L. Martin, K. 0. Lange, and R. E. Belleville.)
1 'Avoidance and Escape Behavior Controlled by Artificial Grav-
ity," Aerospace Medicine, 40 (August 1969), 850-54.
' ' Effects of d-amphetamine on Observing Behavior in the Squir-
rel Monkey," Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
12 (November 1969), 977-87.
Brian Coates
(With Willard W. Hartup.) "The Role of Imitation in Child-
hood Socialization," in Early Experiences and the Processes of
Socialization, eds., R. A. Hoppe, G. A. Milton, and E. C. Simmel.
New York : Academic Press, 1970. Pp. 109-42.
(With Alan R. Moffit.) "Problem-solving Strategies and Per-
formance of Severely Retarded Children," American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 73 (March 1969), 774-84.
(With Willard W. Hartup.) "Age and Verbalization in Ob-
servational Learning," Developmental Psychology, 1 (September
1969) , 556-62.
Review of S. J. and Corinne Hutt, Direct Observation and
Measurement of Behavior (Springfield, Illinois: Charles Thomas,
1970) , in Contemporary Psychology, 15 (November 1970), 665-66.
Anthony Joseph Conger
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
Elliot M. Cramer
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
William Grant Dahlstrom
"Personality," in Annual Review of Psychology, eds., P. H.
Mussen and M. R. Rosenzweig. Palo Alto : Annual Reviews, 1970.
Pp. 1-48.
"Invasion of Privacy: How Legitimate Is the Current Concern
over This Issue?" in MMPI: Research Developments and Clinical
Applications, ed., J. N. Butcher. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1969.
Pp. 263-72.
"Recurrent Issues in the Development of the MMPI," in
MMPI: Research Developments and Clinical Applications, ed., J. N.
Butcher. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1969. Pp. 1-40.
Review of Richard I. Lanyon, A Handbook of MMPI Group
Profiles (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968), in
.Contemporary Psychology, 15 (February 1970), 153-54.
PSYCHOLOGY
343
David Alan Eckerman
" Generalization and Response Mediation of a Conditional
Discrimination," Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Be-
havior, 13 (May 1970), 301-16.
(With D. P. McGourty.) "Varying Temporal Placement of a
Response-produced Stimulus in a Fixed-interval Schedule," Psy-
chonomic Science, 15 (April 1969), 225-27.
(With R. N. Lanson.) "Variability of Response Location for
Pigeons Responding under Continuous Reinforcement, Intermittent
Reinforcement, and Extinction," Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (January 1969), 73-80.
William J. Eichman
(With Ali Jarrahi-Zedeh.) "The Impact of Sociocultural Fac-
tors on Middle-Eastern Students in the United States," Interna-
tional Educational and Cultural Exchange (Winter 1970), 82-94.
(With Jesse N. McNeil and H. S. Wang.) "Evaluation of
Treatment Outcomes in the Elderly," North Carolina Journal of
Mental Health, 4: 1 (1970), 57-63.
Marilyn T. Erickson
(See entries under Psychiatry.)
Samuel Fillenbaum
' ' Words as Feature Complexes : False Recognition of Synonyms
and Antonyms," Journal of Experimental Psychology, 82 (De-
cember 1969), 400-402.
(With R. Frey.) "More on the 'Faithful' Behavior of Sus-
picious Subjects," Journal of Personality, 38 (March 1970), 43-51.
' ' On the Use of Memorial Techniques to Assess Syntactic Struc-
tures," Psychological Bulletin, 73 (April 1970), 231-37.
"A Note on the 'Search after meaning': Sensibleness of Para-
phrases of Well Formed and Malformed Expressions, ' ' Psychonomic
Science, 18 (1970), 67-68.
M. David Galinsky
(With I. Fast.) "Use of the SVIB with Identity Problems,"
Journal of College Student Personnel, 10 (May 1969), 177-81.
Chester Arthur Insko
Associate editor, Journal of Experimental Social Psychology.
(With R. Blake, R. B. Cialdini, and A. L. Chaikin.) "A Study of
Beliefs and Attitudes Regarding Contraception among Poor Peo-
344
RESEARCH
pie," Carolina Population Center Monograph, No. 5 (August
1969). Pp. 38.
(With R. B. Cialdini.) " Attitudinal Verbal Reinforcement as a
Function of Informational Consistency : A Further Test of the Two-
Factor Theory," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12
(October 1969), 342-49.
(With R. B. Cialdini.) "A Test of Three Interpretations of
Attitudinal Verbal Reinforcement," Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 12 (October 1969), 333-41.
(With W. H. Melson.) " Verbal Reinforcement of Attitude in
Laboratory and Nonlaboratory Contexts," Journal of Personality,
37 (June 1969), 25-40.
(With W. H. Melson, and B. J. Calder.) "The Social Psycholog-
ical Status of Reward," Psychonomic Science, 17 (July 1969),
240-42.
(With J. E. Robinson.) "Attributed Belief Similarity-dissim-
ilarity Versus Race as Determinants of Prejudice : A Further Test
of Rokeach's Theory," Journal of Experimental Research in Per-
sonality, 4 (May 1969), 72-77.
(With R. R. Blake, R. B. Cialdini, and S. A. Mulaik.) "Atti-
tude Toward Birth Control and Cognitive Consistency : Theoretical
and Practical Implications of Survey Data, ' ' J ournal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 16 (October 1970), 228-37.
(With W. Stroebe, V. D. Thompson, and S. R. Reisman.) "Bal-
ance and Differentiation in the Evaluation of Linked Attitude Ob-
jects," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16 (Sep-
tember 1970), 38-47.
"With S. Reisman, and S. Valins.) "Triadic Consistency and
False Heart-Rate Feedback," Journal of Personality, 38 (Novem-
ber 1970), 629-40.
Edwaed Stokes Johnson
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
Lyle Vincent Jones
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
Kenneth Jay Lessler
Patients View Their Psychotherapy. Baltimore, Maryland : Johns
Hopkins Press, 1969. Pp. xx, 220.
1 1 An Evaluation of a Head Start Program in a Low Population
Area," Journal of Negro Education, 38 (1969), 46-54.
"Prediction of First Grade Performance," Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 31 (1970), 751-56.
PSYCHOLOGY
345
Vincent Mark Lolordo
"Positive Conditioned Reinforcement from Aversive Situa-
tions," Psychological Bulletin, 72 (July 1969), 193-203.
(With A. H. Katcher, J. B. Overmier, E. A. Rescorla, R. L.
Solomon, and L. H. Turner.) "Concomitant Heart Rate and Blood
Pressure Responses to Shock in Curarized Dogs : Effects of Cardiac
Sympathectomy and Signalled Versus Unsignalled Shocks," Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 68 (April 1969),
163-74.
(With M. B. Cantor.) "Rats Prefer Signalled Reinforcing
Brain Stimulation to Unsignalled ESB," Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 71 (May 1970), 183-91.
(With D. D. Foree.) "Signalled and Unsignalled Free-operant
Avoidance in the Pigeon," Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 13 (May 1970), 283-90.
Stanley Allen Mulaik
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
Amnon Eapoport
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
Harriet Lange Rheingold
"The Effect of a Strange Environment on the Behavior of In-
fants," in Determinants of Infant Behavior TV, ed., B. M. Foss.
London: Methuen, 1969. Pp. 123-66.
"The Social and Socializing Infant," in Handbook of Socializa-
tion Theory and Research, ed., D. A. G-oslin. New York : Rand Mc-
Nally, 1969. Pp. 779-90.
(With H. R. Samuels.) "Maintaining the Positive Behavior
in Infants by Increased Stimulation," Developmental Psychology,
1 (September 1969), 520-27.
(With C. O. Eckerman.) "The Infant's Free Entry into a New
Environment," Journal of Experiment Child Psychology, 8 (Oc-
tober 1969), 271-83.
(With C. O. Eckerman.) "The Infant Separates Himself from
His Mother," Science, 168 (April 1970), 78-83.
David Price Rogers
(With James C. Carpenter.) "The Decline of Variance of ESP
Scores Within a Testing Session," in Extrasensory Perception,
ed., Gertrude Schmeidler. New York: Atherton Press, 1969. Pp.
116-27.
346
RESEARCH
John Schopler
Associate editor, Journal of Experimental Social Psychology.
"An Attribution Analysis of Some Determinants of Recipro-
cating a Benefit," in Altrtiism and Helping, eds., Macauley and
Berkowitz. New York: Academic Press, 1970. Pp. 231-38.
Stephen Eobekt Schroeder
"An Automated Pneumatic Shutter Release for Time-Lapse
Photograph," Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
12 (July 1969), 560.
"Reinforcement of Eye Movements with Concurrent Sched-
ules," Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (No-
vember 1969), 897-903.
"Effects of Luminance on Selective Eye Movements to Simul-
taneously Presented Stimuli during Discrimination," Perception
and Psychophysics, 7 (January 1970), 121-24.
"Effects of Cue Factors on Selective Eye-Movement Patterns
during Successive Discrimination," Perceptual and Motor Skills, 29
(December 1969), 991-98.
' 1 Fixation and Choice Preference during Discrimination Trans-
fer," Psychonomic Science, 17 (November 1969), 325.
"Usage of Stereotypy as a Descriptive Term," The Psycholog-
ical Record, 20 (Summer 1970), 337-42.
(With C. S. Schroeder.) "Decision Conflict in Children in a
Risk Situation," The Psychological Record, 20 (Fall 1970), 443-50.
Paul Glanvill Shinkman
(With A. Denti, J. L. McGaugh, and P. W. Landfield.) "Effects
of Posttrial Electrical Stimulation of the Mesencephalic Reticular
Formation on Avoidance Learning in Rats," Physiology and Be-
havior, 5 (May 1970), 659-62.
(With K. P. Kaufman.) "Time-Dependent Disruption of CER
Formation by Posttrial Hippocampal Seizure," Proceedings of the
American Psychological Association, 78 (August 1970), 217-18.
John Thibaut
Editor, Journal of Experimental Social Psychology.
(With Harold H. Kelley.) "Group Problem Solving," in
Handbook of Social Psychology, Volume 4, eds., Gardner Lindzey
and Elliot Aronson. Cambridge: Addison-Wesley, 1969. Pp. 1-103.
Contributor, Psychology, eds., Kenneth E. Clark and George A.
Miller. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall, 1970. Pp. ix, 146.
PSYCHOLOGY
347
(With Charles L. Gruder.) "The Formation of Contractual
Agreements between Parties of Unequal Power," Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 11 (January 1969), 59-65.
(With Michael Ross.) "Commitment and Experience as Deter-
minants of Assimilation and Contrast," Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 13 (December 1969), 322-29.
(With H. H. Kelley, G. H. Shure, M. Deutsch, C. Faucheux,
J. T. Lanzetta, S. Moscovici, J. M. Nuttin, Jr., and J. M. Rabbie.)
"A Comparative Experimental Study of Negotiation Behavior,"
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16 (November 1970),
411-38.
Vaida Diller Thompson
(With W. Stroebe, C. Insko, and S. Reisman.) "Balance and
Differentiation in the Evaluation of Linked Attitude Objects,"
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16 (September 1970),
38-47.
Thomas S. Wallsten
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
George Schlager Welsh
Gifted Adolescents: A Handbook of Test Results. Greensboro,
North Carolina: Prediction Press, 1969. Pp. ii, 103.
"Preferences for Basic Geometric Shapes by American and
Egyptian Subjects," International Journal of Symbology, 1 (Au-
gust 1969), 58-66.
Forrest Wesley Young
(See entries under Psychometric Laboratory.)
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department:
Brenda Combs Ball
Some Kelationships among Infant Preference for Tactile Stimu-
lation, Infant Developmental Level, and Maternal Behaviors.
(1968, under the direction of Marilyn T. Erickson.)
Henri Charles Barik
A Study of Simultaneous Interpretation. (1969, under the di-
rection of Samuel Fillenbaum.)
348
RESEARCH
Richard E. Bridgette
Self-esteem in Negro and White Southern Adolescents. (1970,
under the direction of E. Earl Baughman.)
Bobby James Calder
The Effects of Cognitive Constraints on Attitudes. (1970, un-
der the direction of Chester Arthur Insko.)
Alan L. Chaikin
The Effects of Four Outcome Schedules on Persistence, Liking
for the Task, and Attribution of Locus of Causality. (1970, under
the direction of John Henry Schopler.)
Robert Beno Cialdini
The Effects of Attitudinal Verbal Reinforcement upon the Atti-
tudes of the Verbal Reinforeer. (1970, under the direction of
Chester Arthur Insko.)
Robert Marcus Dick
Screening Identification of First Grade Problems in an Amer-
ican Indian Population. (1970, under the direction of George
Schlager Welsh.)
Nancy S. Duvall
Field Articulation and the Repression-Sensitization Dimension
in Perception and Retention. (1969, under the direction of M.
David Galinsky.)
James Gates Ferguson, Jr.
Stimulus Judgment: An Inquiry into the Effects of Motion,
Commitment, and Attribution. (1970, under the direction of John
Thibaut.)
Thomas S. Friedrichs
Prediction of first grade teachers' ratings and objective achieve-
ment from ability and biographical data. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Kenneth Jay Lessler.)
Michael D. Kahn
Verbal Mediation and the Cognitive Control of Impulsivity
in a Group of Negro Delinquent Adolescents. (1970, under the di-
rection of William J. Eichman.)
PSYCHOLOGY
349
Dennis Lawrence Kennedy
An Exploratory Study of the Relationship of Alcoholics and
their Spouses in a Simulated Game Situation. (1970, under the di-
rection of William J. Eichman.)
VlEUPAKSHA KOTHANDAPANI
Prediction of Contraceptive Behavior: A Three Dimensional
Approach. (1970, under the direction of Vaida Diller Thompson.)
Joseph C. Lowman
Development and Field-testing of a Self-administered Measure
of Family Functioning. (1970, under the direction of William
Grant Dahlstrom.)
James Emory Eobinson Luginbuhl
The Effects of Choice and Outcome on Feelings of Success,
Competence, and Desire for Originship. (1970, under the direction
of John Henry Schopler.)
Kenneth Foed Maech
Interdependence of Self-Concepts in Marital Dyads. (1970, un-
der the direction of John Alfred Gorman.)
John E. May
An Exploration of Family Systems in Kelation to Children's
School Performance. (1969, under the direction of M. David Galin-
sky.)
David Phillip McGourty
The Effects of Discrimination Training on Multidimensional
Stimulus Control in Humans. (1970, under the direction of David
Alan Eckerman.)
William Heney Melson
Attentional Responses of Five-Month Infants to Discrepant
Auditory Stimuli. (1969, under the direction of Chester Arthur
Insko.)
Augustus Young Napiee
Patterns of Growth and Stasis in Marriage Over Several Gen-
erations. (1970, under the direction of John Alfred Gorman.)
William H. Redd
Adults as Discriminative Stimuli with Retarded Children.
(1969, under the direction of Jay Spencer Birnbrauer.)
350
RESEARCH
Stephan Robert Reisman
An Expansion of Heider's Theory of Attribution Processes
and its Eelation to Responsibility. (1970, under the direction of
John Henry Schopler.)
Russell E. Walls
The Effects of Partial Reinforcement on Reversal Learning in
the Pigeon. (1969, under the direction of Marcus Bishop Waller.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Kent W. Butzine
Individual and Group Decisions Involving Risk. (1970, under
the direction of John Thibaut.)
Bobby James Calder
An Investigation of the Relation of Cognitive and Memorial
Processes to Attitudes. (1970, under the direction of Chester
Arthur Insko.)
Alan L. Chaikin
The Effects of Prior Information and Positive and Negative
Role and Content Reward on Attitude Change Following Counter-
Attitudinal Advocacy. (1969, under the direction of John Henry
Schopler.)
James Gates Ferguson, Jr.
Friendship Selection: An Analysis of Social Interaction. (1969,
under the direction of John Thibaut.)
Kenneth Phillip Kaufman
Effects of Posttrial Hippocampal Stimulation on Short-Term
Memory. (1970, under the direction of Paul Glanvill Shink-
man.)
Louis Douglas King
Personality and Aesthetic : Two Studies of Poetic Communica-
tion. (1969, under the direction of George Schlager Welsh.)
Martin Lee Krovetz
Race and Status as Determinants of Rapport, (1969, under the
direction of John Henry Schopler.)
I
PSYCHOMETEIC LABORATORY
351
Jerry A. Martin
Discriminative Properties of Timeout From Reinforcement.
(1969, under the direction of David Alan Eckerman.)
Alice Allen Ray
The Attribution of Responsibility. (1969, under the direction
of John Thibaut.)
Marilyn Louise Eall
Recipients ' Attributions about a Donor 's Motives for Providing
a Favor. (1970, under the direction of John Henry Schopler.)
Stephan Robert Reisman
Perceived Behavior and Triadic Consistency. (1969, under the
direction of John Henry Schopler.)
Michael Arthur Ross
Security, Conformity and Attribution of Causality: A Study
of Leaders and Their Groups. (1970, under the direction of John
Thibaut.)
THE L. L. THURSTONE PSYCHOMETRIC LABORATORY
The following publications and papers were completed in the
L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory of the Department of
Psychology. (See also Research Organizations for additional list-
ings.)
Mark Irwin Applebaum
"RANDOM SAMPLER— A Generalized Sampling Simulator,"
University of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Labora-
tory Research Memorandum No. 32 (October 1969), 13.
(With D. Guthrie.) "Use of Computers in Undergraduate
Statistics Instruction," Proceedings of the University of Iowa
Conference on Computers in the Undergraduate Curricula (1970),
2.1-2.3.
Anthony Joseph Conger
"Internal Consistency of Verbal Response Classes," Psycho-
logical Reports, 26 (1970), 777-78.
Elliot M. Cramer
(With F. P. Gendre.) "Actuarial Versus Clinical Methods in
Vocational Counseling: A Reconsideration," University of North
352
RESEARCH
Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 87
(October 1970), 11.
' ' On Oblique Procrustes Rotation From an Oblique Structure, ' '
University of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Lab-
oratory Report No. 88 (November 1970), 8.
Edwaed Stokes Johnson"
"SLIP — A Symmetric List Processor," University of North
Carolina Tj. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Research Mem-
orandum No. 31 (October 1969), 48.
(With L. V. Jones and F. W. Young.) "Computer Control of
Psychological Experiments," University of North Carolina L. L.
Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 80 (November
1969), 29.
"Strategy in a Concept Learning Task Employing Minimum
Feedback, ' ' University of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psycho-
metric Laboratory Report No. 86 (September 1970), 67.
Lyle Vincent Jones
(With E. S. Johnson and F. W. Young.) "Computer Control
of Psychological Experiments," University of North Carolina L. L.
Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 80 (November
1969), 29.
(With A. Rapoport and J. P. Kahan.) "Gambling Behavior in
Multiple-Choice Multistage Betting Games," Journal of Math-
ematical Psychology, 7 (February 1970), 12-36.
(With A. Rapoport.) "Gambling Behavior in Two-Outcome
Multistage Betting Games," Journal of Mathematical Psychol-
ogy, 7 (February 1970), 163-87.
Stanley Allen Mulaik
"Oblique Procrustean Transformations to Fit an Incompletely
Specified Target Matrix," Proceedings of the 77th Annual Con-
vention of the American Psychological Association, 3 (1969),
105-6.
"An Oblique Procrustean Transformation to Approximate a
Hypothetical Factor Pattern Matrix," University of North Car-
olina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 78
(September 1969), 12.
"A Note on the Second Derivative of the Goodness of Fit Func-
tion of Confirmatory Maximum Likelihood Factor Analysis," Uni-
versity of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory
Report No. 79 (October 1969), 7.
PSYCHOMETRIC LABORATORY
353
Amnon Kapopokt
1 'Effects of Observation Cost on Sequential Search Behavior,"
Perception and Psychophysics, 6 (April 1969), 234-40.
"Effect of Payoff Information in Multistage Mixed-Motive
Games," Behavioral Science, 14 (May 1969), 204-15.
"Multistage Betting Games With an Exponential Utility Func-
tion," University of North Carolina L. L. Thur stone Psychometric
Laboratory Report No. 75 (May 1969), 18.
"Optimal and Suboptimal Decisions in Perceptual Problem-
Solving Tasks," Behavioral Science, 14 (November 1969), 453-66.
(With L. V. Jones.) "Gambling Behavior in Two-Outcome
Multistage Betting Games," Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 7
(February 1970), 163-87.
(With L. V. Jones and J. P. Kahan.) "Gambling Behavior in
Multiple-Choice Multistage Betting Games," Journal of Math-
ematical Psychology, 7 (February 1970), 12-36.
(With A. Tversky.) "Choice Behavior in an Optional Stopping
Task," Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 5 (April
1970), 105-20.
(With G. J. Burkheimer.) "Sequential Decision Making: De-
scriptive Models, Sensitivity Analysis, and Numerical Results,"
University of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Lab-
oratory Report No. 83 (July 1970), 51.
"Proportional Markov Betting Policies for Multistage Betting
Games," University of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psycho-
metric Laboratory Report No. 84 (July 1970), 23.
"Minimization of Risk and Maximization of Expected Utility
in Multistage Betting Games," Acta Psychologica, 34 (December
1970), 375-86.
(With R. W. Lissitz and H. A. McAllister.) "Search Behavior
With and Without Optional Stopping," University of North Car-
olina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 89
(November 1970), 25.
Review of David J. Bartholomew, Stochastic Models for Social
Processes (New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1967). in Sci-
ence, 164 (April 1969), 59-60.
Review of Jan Pfanzagl, Theory of Measurement (New York:
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1968), in Educational and Psychological
Measurement, 30 (Spring 1970), 198-200.
Thomas S. Wallsten
"Subjects' Probability Estimates and Subjectively Expected
Utility Theory: Their Relationship and Some Limitations," Uni-
354
RESEARCH
versity of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory
Report No. 85 (September 1970), 34.
Forrest Wesley Young
"Polynomial Conjoint Analysis of Similarities: A Model for
Constructing Polynomial Conjoint Measurement Algorithms,"
University of North Carolina L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Lab-
oratory Report No. 74 (April 1969), 22.
' ' Polynomial Conjoint Analysis of Similarities : Definitions for
a Specific Algorithm," University of North Carolina L. L. Thurs-
tone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 76 (May 1969), 21.
"Polynomial Conjoint Analysis of Similarities: Operations
of a Specific Algorithm," University of North Carolina L. L.
Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 77 (May 1969), 23.
(With L. V. Jones and E. S. Johnson.) "Computer Control of
Psychological Experiments," University of North Carolina L. L.
Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 80 (November
1969), 29.
"Nonmetric Scaling of Line Length Using Latencies, Similar-
ity and Same-Different Judgments," University of North Carolina
L. L. Thurstone Psychometric Laboratory Report No. 81 (Feb-
ruary 1970), 25.
"Nonmetric Scaling of Line Length Using Latencies, Similar-
ity and Same-Different Judgments, ' ' Perception and Psychophysics,
8 (November 1970), 363-69.
"Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling: Kecovery of Metric
Information," Psychometrika, 35 (December 1970), 455-74.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department and the Psychometric Laboratory:
Lawrence Russell Gordon
Effects of Capital Size in Computer-Controlled Multi-Stage
Betting Games. (1970, under the direction of Lyle Vincent
Jones.)
Edward Arthur Youngs
Error-Proneness in Programming. (1970, under the direction
of Lyle Vincent Jones.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department and the Psychometric Laboratory:
BIOSTATISTICS
355
Chakles Roger Sherman
Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling: The Role of the Minkow-
ski Metric. (1970, under the direction of Lyle Vincent Jones.)
Susan Whitford Sherman
Perception of Rectangles: Scaling of Cognitive Space. (1970,
under the direction of Forrest Wesley Young.)
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Department of Biostatistics
James Ralph Abernathy
(With C. M. Kunin and R. C. McCormack.) "Oral Contracep-
tives and Blood Pressure," Archives of Internal Medicine, 123
(April 1969), 362-65.
(With T. D. Scurletis and K. B. Surles.) "Trends in Illegitimacy
and Associated Mortality in North Carolina, 1957-1966," North
Carolina Medical Journal, 30 (June 1969), 214-21.
(With A. Li. Gould and B. V. Shah.) "Unrelated Question Ran-
domized Response Technique with Two Trials per Respondent,"
American Statistical Association Proceedings of the Social Statis-
tics Section, 1969, 351-59.
(With B. G. Greenberg and Daniel G. Horvitz.) "Application
of the Randomized Response Technique in Obtaining Quantitative
Data," American Statistical Association Proceedings of the Social
Statistics Section, 1969, 40-43.
(With B. G. Greenberg and Daniel G. Horvitz.) "A Method for
Estimating the Incidence of Abortion in an Open Population,"
Contributed Papers, International Statistical Institute, 37th Ses-
sion, 1969, 216-18.
(With B. G. Greenberg and Daniel G. Horvitz.) "Estimates of
Induced Abortion in Urban North Carolina," Demography, 7 (Feb-
ruary 1970), 19-29.
(With T. D. Scurletis and K. B. Surles.) "Trends in Post-
neonatal Mortality in North Carolina, 1959-67," North Carolina
Medical Journal, 31 (April 1970), 125-31.
(With T. D. Scurletis, J. T. King, and K. B. Surles.) "Perinatal
Mortality — Past, Present and Future," North Carolina Medical
Journal, 31 (September 1970), 331-38.
(With B. G. Greenberg and D. G. Horvitz.) "A New Survey
Technique and Its Application in the Field of Public Health," Mil-
bank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 48 (October 1970), 39-55.
356
RESEARCH
Review of Neville R. Butler and Eva D. Aberman, eds., Peri-
natal Problems: The Second Report of the British Perinatal Mor-
tality Study. (Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1969), in Family
Planning Perspectives, 2 (June 1970), 51.
Donna Buhl Brogan
" Predicted Resource Utilization of Patients upon Admission
to the Adult Psychiatric Division of Fort Logan Mental Health
Center," in Demonstrations of Statistical Techniques, ed., Paul
McCullough. Boulder, Colorado: "Western Interstate Commission
for Higher Education, 1969. Pp. 35-61.
(With P. A. Lachenbruch.) "Some Distributions on the Positive
Real Line Which Have No Moments." Institute of Statistics Mimeo
Series No. 700, July 1970. P. 8.
Elizabeth Jackson Coulter
(With Earl Siegel, Robert Tuthill, Sidney Chipman, and Donald
Thomas.) "Measurement of Need and Utilization Rates for a Public
Family Planning Program," American Journal of Public Health,
59 (August 1969), 1322-30.
(With Earl Siegel, Donald Thomas, Robert Tuthill, and Sidney
Chipman.) "Factors Associated with Involvement of Low-Income
Women in a Public Family Planning Program, ' ' American Journal
of Public Health, 60 (August 1970), 1382-94.
Review of Clyde V. Kiser, Wilson H. Grabill, and Arthur A.
Campbell, Trends and Variations in Fertility in the United States
(Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1968), in Rural Sociology,
34 (December 1969), 586-87.
Herbert Aron David
Editor, Biometrics.
Order Statistics. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1970. Pp. xi,
272.
(With J. E. Norman.) "Restricted Ranking," Psychometrika,
34 (March 1969), 85-110.
"On Chiang's Proportionality Assumption in the Theory of
Competing Risks," Biometrics, 26 (June 1970), 336-39.
Review of D. J. Finney, Statistics for Mathematicians : An In-
troduction (Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd, 1968), in Review of the
International Statistical Institute, 37 (March 1969), 106-7.
Arthur William Davis
(With W. B. Hall.) "Cyclic Change-over Designs," Biometrika,
56 (August 1969), 283-93.
BIOSTATISTICS
357
"Exact Distribution of Hotelling's Generalized T02," Bio-
metrika, 57 (April 1970), 187-91.
Thomas George Donnelly
"Some Techniques for Using Pseudorandom Numbers in Com-
puter Simulation," Communications of the Association for Com-
puter Machinery, 12 (July 1969), 392-94.
Regina Cecylia Elandt-Johnson
"Estimation of the Number of Histocompatibility Loci in Lab-
oratory Animals, Experimental Designs and Statistical Analysis,"
Transplantation, 7 (January 1969), 12-40.
"Applications of the Mixed Leukocyte Culture Test to Estima-
tion of the Number of Alleles or Loci in the 'Major' Histocom-
patibility Systems in Man," Transplantation, 1 (January 1969),
41-48.
"Application of Occupancy and Ordering Theory in Genetics
of Autopolyploids, " Zastosowania Mathematyki (Applicationes
Mathematicae), 10 (March 1969), 193-204.
"Survey of Histocompatibility Testing. Biological Background,
Probabilities and Statistical Models and Problems, ' ' Biometrics, 25
(June 1969), 207-83.
"Estimation of the Number of Histocompatibility Loci from
Grafts Exchanged among Sibs of Two Incomplete Inbred Strains, ' 7
Transplantation, 9 (March 1970), 203-6.
"Segregation Analysis for Complex Modes of Inheritance,"
American Journal of Human Genetics, 22 (March 1970), 129-44.
Robert Claude Elston
Associate editor, Biometrics.
"An Analogue to Fieller's Theorem Using SchefrVs Solution to
the Fisher-Behrens Problem," The American Statistician, 23 (Feb-
ruary 1969), 26-28.
(With R. A. Goyer and J. O. Reynolds, Jr.) "Characteristics
of the Aminoacidivia Resulting from Cyclolencine Administration
in Pair-fed Rats," Proceedings for the Society for Experimental
Biology and Medicine, 130 (March 1969), 860-64.
(With R. E. Gaines.) "On the Probability that a Twin Pair
is Monozygotic," American Journal of Human Genetics, 21 (Sep-
tember 1969), 457-65.
(With W. S. Pollitzer, D. Rucknagel, R. Tashian, D. C. Shreffler,
W. C. Leyshon, and K. Namboodiri.) "The Seminole Indians of
Florida: Morphology and Serology," Journal of Physical An-
thropology, 32 (January 1970), 65-81.
358
RESEARCH
(With J. K. Haseman.) "The Estimation of Genetic Variance
from Twin Data," Behavior Genetics, 1 (February 1970), 11-19.
(With M. A. Campbell.) "Schizophrenia: Evidence for the Ma-
jor Gene Hypothesis," Behavior Genetics, 1 (February 1970), 3-10.
(With J. Stewart.) "A New Test of Association for Continuous
Variables," Biometrics, 25 (June 1970), 305-14.
"Blood Bank Inventories," CRC Critical Reviews in Clinical
Laboratory Sciences, 3 (June 1970), 527-48.
(With W. S. Pollitzer, K. K. Namboodiri, W. H. Brown, and
W. C. Leyshon.) "The Seminole Indians of Oklahoma: Morphology
and Serology," American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 33
(July 1970), 15-29.
(With N. E. Morton, S. Yee, and R. Lew.) "Discontinuity and
Quasicontinuity : Alternative Hypotheses of Multifactorial In-
heritance," Clinical Genetics, 1 (November 1970), 81-94.
"Computer Applications to Blood Banking," in Technical
Methods and Procedures, 5th edition. Chicago: American Associ-
ation of Blood Banks, 1970. Pp. 266-71.
Nader Abd-Elmaksoud Fergany
"On the Macro-Dynamic Stochastic Treatment of the Size
and Age Structure of a Human Population." Institute of Statis-
tics Mimeo Series No. 666, February 1970. P. 94.
Bernard George Greenberg
(With James E. Grizzle.) "Effective Statistical Consultation
for Clinical Study Groups," Cancer Chemotherapy Reports, 53
(February 1969), 1-2.
(With Richard M. Peters and Edward McG. Hedgpeth. Jr.)
"The Effect of Alterations in Acid-Base Balance on Pulmonary
Mechanics," Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, 57
(March 1969), 303-11.
(With A. E. Sarhan.) "Linear Estimates for Doubly Censored
Samples from the Exponential Distribution with Observations Also
Missing from the Middle," Bulletin of the International Statistical
Institute, Proceedings of the 36th Session, Volume 42, Book 2
(1969), 1195-1204.
(With Abdel-Latif A. Abul-Ela, Walt R. Simons, and Daniel
G. Horvitz.) "The Unrelated Question Randomized Response
Model: Theoretical Framework," Journal of the American Sta-
tistical Association, 64 (June 1969), 520-39.
"Problems of Statistical Inference in Health with Special Ref-
erence to the Cigarette Smoking and Lung Cancer Controversy,"
BIOSTATISTICS
359
Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (September
1969), 739-58.
(With James R. Abernathy and Daniel G. Horvitz.) " Appli-
cation of the Randomized Response Technique in Obtaining Quanti-
tative Data/' American Statistical Association Proceedings of the
Social Statistics Section, 1969, 40-43.
(With James R. Abernathy and Daniel G. Horvitz.) "A
Method for Estimating the Incidence of Abortion in an Open Popu-
lation," Contributed Papers, International Statistical Institute,
37th Session, 1969, 216-18.
(With James R. Abernathy and Daniel G. Horvitz.) "Estimates
of Induced Abortion in Urban North Carolina," Demography, 7
(February 1970), 19-29.
(With James R. Abernathy and Daniel G. Horvitz.) "A New
Survey Technique and Its Application in the Field of Public
Health," Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 48 (October 1970),
39-55.
James Ennis Grizzle
Associate editor, Journal of the American Statistical Associa-
tion.
Consulting editor, Psychophysiology.
(With Ronald N. Forthofer and C. Frank Starmer.) "A Pro-
gram for the Analysis of Categorical Data by Linear Models." In-
stitute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 604, January 1969. P. 65.
(With B. G. Greenberg.) "Effective Statistical Consultation
for Clinical Study Groups," Cancer Chemotherapy Reports, 53
(February 1969), 1-2.
(With David M. Allen.) "Analysis of Growth and Dose Re-
sponse Curves," Biometrics, 25 (June 1969), 357-81.
(With J. M. Ruffin, N. C. Hightower, G. McHardy, H. Shull,
and J. B. Kirsner.) "A Cooperative Double-Blind Evaluation of
Gastric 'Freezing' in the Treatment of Duodenal Ulcer," New
England Journal of Medicine, 281 (July 1969), 16-19.
(With G. G. Koch and C. F. Starmer.) "Analysis of Categorical
Data for Linear Models," Biometrics, 25 (September 1969), 489-
504.
(With O. Dale Williams.) "Analysis of Categorical Data with
More Than One Response Variable by Linear Models." Institute
of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 715, January 1970. P. 112.
(With W. E. Price, R. W. Postlethwait, W. D. Johnson, and
P. Grabicki.) "Results of Operation for Duodenal Ulcer," Surgery,
Gynecology, and Obstetrics, 131 (August 1970), 233-44.
360
RESEARCH
(With William D. Johnson and Raymond W. Postlethwait.)
" Veterans Administration Cooperative Study of Surgery for Duo-
denal Ulcer. I. Description and Evaluation of Method of Randomiza-
tion/' Archives of Surgery, 101 (September 1970), 391-95.
Chaeles Hokace Hamilton
The USA South: lis Changing Population Characteristics.
Chapel Hill: Carolina Population Center, 1970. P. 191.
(With Therese H. Ramsey.) "Estimates of the Population of
North Carolina Counties 1967 and 1968." Demographic Report H-2.
Carolina Population Center, University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, April 1969. P. 19.
(With Therese H. Ramsey.) "Estimates of the Population of
North Carolina Counties 1968 and 1969." Demographic Report H-3.
Published jointly by Carolina Population Center and the North
Carolina Department of Administration, March 1970. P. 18.
William Davis Johnson
(With William E. Price, James E. Grizzle, R. W. Postlethwait,
and Peter Grabicki.) "Results of Operation for Duodenal Ulcer,"
Surgery, Gynecology, and Obstetrics, 131 (August 1970), 233-44.
(With James E. Grizzle, and R. W. Postlethwait.) "Veterans
Administration Cooperative Study of Surgery for Duodenal Ulcer.
I. Description and Evaluation of Method Randomization," Archives
of Surgery, 101 (September 1970), 391-95.
(With Catalino B. Mendoza, Jr., and R. W. Postlethwait.) "Vet-
erans Administration Cooperative Study of Surgery for Duodenal
Ulcer. II. Incidence of Wound Disruption Following Operation,"
Archives of Surgery, 101 (September 1970), 396-98.
Prakash Candra Joshi
' 1 Bounds and Approximations for the Moments of Order Statis-
tics," Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (Decem-
ber 1969), 1617-24.
"Efficient Estimation of the Mean of an Exponential Distribu-
tion when an Outlier is Present." Institute of Statistics Mimeo
Series No. 655, January 1970. P. 18.
Ellen Bratter Kaplan-
(With Linda S. Ridgway.) "A Generalized Computer Program
for the Tabulation of Data." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series
No. 670, February 1970. P. 162.
BIOSTATISTICS
361
David Geoege Kleinbatjm
(With S. John.) "A Table of Percentage Points of the Smallest
Latent Root of a 2x2 Wishart Matrix." Institute of Statistics
Mimeo Series No. 619, January 1969. P. 5.
(With S. John.) "A Central Tolerance Reg-ion for the Multi-
variate Normal Distribution II." Institute of Statistics Mimeo
Series No. 620, January 1969. P. 8.
" Estimation and Hypothesis Testing for Generalized Multi-
variate Linear Models." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No.
696, February 1970. P. 165.
(With L. L. Kupper.) "On Testing Hypotheses Concerning
Standardized Mortality Ratios and/or Indirect Adjusted Rates."
Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 709, September 1970. P. 13.
Gary Koch
(With D. G. Horvitz.) "The Effect of Response Errors on
Measures of Association," in New Developments in Survey Samp-
ling, eds., Norman L. Johnson and Harry Smith, Jr. New York:
John Wiley and Sons, 1969. Pp. 247-82.
"The Design of Combinatorial Filing System for Efficient In-
formation Retrieval," in The Information Bazaar: Proceedings of
the Sixth Annual National Colloquium on Information Retrieval,
ed. Louise Schultz. Philadelphia: Medical Documentation Service,
College of Physicians, 1969. Pp. 327-44.
"Some Aspects of the Statistical Analysis of 'Split-plot' Ex-
periments in Completely Randomized Layouts," Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 64 (June 1969), 485-505.
(With J. E. Grizzle and C. F. Starmer.) "Analysis of Categor-
ical Data for Linear Models," Biometrics, 25 (September 1969),
489-504.
1 1 The Effect of Nonsampling Errors on Measures of Association
in 2x2 Contingency Tables," Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 65 (September 1969), 851-64.
"A Useful Lemma for Proving the Equality of Two Matrices
with Applications to Least Squares Type Quadratic Forms, ' ' Jour-
nal of the American Statistical Association, 65 (September 1969),
969-70.
"A Class of Covers for Finite Projective Geometries Which Are
Related to the Design of Combinatorial Filing Systems," Journal
of Combinatorial Theory, 7 (November 1969), 215-20.
1 1 The Use of Non-parametric Methods in the Statistical Analysis
of a Complex Split-plot Experiment," Biometrics, 26 (March
1970), 105-28.
362
RESEARCH
(With Hugh M. Shingleton, Wesley C. Fowler, and Leonard
Palumbo, Jr.) "Carcinoma of the Vulva Influence of Kadical Op-
eration on Cure Kate," Obstetrics Gynecology, 35 (January 1970),
1-6.
(With Leonard Palumbo, Jr., Hugh M. Shingleton, John I. Fish-
burne, Jr., and F. D. Pepper, Jr.) "Primary Carcinoma of the
Vagina," Journal of Southern Medical Association, 62 (September
1969), 1048-53.
Lawrence Louis Kupper
"The Admissibility of a Response Surface Design." Institute of
Statistics Mimeo Series No. 660, January 1970. P. 10.
"Optimal Response Surface Techniques Using Fourier Series
and Spherical Harmonics." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series
No. 678, May 1970. P. 85.
(With D. G. Kleinbaum.) "On Testing Hypotheses Concerning
Standardized Mortality Ratios and/or Indirect Adjusted Rates."
Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 709, September 1970. P. 13.
Peter Anthony Lachenbruch
(With A. Jarrihi, F. Kane, R. L. Van de Castle, and J. A.
Ewing.) "Emotional and Cognitive Changes in Pregnancy and
Early Pueperium," British Journal of Psychiatry, 115 (July 1969),
797-805.
' ' Tables of Simultaneous Confidence Limits for the Binomial and
Poisson Distributions," Biometrika, 56 (August 1969), 452.
(With K. R. Gabriel.) "Non-parametric ANOVA in Small
Samples : A Monte Carlo Study of the Adequacy of the Asymptotic
Approximation," Biometrics, 25 (September 1969), 593-96.
(With D. G. Horvitz, F. Giesbrecht, and B. Shah.) "POPSIM:
A Demographic Micro Simulation Model, ' ' Proceedings of the Gen-
eral Conference, International Union for the Scientific Study of
Population, 1969. P. 12.
(With C. Sneeringer and L. T. Revo.) "On Robustness of the
Linear Discriminant Function to Certain Non-normal Distribu-
tions." Contributed Papers, International Statistical Institute,
37th Session, 1969, 159-61.
(With D. R. Brogan.) "Some Distributions on the Positive Real
Line Which Have No Moments." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Se-
ries No. 700, July 1970. P. 8.
Forrest E. Linder
(With Robert J. Myers.) "Centers For Population Statistics:
A Research Plan Appropriate for the Countries of Tropical Africa. ' \
BIOSTATISTICS
363
International Program of Laboratories for Population Statistics,
The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (September
1970). P. 20.
"Measurement of Population Control Programs: Design Prob-
lems of Sample Registration Systems," Contributed Papers, Inter-
national Statistical Institute, 37th Session, 1969, 50-52.
"A Proposed New Vital Event Numeration Unitary System for
Developed Countries," Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 48
(October 1970), 77-85.
1 1 Statistics and Indexes for Health Planning General Considera-
tions. ' ' Paper prepared for Expert Committee on Health Statistics,
World Health Organization, Geneva, December 1-7, 1970. P. 8.
DHSS/WP/70.12.
"Needed Research in the Development of Statistics for Health
Planning." Paper prepared for Expert Committee on Health
Statistics, World Health Organization, Geneva, December 1-7,
1970. P. 5. DHSS/WP/70.16.
Robeet J. Myers
(With C. Greenfield and M. Veitch.) Zambian Manpower.
Lusaka: Zambian Government Printer, 1969. Pp. vi, 122.
(With Forrest E. Linder.) "Centers For Population Statistics:
A Research Plan Appropriate for the Countries of Tropical Afri-
ca." International Program of Laboratories for Population Sta-
tistics, The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Septem-
ber 1970. P. 20.
"Rural Manpower Planning in Zambia," International Labour
Review, 102 (July 1970), 15-28.
Dana Quade
(With C. E. Davis.) "Some Measures of Skewness." Institute
of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 663, January 1970. P. 94.
(With P. S. Spiers.) "On the Question of an Infectious Process
in the Origin of Childhood Leukemia," Biometrics, 26 (Decem-
ber 1970), 723-37.
Linda Sewell Ridgway
(With Ellen B. Kaplan.) "A Generalized Computer Program
for the Tabulation of Data." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series.
No. 670, February 1970. P. 162.
Alistaie John Scott
(With T. M. F. Smith.) "Estimation for Multi-stage Surveys,"
Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (September
1969), 830-40.
364
RESEARCH
Peanab Kumar Sen
(With M. L. Puri.) "On Robust Nonparametrie Estimation in
Some Multivariate Linear Models," in Multivariate Analysis — II,
ed., P. R. Krishnaiah. New York: Academic Press, 1969. Pp. 33-52.
* ' On the Distribution of the One Sample Rank Order Statistics, ' 7
in Nonparametrie Techniques in Statistical Inference, ed., M. L.
Puri. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970. Pp. 53-72.
(With M. L. Puri.) "On the Asymptotic Normality of One
Sample Rank Order Test Statistics," Teoria Veroiatnastei i ee
Primenenia, 14 (February 1969), 167-72.
(With M. L. Puri.) "On a Class of Rank Order Test for the
Identity of Two Multiple Regression Surfaces," Zeitschrift fur
Wahrscheinlich Keitstheorie, 12 (February 1969), 1-8.
"A Generalization of the T-method of Multiple Comparisons
for Interactions," Journal of the American Statistical Association,
64 (March 1969), 290-95.
(With M. L. Puri.) "Analysis of Covariance Based on General
Rank Scores," Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 40 (April 1969),
610-18.
(With K. L. Mehra.) "On a Class of Conditionally Distribu-
tion-Free Tests for Interactions in Factorial Experiments, ' ' Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 40 (April 1969), 658-64.
"Nonparametrie Tests for Multivariate Interchangeability.
Part Two. The Problem of MANOVA in Two-way Layouts," San-
khya, Series A, 31 (June 1969), 145-56.
"On a Robustness Property of a Class Nonparametrie Tests
Based on U-statistics, " Calcutta Statistical Association Bulletin,
18 (June 1969), 51-60.
(With M. L. Puri.) "A Class of Rank Order Tests for a Gen-
eral Linear Hypothesis," Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 40
(August 1969), 1325-43.
" On a Class of Rank Order Tests for the Parallelism of Several
Regression Lines," Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 40 (October
1969), 1668-83.
(With M. Ghosh.) "On Bounded Length Sequential Confidence
Intervals Based on One-sample Rank-order Statistics." Institute
of Statistics Mimeo Series, No. 648, November 1969. Pp. 24.
"Robust Statistical Procedures in Quantitative Bio-assays, I."
Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 659, January 1970. P. 28.
(With M. Ghosh.) "Sequential Confidence Interval for the Re-
gression Coefficient Based on Kendall's tau." Institute of Statistics
Mimeo Series No. 658, January 1970. Pp. 18.
(With M. L. Puri.) "Asymptotic Theory of Likelihood Ratio
BIOSTATISTICS
365
and Rank Order Tests in Some Multivariate Linear Models," An-
nals of Mathematical Statistics, 41 (February 1970), 87-100.
(With Malay Ghosh.) "On the Almost Sure Convergence of
Von Mises' Differentiate Statistical Functions," Calcutta Statis-
tical Association Bulletin, 19 (March 1970), 41-44.
"Asymptotic Distribution of a Class of Multivariate Rank
Order Statistics," Calcutta Statistical Association Bulletin, 19
(March 1970), 22-32.
(With M. Ghosh.) "On Bounded Length Confidence Interval
for the Regression Coefficient Based on a Class of Rank Statistics. ' '
Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 680, April 1970. Pp. 31.
(With M. L. Puri.) "On the Theory of Rank Order Estimates
of Location in the Multivariate One Sample and Two Sample Prob-
lems," Mitrika, 16 (June 1970), 58-73.
' ' The Hajek-Renyi Inequality for Sampling from a Finite Pop-
ulation," Sankhya, Series A, 32 (June 1970), 181-88.
(With M. L. Puri and D. V. Gokhale.) "On a Class of Rank
Order Tests for Independence in Multivariate Distributions,"
Sankhya, Series A, 32 (September 1970), 271-98.
"On the Robust Efficiency of the Combination of Independent
Nonparametric Tests," Annals of the Institute of Statistical Math-
ematics, 22 (October 1970), 277-80.
"Nonparametric Inference in n Replicated 2m Factorial Ex-
periments," Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics, 22
(October 1970), 281-94.
"A Note on Order Statistics for Heterogenous Distributions,"
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 41 (December 1970), 2137-39.
' 1 On Some Convergence Properties of One Sample Rank Order
Statistics," Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 41 (December
1970), 2140-42.
MlNDEL ChEKNIACK ShEPS
(With J. C. Ridley, J. W. Lingner, and J. A. Menken.) "On the
Apparent Subfecundity of Non-family Planners," Social Biology,
16 (March 1969), 24-28.
(With J. A. Menken and A. P. Radick.) "Probability Models
for Family Building; An Analytic Review," Demography, 6 (May
1969), 161-83.
(With D. P. Doolittle and M. L. New.) "Mammalian Repro-
ductive Data Fitted to a Mathematical Model," Biometrics, 24
(September 1969), 529-35.
(With I. W. Gabrielson, C. S. Shultz, and L. G. Reader.) "Cur-
rent Status of Population Research in Schools of Public Health,"
American Journal of Public Health, 60 (May 1970), 913-18.
RESEARCH
(With J. A. Menken, J. C. Ridley, and J. W. Lindner.) ''The
Truncation Effect in Closed and Open Birth Interval Data/' /ottr-
ti/zZ 0/ f/»e Amen'can Statistical Association. 65 (June 1970). 678-
1953.'
(With J. A. Menken.; !!On Relationships between Longitudinal
Characteristics and Cross-seetional Data/'" Journal of American
Public Health Association, 60 'August 1970), 1506-14.'
(With H. Majurndar.; 1 : Estimators of a Type I Geometric
Distribution from Observations on Conception Times.'' Demog-
raphy, 7 f August 1970), 349-60.
Harry Smith, Jr.
Editor. Tech nometrics.
(With W. B. Whiston.) ''Statistical Methods in Cost-Re-
duction Projects," Journal of Quality Technology. 1 ^January
1969,. 53-57.
Michael Joseph Symons
(With A. J. Scott.; "On the Edwards and Cavalli-Sforza
Method of Cluster Analysis/'" Biometrics, 27 (March 1970), 217-19.
"Bayesian Partitioning Analysis with Two Component Mix-
tures." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series Xo. 691, July 1970.
Pp. 28.
(With A. J. Scott.; "Prediction Intervals for Log-Linear Re-
gression." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series Xo. 714. October
1970. Pp. 15.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Xaler A. Fergany
On the Macro-Dynamic Stochastic Treatment of the Size and
Age Structure of a Human Population. (1969. under the direction
of Henry Bradley Wells.)
Ronald Nobman Forthofer
Generalizing Koch's Estimates of Variance Components. (1970,
under the direction of Gary Koch.)
PiO.se Elizabeth Gaines
Some Multivariate Methods in Human Genetics with Special
Consideration of the Problems of Separation into Genetically Dis-
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING 367
tinct Groups and Twin Discrimination. (1969, under the direction
of Robert Claude Elston.)
Joseph Kyd Haseman
The Genetic Analysis of Quantitative Traits Using Twin and
Sib Data. (1970, under the direction of Robert Claude Elston.)
Michael Denis Hogan
Comparison of Duodenal Ulcer Surgical Procedures. (1970,
under the direction of James Ennis Grizzle.)
Peem Prasad Talwar
Age Patterns of Fertility. (1970, under the direction of Peter
Anthony Lachenbruch. )
The following master 's thesis was completed under the direction of
the department:
Douglas Allan Alexander
Investigations of Approximations to the Kruskal-Wallis H Sta-
tistics. (1969, under the direction of Dana Quade.)
Department of Environmental Sciences and Engineering
Mario G. Battigelli
Particulates: Air Quality Criteria Based on Health Effects.
Air Quality Monograph No. 69-2. New York : American Petroleum
Institute, 1969. Pp. 15.
Facts and Opinions on the Role of Sulfur Dioxide in Causing
Injury. Air Quality Monograph No. 69-10. New York: American
Petroleum Institute, 1969. P. 20.
(With H. M. Cole, D. A. Fraser, and R. A. Mah.) "Long Term
Effects of Sulfur Dioxide and Graphite Dust on Rats," American
Medical Association Archives of Environmental Health, 18 (April
1969), 602-8.
' ' Experimental Studies on the Mechanism of Pulmonary Injury
from Air Pollutants," Journal of Environmental Sciences, 12
(March- April 1970), 25-27.
James Clement Brown
(With F. E. McJunkin and D. A. Okun.) "Diseno de Sistemas
de Alcantarillado para Centro America," Ingenieria Sanitaria, 22
(Enero 1969), 49-63.
368
RESEARCH
Emil Theodore Chanlett
1 'Public Health Engineering," Encyclopedia Brittanica Book of
the Tear, 1969, pp. 507-8.
" Public Health Environmental Services," Encyclopedia Brit-
tanica Book of the Year, 1970, pp. 514-15.
David Allisox Fraser
(With M. C. Battigelli, H. M. Cole, and R. A. Mah.) ''Long
Term Effects of Sulfur Dioxide and Graphite Dust on Rats,"
American Medical Association Archives of Environmental Health,
18 (April 1969), 602-8.
James Donald Johnson, Jr.
(With R. Overby.) " Stabilized Neutral Orthototidine, SNORT,
Colorimetric Method for Chlorine," Analytical Chemistry, 41 (No-
vember 1969), 1744-50.
(With D. A. Dobbins and P. C. Ragland.) " Water-Clay In-
teractions in North Carolina's Pamlico Estuary," Environmental
Science and Technology, 4 (September 1970), 743-48.
(With G. H. Toenniessen.) "Heat Shocked Bacillus subtilis
Spores as an Indicator of Virus Disinfection," Journal of the
American Water Works Association, 62 (September 1970), 589-93.
Edward J. Kuenzler
(With L. R. Pomeroy.) "Phosphorus Turnover by Coral Reef
Animals," in Symposium on Radio ecology, eds., D. J. Nelson and
F. C. Evans, USAEC CONF-670503. Springfield, Virginia: U. S.
Department of Commerce, 1969. Pp. 474-82.
"Elimination of Iodine, Cobalt, Iron, and Zinc by Marine Zoo-
plankton," in Symposium on Radioecology, eds., D. J. Nelson and
F. C. Evans, USAEC CONF-670503. Springfield, Virginia: U. S.
Department of Commerce, 1969. Pp. 462-73.
"Elimination and Transport of Cobalt by Marine Zoop lank-
ton," in Symposium on Radioecology, eds., D. J. Nelson and F. C.
Evans, USAEC CONF-670503. Springfield, Virginia: U. S. De-
partment of Commerce, 1969. Pp. 483-92.
"Dissolved Organic Phosphorus Excretion by Marine Phyto-
plankton," Journal of Phycology, 6 (January 1970), 7-13.
James Christian Lamb III
"Status of Advanced Wastewater Treatment," Public Works,
100 (February 1969), 96-100.
"A Plan for Ending Lake Eric Pollution," Public Works, 100
(June 1969), 79-82.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING 369
"Disposal of Wastes from Water Treatment Plants — Confer-
ence Concluding Statement," Journal of the American Water
Works Association, 62 (1970), 68-69.
Monthly column on research in water and wastewater fields,
Public Works, 1969-70.
John Lyman
"Oceanography," Collier's Year Book, 1970, pp. 391-92.
"Naviface, Oxyty, and Epichthon: Words Versus Terms,"
Journal of Marine Research, 27 (1969), 367-68.
"Redefinition of Salinity and Chlorinity," Limnology and
Oceanography, 14 (November 1969), 928-29.
"Sea Grant College Program Projections in the Multi-uni-
versity State of North Carolina," Proceedings of the Second Sea
Grant Conference, Newport, Rhode Island (1969), 75.
"Earth Science in 1969: Oceonography, " Geotimes, 15 (Jan-
uary 1970), 19-20.
"Brigantine Into Barquentine : A Paradox," Mariner's Mirror,
56 (January 1970), 2.
"The Cutter Brig," Mariner's Mirror, 55 (January 1969),
17-21.
"Earth Science in 1968: Oceanography," Geotimes, 14 (Jan-
uary 1969), 17-19.
"Tuna," Romance Notes, 12 (Autumn 1970), 225-29.
"Rigs of American Yachts in 1902," American Neptune, 30
(July 1970), 194-99.
"When Did Alice Carry a Spinnaker?" American Neptune, 30
(July 1970), 199.
"Pole-masted Rigs," Mariner's Mirror, 56 (May 1970), 161-67.
"Club Topsail or Jackyard Topsail," Mariner's Mirror, 56
(May 1970), 198.
"Windjammer," Mariner's Mirror, 56 (May 1970), 218.
"Pole-topmast Rigs," Mariner's Mirror, 56 (November 1970),
366.
Review of P. E. Segditsa, Oi Koinoi Naftikoi Mas Oroi Kai ai
Romanikai Glossai (Athens: Idruma Efgenidou, 1967), in Mar-
iner's Mirror, 55 (May 1969), 215.
Frederick Eugene McJtjnkin
Community Water Supply in Developing Countries. Wash-
ington, D. C: Agency for International Development, 1969. Pp.
x, 95.
(With P. A. Vesilind.) Flow Measurement In Small Water Sys-
370
RESEARCH
terns. Washington, D. C: Agency for International Development,
1970. Pp. iv, 110.
(With C. S. Pineo.) The Role of Plastic Pipe in Community
Water Supplies in Developing Countries. Washington, D. C. : Agen-
cy for International Development, 1970. Pp. iv, 250.
(With P. A. Vesilind.) Practical Hydraulics for the Public
Works Engineer. Ridgewood, New Jersey: Public Works Journal
Publishing Company, 1969. P. 25.
" Bamboo Water System," Peace Corps Tech Notes, 2 (January
1969), 4-6.
(With A. H. Holloway.) "The Global Community Water Sup-
ply Program," War on Hunger, 3 (February 1969), 12-15.
"A Review of the Literature of 1968 on Wastewater and Water
Pollution Control: Economics and Law," Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, 41 (June 1969), 1116-21.
"Jetting Small Tubewells by Hand," Water Well Journal, 23
(October 1969), 22-23.
(With J. C. Brown and D. A. Okun.) "Diseno de Sistemas de
Alcantarillado para Centro America," Ingenieria Sanitaria, 22
(Enero 1969), 49-63.
Robert Anthony Mah
(With S. A. Morse and W. J. Dobrogosy.) "Regulation of
Staphlococcal Enterotoxin B," Journal of Bacteriology, 98 (April
1969), 4-9.
(With Linda W. Little.) "Amonia Production in Urea-grown
Cultures of Chlorella ellipsoidea" Journal of Phychology, 6 (Sep-
tember 1970), 277-80.
(With R. J. Drye, Jr.) "Stimulation of the Differential Rate of
Enterotoxin B. Synthesis in Staphylococcus Aureus S-6 by Com-
ponents of Casein Hydrolysate, " Proceedings of the American So-
ciety for Microbiology, 1969, 10.
(With S. A. Morse.) "Effects of pH on Glucose Metabolism
and Enterotoxin Synthesis in Staphylococcus Aureus S-6," Pro-
ceedings of the American Society for Microbiology, 1969, 10.
(With D. P. Chynoweth.) "Acetate Production During the
Sludge Methane Fermentation," Proceedings of the American
Society for Microbiology, 1969, 16.
(With D. E. Francisco.) " Epifluorescence Technique for Di-
rect Counts of Bacteria in Natural Waters," Proceedings of the
American Society for Microbiology, 1969, 26.
(With M. C. Battigelli, H. M. Cole, and D. A. Fraser.) "Long
Term Effects of Sulfur Dioxide and Graphite Dust on Rats,"
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING 371
American Association Archives of Environmental Health, 18 (April
1969), 602-8.
Daniel Alexander Okun
"A Water Quality Hierarchy for Arid Lands," in Arid Lands
in Perspective. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 1969. Pp. 291-
96.
" Advanced Treatment of Wastewater: Research Needs," in
Problems in Community Wastes Management, Public Health Pa-
pers No. 38. Geneva : World Health Organization, 1969. Pp. 61-75.
"New Development of Urban Water Supply," Journal, Japan
Water Works Association, 414 (March 1969), 54-57.
"Alternatives in Water Supply," Journal of the American
Water Works Association, 61 (May 1969), 215-24.
"Managing the Great Lakes Water Resource," Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation, 41 (November 1969), 1859-
62.
(With F. E. McJunkin and J. C. Brown.) "Diseno de Sistemas
de Alcantarillado para Centro America," Ingenieria Sanitaria, 22
(Enero 1969), 49-63.
(With S. J. Weidenkopf.) "Man and His Urban Environ-
ment," Improving the Physical Environment of the South, The
Agricultural Policy Institute, North Carolina State University,
25-42 (1969) in Agricultural Policy Review, North Carolina State
University, 9 (1969), 18-19.
Charles Eichard 0 'Melia
' ' Coagulation in Water and Wastewater Treatment, 9 ' in Water
Quality Improvement by Physical and Chemical Processes, eds.,
E. F. Gloyna and W. W. Eckenfelder, Jr. Austin: University of
Texas Press, 1970. Pp. 219-36.
"A Review of the Coagulation Process," Public Works, 100
(May 1969), 87-98.
"Oxygenation of Iron (II) in Continuous Reactors," Water Re-
sources Research Institute of North Carolina, Report No. 23 (1969).
P. 53.
Lyman Alonzo Ripperton
(With J. J. B. Worth and L. Kornreich.) "Nitrogen Dioxide
and Nitric Oxide in Non-Urban Air, 9 9 Journal of the Air Pollution
Control Association, 20 (September 1970), 589-92.
Morris A. Shiffman
(With E. W. Mood and D. C. Leighton.) "Environmental Health
372
RESEARCH
and Mental Health," in Mental Health Considerations in Public
Health, Publication No. 1898, ed., S. E. Goldston. Washington,
D. C. : Public Health Service, 1969. Pp. 181-203.
"The Teaching of Food Hygiene — Curriculum Objectives," in
Symposium on Education in Veterinary Public Health and Preven-
tive Medicine, Publication No. 189. Washington, D. C. : Pan Amer-
ican Health Organization, 1969. Pp. 50-54.
"Systems Approach Applications in Kegulatory Veterinary
Medicine," Proceedings of the 72nd Annual Meeting of the United
States Livestock Sanitary Association, New Orleans, Louisiana,
1968 (1969), 262-70.
* 1 The Use of Standards in the Administration of Environmental
Pollution Control Programs," American Journal of Public Health,
60 (February 1970), 255-65.
(With Caroline Becker.) "Current Status of Food Handler
Examinations in State and Local Health Departments," Journal
of Milk and Food Technology, 33 (July 1970), 285-89.
James T. Stale y
(With J. A. M. de Bont and H. S. Pankratz.) "Isolation and
Description of a Non-motile, Fusiform, Stalked Bacterium, a Repre-
sentative of a New Genus," Antonie van Leeuwenhoek Journal of
Microbiology and Serology, 36 (Fall 1970), 397-407.
(With J. M. Krul and P. Hirsch.) " Toxothrix trichogenes
(chol.) Berger et Bringmann: The Organism and its Biology," An-
tonie van Leeuwenhoek Journal of Microbiology and Serology, 36
(Fall 1970), 409-20.
Arthur Cecil Stern
Editor, Proceedings of Symposium of Multiple Source Urban
Diffusion Models, October 1969, Air Pollution Control Office, En-
vironmental Protection Agency Publication AP 86, 1970. P. 461.
"Means for Selection of Emission Control Measures," in Na-
tional Emission Standards Study — Report of the Secretary of
Health, Education and Welfare to the United States Congress
Senate, 91st Congress, 2nd Session, Document No. 91-63. Washing-
ton, D. C. : Government Printing Office, March 1970. Pp. 98-111.
"The Systems Approach to Air Pollution Control, Part 1,"
Clean Air, 4 (July 1970), 27-33.
"A Geography Lesson," Journal of the Air Pollution Control
Association, 19 (October 1969), 756.
"National Emission Standards for Stationary Sources," Jour-
nal of the Air Pollution Control Association, 20 (August 1970),
524-27.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING 373
" Introduction Technical Program, Second International Clean
Air Congress," Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association,
20 (November 1970), 729.
(With H. J. Hall and H. I. Fuller.) "Foreign Profiles in Air
Pollution Control Activities: Special Sources of Information,"
Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association, 20 (November
1970), 753-55.
" Intersociety Committee Methods for Ambient Air Sampling
and Analysis — Preface," Health Laboratory Science, 7 Supple-
ment (January 1970), 1-3; (July 1970), 128-29; (October 1970),
267-69.
"Air Pollution Control in the United States," Proceedings of
the Workshop on Computer Control Systems for Preventing Air
Pollution of the International Federation of Automatic Control,
Kyoto, Japan, Symposium, Osaka, Japan (1970). P. 37.
"Profile Study of Air Pollution Control Activities in Foreign
Countries," in First Year Report National Air Pollution Control
Administration Publication APTD-0601, Office of Technical In-
formation and Publications, National Air Pollution Control Ad-
ministration, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina (November 1970), 90-106,
155-70, 443-617, 679-801.
Newton Undebwood
' ' Energy Loss of Heavy Charged Particles, ' ' Health Physics, 18
(May 1970), 561-65.
Stanley John Weidenkopf
(With D. A. Okun.) "Man and His Urban Environment," Im-
proving the Physical Environment of the South, The Agricultural
Policy Institute, North Carolina State University, 25-42 (1969),
in Agricultural Policy Review, North Carolina State University, 9
(1969), 18-19.
Chakles Manuel Weiss
Editor, "A Review of the Literature of 1968 on Wastewater
and Water Pollution Control," Journal of the Water Pollution
Federation, 42 (June 1969). P. 376.
Editor, "A Review of the 1969 Literature on Wastewater and
Water Pollution Control," Journal of the Water Pollution Control
Federation, 43 (June 1970). P. 404.
" The Relative Significance of Phosphorus and Nitrogen as Al-
gal Nutrients." Water Resources Research Institute of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Report No. 34, (June 1970). P. 27.
374
RESEARCH
' ' The Use of Chemostats for the Study of Algal Dynamics, ' ' in
Modeling the Eutrophication Process, Proceedings of a Workshop
at St. Petersburg, Florida, November 19-21, 1969. Department of
Environmental Engineering, University of Florida. Pp. 255-58.
"Relation of Phosphates to Eutrophication, " Journal of the
American Water Works Association, 61 (August 1969), 387-91.
(With W. R. Hartley.) "Light Intensity and the Vertical
Distribution of Algae in Tertiary Oxidation Ponds," Water Re-
search, 4 (1970), 751-63.
"Reviewing the Literature," Journal of the Water Pollution
Control Federation, 42 (June 1970), 1268.
Donald Gillmor Willhoit
"Radiation Quantities and Units and Significance of Recorded
Measurements," in Medical Radiation Information for Litigation,
eds., S. C. Bushong, et al, DMRE 69-3, CFTS1. Springfield, Vir-
ginia, 1969. P. 82-90.
(With W. C. McArthur.) "Neutron and Gamma Radiation
Dosimetry Studies at the North Carolina State University Re-
actor," Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, 85 (Sum-
mer 1969), 49-56.
(With T. D. Jones.) "Dose and LET Distribution in Small-
Animal Sized Cylinders for a Fission Neutron Spectrum," Radia-
tion Research, 44 (November 1970), 263-72.
(With R. H. Smith.) "Dose Reduction Factors of a Lead-Line
Girdle," Health Physics, 19 (December 1970), 830-32.
"Comparative Effects of Daily Fractionated and Continuous
Gamma Exposure on the Survival Time of Mice," Radiation Re-
search, 39 (August 1969), 466.
(With J. J. Clement.) "Comparison of Recovery Kinetics for
Two- and Three-Dose Fractionation Regimes," Health Physics, 19
(August 1970), 346.
Review of ICRU Report 11, Radiation Quantities and Units, in
Journal of Nuclear Energy, 23 (December 1969), 185.
Dissertations
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Stephen Allen Morse
Regulation of Staphylococcal Enterotoxin B. (1969, under the
direction of Robert Anthony Mah.)
EPIDEMIOLOGY
375
David Paul Chyfoweth
Acetate Production of Pure Culture of Bacteria Isolated from
Anaerobic Sewage Sludge. (1970, under the direction of Robert
Anthony Mah.)
Donald Thomas Lattria
The Location, Timing and Scale of Water Supply Investments
in Developing Countries. (1970, under the direction of Daniel
Alexander Okun.)
Daniel Lillian
The Effect of Water Vapor on the Photochemical System
N02 + a-Pinene + hv. (1970, under the direction of Lyman Alon-
zo Ripperton.)
Henry Tyrus Miller
The Adsorption of Sulfur Dioxide on Airborne Particulate
Matter. (1970, under the direction of David Allison Fraser.)
Donald Wayne Peak
Thermal Neutron Capture Gamma Rays in Cd and CI. (1970,
under the direction of Newton Underwood.)
Alvis Greely Turner, Jr.
The Environmental Epidemiology of Klebsiella Infections in
a Thoracic Surgery Intensive Care Unit. (1970, under the direction
of Mario G. Battigelli.)
James Edward Watson, Jr.
Thermoluminescence of Ruby. (1970, under the direction of
Newton Underwood.)
Department of Epidemiology
Caroline Becker
(With M. A. Shiftman.) " Current Status of Food Handler
Examinations in State and Local Health Departments," Journal
of Milk and Food Technology, 33 (July 1970), 285-89.
John Charles Cassel
(With R. Cheradame, J. R. Goldsmith, J. M. Ham, J. J. Har-
rington, E. J. Holstein, B. Kesic, J. A. Logan, and F. Malz.) "The
Epidemiological Study of Noncommunicable Diseases," in The
376
RESEARCH
Education and Training of Engineers for Environmental Health.
World Health Organization, 1970. Pp. 90-96.
"Physical Illness in Response to Stress," in Social Stress, eds.,
Sol Levine and N. A. Scotch. Chicago : Aldine Press, 1970. Pp.
189-209.
(With L. H. Knller, A. Bolker, M. S. Saslaw, B. L. Paegel,
C. Sisk, J. A. Borhani, J. A. Wray, H. Anderson, D. Peterson,
W. Winkelstein, Jr., P. S. Spiers, A. G. Robinson, H. Curry, A. M.
Lilienfeld, and R. Seltser.) "Nationwide Cerebrovascular Disease
Mortality Study: I. Methods and Analysis of Death Certificates,
II. Comparison of Clinical Records and Death Certificates, III. Ac-
curacy of the Clinical Diagnosis of Cerebrovascular Disease, IV.
Comparison of the Different Clinical Types of Cerebrovascular
Disease," American Journal of Epidemiology, 90 (1969), 536-78.
(With J. P. Henry.) "Psychosocial Factors in Essential Hyper-
tension— Recent Epidemiologic and Animal Experimental Ev-
idence," American Journal of Epidemiology, 90:3 (1969), 171-200.
(With B. Hulka, S. J. Zyzanski, and S. J. Thompson.) "Scale
for Measurement of Attitudes toward Physicians and Primary
Medical Care," Medical Care, 8 (September-October 1970), 429-36.
Joan Claire Cornoni
(With W. S. Pollitzer, E. Boyle, Jr., and K. K. Namboodiri.)
"Physical Anthropology of the Negroes of Charleston, South Car-
olina," Human Biology, 42 (May 1970), 265-79.
Claud Wallace Drake
"The Dental Needs of the Chronically 111 and Aged," Journal
of Public Health Dentistry, (Fall 1970), 239-43.
' ' Service and Cost Analysis of a Head Start Dental Program in
a Public Clinic," Journal of North Carolina Dental Society, 53 (Au-
gust 1970), 19-21.
Barbara Sorensoit Hulka
"Screening for Cervical Cancer in Occupational Health Pro-
grams," Archives of Environmental Health, 20 (March 1970), 297-
300.
' ' The Implication of Punch Biopsy and Conization in Diagnostic
Procedure Following Abnormal Cervical Smears," Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 36 (July 1970), 54-61.
(With A. W. Voors.) "Quantitative Evaluation of a Cervical
Cytology Screening Program," American Journal of Epidemiology,
90 (September 1969), 214-23.
(With S. J. Zyzanski, J. C. Cassel, and S. J. Thompson.) "Scale
EPIDEMIOLOGY
377
for the Measurement of Attitudes Toward Physicians and Primary
Medical Care," Medical Care, 8 (September-October 1970), 429-36.
Carlyle David Jenkins
(With C. G. Hames, S. J. Zyzanski, R. H. Rosenman, and M.
Friedman.) " Psychological Traits and Serum Lipids: I. Findings
from the California Psychological Inventory," Psychosomatic Med-
icine, 31 (March 1969), 115-28.
(With A. W. Voors, G. T. Stewart, R. R. Gutekunst, and C. F.
Moldow.) " Prediction of Sickness in Naval Recruits by Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory Scores," American Review of
Respiratory Disease, 99 (1969), 420-25.
"The Epidemiology of Public Response," Proceedings of the
Sixtieth Annual Immunization Conference, U. S. Public Health
Service, National Communicable Disease Center, Atlanta, Georgia,
(March 1969), 115-18.
(With S. J. Zyzanski.) "Basic Dimensions Within the Coronary-
Prone Behavior Pattern," Journal of Chronic Diseases, 22 (1969),
781-95.
(With R. H. Rosenman, M. Friedman, R. Strauss, S. J. Zyzan-
ski, and M. Wurm.) "Coronary Heart Disease in the Western Col-
laborative Group Study: A Follow-Up Experience of 4% Years,"
Journal of Chronic Diseases, 23 (1970), 173-90.
David G. Kleinbaum
(With S. John.) "A Table of Percentage Points of the Smallest
Latent Root of a 2x2 Wishart Matrix. ' ' Institute of Statistics
Mimeo Series No. 619, January 1969. Pp. 5.
(With S. John.) "A Central Tolerance Region for the Multi-
variate Normal Distribution II." Institute of Statistics Mimeo
Series No. 620, January 1969. Pp. 8.
"Estimation and Testing Hypotheses for Generalized Multi-
variate Linear Models." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No.
696, February 1970. Pp. 165.
(With L. L. Kupper.) "On Testing Hypotheses Concerning
Standardized Mortality Ratios and/or Indirect Adjusted Rates."
Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 709, September 1970. Pp. 13.
Laweence L. Kuppeb
"The Admissibility of a Response Surface Design." Institute
of Statistics Mimeo Series, No. 660, January 1970. Pp. 10.
"Optimal Response Surface Techniques Using Fourier Series
and Spherical Harmonics." Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No.
678, April 1970. Pp. 85.
378
RESEARCH
(With D. G. Kleinbaum.) "On Testing Hypotheses Concerning
Standardized Mortality Ratios and/or Indirect Adjusted Rates."
Institute of Statistics Mimeo Series No. 709, September 1970. Pp. 13.
Abdel Rahim Omran
' ' Epidemiological Aspects of Health and Population Dynamics. ' '
Proceedings of a Faculty Seminar in India, published as two special
issues of The Bulletin (Gandhigram Institute of Rural Health and
Family Planning), IV :1 and 2 (March-April 1969). Pp. 1-191 and
(2) Pp. 1-92.
Cecil Slome
"The Epidemiological Approach to School Nursing," in New
Dimensions in School Nursing Leadership. Washington: National
Education Association, 1969. Pp. 24-32.
(With D. E. Roberts, D. Basco, J. H. Glasser, and G. Handy.)
"Epidemiologic Analysis in School Populations as a Basis for
Change in School Nursing Practice," American Journal of Public
Health, 59 (1969), 2157-67.
Review of Helen M. Simon, The Management of Health Prob-
lems of Secondary School Students (New York: Teacher's Col-
lege Press, Teacher's College — Columbia, 1968), in American
Journal of Nursing, 69 (1969), 377.
Philip S. Spiers
"Hodgkin's Disease in Workers in the Wood Industry," Pub-
lic Health Reports, 84 (1969), 385-88.
(With L. H. Kuller, A. Bolker, M. S. Saslaw, B. L. Paegel, C.
Sisk, J. A. Borhani, J. A. Wray, H. Anderson, D. Peterson, W. Win-
kelstein, Jr., J. Cassel, A. G. Robinson, H. Curry, A. M. Lilienfeld,
and R. Seltser.) "Nationwide Cerebrovascular Disease Mortality
Study: I. Methods and Analysis of Death Certificates, II. Com-
parison of Clinical Records and Death Certificates, III. Accuracy
of the Clinical Diagnosis of Cerebrovascular Disease, IV. Compari-
son of the Different Clinical Types of Cerebrovascular Disease,"
American Journal of Epidemiology, 90 (1969), 536-78.
(With D. Quade.) "On the Question of an Infectious Process
in the Origin of Childhood Leukemia," Biometrics, 26 (1970), 723-
37.
(With L. H. Kuller, A. Bolker, M. S. Saslaw, B. L. Paegel,
C. Sisk, J. A. Borhani, J. A. Wray, H. Anderson, D. Peterson,
W. Winkelstein, Jr., J. Cassel, A. G. Robinson, H. Curry, A. M.
Lilienfeld, and R. Seltser.) "Nationwide Cerebrovascular Disease
Morbidity Study," Stroke, 1 (1970), 86-99.
EPIDEMIOLOGY
379
Herman Alfred Tyroler
"Epidemiologic Studies of Cardiovascular Diseases in South-
eastern Communities: Evans County, Georgia, Charleston, South
Carolina, and the State of North Carolina," in The Community
as an Epidemiologic Laboratory: A Casebook of Community
Studies, eds., Irving I. Kessler and Morton L. Levin. Baltimore,
Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1970. Pp. 100-122.
"The Classification of Disease," Proceedings of a Conference
on Conceptual Issues in the Analysis of Medical Care Utilization
Behavior, held in October 1969 in Portland, Oregon. Pp. 33-57.
Antonie Wotjter Voors
(With R. K. Gutekunst, C. D. Jenkins, C. F. Moldow, and
G. T. Stewart.) "Determinants of Sickness in Marine Recruits,"
American Journal of Epidemiology, 89 (March 1969), 254-63.
(With C. D. Jenkins, W. E. Pierce, M. W. Rytel, and G. T.
Stewart.) "Prediction of Sickness by MMPI Scores in Naval
Recruits," American Review of Respiratory Diseases, 99 (March
1969), 415-20.
(With B. S. Hulka.) "Quantitative Evaluation of a Cervical
Cytology Screening Program," American Journal of Epidemiology,
90 (September 1969), 214-23.
"Does Lithium Depletion Cause Atherosclerotic Heart Disease?"
Lancet, 2 (December 1969), 1337-39.
(With M. E. Fogel, E. L. Hill, and D. R. Johnston.) Postattack
Prevention and Control of Enteric Diseases. Research Triangle In-
stitute Final Report R-OU-406. Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina (September 1969). Pp. 114.
(With G. T. Stewart.) "Is Disability in Marine Recruits As-
sociated with the Instructing Personnel?" American Journal of
Epidemiology, 91 (March 1970), 273-77.
"Lithium in the Drinking Water and Atherosclerotic Heart
Death: Epidemiologic Argument for Protective Effect," American
Journal of Epidemiology, 92 (September 1970), 164-71.
"Lithium Depletion and Atherosclerotic Heart Disease," Lan-
cet, (September 1970), 670.
(With H. S. Anderson, G. M. Botkin, J. B. Hallan, E. L. Hill,
R. O. Lyday, and J. N. Pyecha.) Alternative Designs for Systems
for Providing Postattack Medical Care. Research Triangle Institute
Final Report R-OU-407, Volume 1, Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina (October 1970). Pp. 732.
(With B. S. H. Harris.) Postattack Communicable Respiratory
380
RESEARCH
Diseases. Research Triangle Institute Final Report R-OU-493, Re-
search Triangle Park, North Carolina (November 1970). Pp. 140.
Stephen- Jerome Zyzanski
(With C. D. Jenkins, C. Gr. Hames, R. H. Rosenman, and M.
Friedman.) "Psychological Traits and Serum Lipids: Findings
from the California Psychological Inventory, ' ' Psychosomatic Med-
icine, 31 (1969), 115-28.
(With B. Hulka, J. C. Cassel, and S. J. Thompson.) "Scale for
the Measurement of Attitudes Toward Physicians and Primary
Medical Care," Medical Care, 8 (September-October 1970), 429-36.
(With C. D. Jenkins.) "Basic Dimensions Within the Coronary-
Prone Behavior Pattern," Journal of Chronic Diseases, 22 (1970),
781-95.
(With R. H. Rosenman, M. Friedman, R. Straus, C. D. Jen-
kins, and M. Wurm.) "Coronary Heart Disease in the Western
Collaborative Group Study: A Follow-Up Experience of 4%
Years," Journal of Chronic Diseases, 23 (1970), 173-90.
Department of Maternal and Child Health
Karl E. Batjman
e< Selected Aspects of the Contraceptive Practices of Unmarried
University Students," American Journal of Obstetrics and Gyne-
cology, 108 (September 1970), 203-09.
(With Naomi Morris, Charles Chase, and J. Richard Udry.)
"Social Class, Social Mobility and Prematurity: A Test of the
Childhood Environment Hypothesis for Negro Women," Journal
of Health and Social Behavior, 11 (September 1970), 190-95.
Jaroslav Fabian Hulka
"Other Methods of Conception Control," in Family Planning
Today, ed., Alan Rubin. Philadelphia : F. A. Davis and Company,
1969. Pp. 73-86.
(With C. F. Shaffer.) "Ovarian Transplantation: Graft-Host
Interactions in Corneal Encapsulated Homographs," American
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 103 (1969), 78.
"A Mathematical Model Study of Contraceptives Efficiency and
Unplanned Pregnancies," American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 104 (June 1, 1969), 443.
(With K. F. Omran.) "The Uterine Cervix as a Potential Local
Antibody Secretor," American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecol-
ogy, 104 (June 1, 1969), 440.
MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH
3S1
(With K. Mohr.) "Placental Hormones and Graft Rejection,"
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 104 (July 15,
1969) , 889.
(With T. Lippitt and K. Ranganathan.) "Tubal Ligation as
Part of Family Planning in India," American Journal of Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 105 (October 1, 1969), 434.
(With T. Crist.) "The Influence of Maternal Epinephrine on
Fertility, Newborn Weight and Behavior of the Offspring," Amer-
ican Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 106 (March 1, 1970),
687.
(With J. Davis.) "Elective Vasectomy by American Urologists
in 1967," Fertility and Sterility, 21 (August 1970), 615-21.
C. Arden Miller
"Minimal Brain Disfunction — National Project on Learning
Disabilities in Children," Report of Committee on Medical and
Health Related Services, Public Health Service Publication No.
2015. 1969. Pp. 51-81.
"Aquarians and Antiquarians," Journal of the Kansas Medical
Society, 71: 10 (1970), 383-90.
"Prepaid Group Practice Alternatives for Organizing Personal
Health Care Delivery." New York: National Health Council, Inc.,
1970. Pp. 16-19.
Naomi Mixner Morris
(With Earl Siegel.) "The Epidemiology of Human Reproduc-
tive Casualties, with Emphasis on the Role of Nutrition," in Ma-
ternal Nutrition and the Course of Pregnancy. Washington, D.C. :
National Academy of Sciences, 1970. Pp. 5-40.
(With J. Richard Udry.) "Behavioral Effects of Contracep-
tion," The Journal of Medical Education, Part 2 (November 1969),
83-87.
(With J. Richard Udry.) "Variations in Pedometer Activity in
the Menstrual Cycle," Obstetrics and Gynecology, 35 (February
1970) , 199-201.
(With J. Richard Udry.) "Oral Contraceptives Affect Distri-
bution of Sexual Activity in the Menstrual Cycle," Nature, 227
(August 1, 1970), 502.
Robert W. Notes
"Physiology of Ovarian Aging," Annals of the New York
Academy of Science, 171 (1970), 517-25.
382
RESEARCH
Earl Siegel
(With Xaomi Morris.) *'The Epidemiology of Human Repro-
ductive Casualties, with Emphasis on the Role of Nutrition," in
Maternal Nutrition and the Course of Pregnancy. Washington,
D.C.: National Academy of Sciences, 1970. Pp. 5-40.
" Pediatric Allied Health Workers in North Carolina." North
Carolina Medical Journal, 30 (July 1969), 265-69.
"Measurement of Need and Utilization Rates for a Public
Family Planning Program," American Journal of Public Health,
59 (August 1969), 1322-30.
"Preventive Pediatrics: The Potential of Family Planning,"
The Journal of Medical Education, 44 (November 1970), 74-80.
"Factors Associated with Involvement of Low Income Women
in a Public Family Planning Program," American Journal of Pub-
lic Health, 60 (1970), 1382-94.
J. Richard Udry
(With Naomi Morris.) "Behavioral Effects of Contraception,"
The Journal of Medical Education, Part 2 (November 1969), 83-87.
(With Naomi Morris.) "Variations in Pedometer Activity in
the Menstrual Cycle," American Journal of Obstetrics and Gyne-
cology, 35 (February 1970), 199-201.
(With Naomi Morris.) "Oral Contraceptives Affect Distribu-
tion of Sexual Activity in the Menstrual Cycle," Nature, 227 (Au-
gust 1, 1970), 502.
"The Effect of the Great Blackout of 1965 on Births in New
York City," Demography, 7 (August 1970), 325-27.
Department of Mental Health
Dorothea Cross Leighton
(With Eric AY. Mood and Morris Schiffman.) "Environmental
Health," in Mental Health Considerations in Public Health, ed.,
Stephen E. Goldston. Washington, D.C. : United States Department
of Health, Education, and Welfare, National Institute of Mental
Health, 1969. Pp. 181-204.
1 ' A Contribution of Population Studies : Ameliorative Measures
for the Disadvantaged," Studies Dedicated to Eric Essen-Moller,
Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 46 Supplement 219 (1970), 103-8.
Review of Bruce and Barbara Dohrenwend, Social Status and
Psychological Disorder (New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1969), in
American Journal of Psychiatry, 127 (July 1970), 149-50.
PARASITOLOGY AND LABORATORY PRACTICE
383
Eobekt Neal Wilson
The Sociology of Health: An Introduction. New York: Random
House, 1970. P. 128.
(With Guy M. Steuart.) " Health Education and Mental
Health," in Mental Health Considerations in Public Health, ed.,
Stephen E. Goldston. Washington, D.C. : United States Depart-
ment of Health, Education, and Welfare, National Institute of
Mental Health, 1969. Pp. 51-66.
"A Social Scientist's View of Surgeons, Surgical Depart-
ments, and Surgical Patients," in The Role of the Surgeon in
Medical School Education, ed., Harold G-. Barker. Springfield, Il-
linois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 108-14.
Review of Jay Schulman, Remaking an Organization (Albany:
State University of New York Press, 1969), in Inquiry, 7 : 4 (1970),
52-53.
Review of Vytautas Kavolis, Artistic Expression: A Sociolog-
ical Analysis (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1968), in Journal
of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 29 (1970), 273.
Review of Calvin S. Hall and Richard E. Lind, Dreams, Life,
and Literature: A Study of Franz Kafka (Chapel Hill: The Uni-
versity of North Carolina Press, 1970), in Contemporary Psy-
chology, 10 (October 1970), 596-97.
Review of Gerald Green, The Artists of Terezin (New York:
Hawthorne Books, 1969), in American Journal of Sociology, 75: 6
(May 1970), 1060-61.
Review of David Mechanic, Mental Health and Social Policy
(Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969), in Social Forces, 48: 4
(June 1970), 554-55.
Department of Parasitology and Laboratory Practice
Darrell William Brock
(With L. K. Georg.) "Determination and Analysis of Actino-
myces israelii Serotypes by Fluorescent- Antibody Procedures, ' '
The Journal of Bacteriology, 97 (February 1969), 581-88.
(With L. K. Georg.) "Characterization of Actinomyces israelii
Serotypes 1 and 2," The Journal of Bacteriology, 97 (February
1969), 589-93.
Raymond Cypress
"Demonstration of Immunity to Nematospiroides dubius in
Recipient Mice Given Spleen Cells," The Journal of Parasitology,
56 (February 1970), 199-200.
3S4
RESEARCH
"Artificial Production of Acquired Immunity in Mice by Foot-
pad Injections of a Crude Larval Extract of Nematospiroides du-
&ms," The Journal of Parasitology, 56 (April 1970), 230.
(With John E. Larsh.) "The Macrophage Inhibition Assay
(MIA) as an in vitro Correlate of Delayed Hypersensitivity (DE)
in Mice Sensitized to Tricliinella spiralis Antigens.'' The Journal
of Parasitology, 56 (August 1970), 64-65.
Elmer F. Chaffee
(With J. E. Larsh. N. F. Weatherly, and H. T. Goulson.)
Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Tricliinella spiralis. IV. Artificial Sensitization of Donors,"
The Journal of Parasitology, 55 (August 1969), 726-29.
(With J. E. Larsh. H. T. Goulson, and X. F. Weatherly.)
"Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Tricliinella spiralis. V. Tests in Recipients Injected with Donor
Spleen Cells 1, 3, 7, 14, or 21 Days Before Infection," The Journal
of Parasitology, 56 (October 1970), 978-81.
(With J. E. Larsh, H. T. Goulson, and X. F. Weatherly.)
"Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Tricliinella spiralis. YI. Results in Recipients Injected with
Antiserum or ' Freeze-Thaw' Spleen Cells," The Journal of Para-
sitology. 56 (December 1970), 1206-9.
Hlltox Thomas Goulsox
(With J. E. Larsh, X. F. Weatherly, and E. F. Chaffee.)
"Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Tricliinella spiralis. IV. Artificial Sensitization of Donors,"
The Journal of Parasitology, 55 (August 1969), 726-29.
(With J. E. Larsh, X. F. Weatherly. and E. F. Chaffee.)
"Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice In-
fected with Tricliinella spiralis. V. Tests in Recipients Injected
with Donor Spleen Cells 1, 3, 7, 14, or 21 Days Before Infection,"
The Journal of Parasitology, 5b (October 1970). 978-81.
(With J. E. Larsh, X. F. Weatherly, and E. F. Chaffee.)
"Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Tricliinella spiralis. VI. Results in Recipients Injected with
Antiserum or 'Freeze-Thaw' Spleen Cells." The Journal of Para-
sitology. 56 (December 1970), 1206-9.
Herbert Donald Hochsteix
(With J. C. Feeley and S. H. Richardson.) "Titration of
Cholera Antitoxin Levels by Passive Haemagglutination Tests Us-
ing Fresh and Formalinized Sheep Erythrocytes," Proceedings of
PARASITOLOGY AND LABORATORY PRACTICE
385
the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 133 (January
1970), 120-24.
Eobeet Teacy Howell
(With C. W. Moss, D. C. Farshy, V. R. Dowell, and J. B.
Brooks.) "Volatile Acid Production by Clostridium botnlinum
Type F," Canadian Journal of Microbiology, 16 (June 1970),
421-25.
Valgaaed Jonsson
"Proposal of a New Species Pseudomonas Jcingii," International
Journal of Systematic Bacteriology, 20 (July 1970), 255-57.
Geoege Edwaed Killgoee
(With W. R. Dowdle.) "Antigenic Characterization of Parain-
fluenza 4A and 4B by the Haemagglutination-Inhibition Test and
Distribution of HI Antibody in Human Sera," The American
Journal of Epidemiology, 91 (March 1970), 308-16.
John Edgae Laesh
"Immunology," in Trichinosis in Man and Animals, ed., S. E.
Gould. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas Company, 1970.
Pp. 129-46.
"Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Certain Experimental
Nematode Infections," H. D. Srivastava Commemorative Volume,
1 (September 1969), 133-38.
"Immunologic Responses of the Mouse to Trichinella spiralis,' !'
The Journal of Parasitology, 56 (August 1970), 200-201.
(With Raymond Cypess.) "The Macrophage Inhibition Assay
(MIA) as an in vitro Correlate of Delayed Hypersensitivity (DH)
in Mice Sensitized to Trichinella spiralis Antigens," The Journal
of Parasitology, 56 (August 1970), 64-65.
(With G. J. Race, J. H. Martin, and R. Michaels.) "Scanning
and Transmission Electron Microscopy (EM) of Schistosoma man-
soni Ova, Structure and Topography of Shell Pores," The Journal
of Parasitology, 56 (August 1970), 276-77.
(With G. J. Race, R. M. Michaels, J. H. Martin, and J. L.
Matthews.) "Schistosoma mansoni Eggs: An Electron Microscopic
Study of Shell Pores and Mierobarbs, " Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 130 (September 1969),
990-92.
(With H. T. Goulson, N. F. Weatherly, and E. F. Chaffee.)
"Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
386
RESEARCH
with Trichinella spiralis. IV. Artificial Sensitization of Donors,"
The Journal of Parasitology, 55 (August 1969), 726-29.
(With H. T. Goulson, N. F. Weatherly, and E. P. Chaffee.)
" Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Trichinella spiralis. V. Tests in Recipients Injected with
Donor Spleen Cells, 1, 3, 7, 14, or 21 Days Before Infection," The
Journal of Parasitology, 56 (October 1970), 978-81.
(With H. T. Goulson, N. F. Weatherly, and E. F. Chaffee.)
" Studies on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected
with Trichinella spiralis. VI. Results in Recipients Injected with
Antiserum or 'Freeze-Thaw' Spleen Cells," The Journal of Para-
sitology, 56 (December 1970), 1206-9.
Robert Walker Miliner
(With K. D. Stottmeier and G. P. Kubica.) "Formaldehyde:
A Prothermal Activated Toxic Substance Produced in Middle-
brook 7H10 Medium," The American Review of Respiratory
Diseases, 99 (April 1969), 603-7.
Fred W. Kachford
"The Hamster as a Laboratory Host for Plagiorchis proximus
(Barker, 1915)," The Journal of Parasitology, 56 (December
1970), 1137.
(With B. Z. Lang and L. N. Gleason.) "Effects of Metagoni-
moides oregonensis Price, 1931 (Trematoda: Heterophyidae) and
Mosesia chordeilesia McMullen, 1936 (Trematoda: Lecithodendri-
idae) on Goniobasis proxima (Say) (Gastropoda: Pleuroceridae)
in North Carolina," The Journal of Parasitology, 56 (August
1970), 836-38.
Charles Edward Sweet
(With L. Kaufman.) "Application of Agglutinins for the
Rapid and Accurate Identification of Medically Important Candida
Species," Applied Microbiology, 19 (May 1970), 830-36.
Robert Briggs Watson
Editor, The American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hy-
giene.
Norman Fred Weatherly
"Increased Survival of Swiss Mice Given Sublethal Infections
of Trichinella spiralis,'1 The Journal of Parasitology, 56 (Au-
gust 1970), 748-52.
(With J. E. Larsh, H. T. Goulson, and E. F. Chaffee.) "Studies
PARASITOLOGY AND LABORATORY PRACTICE
387
on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected with
Trichinella spiralis. IV. Artificial Sensitization of Donors," The
Journal of Parasitology, 55 (August 1969), 726-29.
(With J. B. Larsh, H. T. Goulson, and E .F. Chaffee.) "Studies
on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected with
Trichinella spiralis. V. Tests in Eecipients Injected with Donor
Spleen Cells 1, 3, 7, 14, or 21 Days Before Infection, ' ' The Journal
of Parasitology, 56 (October 1970), 978-81.
(With J. E. Larsh, H. T. Goulson, and E. F. Chaffee.) "Studies
on Delayed (Cellular) Hypersensitivity in Mice Infected with
Trichinella spiralis. VI. Results in Recipients Injected with Anti-
serum or 'Freeze-Thaw' Spleen Cells," The Journal of Parasitology,
56 (December 1970), 1206-9.
Review of David Catty, Monographs in Allergy, Volume 5. The
Immunology of Nematode Infections: Trichinosis in Guinea Pigs
as a Model (Basel, Switzerland : S. Karger AG, 1969) , in The Amer-
ican Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 19 (July 1970),
368-69.
Dissertations
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
VlRGLIO ESCUTIA, Jr.
Comparative Antigenic Studies of Strains of Trypanosoma
eruzi at Various Stages of Development. (1969, under the direction
of John Edgar Larsh and Kenneth W. Walls.)
Larry Neil Gleason
Concurrent Infections of the White Mouse with Fasciola he-
patica and Hymenolepis microstoma. (1969, under the direction of
James R. Hendricks.)
Robert Tracy Howell
The Evaluation of Cultural and Biochemical Methods for the
Differentiation of Clostridium botulinum and Clostridium sporo-
genes. (1969, under the direction of John Edgar Larsh and Vulus
R. Dowell, Jr.)
George Edward Killgore
Further Characterization of Parainfluenza Types 4A and 4B
and Serologic Evaluation of Their Role in Human Disease. (1969,
under the direction of John Edgar Larsh and Walter R. Dowdle.)
388
RESEARCH
Kenneth Darwin Mtjrrell
The Effects of Immunity on the Physiology of Taenia crassiceps
(Zeder, 1800) Cysticerci. (1969, under the direction of Norman
Fred Weatherly.)
Charles Edward Sweet
Studies on the Use of Agglutinins for the Identification of Can-
dida Species. (1969, under the direction of John Edgar Larsh and
Leo Kaufman.)
James Cecil Coefey, Jr.
The Incorporation of Tritiated Estradiol by Moniliformis du-
oius Following Its Administration to the OYariectomized Eat Host.
(1970, under the direction of Norman Fred Weatherly and Billy
Baggett. )
Herbert Donald Hochstein
In vitro Titration of Cholera Antitoxin. (1970, under the direc-
tion of John Edgar Larsh and John C. Feeley, III.)
David Thomas John
The Biology of Angiostrongylus cantonensis in the White Mouse.
(1970, under the direction of Hilton Thomas Goulson.)
George Thomas Moore, Jr.
Characterization of Toxoplasma gondii Strains by Antigenic
Analysis. (1970, under the direction of John Edgar Larsh and
Kenneth W. Walls.)
Bryan Eufus Eeep
The Effect of Newer Tubercle Bacillus Digestion and Decon-
tamination Procedures on Fungi Causing Pulmonary Diseases.
(1970, under the direction of John Edgar Larsh and William
Kaplan.)
Muriel Arlene Thompson
A Comparison of Five Serological Tests and Several Antigens
in the Detection of Antibodies to Neisseria gonorrhoeae. (1970,
under the direction of John Edgar Larsh and John E. Schmale.)
Department of Health Administration
James Allen
"Training for Family Planning Counseling," Journal of Educa-
tion Counseling and Services, 18: 1 (January 1969), 70-75.
HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
389
"How Catholics are Making Up Their Minds on Birth Control,"
The Christian Century, 87: 30 (July 29, 1970), 915-18.
"With the Best of Intentions," Engage, 2: 19 (August 1-15,
1970), 12-14.
Mo ye Wicks Fkeymann-
Cr aching the World Population Problem: A U.S. Goal for the
'70 's. Prepared for the Presidential Task Force on International
Development. Chapel Hill : Carolina Population Center, University
of North Carolina, 1969. Pp. 143.
"India's Population Program," in Transition in South Asia,
Problems of Modernization, ed., Robert I. Crane. Durham: Duke
University, 1970. Pp. 155-78.
(With Sagar C. Jain.) "Population, Family Planning and Con-
traception Teaching in Schools of Public Health," in Manual of
Family Planning and Contraceptive Practice, ed., Mary S. Cal-
derone. 2nd edition. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins Company,
1969. Pp. 206-8.
John T. Gentry
(With Morris Schaefer.) "The Impact of State and Federal
Policy Planning Decisions on the Implementation and Functional
Adequacy of Title XIX Health Care Programs," Medical Care, 7 :
2 (March- April 1969), 92-104.
(With Arnold D. Kaluzny, Jay H. Glasser, and Susan Russell.)
"Perceptual Differences of Administrators Regarding the Impor-
tance of Health Service Programs: Implications for Education for
Health Services Administration," American Journal of Public
Health, 60: 6 (June 1970), 1006-17.
(With Arnold D. Kaluzny, Jay H. Glasser, and Jane Sprague.)
"Diffusion of Innovative Health Care Services in the United
States: Study of Hospitals," Medical Care, 8: 6 (November-De-
cember 1970), 474-87.
Beview of David Mechanic, Medical Sociology: A Selective View
(New York: The Free Press, 1968), in Inquiry, 6: 3 (September
1969), 80.
William Theodore Herzog
Survey of Continuing Education Interests in Comprehensive
Health Planning Among Southeastern Health Organizations, U.S.
Public Health Service, Office of Comprehensive Health Planning.
Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina, 1969. Pp. 27.
390
RESEARCH
Lydia Say Holley
(With Nancy Laszlo and Barbara White.) Proceedings of In-
stitute on Community Health Aspects of Physical Therapy Educa-
tion. Chapel Hill : Department of Health Administration, University
of North Carolina, 1969. P. 204.
"The Physical Therapist: Who, What and How," American
Journal of Nursing, 70: 7 (July 1970), 1521-24.
John T. Hughes
"A Pre-Fluoridation Survey in Asheville, North Carolina," The
Journal of the North Carolina Dental Society, 52 (August 1969),
12-17.
"Dental Health Status of Students at the North Carolina Ad-
vancement School: By Race, Region of Residence, and Length of
Exposure to Fluoridated Water," Journal of the American As-
sociation of Public Health Dentistry (Fall 1970), 234-38.
Sagar C. Jain
(With Moye Wicks Freymann.) "Population, Family Planning
and Contraception Teaching in Schools of Public Health," in
Manual of Family Planning and Contraceptive Practice, ed., Mary
S. Calderone. 2nd edition. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins Com-
pany, 1969. Pp. 206-8.
(With Steven W. Sinding.) North Carolina Abortion Law 1967 :
A Study in Legislative Process. Chapel Hill: Carolina Population
Center, Monograph Series No. 2, January 1969. Pp. 74.
Albert L. Johnson
11 Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Interdependencies Among
the Elements in One Type of Outpatient System. ' ' Mimeo progress
report prepared for the National Tuberculosis and Respiratory
Disease Association. Part 1, August 1969. Pp. 144.
"Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Interdependencies Among
the Elements in One Type of Outpatient System." A Progress Re-
port on a Study of Ten Outpatient Tuberculosis Clinics in Three
Metropolitan Areas. Prepared for the National Tuberculosis and
Respiratory Disease Association. Part II, 1970. Pp. 100.
Arnold Daniel Kaluzny
(With Sol Levine.) "The Social Scientist's View of the Neigh-
borhood Health Center as a New Social Institution," Medical Care,
3:2 (March-April 1970), 95-96.
(With Charles A. Metzner.) "Cognitive Balance in a Choice
HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
391
Situation Involving Two Health Care Plans," Journal of Health
and Social Behavior, 11 : 2 (June 1970), 104-15.
(With John T. Gentry, Jay H. Glasser, and Jane B. Sprague.)
"Perceptual Differences of Administrators Regarding the Impor-
tance of Health Service Programs," American Journal of Public
Health, 60: 6 (June 1970), 1006-17.
(With Jay H. Glasser, John T. Gentry, and Jane B. Sprague.)
"Diffusion of Innovative Health Care Services in the United
States: A Study of Hospitals," Medical Care, 8: 6 (November-
December 1970), 474-87.
Harry T. Phillips
1 1 Public Health Aspects of Geriatrics, ' ' in Depth and Extent of
the Geriatric Problem, ed., Minna Field. Springfield, Illinois:
Charles C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 197-212.
"First Year's Report — Massachusetts Kidney Disease Planning
Project," Project Director, H. T. Phillips. Under contract with
Kidney Disease Control Program, Health Services and Mental
Health Administration, Department of Health, Education and
Welfare (1969). PHS Publication No. 1918. Pp. 74.
Morris Schaefer
A Systems Approach to Management Information in the World
Health Organization. Working Paper for Feasibility Study of In-
tegrated Management Information System, Geneva: World Health
Organization, July 1969. P. 71.
The Conundrum of Country Programming. Working Paper for
Project Systems Analysis, Geneva: World Health Organization,
June 1970. Pp. 61.
"Adapting Education for Health Administration in a School
of Public Health," American Journal of Public Health, 60: 6
(June 1970), 1007-22.
(With John T. Gentry.) "The Impact of State and Federal
Policy Planning Decisions on the Implementation and Functional
Adequacy of Title XIX Health Care Programs," Medical Care, 7 : 2
(March-April 1969), 92-104.
Jane B. Sprague
(With John T. Gentry, Arnold D. Kaluzny, and Jay H. Glasser.)
"Perceptual Differences of Administrators Regarding the Impor-
tance of Health Service Programs," American Journal of Public
Health, 60: 6 (June 1970), 1006-17.
(With Arnold D. Kaluzny, Jay H. Glasser, and John T. Gen-
try.) "Diffusion of Innovative Health Care Services in the United
392
RESEARCH
States: A Study of Hospitals," Medical Care, 8: 6 (November-De-
cember 1970), 474-87.
Disk J. Spruyt
"Promoting Effective Consumer Participation in Comprehensive
Health Planning-New Role Possibilities for the University of North
Carolina." Chapel Hill: Department of Health Administration.
University of North Carolina. X69. Pp. 12.
James E. Veney
Editor, Inquiry: A Journal of Medical Care Organization, Pro-
vision, and Financing.
"The Role of Medical Care in a Changing Social System," So-
ciological Focus, 3: 2 (Winter 1969), 51-61.
(With Daniel B. Hill.) "Kansas Blue Cross/Blue Shield Out-
patients Benefits Experiment," Medical Care, 8: 2 (March- April
1970), 143-58.
Janice Euth Westaby
(With Darla Strouse.) Falls. Accident Research Bibliographical
Series, Volume 2. Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina, 1969.
P. 321.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
Anthony R. Measham
Policy Process: Family Planning in North Carolina. (1970, un-
der the direction of Robert Wilson.)
W. Allen Smith, Jr.
A Study of General Hospital Use : Analysis of Utilization Data.
(1970, under the direction of John T. Gentry.)
Department of Health Education
Harriet Hylton Barr
(With E. L. McMahon and H. B. Walker.) Editor, Health Edu-
cators At Work, Volume 20, June 1969 ; Volume 21, July 1970.
Lee Holder
"Some Theoretical and Practical Considerations in Influencing
Health Behavior," Strategies for Planning and Evaluating Cancer
Education, Health Education Monographs No. 30 (1970), 49-69.
PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING
393
"A Concept of Health Planning," Texas Public Health As-
sociation Journal, 21: 6 (November-December 1969), 204-7.
" Education for Health in a Changing Society," American
Journal of PubUc Health, 60: 12 (December 1970), 2307-13.
Rosemary May Kent
" Public Health Educators: Manpower Today and the Chang-
ing Scene," American Journal of Public Health, 59 : 6 (June 1969) ,
1003-42.
Review of B. K. Sladen and P. B. Bang, Biology of Population:
The Biological Basis of Public Health (New York: American El-
sevier Publishing Company, Inc., 1969), in The American Journal
of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 19 : 4 (July 1970), 736-38.
Elizabeth Lovell McMahait
(With H. H. Barr and H. B. Walker.) Editor, Health Educators
at Work, Volume 20, June 1969 ; Volume 21, July 1970.
Hiawatha Brown Walker
(With H. H. Barr and E. L. McMahan.) Editor, Health Edu-
cators at Work, Volume 20, June 1969 ; Volume 21, July 1970.
Department of Public Health Nursing
Margaret Baggett Dolan
1 1 Preface to the Dover Edition," in Notes on Nursing: What It
is and What It Is Not by Florence Nightingale. New York : Dover
Publications, Inc., 1969. Pp. 5-9.
1 1 More Nurses : Better Nursing, ' ' International Nursing Review,
17: 4 (1970), 337-44.
"Partnership in Health," The Health Bulletin, North Car-
olina State Board of Health, 84 (December 1969), 3-5.
Elizabeth Merrill Edmands
Editor, First National Family Planning Conference for Nurse
Educators in Baccalaureate Schools of Nursing. Chapel Hill: Car-
olina Population Center, 1970. Pp. 205.
"Nursing in Family Planning," in Manual of Contraceptive
Practice, ed., M. Calderone. Baltimore : The Williams and Wilkins
Company, 1970. Pp. 53-61.
"Nursing Education in Family Planning," in Manual of Con-
traceptive Practice, ed., M. Calderone, Baltimore : The Williams and
Wilkins Company, 1970. Pp. 188-92.
394
RESEARCH
(With C. A. Houser and J. W. Eliot.) "The Teaching of Fer-
tility Regulation in Basic U.S. Schools of Nursing," American Jour-
nal of Public Health, 59 (June 1969), 982-995.
Ann Caton Hansen
(With D. B. Thomas.) "Multiple Discriminant Analysis of Pub-
lic Health Nursing Decision Responses," Nursing Research, 18
(March-April 1969), 145-53.
(With D. B. Thomas.) "Differences and Changes in Decision
Judgments Within Two Role Groups," Nursing Research, 18 (July-
August 1969), 333-38.
(With D. B. Thomas.) " Prof essionalization of Priority De-
cision Judgment," Nursing Research, 19 (July-August 1970),
343-48.
Marion Elizabeth Highriter
"Nurse Characteristics and Patient Progress," Nursing Re-
search, 18 (November-December 1969), 484-501.
"Performance Evaluation: Implications for Education and
Utilization of Public Health Nurses," American Journal of Public
Health, 60 (November 1970), 2079-85.
Marie Louise Lowe
"Effectiveness of Teaching as Measured by Compliance with
Medical Recommendations," Nursing Research, 19 (January-Feb-
ruary 1970), 59-63.
Julia Day Watkins
(With R. Bressler, V. C. Coyle, J. Feldman, F. T. Moss, C. Wat-
son, and T. F. Williams.) Diabetes Mellitus: A Reference for
Nurses. Diabetes Consultation and Education Service of The
Association for the North Carolina Regional Medical Program,
1969. Pp. 77.
(With F. T. Moss.) "Confusion in the Management of Di-
abetes," American Journal of Nursing, 69 (March 1969), 521-24.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Doris Marie Cole
Knowledge of Human Sexuality: A Neglected Aspect of Nurs-
ing Education. (1970, under the direction of Marie Justin Mc-
Intyre.)
RADIO, TELEVISION AND MOTION PICTURES
395
Sister Evon Kruse
A Descriptive and Exploratory Study of Fifty Collegiate Stu-
dents ' Satisfaction or Dissatisfaction With Their Public Health Ex-
perience. (1970, under the direction of Marion Elizabeth High-
riter. )
J uanita Lee Long
A Descriptive Study of the Amount of Information Heard by
Patients in the Interpretative Conference in the Division of Dis-
orders of Development and Learning, University of North Car-
olina at Chapel Hill. (1970, under the direction of Marie Justin
McIntyre.)
Sandra Cross Smith
Levels of Depression and Some Expressed Concerns of Patients
Following Amputation. (1969, under the direction of Faustena
Blaisdell.)
Carol Ann Thompson
A Descriptive Study of Nurses ' Perceived Understanding of the
Minimally Brain-injured Child. (1970, under the direction of Ma-
rie Justin McIntyre.)
Marjene Ethel White
A Descriptive Study of the Availability of Resource Persons
and Materials for the Management of the Problems that Face the
Nascent Nurse in Her Early Work Experience. (1970, under the
direction of Rose George.)
Elaine Florence Wishart
A Descriptive Study of Pre-discharge Instruction for Myocar-
dial Infarction Patients. (1970, under the direction of Marie Justin
McIntyre.)
DEPARTMENT OF RADIO, TELEVISION, AND
MOTION PICTURES
Robert Joseph Gwyn
1 'Some Reflections on Television and Symbolic Speech," Tele-
vision Quarterly, 8: 2 (Spring 1969), 57-65.
" Education for Consumption: A Perspective on Commercial
Broadcasting, " Today's Speech, 18: 2 (Spring 1970), 23-26.
396
RESEARCH
"Proposal for Action: Satellite to Home Radio," Educational
Broadcasting Review, 4: 2 (April 1970), 15-18.
"'Opinion Advertising and the Free Market of Ideas," Public
Opinion Quarterly, 34: 2 (Summer 1970), 246-55.
"William Maeiox Hardy
100 Years of Service. A Television documentary script written
for the Xorth Carolina Mutual Life Insurance Company and
produced in the studios of WKDU-TV in Durham. Xorth Carolina,
October, 1970.
"William Hexrt Melsox
(With Bobby J. Calder and Chester Insko.) '"The Social Psy-
chological Status of Reward," Psychonomic Science, 17 (1969),
240-42.
(With Robert B. McCall.) "Attentional Responses of Five
Month Girls to Discrepant Auditorv Stimuli," Child Development.
41 (1970), 1159-71.
(With Chester Insko.) "Verbal Reinforcement of Attitude in
Laboratory and Xonlaboratory Contexts," Journal of Personality,
37 (1969)* 25-40.'
(With Robert B. McCall.) "Attention in Infants as a Function
of Magnitude of Discrepancy and Habituation Rate," Psycho-
nomic Science, 17 (1969), 317-19.
(With Robert B. McCall.) "Amount of Short-Term Familiariza-
tion and the Response to Auditory Discrepancies."' Child Develop-
ment, 41 (1970), 861-69.
(With Robert B. McCall.) "Complexity, Contour, and Area as
Determinants of Attention in Infants." Developmental Psychology,
3 (1970), 343-49.
John Paul Xickell
The Lion in Winter. Direction of a television drama produced
in the studios of the Department of Radio, Television and Motion
Pictures of the University of Xorth Carolina, Chapel Hill, Xorth
Carolina, March, 1970.
100 Years of Service. Direction of a television documentary pro-
duced in the studios of WRDL'-TV in Durham, Xorth Carolina,
October, 1970.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
RELIGION
397
Dadney M. Coddington, Jr.
The South to San Francisco: A Screenplay. (1970, under the
direction of Ralph Gary Dennis.)
Vera E. David
The Image of the Jew in Some Elements of American Mass
Culture in the Late 1960 's. (1970, under the direction of Wesley
Herndon Wallace.)
Elizabeth Dunkel Edwards
Which Locally Produced Examples of Six Popular Educational
and Commercial Television Production Techniques Seem to Result
in the Greatest Learning Gain and Retention for Preschool Audi-
ences! (1970, under the direction of Ralph Gary Dennis.)
William Allen Guth
Mental Health Information-Seeking and the Need to Know.
(1970, under the direction of Maxwell E. McCombs.)
Eufrossyni Philippides Mueller
Atlantis: A Screenplay. (1970, under the direction of Ralph
Gary Dennis.)
Horst Mueller
Structures: A Screenplay. (1970, under the direction of Ralph
Gary Dennis.)
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
John Wesley Dixon, Jr.
"Art and Pornography," Theology Today, 25 (January 1969),
474-77.
' ' The Matter of Theology : The Consequences of Art for Theolog-
ical Method,'' The Journal of Religion, 49 (April 1969), 160-79.
"Fresco as Theology," Theology Today, 26 (July 1969), 194-
203.
Review of Rolfe Lanier Hunt, ed., Revolution, Place and Sym-
bol (New York: International Congress on Religion, Architecture,
and the Visual Arts, 1969), in Theology Today, 27 (July 1970),
249-51.
Review of Ray L. Hart, Unfinished Man and the Imagination
(New York: Herder and Herder, 1968), in Soundings, 53 (Fall
1970), 323-38.
Review of Roland Delattre, Beauty and Sensibility in the
398
RESEARCH
Thought of Jonathan Edwards (New Haven : Yale University Press,
1968) , in Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 28 (Summer
1970), 546-47.
Samuel Smythe Hill, Je.
Review of Willard B. Gatewood, Jr., ed., Controversy in the
Twenties: Fundamentalism, Modernism, and Evolution (Nash-
ville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1969), in Journal for the
Scientific Study of Religion, 9 (Fall 1970), 161-63.
"A Theologian's Response," Review of Religious Research, 11
(Winter 1970), 143-45.
Aenold Samuel Nash
Editor, The Choice Before the Humanities. Durham: Regional
Education Laboratory for the Carolinas and Virginia, 1970. Pp.
xxi, 153.
"The Humanities and Research in Higher Education," in The
Choice Before the Humanities, ed., A. S. Nash. Durham: Regional
Education Laboratory for the Carolinas and Virginia, 1970. Pp.
135-53.
(With Marion B. Smith.) "The Natural Sciences, Criticism,
and the Humanities," Journal of Aesthetic Education, 3 (April
1969) , 59-68.
Review of David Martin, A Sociology of English Religion (New
York: Basic Books, 1967), in American Sociological Review, 34
(October 1969), 788-89.
Jack M. Sasson
The Military Establishments at Mari. Studia Pohl, No. 3. Rome :
Pontifical Biblical Institute, 1969. Pp. xiii, 102.
Review of T. Dothan, Hap-pelistim wetarbutam ha-homerit (The
Philistines and Their Material Culture — in Hebrew) (Jerusalem:
Bialik Institute and Israel Exploration Society, 1967), in Journal
of the American Oriental Society, 89 (January-March 1969),
170-72.
John H. Schutz
Editor, Bulletin of the Council on the Study of Religion.
11 Apostolic Authority and the Control of Tradition: I Cor.
XV," New Testament Studies, 15 (1969), 439-57.
Review of Hans von Campenhausen, Tradition and Life in the
Church: Essays and Lectures in Church History (Philadelphia:
Fortress Press, 1968), in Theology Today, 26 (October 1969),
363-65.
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
399
Euel W. Tyson, Jr.
"Confusions of Culture in the University," in Identity Crisis
in Higher Education, eds., Harold L. Hodgkinson and Myron B.
Bloy, Jr. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass, 1970. Pp. 27-48.
DEPARTMENT OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES
Juan Bautista Avalle-Arce
El Persiles de Cervantes. Madrid: Editorial Castalia, 1969. Pp.
480.
Los entremeses de Cervantes. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey:
Prentice-Hall, 1970. Pp. 210.
Don Juan Valera: Morsamor. Barcelona: Editorial Labor, 1970.
Pp. 338.
El Inca Oarcilaso en sus Comentarios. 2nd edition. Madrid:
Editorial Gredos, 1970. Pp. 282.
"Dos Relaciones ineditos de Ruy Diaz de Guzman," Filologia,
12 (1966-1967) [publ. 1969], 25-76.
' ' Don Quijote o la vida como obra de arte, ' ' Cuadernos Hispano-
americanos, 242 (February 1970), 247-80.
"Bucolismo," "Egloga," "Idilio," ' ' Montemayor, Jorge de,"
"Pastoril, Novela," "Gil Polo, Gaspar," "Sannazaro, Jacopo,"
Diccionario Enciclopedico Salvat Universal, 1969.
Review of Maria Rosa Lida de Malkiel, EstudAos de literatura
espanola y comparada (Buenos Aires, 1966), in Hispanic Review,
37 (1969), 394.
Review of Edward Glaser, ed., The Cancionero Manuel de Faria
(Minister, 1968), in Renaissance Quarterly, 22 (1969), 387-88.
Review of Dana B. Drake, Cervantes: A Critical Bibliography,
I, The Novelas Ejemplares (Blacksburg: Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, 1968), in Modern Language Notes, 85 (1970), 303-4.
Pablo Gil Casado
Review of Eduardo Neale-Silva and Dana A. Nelson, Lengua
hispdnica moderna (New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston,
1967), in Modern Language Journal, 54 (January 1970), 36-37.
Review of Gustavo Correa, Realidad, fiction, y simbolo en las
novelas de Perez Galdos (Bogota: Instituto Caro y Cuervo, 1967),
in Hispanofila, 40 (1970), 69.
Fred M. Clark
11 Objective Tests of Authenticity and the Attribution of El
toledano vengado to Lope de Vega/' Hispanofila, 38 (1969), 13-18.
400
RESEARCH
"A Note on the Authorship of a Comedia Attributed to Lope:
Alejandro el segundo," Romance Notes, 11 : 1 (1969), 144-47.
"A Lost Sonnet of Lope De Vega?" Romance Notes. 11: 3
(1970), 604-6.
Review of Salvador Garcia Boudano, Ao pe de cada hora (Vigo :
Galaxia Coleicion Salnes, 1967), in Books Abroad, 43: 4 (Autumn
1969), 585.
Review of Jose Agustm, Abolition de la propiedad (Mexico :
Joaquin Mortiz, 1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 2 (Spring 1970), 274.
Review of Carlos Drummond de Andrade, Reuniao : 10 livros de
poesia (Rio de Janeiro: Olympio, 1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 3
(Summer 1970), 463.
Review of Mario Beirao, Ausente (Porto : Tavares Martins,
1969) , in Books Abroad, 44: 3 (Summer 1970), 462-63.
Review of XIL Franco Grande, Entre o si e o non (Vigo:
Galaxia Colecion Salnes, 1967), in Books Abroad, 44: 1 (Winter
1970) , 100-101.
Review of Lope de Vega, El sufrimiento premiado, ed.. V. F.
Dixon (London: Grant and Cutler Ltd., 1967), in Hispanofila, 39
(1970), 55-56.
Julio Cortes
Revision of Hebraic quotations in Ludwig Milichius, Zauber-
teufel, Schrapteufel, ed., Ria Stambaugh (Berlin: "Walter de Gruy-
ter, 1970).
Review of James A. Bellamy, Ernest N. McCarus, and Adil I.
Yacoub, eds., Contemporary Arabic Readers, TV Short Stories
(Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1967), in Boletin
de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalist as, 6 (1970), 284.
Review of Daud Atiyeh Abdo, A Course in Modern Standard
Arabic (Beirut : Khayats, 1962-64), in Boletin de la Asociacion
Espanola de Orientalist as, 5 (1969), 276.
Review of Daud A. Abdo and Salwa H. Abdo, Modern Standard
Arabic, Elementary Level (Urbana: LTniversity of Illinois. 1967),
in Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas, 5 (1969).
275-76.
Review of A. J. Arberry, Aspects of Islamic Civilization, As
Depicted in the Original Texts (Ann Arbor: The LTniversity of
Michigan Press, 1967), in Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de
Orientalistas, 5 (1969), 266-67.
Review of A. F. L. Beeston, Written Arabic: An Approach to
the basic structures (Cambridge: University Press. 1968), in
Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas, 6 (1970). 282.
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
401
Review of A. G. Chejne, The Arabic Language, Its Bole in His-
tory (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1969), in Boletin
de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalist as, 6 (1970), 283.
Review of J. Hans, Dynamik und Dogma im Islam (Leiden :
E. J. Brill, 1968), in Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orien-
talistas, 5 (1969), 266.
Review of Mohand-ou-Mhand, Les isefra, Poemes de Si Mohand-
ou-Mhand, tr., Mouloud Mammeri (Paris: Maspero, 1969), in Books
Abroad (Autumn 1970), 707.
Review of Haim B. Rosen, A Textbook of Israeli Hebrew, with
an Introduction to the Classical Language, 2nd Corrected Edition
(Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press, 1966), in
Boletin de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalist as, 6 (1970), 269-
70.
Review of Maria Tsiapera, A Descriptive Analysis of Cypriot
Maronite Arabic (The Hague and Paris: Mouton, 1969), in Boletin
de la Asociacion Espanola de Orientalist as, 6 (1970), 283-84.
George Bernard Daniel, Jr.
Associate editor, Romance Notes.
Eight Centuries of French Literature, eds., R. F. Bradley and
R. B. Michell. Revised and enlarged. New York: Appleton-Century-
Crofts, 1970. Pp. 631.
Review of B. Munteano, Constantes dialectiques en litterature
et en histoire (Paris: Didier, 1967), in Comparative Literature, 21
(Summer 1969), 282-83.
Review of J. C. Ireson, Studies in French Literature Presented
to H. W. Lawton (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1968),
in Modern Language Journal, 54 (March 1970), 207-8.
Review of C. Savage, Roger Martin die Gard (New York:
Twayne Publishers Inc., 1969), in Studi Francesi, 41 (May- August
1970), 470.
Review of John Darbelnet, Pensee et Structure (New York:
Scribners, 1969), in Modern Language Journal, 54 (October 1970),
442.
William Joseph DeStta
Editor, University of North Carolina Studies in Comparative
Literature.
Editor, The Challenge of Comparative Literature and Other Ad-
dresses, by Werner P. Friederich. University of North Carolina
Studies in Comparative Literature, No. 51. Chapel Hill : The Uni-
versity of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. xxiii, 152.
402
RESEARCH
Janet Winecoff Diaz
The Major Themes of Existentialism in the Works of Ortega y
Gasset. Chapel Hill : The University of North Carolina Press, 1970.
Pp. 233.
* ' La commedia dell 'arte en una novela de Ana Maria Matute, ' '
Hispanofila, 40 (Fall 1970), 15-28.
1 1 The Novels of Ignacio Aldecoa, ' ' Romance Notes, 11 : 3 (Spring
1970), 475-81.
"Theater and Theories of Fernando Arrabal," Kentucky Ro-
mance Quarterly, 16: 2 (1969), 143-54.
' ' Three New Works of Dolores Medio, ' ' Romance Notes, 11 : 2
(Winter 1969), 244-50.
Review of Francisco Ayala, La cabeza del cordero, ed., Keith
Ellis (Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall, 1968), in Hispania, 52: 1
(March 1969), 170-81.
Review of Ramon Buckley, Problemas formales en la novela
espanola contempordnea (Barcelona: Ediciones Peninsula, 1968),
in Hispania, 52: 3 (September 1969), 528.
Review of Ana Maria Matute, Algunos muchachos (Barcelona:
Ediciones Destino, 1968), in Hispania, 52: 4 (December 1969),
966-67.
Review of Jesus Fernandez Santos, El hombre de los santos
(Barcelona : Destino, 1969) , in Hispania, 53 : 2 (May 1970) , 340-41.
Review of Miguel Delibes, Parabola del ndufrago (Barcelona:
Destino, 1969), in Hispania, 53: 4 (December 1970), 1024.
Frank Marion Duffey
Editor, South Atlantic Bulletin.
Alva Vernon- Ebersole, Je.
Editor, Hispanofila.
Editor, E studios de Hispanofila.
Cinco cuentistas contempordneos. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-
Hall, Inc., 1969. Pp. viii, 213.
Ed. Calderon de la Barca. La desdicha de la voz. 2nd edition.
Estudios de Hispanofila, 3. Madrid: Editorial Castalia, 1969. Pp.
xxiii, 139.
Review of Everett W. Hesse, Andlisis e inter pretacion de la
comedia (Madrid: Editorial Castalia, 1968), in South Atlantic
Bulletin, 35: 4 (November 1970), 38-39.
Daniel Bruce Eisenberg
1 ' Mas datos bibliograficos sobre libros de caballerias espanoles, ' '
Revista de Liter atura, 34 (1970), 5-14.
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
403
Alfred Garvin Engstrom
"The Man Who Thought Himself Made of Glass, and Certain
Kelated Images," Studies in Philology, 67:3 (July 1970), 390-405.
"Introduction" to Emanuel J. Mickel Jr.'s The Artificial
Paradises in French Literature: I. The Influence of Opium and
Hashish on the Literature of French Romanticism and <(Les Fleurs
du Mai." University of North Carolina Studies in the Komanee
Languages and Literatures, No. 84. Chapel Hill: The University
of North Carolina Press, 1969. Pp. 13-17.
Entries on Bertrand, Chateaubriand, Theophile Gautier, Victor
Hugo, Nerval and Nodier in "The Romantic Movement: A Selective
and Critical Bibliography for 1968," in English Language Notes,
7: Supplement to No. 1 (September 1969), 60, 61-64, 69, 70-74,
79-81.
Entries on Ballanche, Borel, Chateuabriand, Theophile Gautier,
Victor Hugo, Nerval and Nodier in "The Romantic Movement: A
Selective and Critical Bibliography for 1969," in English Language
Notes, 8: Supplement to No. 1 (September 1970), 58, 62, 63-66, 68-
69, 70-72, 76-79.
Review of Xavier Marmier's Journal; etablissement de texte,
presentation et notes de Eldon Kaye ... (2 vol. ; Geneve: Librairie
Droz, 1968), in The French Review, 43 : 3 (February 1970), 515-16.
Eugene Hannes Falk
"The Formative Effects of Romantic Commitments," Sym-
posium, 3-4 (Fall- Winter 1969), 225-34.
"No Exit and Who's Afraid of Virginia Woolf, A Thematic
Comparison," Studies in Philology, 3 (July 1970), 406-17.
I. E. Stirling Haig
Madame de Lafayette. Twayne World Authors Series, No. 90.
New York : Twayne Publishers, 1970. Pp. 164.
"La Fontaine's Le Loup et le chien as a Pedagogical Instru-
ment," The French Review, 42: 5 (April 1969), 701-5.
"La Comtesse de Tende : A Singular Heroine," Romance Notes,
10: 2 (Spring 1969), 311-16.
"The Madame Bovary Blues," The Romance Review, 41: 11
(February 1970), 27-34.
Review of H. Peyre, French Novelists of Today (New York:
Oxford University Press, 1967), in Studi Francesi, 37 (January-
April 1969), 184.
Review of R. C. Dale, The Poetics of Prosper Merimee (The
Hague and Paris: Mouton, 1966), in L'Esprit Createur, 9: 1
(Spring 1969), 57.
404
RESEARCH
Review of M. Adereth, Commitment in Modern French Litera-
ture (London: Victor Gollancz, 1967), in Studi Francesi, 39
(September-December 1969), 584.
Review of R. F. Roeming, Camus: A Bibliography (Madison,
Milwaukee, and London : The University of Wisconsin Press,
1968), in Studi Francesi, 39 (September-December 1969), 594.
Review of H. Peyre, Historical and Critical Essays (Lincoln:
The University of Nebraska Press, 1968), in Studi Francesi, 40
(January- April 1970), 193-94.
Review of Laurent Le Sage et Andre Yon, Dictionnaire des
Critiques Litteraires: Guide de la Critique Frangaise du XXe
siecle (University Park and London: The Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity Press, 1969), in Studi Francesi, 41 (May- August 1970),
381.
Jacques Hardee
Editor-in-Chief, The French Review.
La France et sa Civilisation. New York : Dodd, Mead and Com-
pany, 1969. Pp. 592.
Editor, Les Enfants terribles, by Jean Cocteau. Waltham,
Massachusetts : Blaisdell Publishing Company, 1969. Pp. 107.
"Peguy et les classiques, " South Atlantic Bulletin, 34: 4 (No-
vember 1969), 12-15.
Review of H. Sutton, Marie Noel: Notes for Myself (Ithaca,
New York: Cornell University Press, 1968), in Modern Language
Journal, 54: 3 (March 1970), 206.
Ueban Tignee Holmes
Editor-in-Chief, Romance Notes.
Editor-in-Chief, University of North Carolina Studies in the
the Romance Languages and Literatures.
Chretien de Troyes. New York: Twayne Publishers Inc., 1970.
Pp. 195.
(With Raymond J. Cormier.) Editor, Essays in Honor of Louis
F. Solano. The University of North Carolina Studies in the Ro-
mance Languages and Literatures, No. 92. Chapel Hill: The Uni-
versity of North Carolina Press, 1970. Pp. 203.
"The Kambriae Descriptio of Gerald the Welshman," Meddi-
evalia et Humanistica, New Series, 1 (1970), 217-31.
Review of Paul Barrette, ed., Robert de Blois's Floris et
Lyriope (Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1968), in
Speculum, 44 (October 1969), 619-20.
Review of S. J. Borg, ed., Aye d' Avignon: Chanson de geste
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
405
anonyme (Geneve: Droz, 1967), in Speculum, 44 (October 1969),
620-21.
Review of Joseph Gildea, ed., Durmart le Gallois (Villanova:
Villanova Press, 1965), in Speculum, 44 (October 1969), 640-42.
Review of M. D. Lobel, Historic Towns (London : Lovel- Johns,
1969), in Speculum, 45 (April 1970), 309-10.
Review of G. W. Coopland, ed., Philippe de Mezieres (Cam-
bridge: University Press, 1969), in French Review, 43 (May 1970),
941-42.
Review of Christopher Storey, ed., La Vie de Saint Alexis
(Geneve: Droz, 1968) in Speculum, 45 (April 1970), 327-29.
Memoirs (obituaries) of Bertram Colgrave, Ramon Menendez-
Pidal and Bruno Nardi, Speculum, 44 (July 1969), 528-530.
Memoirs of Roy J. Deferrari and Alfred Ewart, Speculum, 45
(July 1970), 519-20.
Antonio Illiano
"A View of the Italian Absurd from Pirandello to Eduardo De
Filippo," Proceedings of the Comparative Literature Symposium, 3
(Lubbock: Texas Technological University, 1970), 55-76.
' ' Per una visione epica del paesaggio nel Cantar de Mio Cid, ' '
Romance Notes, 11: 3 (1970), 666-69.
Stuegis Elleno Leavitt
"The Teaching of Spanish in the United States," in A Hand-
book for Teachers of Spanish and Portuguese, ed., Donald D. Walsh.
New York: D.C. Heath and Company, 1969. Pp. 222-34.
"The Harvard Council on Hispanic-American Studies," in
Studies in Honor of Samuel Montefiore Waxman, ed., H. H. Golden.
Boston : Boston University Press, 1969. Pp. 203-5.
George Mallary Masters
Rabelaisian Dialectic and the Platonic-Hermetic Tradition. Al-
bany: State University of New York Press, 1969. Pp. xi, 152.
"Rabelais and Renaissance Figure Poems," Etudes rabelai-
siennes, 8 (1969), 51-68.
"Thenaud and Dante," Dante Studies, 88 (1970), 149-54.
Maria Antonia Salgado
"El retrato como critica literaria en Los raros," Romance
Notes, 11: 1 (Fall 1969), 30-35.
' ' Teatro de ensueno : colaboraeion modernista de Juan Ramon
Jimenez y G. Martinez Sierra," Hispanofila, 38 (January 1969),
49-58.
406
RESEARCH
1 1 La vision humoristica en los Retratos de Gomez de la Serna, ' '
Papeles de Son Armadans, 163 (October 1969) , 15-25.
"En torno a una pagina olvidada de Juan Ramon Jimenez,"
South Atlantic Bulletin, 34 (November 1969), 9-11.
1 ' Dos caricaturas liricas de Antonio Machado, ' ' La Torre, 17 :
66 (October-December 1969), 90-97.
Review of Weston Flint, Solana, escritor (Madrid: Ediciones
de la Revista de Occidente, 1967), in South Atlantic Bulletin, 34
(November 1969), 26-27.
Review of Ivan A. Schulman y Manuel Pedro Gonzalez, Marti,
Dario y el Modernismo . Prologo de Cintio Vitier (Madrid: Editorial
Gredos, S.A., 1969), in Hispanofila, 40 (September 1970), 69-70.
Review of Jorge Guillen, Affirmation: A Bilingual Anthology,
1919-1966. Translated, with notes, by Julian Palley. Introduction
by Jorge Guillen (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1968),
in Modern Language Journal, 54: 7 (November 1970), 55.
Aldo Domenico Scaglione
Ars Grammatical A Bibliographic Survey, Two Essays on the
Grammar of the Latin and Italian Subjunctive, and A Note on the
Ablative Absolute. Jannua Linguarum, Series Minor, No. 77. The
Hague-Paris; Mouton, 1970. Pp. 151.
' ' Stile e pensiero del Barocco f ra arte e letteratura, ' ' in Guarino
Guarini e Vlnternazionalita del Barocco. Volume 2. Atti del Con-
vegno Internazionale, Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, 1968.
Torino: Accademia delle Scienze, 1970. Pp. 579-95.
Review of C. S. Lewis, The Discarded Image (Cambridge : Cam-
bridge University Press, 1964), in Romance Philology, 22 (1969),
327-29.
Review of F. Onofri, In nome del padre (Florence: Vallecchi,
1968), in Books Abroad (July 1969), 394.
Review of Carlo Dionisotti, Gli Umanisti e il volgare fra Quattro
e Cinquecento (Florence: Le Monnier, 1968), in Romance Philol-
ogy, 23 (1969), 120-23.
Review of W. Leonard Grant, Neo-Latin Literature and the
Pastoral (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1965),
in Romance Philology, 23 (1969), 244-46.
Review of Boccaccio, II Corbaccio, ed., T. Nurmela (Helsinki:
Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia, 1968), in Romance Philology, 24: 2
(1970), 369-70.
Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire
Translator, Christian Doctrine for the Instruction and Informa-
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
407
tion of the Indians' by Pedro de Cordoba. Coral Gables: University
of Miami Press, 1970. Pp. 152.
"Refranes que aparecen en la loteria de Espana correspondi-
entes a los sorteos de 1969," Hispania, 53 (May 1970), 313.
Review of A. Porqueras Mayo, El prolog o en el manierismo y
barroco espanoles (Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones
Cientificas, 1968), in Hispania, 52 (1969), 326-27.
Review of Ludger Beauregard, Toponymie de la Region Metro-
politaine de Montreal (Quebec: Commission de Geographie, 1968),
in Names, 17 (September 1969), 238-39.
Review of Donald MeGrady, Mateo Alemdn (New York:
Twayne, Inc., 1968), in Hispania, 52 (1969), 959-60.
Feedeeick Weight Voglee
Associate editor, The University of North Carolina Studies in
the Romance Languages and Literatures.
Review of Patricia M. Gathercole, Laurent de Premierf ait's
Des cas des nobles hommes et femmes (Chapel Hill: University of
North Carolina Press, 1968), in French Review, 43 (1970), 847-48.
William Leon Wiley
Review of Bernard Quemada, Les Dictionnaires du frangais
moderne, 1539-1863 (Etudes Lexicologiques, I. Paris: Marcel
Didier, 1968), in French Review, 43: 2 (December 1969), 394-95.
Review of Andre Stegmann, L'Hero'isme cornelien, genese et
signification. Tome I: Corneille et la vie litteraire de son temps;
Tome II; L'Europe intellectuelle et le theatre — signification de
Vheroisme cornelien (Paris: Armand Colin, 1968), in French Re-
view, 43 :6 (May 1970), 938-40.
Dissertations and Theses
The following doctoral dissertations were completed under the di-
rection of the department :
David Latjei Andeeson
The Development of an Heloise Motif and La Nouvelle Heloise.
(1969, under the direction of Richard Lane Frautschi.)
Diana Lynne Apostolides
Voltaire's Lisbonne and Loi Poems: A Quantitative Approach
To The Problem of the Variants. (1970, under the direction of
Richard Lane Frautschi.)
408
RESEARCH
Margaret Dixon Osborne Bender
Li Torneiment Anticrist by Huon de Meri : A Critical Edition.
(1970, under the direction of Urban Tigner Holmes, Jr.)
Sandra Lou Brown
Tirso de Molina: His Treatment of Medieval Spanish History.
(1969, under the direction of Sturgis Elleno Leavitt.)
Henry Ashton Garrity
Anti- Classical Dramatic Criticism in France, 1671-1736. (1969,
under the direction of William Leon Wiley.)
Carol Ann Gorin
Imagery in Cliges. (1970, under the direction of Urban Tigner
Holmes, Jr.)
Roberta Joyce Lieb Thiher
The Quantitative Moral Universe in Six Tales by the Marquis
de Sade. (1970, under the direction of Richard Lane Frautschi.)
Fleming Greene Vinson
A Critical Bibliography of the Spanish Pastoral Novel (1599-
1633). (1969, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoude-
MIRE.)
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department:
Silvia Gonzalez-Qttevedo Alonso
Enrique Jose Varona y Sus Articulos Literarios. (1970, under
the direction of Lawrence Albright Sharpe.)
Ann Louise Alston
Hand Images in Paul Eluard's Poetic Works. (1970, under
the direction of Jacques Hardre.)
Helen Huntley Aull
The Imagery in Les Fleurs du Mai : A Study of Its Nature and
Function. (1970, under the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Anna Kathryn Baker
An Essay and a Critical Bibliography Concerning Studies on
Balzac's Mystical Novels, Louis Lambert and Seraphita. (1970,
under the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
409
Mary Jane Bandy
A Study of Eyes in Racinian Tragedy. (1970, under the direc-
tion of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
Mary Louise Beasley
Character Relationships in Three Novels of Marivaux. (1970,
under the direction of Richard Lane Frautschi.)
Charlene Glassell Blair
The Image of the Child in the Prose of Juan Ramon Jimenez.
(1969, under the direction of Maria Antonia Salgado.)
Judith Ellen Blumenreich
Madrid and Pilares : The Portrayal of Two Spanish Cities in the
Novels of Ramon Perez de Ayala. (1969, under the direction of
Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Eladio Peter Bolanos
Ricardo Palma's Attitude Toward The Clergy. (1970, under
the direction of Andre Stanislow Michalski and Sturgis Elleno
Leavitt.)
Candis Virginia Boyer
The Salon of Madame de Rambouillet. (1969, under the direc-
tion of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
Constance Nock Brown
Rhetorical Elements in Two Novels by Ana Maria Matute:
Primera Memoria and Los Soldados Lloran de Noche. (1970, under
the direction of Janet Winecoff Diaz.)
Nancy Gardner Carter
The Epic Theories of Paul Meyer. (1970, under the direction
of Urban Tigner Holmes, Jr.)
Patricia Elizabeth Caver
Critical Opinion on Les Soirees de Medan. (1969, under the di-
rection of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Karen Nordenhaug Ciholas
Andre Gide's Les Faux-Monnayeurs • A Thematic Analysis.
(1970, under the direction of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
410
RESEARCH
EOBEET KlEKWOOD CoLTON
Similes and Metaphors in the Rimas of Gustavo Alolfo Becquer.
(1969, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Richard Eeid Cristofoletti
God, Time, and the Poet in Manuel Alcantara's La Mitad Del
Tiempo. (1970, under the direction of Janet Winecoff Diaz.)
Joseph Robert Danos
The William of Orange Cycle and the Oxford Roland in Joseph
Bedier's Les Legendes Epiques. (1970, under the direction of Ur-
ban Tigner Holmes, Jr.)
David Samuel Diaz
Los Extasis de la Montana de Julio Herrera y Reissig. (1970,
under the direction of Andre Stanislow Michalski.)
John Eric Diehl
An Analysis of Form, Language, and Humour in Luis Martin-
Santos' Novel, Tiempo de Silencio. (1970, under the direction of
Pablo Gil Casado.)
Ollie Robert Emory
The Twilight of an Era Expressed in Entertainment : Dangeau 's
Journal (1684-1700). (1969, under the direction of George Ber-
nard Daniel, Jr.)
Mary Fitts Finch
Research For a Definition of the Term "Senecan": The In-
fluence of Senecan Tragedy on Sixteenth-Century Spanish Tragedy.
(1970, under the direction of Alva Vernon Ebersole, Jr.)
Alfred Garrett Fralin
Marcel Pagnol's Theory of Laughter in Relation to His Theater.
(1970, under the direction of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
Carson McKnight Freeman
The Dedications and Prologues of Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra.
(1970, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Pamela Alexander Gill
History and Legend in the Plays of Juan Eugenio Hartzenbusch.
(1970, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
411
Nelida Romero Gonzalez
La Historia de Espana en Los Dramas de Eduardo Marquina.
(1970, under the direction of Maria Antonia Salgado and Wil-
liam Albert McKnight.)
Arnhilda Badia Gonzalez-Quevedo
Bibliografia Critica del Drama Roman tico En Espana. (1970,
under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Benito Bamon Gonzalez-Quevedo
El Elemento Autobiografico y el Pensamiento Politico-Social de
Carlos Loveira en Sus Novelas. (1969, under the direction of Law-
rence Albright Sharpe.)
Walter Franklin Greenleaf
Modes of Persuasion in Diderot's La Religieuse. (1970, under
the direction of Richard Lane Frautschi.)
Georgia Augherton Gurney
The Vicious Mentor in Three Eighteenth Century French
Novels. (1969, under the direction of Richard Lane Frautschi.)
Marie Royce Hayes
The Architecture of Baudelaire's Les Fleurs du Mai. (1970,
under the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Carole Ann Head
Pierre Champion's Theories on Fifteenth-Century French
Poetry. (1970, under the direction of Urban Tigner Holmes, Jr.)
Mary Joyner Henry
Francois Villon: A Survey of Scholarly Material Published
Since 1937, A Supplement to Etat Present des Etudes sur Villon
by Louis Cons, 1936. (1970, under the direction of Urban Tigner
Holmes, Jr.)
Carol McAllister Hoyle
Bran tome's Criticism of His Age. (1969, under the direction
of William Leon Wiley.)
Kaye Vaden Hughes
Contributions of Edward Billings Ham To Old French Studies.
(1969, under the direction of Urban Tigner Holmes, Jr.)
412
RESEARCH
Luis Antonio Jimenez
Elementos Decadentes en la Prosa de Julian del Casal. (1969,
under the direction of Maria Antonia Salgado.)
Robert Nelson Jolley
Men's Literary Circles in the Seventeenth Century. (1969, un-
der the direction of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
Beverly Humphries Jones
Villiers de L 'Isle-Adam : A Review of Criticism of Axel and the
Conies Cruels. (1969, under the direction of Alfred Garvin Eng-
strom.)
Suzanne Elizabeth Jones
Marguerite Duras' Moderato Cantahile: A Thematic Analysis.
(1970, under the direction of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
Cheryl Kay Kaetzel
Symbolic Landscape in the Novels of Guy de Maupassant. (1970,
under the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Marie- Cecile Kast
The Crucifixion in Les theor ernes by Jean de la Ceppede. (1969,
under the direction of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
Janet Octavia Knight
A Glossary of Americanisms found in Supplementary Text-
books. (1969, under the direction of Frank Marion Duffey.)
Sandra Dotson Lawrence
A Critical Survey and Analysis of Studies on the French Roman
Noir from 1900-1969. (1970, under the direction of Alfred Garvin
Engstrom.)
Deborah Nichols Losse
The Concept of the Child in the Works of Charles Baudelaire.
(1970, under the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Mildred Chastain Lupton
Analysis of Volume I, Part I of Journal Litter aire d'Allemagne,
de Suisse et du Nord. (1969, under the direction of Richard Lane
Frautschi.)
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
413
Richard Bryan Lupton
The comedia de magia in Spain in the Eighteenth Century.
(1970, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Sheila Jean McCoy
Aspects of the Baroque in Les Theoremes of Jean de la Ceppede.
(1969, under the direction of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
Mark Daniel McLean
The Use of Color in the Poetry of Nicolas Guillen. (1969, under
the direction of Maria Antonia Salgado.)
Salwa Ellias Mishriky
Du Cid a Polyeucte, Avec le Heros Cornelien. (1969, under the
direction of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
Harold Hamilton Norvell, Jr.
Maurice Wilmotte : The Origins and Evolution of the French
Novel to the Twelfth Century. (1970, under the direction of Urban
Tigner Holmes, Jr.)
Victoria Felicia Thorogood Owen
Some Borrowing Techniques in Voltaire's La Vie de Moliere.
(1970, under the direction of Richard Lane Fraustchi.)
Carolyn Woods Owens
Personal Names in the Quijote: Use, Origin, and Significance.
(1970, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Lola Janet Parker
Narrative Voices in Four of Diderot's Conies. (1970, under the
direction of Kichard Lane Fraustchi.)
Carlos Alberto Perez
The Komantic Drama in Spain: A Critical Bibliography (1920-
1940). (1969, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoude-
mire.)
Frances Hubertine Pfotenhauer
Dostoevsky and Camus. (1969, under the direction of Alfred
Garvin Engstrom.)
Sister Mary Eosalind Picot, R.S.M.
The Vocation of Woman chez Claudel and Teilhard: A Com-
parison. (1969, under the direction of Jacques Hardre.)
414
RESEARCH
Elizabeth Trapnell Pierce
Images of Modernity in the Poetry of Guillaume Apollinaire.
(1970, under the direction of Alfred Garvin Engstrom.)
Joe Dennis Sanchez
A Catalogue of the Catalan Drama Collection in the Library of
the University of North Carolina. (1970, under the direction of
Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Frances Joan Shamberg
The Farces of Garcia Lorca. (1969, under the direction of Wil-
liam Albert McKnight.)
J ORGE ANTONOI SlLVEIRA
Supervivencia de los Komances Tradicionales Espanoles en
Cuba, Santo Domingo y Puerto Rico. (1970, under the direction of
Maria Antonia Salgado.)
Susie Snedegar
Cervantes' Use of Spanish History in Don Quijote. (1969, under
the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
Arden Grant Stevens
Lyric Poetry of Ramon del Valle-Inclan. (1970, under the direc-
tion of Maria Antonia Salgado.)
Marietta Emilia Tucci
Benito Perez Galdos : Novela to Drama, a Comparative Study.
(1970, under the direction of Sterling Aubrey Stoudemire.)
William Edward Walton III
The French Poetry of Jacques Vallee, Sieur des Barreaux,
Prince des Libertins. (1969, under the direction of George Bernard
Daniel, Jr.)
Marjolijn Benee Werman
Religion, Education, The Court and Private Life as Seen
Through the Correspondence (from 1665-1701) of Madame de
Main tenon. (1969, under the direction of George Bernard Daniel,
Jr.)
Ulrich Klaus Wesche
The Paradox in the Drama of Giraudoux. (1969, under the di-
rection of Eugene Hannes Falk.)
SLAVIC LANGUAGES
415
Richard Franklin Williams
A Criticism of the Translations Rendered into English from the
Poetry of Antonio Machado. (1970, under the direction of Janet
Winecoff Diaz.)
Trela Charles Wilson
Some Quantitative Components In a Tentative Listing of French
Prose Fiction From 1760 through 1765. (1970, under the direction
of Richard Lane Frautschi.)
Alexander Walker Worth
Illusion in Charles Sorel's Histoire Comique de Francion.
(1970, under the direction of George Bernard Daniel, Jr.)
DEPARTMENT OF SLAVIC LANGUAGES
Paul Debreczeny
(With Jesse Zeldin.) Translator and editor, Literature and Na-
tional Identity: Nineteenth-Century Russian Critical Essays. Lin-
coln : The University of Nebraska Press, 1970. Pp. XXIII, 188.
4 4 The Reception of Pushkin's Poetic Works in the 1820s : A
Study of the Critic's Role," Slavic Review, 28 : 3 (September 1969),
394-415.
Review of Nina Christesen, ed., Melbourne Slavonic Studies
(Melbourne, Australia: The University of Melbourne, 1967), in
Comparative Literature, 21: 2 (Spring 1969), 166-68.
Review of Hans Giinther, Das Groteske bei N. V. Gogol': For-
men und Funktionen (Munchen: Otto Sagner, 1968), in The Slavic
and East European Journal, 14: 1 (Spring 1970), 88.
Review of Tamas Aczel, The Ice Age (New York: Simon and
Schuster, 1965) and George Gomori and Charles Newman, New
Writing of East Europe (Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1968), in
Slavic Review, 29: 3 (September 1970), 560-61.
Tadeusz Zdzislaw Gasinski
' ' A New Look at the Question of the Czech Influence in the Lan-
guage of Sime Budinic," Journal of Croatian Studies, 9-10 (1969),
174-81.
' ' Existentialist Tendencies in Recent Polish Poetry, ' ' The Slavic
and East European Journal, 15: 1 (March 1970), 348-57.
''A Croatian Poetic Echo of King John III Sobieski's Victory
at Vienna," The Polish Review, 15: 1 (1970), 46-52.
416
RESEARCH
Vasa D. Mihailovich
Editor, the Soviet Number of The Literary Review, 13: 3
(1970). P. 144.
Co-editor, The Contemporary Croatian Poetry Number of The
Bridge (Zagreb), 19-20 (1970), p. 111.
"Vasko Popa: The Poetry of Things in a Void," Books Abroad,
43: 1 (1969), 24-29.
1 1 The Critical Reception of Anna Akhmatova, ' ' Papers on Lan-
guage and Literature, 5: 1 (1969), 95-111.
"Milovan Djilas, " Encyclopedia Americana, 1969, p. 220.
"Half a Century of Soviet Literature : A Balance Sheet," South-
ern Humanities Review, 3: 3 (1969), 271-87.
"Classical Myth in Contemporary Serbian Drama," Modern
Drama, 12: 3 (1969), 254-59. Translated into Serbo-Croatian as
"Klasican mit u savremenoj srpskoj prozi," Scena (Belgrade),
6: 3 (1970), 17-22.
"Contemporary Serbian Drama: Several Layers of Reality,"
Modern Drama, 12: 4 (1970), 370-76. Translated into Serbo-Cro-
atian as "Savremena srpska drama: Nekoliko slojeva realnosti,"
Scena (Belgrade), 6: 3 (1970), 23-28.
"Soviet Literature Today: The Struggle Between David and
Goliath," The Literary Review, 13: 3 (1970), 277-86.
"Osip Mandelshtam and His Critics," Papers on Language
and Literature, 6: 3 (1970), 323-35.
Review of Dmitrij Tschizevskij, Vergleichende Geschichte der
slavischen Literaturen (Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1968), in The
Slavic and East European Journal, 13 : 1 (1969), 95-96.
Review of Horst Lampl, Das Fruhwerk Michail Prisvins: Stu-
dien zur Erzahltechnik (Wien, 1968), in The Slavic and East
European Journal, 13: 2 (1969), 246.
Review of Dragoslava Perisic, Goethe bei den Serben (Miin-
chen: Otto Sagner, 1968), in The Slavic and East European Jour-
nal, 13: 3 (1969), 399-400.
Review of Anton Hiersche and Edward Kowalski, eds., Kon-
turen und Perspektiven: Zum Menschenbild in der Gegenwartslit-
eratur der Sovjetunion und der Deutschen Demokratischen Re-
publik (Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1969), in The Slavic and East
European Journal, 14: 3 (1970), 369-70.
Review of Miroslav Krleza, The Return of Philip Latinovicz
(New York: Vanguard, 1969), in Saturday Review, (November 15r
1969), 48.
Review of Milan Kundera, The Joke (New York: Coward-
McCann, 1969), in Saturday Review (December 20, 1969), 31-32.
SLAVIC LANGUAGES
417
Keview of Witold Gombrowicz, Cosmos (New York: Grove,
1969) , in Saturday Review (February 28, 1970), 43.
Review of Leopold Buczkowski, Black Torrent; Tadeusz Kon-
wicki, A Dreambook for Our Time ; Stanislaw Dygat, Cloak of Il-
lusion (Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press,
1970) , in Saturday Review (June 20, 1970), 43-44.
Review of Milivoj Slavicek, Soneti, pjesme o ljubavi i ostale
pjesme (Cakovec: Ogranak Matice hrvatske, 1967), in Books
Abroad, 43: 1 (1969), 137-38.
Eeview of Radovan Pavlovski, Visoko pladne (Skopje: Koco
Racin, 1967), in Books Abroad, 43 : 1 (1969), 138.
Review of Erih Kos, Mrese (Novi Sad: Matica Srpska, 1967), in
Books Abroad, 43 : 1 (1969), 138-39.
Review of Mihailo Lalic, Posljednje brdo (Beograd: Nolit,
1967), in Books Abroad, 43: 1 (1969), 139.
Review of Andrej Hieng, Gozd in Pecina (Ljubljana: Slovenska
matica, 1966), in Books Abroad, 43: 1 (1969), 139-40.
Review of Pavle Zidar, Oce nas (Maribor: Zalozba Obzorja,
1967) , in Books Abroad, 43: 1 (1969), 140.
Review of Sveta Lukic, Savremena jugoslovenska literatura
1945-1965 (Beograd: Prosveta, 1968), in Books Abroad, 43: 2
(1969), 287.
Review of Milivoje Perovic, Dan osmi (Beograd: The Author,
1968) , in Books Abroad, 43: 2 (1969), 287.
Review of Pavle Zidar, Marija Magdalena (Maribor: Zalozba
Obzorja, 1968), in Books Abroad, 43: 2 (1969), 288.
Review of Predrag Palavestra, Novi Jevandjelisti (Sarajevo:
Svjetlost, 1968), in Books Abroad, 43: 3 (1969), 443.
Review of Pavle Zidar, Barakarji (Maribor : Zalozba Obzorja,
1968), in Books Abroad, 43: 3 (1969), 445.
Review of Risto Trifkovic, Savremena knjizevnost u Bosni i
Hercegovini (Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1968), in Books Abroad, 43: 4
(1969), 627.
Review of Ciril Zlobec, Pesme jezi in ljubezni (Koper : Lipa,
1968) , in Books Abroad, 43:4 (1969), 627-28.
Review of Ante Stamac, Smjer (Zagreb : Razlog, 1968), in Books
Abroad, 44: 1 (1970), 152-53.
Review of Vlada Urosevik, Znaci (Skopje: Misla, 1969), in
Books Abroad, 44: 1 (1970), 153.
Review of Blaze Koneski, Reke/Reki (Beograd/Skopje : Pros-
veta/Kultura, 1968), in Books Abroad, 44: 1 (1970), 153.
Review of Pavle Zidar, Stanja (Ljubljana: Cankarjeva zalozba,
1969) , in Books Abroad, 44: 1 (1970), 155-56.
418
RESEARCH
Review of Drago Ivanisevic, Glasine (Zagreb: Naprijed, 1969),
in Books Abroad, 44: 2 (1970), 336.
Review of Miodrag Drugovac, Sovremenici (Skopje: Misla,
1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 2 (1970), 336.
Review of Mateja Matejic, ed., Na stazama izbeglickim (Mel-
bourne: Sprpska Misao, 1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 2 (1970), 337.
Review of Pavle Zidar, Jugo (Maribor, Zalozba Obzorja, 1969),
in Books Abroad, 44: 2 (1970), 337-38.
Review of Milivoj Slavicek, Purpurna pepeljara, naime to i to
(Zagreb: Naprijed, 1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 3 (1970), 508-9.
Review of Milan Gurcinov, Makedonski pisateli (Skopje: Misla,
1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 3 (1970), 509.
Review of Lojze Kovacic, Decek in smrt (Ljubljana: Drzavna
zalozba Solvenije, 1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 3 (1970), 511-12.
Review of Ante Kadic, From Croatian Renaissance to Yugo-
slav Socialism (The Hague: Mouton, 1969), in Books Abroad, 44: 4
(1970), 689.
Review of Paul L. Horecky, ed., Southeastern Europe: A Guide
to Basic Publications (Chicago: University of Chicago Press,
1969), in College and Research Libraries, 31: 6 (1970), 418-19.
(With Ronald Moran and Charles David Wright.) Translator
of 89 poems included in The Bridge: Postwar Croatian Poetry,
19-20 (Zagreb, Yugoslavia, 1970).
Translator of 4 poems in the Russian Number of The Literary
Review, 13: 3 (1970).
Translator of 3 poems in Four Yugoslav Poets, Charles Simic,
ed. Northwood Narrows: Lillabulero Press, 1970.
Walter Neef Vickeey
An XVIIIth Century Russian Reader, introd. ed. with C. L.
Drage. London : Oxford University Press, 1969. P. 346.
Alexander Pushkin. New York : Twayne Publishers, 1970. P. 211.
" Recent Soviet Research on the Events Leading to Pushkin's
Death," Slavic and East European Journal, 14: 4 (Winter 1970),
488-502. (Review Article).
Review of Alexander Steininger, Literatur TJnd Politik in Der
Sowjetunion Nach Statins Tod (Wiesbaden; Otto Harrassowitz,
1965), in Slavic Review, 29: 1 (March 1970), 144-45.
Theses
The following masters' theses were completed under the direction
of the department :
SOCIAL WORK
419
Curtis A. McMichael
Leontiev's Aesthetic Kealism. (1969, under the direction of Paul
Debreczeny.)
Martin Hammond Yiolette
The Poetry of Mikhail Kuzmin. (1970, under the direction of
Vasa D. Mihailovich.)
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Eugene D. Anderson
" Hypnosis: Some Clinical Implications for Social Workers,''
The Journal of the American Institute of Hypnosis, 2: 2 1970,
65-67.
Arthur Emil Fink
"Authority in the Correctional Process," in Probation and
Parole: Selected Readings, eds., R. M. Carter and L. T. Wilkins.
New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1970. Pp. 353-63.
' 1 The Development of Social Services in Child Care Institutions
in North Carolina and South Carolina 1790-1950," University of
North Carolina Newsletter (June 1969).
Review of F. H. McClintock and N. Howard Avison, Crime in
England and Wales (New York: Humanities Press, 1968), in
Federal Probation, 33: 4 (December 1969), 65.
Review of Alvin Schorr, Explorations in Social Policy (New
York: Basic Books, 1968), in Annals of the American Academy of
Political and Social Science, 383 (May 1969), 208-9.
Samuel H. Fudge
Living with Today 9 s Teenager. Durham: Moore Publishing
Company, 1970. Pp. 109.
Paula Goldsmid
Review of Nicholas Alex, Black in Blue: A Study of the Negro
Policeman (New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969), in Social
Forces, 49 : 2 (December 1970), 325.
H. Carlisle Henley, Jr.
(With A. L. Johnson.) Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Inter-
dependences Among the Elements in One Type of Outpatient Sys-
420
RESEARCH
tern. Progress Report on a Study of Ten Outpatient Tuberculosis
Clinics in Three Metropolitan Areas, submitted to the National
Tuberculosis and Respiratory Disease Association. Copyright 1969
by Albert L. Johnson. Pp. 144.
Albekt L. Johnson
(With H. Carlisle Henley, Jr.) Multidisciplinary Perspectives
on Inter dependencies Among the Elements in One Type of Out-
patient System. Progress Report on a Study of Ten Outpatient
Tuberculosis Clinics in Three Metropolitan Areas, submitted to the
National Tuberculosis and Respiratory Disease Association. Copy-
right 1969 by Albert L. Johnson. Pp. 144.
Alan Keith-Lucas
Editor, Chapel Hill Workshop Reports, 1969 and 1970.
" Structures in Traditional Agencies for Crisis-Intervention to
Aid the Dependent Child in Trouble," Child Welfare, 48: 7 (July
1969), 420-22, 431.
" Suffering and Intercessory Prayer in the Helping Process,"
Crucible, 5: 3 (March 1970), 45-50.
"The Chapel Hill Workshops: The First Twenty-five Years,"
Chapel Hill Workshop Reports, Part II (1969), 53-61.
"The Church Children's Home in a Changing World," Ten-
nessee Welfare Record, 33: 4 (August 1970), 84-88.
Final Professional Papers
The following Studies in Social Work Process were completed and
are bound in volumes indicated by master's degree candidates
under the direction of the school:
Mary Alice Adams
Social Group Work With Parents of Emotionally Disturbed Pre-
schoolers: An Attempt To Change Parent-Child Interaction
Through A Synthesized Model of Intervention. (1970, Vol. I, under
the direction of Hansel H. Hollingsworth. )
Rufus Agnew
The Use Of Indigenous Personnel In Social Work. (1970, Vol. I,
under the direction of Morris H. Cohen.)
George Alan Appleby
The Application Of The Behavior Modification Techniques Rein-
forcement And Modeling To Social Work Practice. (1970, Vol. I,
under the direction of Janice H. Schopler.)
SOCIAL WORK
421
Jeannetta Dickey Arnette
The Child Guidance Clinic And The Multi-Problem Family.
(1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Barbara H. Cleaveland.)
Jean E. Avera
Cotherapy: An Application To Therapeutic And Training Sit-
uations. (1970, Vol. I, under the direction of Maeda J. Galinsky.)
Grace Mewborn Aycock
Comprehensive Services For The Adolescent Unwed Mother
Who Keeps Her Child. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Gerald
A. Southerland.)
Melvin B. Baker
What Happens To People In An Urban Eedevelopment Area
And The Role Of A Community Development Center. (1970, Vol.
I, under the direction of Georgie P. Hughes.)
Victor S. Batchelor
Containing The Will To Help In Offering Casework Help To
An Alcoholic. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Ellen E.
Power. )
Dorothy Beamon
Clarification And Behavior Therapy In Marriage Counseling.
(1970, Vol. I, under the direction of Jane C. Parker.)
Jeane R. Bibb
The Impact Of The Speech Or Hearing Impaired Child On The
Family And The Application Of Social Work Strategies .(1970,
Vol. I, under the direction of Philip W. Cooke.)
Mary Ann E. Black
School Desegregation And The Black Social Worker. (1970,
Vol. I, under the direction of Andrew W. Dobelstein.)
Bobby K. Boyd
The Utilization Of Games As A Creative Component Of The
Casework Process With Children. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction
of Barbara H. Cleaveland.)
Catherine Davis Bridwell
Co-Therapy In Social Work. (1970, Vol. II, nnder the direction
of Frederic a Harrison.)
422
RESEARCH
Everett R. Burnette and Virginia Deal
Teaching Paraprofessionals Socio-Behavioral Techniques. (1970,
Vol. II, under the directtion of Philip W. Cooke.)
Lee E. Cage
Social Work And The Use of Authority In Prison. (1970, Vol.
II, under the direction of Sylvia K. Polgar.)
Hope Harrison Cain
Time As An Element And Timing As A Preventive Measure
In Short-Term Casework. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of
Alsi R. McKinnon.)
Linda Sue Cannon
A Comparison Of Thomas Burns' And G. M. Stalker's Or-
ganizational Model For Concerns Dealing "With Unfamiliar Solu-
tions And Unstable Conditions And The Organizational Structure
Of The Community Action Agencies. (1970, Vol. II, under the di-
rection of Weston A. Hare.)
Susan Carithers
Interorganizational Corporation. (1969, Vol. IV, under the
direction of Andrew W. Dobelstein.)
Narviar Clemencta Cathcart
Analysis Of A Rehabilitation Center For Alcoholics Focusing
On The "Treatment Staff" And Its Relation To Achieving The
Goal Of Rehabilitation For The Inmates. (1970, Vol. II, under the
direction of Janice H. Schopler.)
Glenina H. Chesnut
Dependency As A Factor In Physical Illness : Implications For
Social Work. (1970, Vol. II, under the direction of Arthur Emil
Fink. )
Harold L. Cook
The Nature Of Investigation In Social Work And Social Strati-
fication Theory. (1970, Vol. II, under the direction of Gerald M.
Holden.)
Louise T. Copeland
Chronic Inebriacy : A Problem For The Police Courts Or Public
Health Department? (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Albert
W. King.)
SOCIAL WORK
423
Kozella Diane Copeland
The Use of Relationships In Short-Term Groups. (1969, Vol. IV,
under the direction of Janice B. Hough.)
Bonnie Lee Noles Cox
Learning Theory And Programming In Social Group Work.
(1969, Vol. IV, under the direction of Hansel. H. Hollingsworth. )
Sarah Millicent Crumpler
The Social Worker's Role In Working With Long-Term Hos-
pitalized Schizophrenic Patients. (1970, Vol. Ill, under the direc-
tion of Mary Edna Porter.)
Julia Speas Davis
Crisis Theory : Its Use In A Family Court Setting. (1969, Vol. I,
under the direction of Paula Goldsmid.)
Lavinia Ann Putnam Davis
Community Organization : A Developing Method of Prevention
In Programs Of Comprehensive Community Health Centers. (1969,
Vol. IV, under the direction of Morris H. Cohen.)
Miriam Delores Davis
What Relationdship Factors Facilitate Or Hinder Communica-
tion With Children. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Alan
Keith-Lucas.)
William David Devine
The Integrative Role Of The Social Worker In A Residential
Setting. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Alsi R. McKinnon.)
Janice Dowdy
Listening — A Factor In The Therapeutic Relationship. (1970,
Vol. Ill, under the direction of Hortense K. McClinton.)
William Edward Downey
Psychopharmacological Treatment And The Family: Social
Work Intervention. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction of Barbara
H. Cleaveland.)
Billie L. Elmore
The Modifying Treatment Method: Its Strengths And Limita-
tions For Casework Practice. (1970, Vol. Ill, under the direction
of Hortense K. McClinton.)
424
RESEARCH
Helen Feagans
The Development Of The Profession Of Marriage Counseling
And Implications For Social Work Practice. (1970, Vol. III. under
the direction of Paula Goldsmid.)
John F. Flemming
The Family: An Integral Part Of The Client-System In The
Treatment Of The Mentally III. (1969, Vol. I, under the direction
of Gerald A. Southerland.)
Katherine C. Flinn
The Use Of Informality In Working With The " Captive ,r
Client. (1970, Vol. Ill, under the direction of Alsi R. McKinnon.)
Louise F. Folger and Pamela P. Kirkpatrick
A Conceptual Framework For Evaluating The Functioning Of
Families With A Mentally Retarded Child. (1970, Vol. Ill, under
the direction of Albert W. King.)
Sarah L. Foss
The Potential For A Family-Centered Approach In Medical
Settings. (1970, Vol. Ill, under the direction of Alsi R, McKin-
non.)
J UDITH A. FREITAG
A Catalyst Model For Social Work. (1970, Vol. Ill, under the
direction of Janice H. Schopler.)
Judith G. Fulk
Please Do Not Preach To Me: Conflict In Value Systems. (1970y
Vol. Ill, under the direction of Alsi R. McKinnon.)
Anne J. Funderburk
Behavior Rehearsal Programming: An Application To School
Settings. (1969, Vol. IV, under the direction of Maeda J. Galinsky
and Janice E. Hough.)
Richard B. Gerrish
Behavior Modification Techniques With A Child In A Foster
Home Setting. (1970, Vol. Ill, under the direc 
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11